Home

Spec Sheet

image

Contents

1. HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 e Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 224 Nominal kw NEMA Type Land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW Continuous ratings shown below are for se pCa Rare een oe A oki Amperes according to the application pace Factor Catalog Number pace Factor Catalog Number and output ampere rating Normal Duty 380 415V 1 3 0 37 2163RA 1P3NK_ 33K_ 2163RA 1P3N J _ 33K_ 15 0 55 2163RA 2P1NK_ 34K_ 2163RA 2P1NJ _ 34K_ 2 1 0 75 2163RA 2P1NK_ 35K_ 20 2163RA 2P1NJ _ 35K_ 0 2 6 1 1 2163RA 3P5NK_ 36K_ 2163RA 3P5NJ _ 36K_ 3 5 1 5 20 2163RA 3P5NK_ 37K_ 2163RA 3P5NJ _ 37K_ 5 0 2 2 2163RA 5PONK_ 38K_ 2163RA 5PONJ _ 38K_ 8 7 3 7 2163RA 8P7NK_ 39K_ 2163RA 8P7N J _ 39K_ 115 5 5 2163RA 011NK_ 40K_ 2 5 2163RA 011N J _ 40K_ PE 1 15 4 1 5 2163RA 015NK_ 41K_ 2163RA 015N J _ 41K_ 22 11 2163RA 022NK_ 42K_ 2163RA 022N _ 42K_ 30 15 5 2163RA 030NK_ 43K 3 0 2163RA 030N _ 43K_ 37 18 5 2163RA 037NK_ 44K_ 2163RA 037N _ 44K_ 43 22 30 2163RA 043NK_ 45K_ 33 2163RA 043N _ 45K_ 3 56 30 2163RA 056NK_ 46K_ 40 2163RA 056N _ 46K_ 12 37 3 9 2163RA 072NK_ 47K_ 2163RA 072N _ 47K_ 5 85 45 2163RA 105NK_ 48K_ 6 0 25 W 2163RA 105NJ _ 48K_ 105 55 6 0 25 W 2163RA 105NK_ 49K_ 20 DB 2163RA 105NJ _ 49K_ 138 75 20 DB
2. 5 2 5 Bl 30 2196 GKNP __ 2196 GKNP __ 16A 2196 GJ NP __ 7 5 3 7 P 30 2516 2196 HKNP __ 2196 HKNP __ 16A 2196 HJ NP __ PELI 10 5 5 30 2196 KNP __ 2196 KNP __ 16A 2196 J J NP __ 15 7 5 17 60 3 018 2196 KKNP __ 2196 KKNP __ 16A 2196 KJ NP __ SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase to phase 115 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 2196 GKKNP __ 2196 GKKNP __ 16A 2196 G KNP __ 7 5 3 7 30 2516 2196 HKKNP __ 2196 HKKNP __ 16A 2196 HJ KNP __ PE II 10 5 30 2196 KKNP __ 2196 KKNP __ 16A 2196 J KNP __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers P Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 5 30 2196 GKIT __ 2196 GKIT __ 16A 2196 G IT __ 7 5 3 7 5 30 2516 2196 HKIT __ 2196 HKIT __ 16A 2196 H IT __ PELI 10 5 5 30 2196 KIT __ 2196 KIT __ 16A 2196 J IT __ 15 7 5 7 60 3 08 2196 KKIP __ 2196 KKIP __ 16A 2196 K IP__ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approxim
3. 2192F T B K c 24J Bulletin Number Mounting Maximum Trip Ratings NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Fuse Clip Rating and Class Options ek 86C 86E 86F Maximum Tri Code Line Voltage Fuse Clip Rating Code am Code Ratings i P DORN Code ani Class usible Disconnec Zo JAEN e 2192F cwitch Feeder FDS B 30A A 250V ae u Sizes Type Fugi C 60A N 380V page t M ain Fusible D T00A JE 2192M Disconnect Switch e UA KN 400V 866 MFDS 415V i gt T4008 stay Code Options ee See Options section G 600A c 600V beginning on page 111 968 H 800A J 1200A Code Mounting K 1600A 36D 1 TH Top L 2000A Code NEMA Enclosure Type Bil Bottom x NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 Z 0 5 Space Factor with gasket 1 A T or B is required for all J NEM A Type 12 2192M units and only 400A and above 2192F units Discount Schedule A6 For Options M odifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 73 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2192F Fusible Disconnect Switch Feeders FDS See page 65 for product description e Select disconnect switch rating based upon 125 of actual load amperes Refer to NEC CEC 2192F Z Plug in unit 0 5 e factor 30A only 2192F Plug in unit 30A 2 2192FT Top mounted feeder 400A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch 2192FT ph mounted feeder 600A 1200A are reverse fed connect lo
4. Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The HP arn shown below Continuous are for reference only Frame Output PowerFlex 700 drive units 5 Delivery Amperes Should be sized according to ele Catalog Number Space Factor CatalogNumber Program the application and output acion ampere rating Normal Duty 600V 17 1 2162RA 1P7NKC 35 2162RA 1P7NJ C 35 2 4 1 1 5 2162RA 2P7NKC 36 20 2162RA 2P7NJ C 36 0 270 2 2162RA 2P7NKC 37 2162RA 2P7N J C 37 3911 3 20 2162RA 3P9NKC 38 2162RA 3P9NJ C 38 6 11 5 2162RA 6P1NKC 39 2162RA 6P1N C 39 9 9 2 7 5 2162RA 9PONKC 40 2 5 2162RA 9PONJ C 40 1 11 10 2162RA 011NKC 41 2162RA 011N C 41 ut 15 2162RA 017NKC 42 2162RA 017N C 42 PEin US A 220 20 25 2162RA 022NKC 43 3 0 2162RA 022N C 43 vt 27 1 25 2162RA 027NKC 44 2162RA 027N C 44 32 1 30 2162RA 032NKC 45 3 3 2162RA 032N C 45 SC in 3 410 40 30 2162RA 041NKC 46 2162RA 041N C 46 Canada 520 50 2162RA 052NKC 47 2162RA 052N C 47 4 62 2 60 6 0 20 W 3 2162RA 062NKC 48 6 0 25 WEBl _ 2162RA 062N C 48 6 0 2 5 17 5 2162RA 077NKC 49 25 W 207D M 2162RA 077N C 49 gg 2 100 6 0 25 W 2162RA 125NKC 50 6 0 2162RA 125NJ C 50 6 125 PI 125 20 D 2162RA 125NKC 51 30 W 20D 2162RA 125N C 51 6 0 2 3 3 a 5 E 144 150 2162RA 144NKC 52 35 W 207D MI 2162RA 144N C 52 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier fre
5. Witage a Rating Code enang RUNA rene Exhaust rants L1G 1P3 5P0 Yes None Yes 8P7 072 Yes None Yes 380 415V 1P3 022 None Yes None 12 030 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 037 072 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 1P1 3P4 Yes None None 1 1G 5P0 Yes None Yes H Bulletins 8P0 065 Yes None Yes 2162Q and 480V 1P1 2P1 None None None 2163Q 1 3P4 022 None Yes None 027 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 034 065 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed OP9 2P7 Yes None None 1 1G 3P9 052 Yes None Yes H 600V OP9 1P7 None None None 12 2P7 017 None Yes None 022 052 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 1P3 5P0 Yes None None L1G 8P7 030 Yes None Yes i 037 056 Yes None Yes 380 415V 072 300 Yes None Yes 1P3 043 None Yes None 12 056 072 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 105 170 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed L1G 1P1 5P0 Yes None None j 8P0 300 Yes None Yes R i IP1 034 None Yes None 2163R 480V 040 without reactor None Yes None 12 040 with reactor Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 052 065 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 096 180 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed L1G 1P
6. Metric Conductor Size American Wire Gauge Size 1 o 10mm 18 0823 1 5 mm 16 1 31 2 5 mm2 14 2 68 4 mm 412 3 31 6 mm 10 5 26 10 mm 8 8 37 16 mm2 6 13 30 25 mm2 4 21 13 25 mm 3 2 26 67 35 mm2 2 33 62 35 mm2 1 Pl 44 21 50 mm 1 0 53 49 70 mm2 2 0 67 43 95 mm2 3 0 85 01 95 mm 4 0 P 107 20 120 mm 250 kcmil 127 0 150 mm 300 kcmil 152 0 185 mm2 350 kcmil 177 0 185 mm2 400 kcmil P1 203 0 240 mm 500 kcmil 253 0 300 mm2 600 kcmil 304 0 400 mm 750 kcmil 350 0 1 Reference IEC Standard 60947 1 table 2 This American wire gauge conductor size is the closest equivalent to the metric conductor size Discount Schedule A6 265 Appendix Metric Conversion Table 336 English Metric English Metric Measurement Equivalent Measurement Equivalent inches millimeter inches millimeter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 218 5 56 8 203 20 0 250 6 35 9 228 60 0 281 7 14 10 254 00 0 313 7 94 20 508 00 0 375 9 53 30 762 00 0 438 11 11 40 1016 00 0 500 12 70 50 1270 00 0 563 14 29 60 1524 00 0 625 15 88 70 1778 00 0 688 17 46 80 2032 00 0 750 19 05 90 2286 00 0 875 22 23 100 2540 00 0 938 23 81 200 5080 00 1 inch 2 54 centimeters 1 foot 12 inches 1 centimeter 10 millimeters 26
7. AC Drive Combination Fusible Disconnect Units for Bulletins 2162P 2162Q 2162R 2164Q 2162R 2162T and 2164R 327 Bulletin Short Circuit Withstand Rating Amperes rms Symmetrical Fuse Class Number Horsepower 240V 180V 600V W OWA O O KO OKAYS 1 5 100kA 7 5 30 100kA 100kA 100kA J ai 40 60 100kA 100kA 75 125 100kA 100kA Type 170M Square Body 2162P 150 250 100kA 100kA 21620 2162R All ratings 100kA 100kA 100kA 21640 2162R 2162T All ratings 100kA 100kA AC Drive Combination Circuit Breaker Units for Bulletins 2163P 2163Q 2163R 2163T 2165Q and 2165R 328 eee Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms CircuitBreaker Drive lnputFuse Bulletin Number Horsepower Symmetrical 240V 480V 600V CC 2163P 0 5 5 100kA 100kA BC 1 5 TO0KA 6C 7 5 30 100kA 100kA 100kA 40 50 100kA 100kA MCP 2163P 60 100kA 100kA MCP 150 1 100kA J D3D 60 150 J D6D 15 125 100kA MCP 13C I6C 2163Q All ratings 100kA 100kA 100kA M CP 13C I6C 21650 2163T All ratings 100kA 100kA MCP I3C 16C J D3D D6D KDB K6D 2163R 2165R All ratings 100kA 100kA 1 150HP is for variable torque applications only UL cUL CSA Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Programmable Controllers The following tables show short circuit capabilities for combination units that are UL listed and CSA certified 329 S
8. Size of Primary Protection Reedy wae tee l Raung apace NEMA Type 1 with Delivery kVA 380V 400V 415V Factor NEMA Type 1 m filters and Type Lw NEMA Type 12 Program Type 1 w gasket gasket and filters KI EAN SINGLE PHASE 110 115 secondary with one 1 1 pole circuit breaker 0 5 Fl 10 2197 AK_S __ 2197 AK_S __ 16A 2197 AJ_S __ 0 75 PI 2197 BK_S __ 2197 BK_S _ 164 _ 2197 BJ_S 15 15 15 15 15 2197 CK_S __ 2197 CK_S __ 16A 2197 CJ _S __ PE 1 6 P 20 2197 2K_S __ 2197 ZK_S __ 16A 2197 2 S _ 2 Fl 2197 EK_S __ 2197 EK_S __ 16A 2197 EJ_S __ 3 1 5 51 2516 2197 FK_S __ 2197 FK_S __ 16A 2197 F _S __ PE II SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase to phase 110 V phase to center tap neutral 5 517 5 20 2197 GKNP __ 2197 GKNP __ 16A 2197 GJ NP __ 7 5 51 3 7 20 2516 2197 HKNP __ 2197 HKNP __ 16A 2197 HJ NP __ PELI 10 F1 5 30 2197 KNP __ 2197 J KNP __ 16A 2197 J J NP __ 15 7 5 50 3 081 2197 KKNP __ 2197 KKNP __ 16A 2197 KJ NP __ SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase to phase 115 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 2197 GKKNP __ 2197 GKKNP __ 16A 2197 GJKNP __ 1 5 3 7 20 2516 2197 HKKNP __ 2197 HKKNP __ 16A 2197 H KNP __ P
9. 263 PowerFlex Bulletin 1336 POwerFlex40 79 and 700 PLUS II Drive Drives Manual Drive li Bypass Deller 2162Q 2163Q Option option Description 2162P 2163P 2162R 2163R 21640 21650 2162T 2163T Grounded Unit 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on hinge of unit door Unit door grounding strap y J Z 7 7 Door I for IEC requirements Specify on plug in units for sections with Unit Load A unplated vertical unit load ground bus Unplated copper s Z Connector Specify on plug in units for sections with tin 38 plated vertical unit load ground bus Tin plated cooper x i g Y Specify on plug in units for sections with Copper alloy v 4 M v 4 4 Unit Ground 79U vertical plug in ground bus Unplated copper Unplated copper v v v v v v Stab unit ground stab can also be used with steel gt 79UT vertica ground bus Tin plated cooper v v v v v v gg BI Normally Open One 1 N O mounted on operating mechanism operates with J y P v F z SC movement of external handle only Auxiliary 98X BI Normally Open One 1 N O mounted internally Circuit breaker units only v v v v v Contacts gg BI Normally Closed One 1 N C mounted on operating mechanism operates with P Vv p v w Vv movement of external handle only 99X B1 Normally Closed One 1 N C mounted internally Circuit breaker units only v v v v v T Handle 111 T Handle latc
10. 251 PowerFlex Bulletin 1336 PowerFlex 40 70 70and 700 PLUS II Drive and 700 Drives Manual Drive A Delivery Bypass Program 2162Q 2163Q Option NEA Description 2162P 2163P 2162R 2163R 3160 21650 2162T 2163T 14HABC 2 Blank cover No functionality w w 14HAPC Programmer only Door mounted I ne cane i to drive included Available tana qei Programmer Control with Anaiog on NEMA Type LandType ea 1 with gasket ONLY 14HA2C 2 Programmer Control with Digital y J Potentiometer 14HJ PC Programmer onl Door mounted HIM is not w w J 2 H removable Bezel and HIM NE are one piece one HIM 14H 2C PI Programmer Control with Digital required per drive unit gt Potentiometer Available on NEMA Type 12 PE ONLY v v 3 Eo 14HASBC P Blank cover No functionality 7 7 Human Interface p Programmer only with upload and Mounted inside unit on drive Module HIM U MUHCSPC download capabilities in snap in cradle Available Ve KZ Programmer Control with Analog on NEMA Type 1 1 with v v mutually 14HCS1C B Potentiometer and upload download gasket and 12 M Includes w gt exclusive capabilities viewing window on door Programmer Control with Digital 14HCS2C B Potentiometer and upload download w w capabilities 14HBA0 0 HIM blank plate ounted in bezel on the door A v v v 14HBA3 LCD display full numeric keypad HIM is removable
11. Nominal kW NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW Frame Sas EO Powerlex 70 Space Space POM SE m drive units should be sized Factor Catalog Number P Factor Catalog Number j Program according to the application and output ampere rating 13 0 37 2162QA 1P3NK_ 33K 2162QA 1P3N _ 33K 1 5 0 55 2162QA 2P1NK_ 34K 2162QA 2P1N _ 34K 2 1 0 75 2162QA 2P1NK_ 35K 20 2162QA 2P1N _ 35K B 2 6 1 1 1 5 2162QA 3P5NK_ 36K 2162QA 3P5NJ _ 36K 3 5 15 2162QA 3P5NK_ 37K 2162QA 3P5NJ _ 37K 5 0 2 2 2162QA 5PONK_ 38K 2162QA 5PONJ _ 38K 8 7 3 7 2162QA 8P7NK_ 39K 2 5 2162QA 8P7NJ _ 39K c 11 5 55 20 2162QA 011NK_ 40K 2162QA 011N _ 40K PE 15 4 1 5 i 2162QA 015NK_ 41K 3 0 2162QA 015NJ_ 41K 22 11 2162QA 022NK_ 42K 2162QA 022NJ _ 42K D 30 15 2 5 2162QA 030NK_ 43K 3 5 2162QA 030NJ _ 43K 37 18 5 2162QA 037NK_ 44K 3 0 2162QA 037NJ _ 44K 14 43 22 3 0 2162QA 043NK_ 45K 35 2162QA 043NJ _ 45K E 60 30 3 013 2162QA 060NK_ 46K 40 2162QA 060N _ 46K 12 37 3 5 2162QA 072NK_ 47K 2162QA 072NJ_ 47K 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V
12. raad Number Circuit Breaker Frame Type Type of Circuit Breaker Designation Old New 63A I 150A 225 HE 2254 IH 250A U 400A 600A P 800A FI 1200A 20004 FI Standard I C Instantaneous Trip Only Ww Standard I C Instantaneous Trip Only WG GMCP High I C Instantaneous Trip Only CA o ee We e Instantaneous Trip Only with Current Limiter wc ieee HM CP EL High I C Instantaneous Trip with Current Limiter CC M CP EL Standard I C Inverse Time JD JD KD Thermal M agnetic or Electronic WT CT FDB FD JD3D JD3D K3D LD MDL m m Standard I C Inverse Time WT MDS Thermal M agnetic or Electronic CF M edium I C Inverse Time FD Thermal M agnetic or Electronic WB CB 13C ND m High I C Inverse Time _ HFD HJD HJD HKD Thermal M agnetic or Electronic CM I6C HFD JD6D JD6D K6D HLD HMDL HND RD Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic with Current wp cp FDB LFD Limiter I3C LFD Extra High I C Inverse Time e _ FDC gt J DC KDC _ Thermal M agnetic or Electronic CX 10C JDOD KOD LDC NDC NDC 1 63A 400A thermal magnetic circuit breakers except GM CP and HM CP are instantaneous 2 Unit Series R only 3 600A 2000A electronic trip circuit breakers Discount Schedule A6 9 o 1 ceneral Information 10 Vertical Sections Parts Illustration Typical 1
13. Horsepower 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM 5 2WAR 2WAR ANAR NR 13 2 5 KVAR 2 5 KVAR 3 KVAR 4 KVAR 10 3 KVAR 3 KVAR 3 KVAR 5 KVAR 15 4 KVAR 4 KVAR 5 KVAR 6 KVAR 20 5 KVAR 5 KVAR 6 KVAR 7 5 KVAR 25 6 KVAR 6 KVAR 1 5 KVAR 9 kVAR 30 7 KVAR 7 KVAR 9 KVAR 10 KVAR 40 9 KVAR 9 KVAR 10 KVAR 12 5 KVAR 50 12 5 KVAR 10 kVAR 12 5 KVAR 15 KVAR 60 15 KVAR 15 KVAR 15 KVAR 17 5 KVAR 15 17 5 KVAR 17 5 KVAR 17 5 kVAR 20 kVAR 100 22 5 KVAR 20 KVAR 25 KVAR 27 5 KVAR 125 27 5 KVAR 25 KVAR 30 VAR 30 kVAR 150 30 KVAR 30 KVAR 35 KVAR 37 5 KVAR 200 40 KVAR 37 5 KVAR 40 KVAR 50 kVAR 250 50 KVAR 45 KVAR 50 kVAR 60 KVAR 300 60 KVAR 50 KVAR 60 kVAR 60 KVAR 350 60 kVAR 60 KVAR 75 kVAR 75 KVAR 400 75 KVAR 60 KVAR 75 KVAR 85 KVAR 450 75 KVAR 75 KVAR 80 kVAR 90 KVAR 500 75 KVAR 75 KVAR 85 KVAR 100 KVAR 264 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix Horsepower Ratings for Bulletin 2192F Fusible Disconnect Feeder Switch FDS Units 334 Horsepower at Rated M otor Voltage Switch Rangs Amperes 200V 230V 380 415V 460V 575V 30 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 15 0 125 15 0 125 20 60 10 15 10 15 20 30 20 30 25 40 100 20 25 20 30 40 50 40 50 50 200 30 50 40 60 60 100 60 125 60 150 400 60 100 15 125 125 250 150 250 175 350 600 125 150 150 200 300 350 300 400 400 Conductor Size Conversion Chart Metric Conductor Size to American Wire Gauge Conductor Size 335
14. Description porn Depth neal A NEMA Type 1 NEM A Type 12 Delivery Inches mka inches Catalog Number Catalog Number Program 20 2100 EKC1_1D _ 2100 EJ C1_1D __ T 25 2100 EKC1_2D __ 2100 EJC1_20 _U 30 2100 EKC1_3D U 2100 EJC1_3D0 _U 8 5 35 2100 EKC1_4D __ 2100 EJ C1_4D __ with horizontal bus 20 2100 EKC2_1D _ 5 1 2100 EJ C2_ 1D _ 7 1 i 25 2100 KC2_20 _ 2100 EJ C2_2D __ 30 2100 EKC2_3D __ 2100 E C2_3D __ 35 2100 KC2_4D0 _ 2100 EJ C2_4D __ 20 2100 KC2_1A _ 2100 E C2_1A __ 11 5 fl i U Wi onzontal ej m 25 2100 EKC2_2A __ 2100 EJ C2_2A __ 2 30 2100 EKC2_3A __ 2100 EJ C2_3A __ 35 2100 EKC2_4A __ 2100 EJ C2_4A __ 20 2100 EKC2_1B __ 2100 EJ C2_1B __ Vertical 14 2 U i 1 AI with horizontal bus sh 5 2100 EKC2_2B __ 2100 EJ C2_2B _ 2 30 2100 EKC2_3B __ 2100 EJ C2_3B __ Includes full six 6 0 space 1 1 factor door and mounting 35 2100 EKC2_4B __ 2100 EJ C2_4B _ SC plate 20 2100 EKC1_1A B 2100 E C1_1A 8 No vertical wireway 115 without 25 2100 EKC1_2A 8 2100 EJ C1_2A P Ge 15 30 2100 EKC1_3A 8 2100 EJ C1_3A B 35 2100 EKC1_4A 8 2100 EJ C1_4A P 40 2100 EKC1_5A P 2100 EJ C1_5A P r 20 2100 EKC1_1B P 2100 EJ C1_1B B l l 25 2100 EKC1_2B P 2100 EJ C1_2B 3 d da 15 30 2100 EKC1_3B B 2100 E C1_3B B 35 2100 EKC1_4B P 2100 EJ C1_4B 8 406 2100 EKC1_5B B 2100 E C1_5B B 20 2100 EKC2_1 8 2100 EJ C2_1 8 A 25 2100 EKC
15. Catalog Number POSITION Character A Space Delivery Description Factors Ta Description Top Entry EA Used 9 AHA AJA 225A JD 44 350 kcmil 1 phase CU 15 AHB AJB 225A HJ D 4 350 kcmil 1 phase cU 1 5 AHC AJC 225A JDC 4 350 kcmil 1 phase CU 15 AHD AJD 400A KD 3 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 AHE AJE 400A HKD 48 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 AHF AJF 400A KDC 8 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 Main Circuit Breaker AHG AJG 600A LD 250 350 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 Section AHH AJH 600A HLD 250 350 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 AH_ top entry AHJ AJJ 600A LDC 250 350 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 or AHK AJK 800A MDL 3 0 300 kcmil 3 phase CU 2 5 AJ _ bottom entry z r I y m AJL 300A MDLG __ 3 0 300 kcmil 3 phase with aa ground fault See page 260 for i circuit breaker AHM AJM 800A HM DL 3 0 300 kcmil 3 phase CU 2 5 interrupting capacity 3 0 300 kcmil 3 phase with NINTH AHN AJN 800A HM DLG ground fault cU 25 Section AHP AJP 1200A ND 4 0 400 kcmil 4 phase CU 3 5 SC and AHQ AJQ 1200A HND 4 0 400 kcmil 4 phase CU 35 4 0 400 kcmil 4 phase with AHR AJR 1200A NDG ground fault CU 3 5 4 0 400 kcmil 4 phase with AHS AJS 1200A HNDG ground fault cU 3 5 AKD ALD 400A KD 3 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 Feeder Circuit AKE ALE 400A HKD 3 0 250 kemil 2 phase CU 2 0 Breaker Section AKF ALF 400A KDC 3 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 AKG ALG 600A LD 250 350 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 AK_ top entry or AKH ALH 600A HLD 250 350 kcmil 2 phas
16. 155 TS1W TSR1W TSRIW DE ER ERR TS ow TSROW r RZWO ET j Option inti 2126E 2126 Delivery SEC Number Pescipcen 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K Omission of k For contactors and starters v v v i Pow er Termihai 106 NEM A Type BD NEM A sizes 1 2 and 3 7 7 7 Blocks 1 110 21 For 30A and 60A fusible disconnect feeders Available for Bulletin 2192F ONLY cise 107 One 1 extra 5 pole control terminal block unwired v v v v v v Available on all units except 2191F 2191M 2192M 2193M T Handle 111 T handle latch on unit door 2195 2193LE and 2193PPFl SC gt For circuit breaker or fusible disconnect main or Key interlock i A M WA 201 o ee faa aaa cn Available for Bulletins 2192 and 2193 ONLY Provision handle 7 Ohio Semitronics M odel M CT5 005E 700TC1 8 85 135V AC 50 60Hz power includes current w ie osama k Crompton Instruments M odel 253 TALU LSHG 120V 4 20mA Output 8 A 700TC2 AC 20 50 60Hz power includes current v PE transformer SC delivery in Canada N K Technologies model AT 12 40V DC at sensor 700TC4 81 current transformer not needed on sizes 1 3 v included on sizes 4 6 Riley Corp 5 40VDC at sensor current transformer v Current Sensors not needed model 420 sizes 1 3 all voltages SC 4 20mA Output sj Riley Corp 5 40VDC at sensor current transformer P 7007c5 not
17. configuration 244 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Maximum The horsepower ratings shown pam ae dci Catalog Number bale PEB M should be sized according to Space Factor al Space Factor Catalog Number 21 Program the application and output ampere rating 1 1 0 5 2164RA 1PIA_ _ 2164RA 1P1D_ _ 2 1 0 75 1 30 2164RA 2PIA_ _ 30 2164RA 2P1D_ _ 0 3 4 1 5 2 2164RA 3P4A_ _ 2164RA 3P4D_ _ 5 3 2164RA 5POA_ _ 2164RA 5POD_ _ 5 2164RA 8POA_ _ 2164RA 8POD_ _ 11 1 5 2164RA 011A_ _ 3 5 2164RA 011D_ _ 1 14 10 35 2164RA 014A_ _ 2164RA 014D_ _ 22 15 i 2164RA 022A_ _ 2164RA 022D_ _ 2 27 20 2164RA 027A_ _ 4 0 2164RA 027D_ _ 34 25 2164RA 034A_ _ 2164RA 034D_ _ 40 30 45 2164RA 040A_ _ 45 2164RA 040D_ _ eel 3 52 40 5 0 2164RA 052A_ _ 5 5 2164RA 052D_ _ 65 50 5 5 2164RA 065A_ _ 6 0 2164RA 065D_ _ 4 77 60 6 0 35 W B 2164RA 077A_ _ 6 0 35 WE 2164RA 077D_ _ 5 96 15 6 0 2164RA 096A_ _ 6 0 2164RA 096D_ _ 14 125 100 35 W 20 D 2164RA 125A_ 35 w 20 D 2164RA 125D _ 6 0 156 125 6 0 2164RA 156A_ _ 45 W 20 DI 2164RA 156D_ _ 180 150 PASZE 2164RA 180A_ _ 50 co pl 2164RA 180D_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers li
18. 2106 B 3B A B 38 24J sig 2107 B 3B A B 38CA 2a f w NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower and Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Type Type Disconnecting Means Option 41C 41E 41G 41A z Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Option Code _ Type 3B Ji See Table on page 229 See Options section Full Voltage Reversing 3c ho beginning on page 129 2106 FVR with Fused 2D Disconnect 3D Bo 41F Full Voltage Reversing Horsepow er Code and 2107 a ed Circuit 41D Code Disconnecting Means reaker QM Code NEMA Enclosure Type 2 Code See Table on 418 a NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 2106 38 24 424 Fuse Clip Rating and Class See Code WiringT gasket with external reset button Table on page 231 one Irin giiype NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 38_ Horsepower Code See Table B Type B D K gasket without external reset 2107 38CA 0N page 230 button CA Circuit Breaker Type See NEM A Type 12 with external reset Table on page 235 D button NEMA Type 12 without external reset button 40 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 129 132 Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2106 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVR See page 33 for product description Units are cUL US listed unless otherwise indicated 42 Fuse Clip R a i ircui Catalog Number NEMASize OSE
19. 4 Only available for Bulletin 2107 and 2113 The maxi 5 Blank nameplates will be supplied when no engraving is selected or provided Letter height for 3 line nameplates will be 0 22 Letter height for 4 line nameplates will be 0 18 All text will be centered horizontally and vertically Auxiliary Contact Option 165 Auxiliary Contact Bulletin 2106 and 2112 Bulletin 2107and 2113 Bulletin 2107 Bulletin 2113 Bulletin 2113 Catalog String Size 1 Size Land 2 Size 3 Size 3 Size 4 w w w w v 91 v 4 w w v 900 v v w w v 901 v v w w SA 911 v v N A v v 9000 v v N A v v 9001 y v N A v v 9011 v v N A v v 9111 v v N A N A N A 90000 v v N A v v 90001 v v N A v v 90011 v v N A v v 90111 v v N A N A N A 91111 v v N A N A N A 132 Discount Schedule A6 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Bulletin 2154G and 2155G Soft Starter SMC Units SMCDialogPLUS 135 These combination soft starter units are specially designed for use in CENTERLINE MCCs Each unit contains a microprocessor controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker Features include Four starting modes soft start with kickstart current limit dual ramp and full voltage e Energy saver Bio rebalance converter module required for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket uni Electronic motor overload protection Metering Built in communicati
20. 220 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW Continuous ratings shown below are for Frame Output reference only PowerFlex 700 Delivery Amperes drive units should be sized Space Factor Catalog Number SpaceFactor Catalog Number Program according to the application and output ampere rating Normal Duty 480V 1 1 0 5 2162RA 1PINKB 33 2162RA 1PIN B 33 1 6 0 75 2162RA 2P1NKB 34 2162RA 2P1N B 34 2 1 1 2162RA 2P1NKB 35 20 2162RA 2P1N B 35 0 3 0 15 2162RA 3P4NKB 36 2162RA 3P4N B 36 3 4 2 20 2162RA 3P4NKB 37 2162RA 3P4N B 37 5 0 3 i 2162RA 5PONKB 38 2162RA 5PON B 38 8 0 5 2162RA 8PONKB 39 2162RA 8PON B 39 11 1 5 2162RA 011NKB 40 2 5 2162RA 011N B 40 SC 1 14 10 2162RA 014NKB 41 2162RA 014N B 41 22 15 2162RA 022NKB 42 2162RA 022N B 42 2 27 20 25 2162RA 027NKB 43 3 0 2162RA 027N B 43 34 25 2162RA 034NKB 44 2162RA 034N B 44 40 30 2162RA 040NKB 45 3 5 2162RA 040N B 45 3 52 40 3 0 2162RA 052NKB 46 40 2162RA 052N B 46 65 50 2162RA 065NKB 47 2162RA 065N B 47 4 11 60 6 0 20 wP 2162RA 077NKB 48 6 0 25 WZ 2162RA 077NJ B 48 5 96 15 2162RA 096NKB 49 6 0 2162RA 096N B 49 125 100 2162RA 125NKB 50 25 W 20 DE 2162RA 125NJ B 50 156 125 06 2162RA 156NKB 51 m 2162RA 156N B 51 ale 180 150 2162RA 180NKB 52 w 2162RA 180N B 52 glu 5 6 0 35 W 20 DB 2162RAT 300NKB 54 Available in NEMA Type 1 and 2 6 0 30 W 20 DB 2162RAB 300NKB 54 Type 1 with gasket onl
21. o e FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 Phase A vertical bus on top incoming 2 0 space factors and Phase C vertical bus on bottom incoming 2 0 space factors are not required or supplied FIGURE 4 FIGURE 5 FIGURE 6 NOTE All lug pads shown accept NEMA standard 2 hole lugs 1 75 on center using 5 hardware 72 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Main and Feeder Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Fusible Disconnect Feeders and Mains 30 200A Feeders are available as Plug in Units 400 1200A Feeders and all M ains are Frame M ounted e 600 2000A units have Visual Blade Bolted Pressure Switches 86
22. e See page 85 for product description e Units are NOT wired Units have NO plug in stabs e Load terminal blocks are NOT furnished e Lighting panel bus is aluminum with tin plating Directory card is supplied 103 Catalog Number KI 5 Wina Wide ae Hoek R i Panel Bus and Max Number of Catalog numbers do not include branch breakers Refer Type Main Lug Ampere 1 pole Space to Factory Installed Bolt On Branch CircuitBreakers Delivery Rating CircuitBreakers Factor table below for catalog string numbers Program NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 WITH MAIN LUG ONLY MLO Single Phase 100 18 2 0 2193LE AKL118 00WT 2193LE AJ L118 00WT C Volts m 30 25 2193LE CKL130 00WT 2193LE C L130 00WT IC rms Sym 42 3 0 2193LE CKL142 00WT 2193LE CJ L142 00WT sc Three Phase 100 18 2 0 2193LE AKL318 00WT 2193LE AJ L318 00W T P 30 25 2193LE AKL330 00WT 2193LE AJ L330 00WT IC rms Sym 225 42 3 0 _ 2193LE CKL342 00WT 2193LE CJ L342 00WT WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER MCB I 100A Main Circuit Breaker is Cutler Hammer BAB type series rating 10kA 225A Main Circuit Breaker is Cutler Hammer ED type series rating 65kA Single Phase 100 H 16 2 0 2193LE AKB116 40WT 2193LE AJ B116 40W T 3 Wire 120 240 Volts 225 30 3 5 2193LE CKB130 45WT 2193LE CJ B130 45WT AC 42 40 2193LE CKB142 45WT 2193LE CJ B142 45WT SC E 100i 15 2 0 2193LE AKB315 40WT 2193LE AJ B315 40W T ree Phase 4 Wire 120 208 Volts AC 27 25 2193LE AKB327 40W T 2193LE AJ B
23. 98 Interrupting Capacity Ratings Catalog Number Frame Range of rms symmetrical amperes Wiring Tyee A Class I Available Space Delivery gt Trips 380V 400V Factor NEMA Type Land Program Rating Amperes Type Amperes orn 415V 480V 600V Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 MDL 65k 50k 25k 2193M_ FKC _CT 2193M _ F C _CT M DLG PLA 65k 50k 25k 2193M_ FKC CTG 2193M_ FJ C _CTG HM DL 100k 65k 35k 2193M _ FKC CM 2193M _ F C _CM z 400 800 P 800A HM DLG ZI 100k 65k 35k 2 5 2193M_ FKC CMG 2193M_ FJC _CMG Nbc PL5 100k 100k 65k 2193M_ FKC _CX 2193M _ F C _CX Noc ZIBI 100k 100k 65k 2193M_ FKC CXG 2193M_ FJ C _CXG M R AG 800 42k 35k 22k 2193M_ FKC 54CN 2193M _ F C 54CN ND 65k 50k 25k 2193M_ GKC _CT 2193M _ GJ C _CT NDG PI 65k 50k 25k 2193M_ GKC _CTG 2193M _ GJ C _CTG HND 100k 65k 35k 2193M_ GKC CM 2193M _ GJ C _CM SC 600 1200 P 1200A HNDG PMA 100k 65k 35k 350 2193M_ GKC _CMG 2193M _ GJ C _CMG Noc 215 100k 100k 65k 2193M_ GKC _CX 2193M _ GJC _CX Noc 2M4 100k 100k 65k 2193M _ GKC _CXG 2193M _ GJ C _CXG ND HI M AG 1200 65k 50k 25k 2193M _ GKC 56CN 2193M_ GJ C 56CN Due to MCC design pp 2 100k 65k 50k 2193M_ JKC CM 2193M _ JJC _CM and bus short circuit withstand limitations these units only can be 6 0 20004 used on systems of 1200 2000 B 30 W 65kA available or less 2114 wai IKC MIC If 100kA is required RDG 100k 65k 50k 20 p 8 2193M_ JKC CMG 2193M_ JC CMG contact your
24. Available only for B Control logic interfa Control type M UST Available only for B Space factor adder For size code 300 B Enhanced control opti Configurable inputs a m Discount Schedule A6 ulletin 2162R 2163R ce board M UST be selected be selected for Bulletin 2162R 2163R lletin 2162R and 2163R with size cod on MUST be specif ay be required for B 2164R and 2165 R units except units with size code 300 2164R and 2165R e 300 ied Available only for Bulletin 2162Q 2163Q 2164Q and 2165Q nd outputs are 10V or 20mA Analog interface boards options 14LA2 14LA6 and14LA7 are not available with door mounted speed potentiometer option lletin 2162T and 2163T See pages 194 197 ulletin 2162R and 2163R option 14PSUG changes delivery program to Engineered Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability 213 214 Factory Installed Options M odifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive A load reactor connecting a reactor on the load side of the drive should be considered as a means to address one or more of the following issues 1 Multi motor applications one drive feeding more than one motor 2 A low voltage insulation class motor applied on a long cable length 3 575V motor applications other than short cable length applications A load reactor is NOT required for applications where 1 Line voltage is 230V or less
25. he catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2165QA 1P1AB Select HP rating code from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower rating desired e g 2165QA 1P1AB 33 Select the appropriate suffix from the Circuit Breaker Type table on page 236 to identify circuit breaker type So 2165QA 1P1AB 33CA The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2165QA 1P1K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2165QA 1P1J _ _ Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units U nits 2165Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker Disconnect and M anual Isolated Bypass 600V e See page 157 for product description All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Prop terminal blocks lacement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life er p b its in the M cle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Configuration consists of two units The bypass unit contains a
26. 1 Refer to Appendix for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings 108 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Other Miscellaneous Units Miscellaneous Units 137 NEM A Type C Terminal Board Unit supplied unwired Description Includes Bulletin 1492 CA1 terminal blocks Catalog Number Space Wiring Type A Only Class Factor oe Me Type NEMA Type 12 44 TB 2100 CK101 0044CA 2100 C 10T 0044CA Top mounted 66 TB 2100 CK10T 0066CA 2100 CJ 10T 0066CA 88 TB 2100 CK10T 0088CA 2100 CJ 10T 0088CA 110 TB 10 2100 CK10T 0110CA 2100 C 10T 0110CA 44 TB __ 2100 CK10B 0044CA 2100 C 10B 0044CA Bottone meuntad 66 TB 2100 CK10B 0066CA 2100 C 10B 0066CA 88 TB 2100 CK10B 0088CA 2100 C 10B 0088CA 110 TB 2100 CK10B 0110CA 2100 C 10B 0110CA 76 TB 2100 CK15T 0076CA 2100 C 15T 0076CA Top mounted 114 TB 2100 CK15T 0114CA 2100 C 15T 0114CA 152 TB 2100 CK15T 0152CA 2100 C 15T 0152CA 190 TB 15 2100 CK15T 0190CA 2100 C 15T 0190CA 76 TB __ 12100 CK15B 0076CA 2100 C 15B 0076CA Bottom mounted 114 TB 2100 CK15B 0114CA 2100 CJ 15B 0114CA 152 TB 2100 CK15B 0152CA 2100 CJ 15B 0152CA 190 TB 2100 CK15B 0190CA 2100 CJ 15B 0190CA Delivery Program SC Smoke Detector Unit Requires separate 120V AC source M ust be installed in bottom of section Provides one 1 form C contact closu
27. 1 When installing unit in topmost location in vertical section care must be taken to comply with the National Electrical Code 6 7 2 0 m unit handle to floor height limitation A unit operating handle extender 2100H NE1 is available which provides 3 76 2 mm added height flexibility See page 237 for catalog number 2 When CENTERLINE 2100 0 5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug in units are ordered unassembled or ordered for existing sections a centralized wiring diagram holder kit 2100H W DH should be ordered See page 238 3 FAM installation of 0 5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug in units in existing series E through CENTERLINE 2100 vertical sections Refer to page 241 for information A ground strap can be used to ground units rather than U a ground bus See publication 2100 IN014x EN P Replacement and renewal parts are no longer supported Consult M CC Technical Support Required only if series F or later 1 0 space factor or larger CENTERLINE 2100 unit is installed in topmost location of series A through E vertical sections Consult M CC Technical Support for assistance with possible door hinge requirements Series E J sections cannot accommodate 0 5 space factor or Space Saving NEMA Starter plug in units in bottom most unit location OND US 8 Discount Schedule A6 General Information aay Circuit Breaker Suffix Letter Designation 8 Catalog
28. 173 Nominal Horsepow er Nominal kW The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal NEMA Type 1 ang vne 1 with The limiting factor in the application and use of the SM C 3 is the output ampere gasket b jie Rating rating Delivery Amperes BI Bi Program l tl ml Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number 220 230V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Factor Wiring Li B Class Factor Wiring Type B 3 0 25 0 55 0 5 0 37 1 1 0 5 1 5 0 75 2 2155HB AA_ __ 2155HB AD_ __ 9 0 75 2 2 0 75 2 1 5 3 7 2 5 3 7 5 2155HB BA_ __ 2155HB BD_ __ 19 3 7 3 5 5 5 7 5 75 10 10 15 i 2155HB DA_ __ r 2155HB DD_ __ 25 5 5 7 5 11 15 20 2155HB EA_ __ 2155HB ED_ __ 30 7 5 10 15 20 25 2155HB FA_ __ 2155HB FD_ __ 37 18 5 25 30 2155HB GA_ __ 2155HB GD_ __ 43 11 15 22 30 40 2155HB HA_ __ 2 0 2155HB HD_ __ SC 60 15 20 30 40 50 15 2155HB J A_ __ 25 2155HB JD_ __ 18 5 22 25 30 1 50 85 REA BI 2155HB KA_ 3 04 2155HB KD_ 45 60 60 75 m ae 108 30 40 55 75 100 2 5 2155HB LA_ __ 2155HB LD_ __ 135 1 50 100 2 5 3 5 Bi 2155HB M A_ 2155HB M D 135 125 3 0 am Da 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 2 Delivery program is PE in the United States and SC in Canada 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from the table on page 229 to identify the preferred control voltage e g 2155HB AAB If horsepow
29. Discount Schedule A6 209 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 249 aa Bulletin 1336 Peter 1 PLUS II Drive bite Option Option Number Primary Drive Horsepow er Enclosure Transformer 2162P 2163P Program Voltage kW Type Rating 0 5 7 5 0 37 7 5 1 1G 80VA v v 10 30 11 22 1 1G 130VA v v 220V 240V 0 5 10 0 37 7 5 12 80VA v v 15 25 11 22 12 130VA 2 v 30 12 200VA v v 0 5 20 0 25 15 1 1G 80VA v v 25 150 U 18 5 90 1 16 130VA v w 6P Standard 30v agoy 150 250 P 110 160 1 16 350VA v v capacity with 0 5 20 0 25 15 12 80VA v v primary protection 25 50 18 5 37 12 130VA v v 60 150 1 45 90 12 200VA v v 1 20 1 1G 80VA v v 25 125 1 1G 130VA v v 150 250 1 1G 350VA v v nO 1 20 12 80VA v v 25 50 12 130VA v v ar 60 125 12 200VA v v Control Circuit Transformer 0575103775 TIG BOVA 7 7 SC 10 30 11 22 1 1G 200VA v v 220V 240V 0 5 10 0 37 7 5 12 130VA v v 15 25 11 22 12 200VA v v 30 12 250VA v v 0 5 20 0 25 15 1 1G 130VA v v 25 150 18 5 90 1 16 200VA w w 6XP 100wattextra 3gov 4goy 150 250 P 010 160 1 1G 500VA v v capacity with 0 5 20 0 25 15 12 130VA v v primary g 3 protection 25 50 18 5 37 12 200VA v v
30. 2 The catalog n umbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2163PA FO5VKB Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2163PA FO5VKAB 33 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163PA FOSVKB 33CA 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 4 Frame mounted unit in a 20 deep without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard Discount Sch edule A6 tput current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 169 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 600V Constant Torque See page 155 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Proper pee of drive units in the MCC is essential
31. 7FEC2FYG 24VDC input points None 120VAC input points available for 110 120VAC y control voltage only Ground fault Includes Bulletin 825 CBCT ground fault U 12 sensor G 120VAC input points and ground fault see description above ene 1 Available for Size 4 6 E3 Plus overloads only 2 Bulletin 2107 NEMA Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix CT or CM requires 4 5 space factor Discount Schedule A6 117 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 147 TS1W TSRIW TSRIW Feeder aE EMR EYRE a rsRzw rskzwo OY iain 7 Option hart Delivery Opti D ti 2126E 2126 sze Number EAU 21021 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 2192 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2193 2127F 2127K Type A 4 4 v 5 W W iring v w w Overload Relay ormally Open si Auxiliary Contact ype B 4 id Eutectic Alloy Wiring w w v Type A v v v ae 9A Normally Closed kali 7 y Type B a A z Wiring v w v SC For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet p g inputs and outputs 4 120V inputs and 2 120V outp
32. Compartment 2192M or 2000A 2193M and is not available in NEMA Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction This 70 48 high x 15 or 20 deep section will accommodate standard plug in units up to and including 4 5 space factors Standard height bus 45 center point and lower height bus 25 5 center lk are available Please note the following restrictions for 71 high sections If top incoming unless a full section incoming main lug is used or top frame mounted device is required select lower height bus If bottom incoming unless full section incoming main lug is used or bottom frame mounted device is required select standard bus height If frame mounted transformer is required select standard bus height If frame mounted transformer with top incoming main lug is required select standard height bus and use a full section incoming main lug 71 High Section Two frame mounted units cannot be used in a single section Top frame mounted units and bottom frame mounted units cannot be mixed in the same line up e g Bulletin 2191 2192 2193 2195 2196 and 2197 units SC Only the following incoming main lug compartments are available pre engineered 300A and 600A in 1 0 space factors 800A in 1 5 space factors 1200A in 2 0 space factors 600A 2000A full section 4 5 space factors See publication 2100 TD024xEN P for more information 6 0 space factor frame mounted units are not available Back to back construc
33. Nameplate Screws unit Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Export Packing Below Packing is not watertight or waterproof Considerations v v v v v v al gt should be taken if extended storage is expected y 1 Options for factory wiring of control circuits Device and component internal wiring and wiring that could affect operation or certification e g insulation temperature class EM C shielding requirements communication requirements UL cUL CSA CE are not included 2 Requires 0 5 space factor SM C 3 units to be increased to 1 0 space factor 3 Examples of where insulated lugs cannot be used include SMC terminals Bulletin 800F pilot devices 700CF relays disconnects circuit breakers and areas where more than one 1 wire per terminal is required 4 Not available when 2 N O and 2 N C form C internal contacts are selected for circuit breakers 154 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Bulletin 2162P and 2163P with Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Drive 0 0 0 cee eee ees 162 These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specially designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a high erformance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a usible disconnect switch or circuit breaker They also e Include isolated logic and power e Produce a three phase pulse width modulated P
34. Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2106B BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2106B BABD 31 24 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2106B BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2106B BABD 31GT 20 e For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the BA relay To order numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2106B BK_ 2 Available on 480V and 600V applications only 3 For 208V and 240V applications with Class R or H fuses unit only requires 1 5 space factors 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2106B BJ _ Bulletin 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR See page 33 for product description 40 Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery Size Factor NEMA Type Land Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Nae LE oaket NEMA Type 12 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 15 2107B BA _ 2107B BD __ 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 2107B CA_ _ 2107B CD_ __ it 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 2 5 2107B DA_ _ 2107B DD_ _
35. letin 2162T and 2163T etin 2162R and 2163R with size code 300 etin 2162P and 2163P E frame drives See pages 255 for drive frame sizes Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 252 Pow erFlex Bulletin 1336 PowerFlex 40 70and 70 and 700 Option PLUS II Drive 700 Drives Manual Drive Delivery Option Number Description Bypass Program 2162Q 2163Q 21649 21650 2162P 2163P 2162R 2163R 2164R 2165R 2162T 2163T Encoder Feedback _ 14ENC1 Encoder Feedback M odule 12V v U v i vil lll SC 14L4 5V TTL control logic interface board v v c I Logic Interf 14L4E 5V TTL control logic interface board with encoder feedback v A SA nterface ras 24V AC DC control interface board A A mutually exclusive 14L5E 24V AC DC control interface board with encoder feedback A v PE 14L6 115V AC control logic interface board v v 14L6E 115V AC control logic interface board with encoder feedback v v 14DA1C 24 VDC Control Voltage Interface with Vector Control vill vill vil i 1 0 Control Interface 14DA1D 120 VAC Control Voltage Interface with Vector Control vill vill vil vill Type 14DA1E 24 VDC Control Voltage with Sensorless Vector Control M MI 14DA1F
36. BBA ral e Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controllers are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 261 for short circuit withstand ratings 170 Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal NEMA Type land Type 1w NEMA Type 12 The limiting factor in the application and use of the SM C 3 is gasket yp Rating the output ampere rating Disc Delivery Amps Ratin Catalog Number Program ems 9 Space catalog Number 41 Space I s 220 230V 21 240V 380v 415v 480V 600v 2 Factor Wiring TypeB Factor BI Class I 3 Wiring Type B Class 3 0 25 0 55 0 5 0 37 1 1 0 5 1 5 0 75 2 30 0 5 B1 2154HB AA_ _ 0 5 B1 2154HB AD_ _ 9 0 75 2 2 0 75 2 1 5 3 7 2 5 3 7 5 30 0 5 5 2154HB BA_ _ 0 5 BI 2154HB BD _ _ 19 3 7 3 5 5 5 7 5 1 5 10 10 15 30 0 5 5 2154HB DA_ _ 0 5 BI 2154HB DD _ 25 5 5 1 3 11 15 20 30 10 2154HB EA_ _ 10 2154HB ED_ _ 30 7 5 10 15 20 25 60 10 2154HB FA_ _ 10 2154HB FD_ _ 37 18 5 25 30 60 10 2154HB GA_ _ 10 2154HB GD_ _ SC 43 11 5 22 30 40 60 15 2154HB HA_ _ 2 0 2154HB HD_ _ 60 15 20 30 40 50 100 2154HB A_ _ 2154HB j D_ _ 18 5 22 25 30 37 50 100 15 2 5 85 65 60 60 75 200 2154HB KA_ _ 2154HB KD_ _ 108 30 40 55 15 100 200 35 2154HB LA_ _ 40 2154HB LD_ _ 135 37 50 100 125 200 2154HB MA_ _ _ 2154HB MD_ _ 1 Units at t
37. Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFM R NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE Tap arrangement for 15 50kVA single phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCBN comp ent wired and interlocked together For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 NOTE 3 through 50 kVA consists of two 2 compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer 111 GE EK Catalog Number 2 mperes Wiring Type A Class F Rating Delivery i Space Factor NEMA Type 1 with BE 240V 480V 600V BO e KOT filters and Type 1w NEMA Type 121 NOE gasket and filters 41 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one 1 secondary fuse 05 10 2196 AK_D __ 2196 AJ_D __ 0 75 2196 BK_D _
38. Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section Tap arrangement is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section The 15kVA transformer has 110 220 V secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers T U OoN o ui The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor 102 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Miscellaneous Units Catalog Number Explanation Miscellaneous Units Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with No Disconnecting Means with or without Horizontal Power Bus 119 2100 E K c 1 X 1 B 120 Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with Fusible Disconnect Switch with or without Horizontal Power Bus 2100 F K c 1 X 1 B 24J 120 Full Section Blank Mounting Plate with Circuit Breaker with or without Horizontal Power Bus 2100 G K C 1 X 1 B 32CB 120 Bulletin Disconnectin Mountin Fuse Clip Horizontal rea a 9 NEMA Type Voltage Unit Depth Placeholder Unit Width pha oe i or Orul Pomor Bus options 119A 119F Code Type Code Placeholder 119K 7100 X is a placeholder Code Option T 1196 See available Code Unit Width Options on page 23 sigs Code Voltage 1 20
39. OFF w 4L _ BI FORWARD REVERSE w L _ PAROI FORWARD REVERSE OFF 1 v 4EL FAST SLOW v 4EL y FAST SLOW OFF v TL HAI OVERLOAD v 4 4 4 1 Legend plates are available in French or Spanish by adding 860F or 860S to catalog string number Generally when more than three devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied When three or less devices are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices On 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied M aximum of four 4 pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units and maximum of three 3 pilot devices on dual mounted units 2 When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary a 90 N O auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D anda 1F a 900 2 N O auxiliary contacts must be selected 3 Two 2 Bulletin 800F pilot lights will be supplied when two 2 pilot lights are selected in conjunction with push buttons separate or transformer control only Only one 1 Bulletin 800F pilot light can be supplied on 2103L or 2113 dual units when push buttons also are selected 4 When option 1F is selected with any ON pilot light an N O auxiliary contact option 90 also must be selected 5 Wen eg in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC_ a 90 N O auxiliary contacti must be selected When used in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC_ and a 1F a 900
40. TSRIW FVC FVR FVNR TS2W TSR2W TSR2W RVAT Option eq 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Number Pescrtpien 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K START STOP e v g v el FORWARD REVERSE STOP yf R z v Push Buttons HIGH LOW STOP 112 1B OFF v STOP M bl v w v w JE ON OFF PI FAST SLOW STOP v Push Buttons HAND ON HAND OFF HAND OFF AUTO 4 and Selector jp Bl Switch I HAND START HAND STOP HAND OFF AUTO v 2 Blank v w w w v v v 2A 1 hole for one pilot device 4 v w v v v v SC pasa JB Z holes for two pilot devices WWW woj MAE 2C 3 holes for three pilot devices v y v v A y v 2D I 4 holes for four pilot devices w v HAND OFF AUTO v w v FORWARD OFF REVERSE UI Selector Switch 3 HIGH OFF LOW v NI FORWARD OFF REVERSE and HIGH LOW v keri HIGH LOW OFF REVERSE v maximum one switch per unit FAST OFF SLOW v 3E OFF ON v M v FORWARD OFF REVERSE and FAST SLOW v FAST SLOW OFF REVERSE v 1 Push buttons may not be used in conjunction with selector switches except with option 1F Generally when more than three devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied When three or less devices are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices On 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supp
41. Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the preferred control voltage e g 2154GB BKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2154GB BKB 35 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2154GB BKN 35K If power fuse will not be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2154GB BKB 35 24 If power fuse will be selected first select clip designator from table on page 236 e g 2154GB BKB 35__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 233 e g 2154GB BKB 35GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 7D0032 EN P NEMA Type 12 units are 2 5 space factors NEMA Type 12 units are 3 5 space factors Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult factory W hen option 13SCR add SCR fuses is selected the SCR fusing provides both short circuit protection and SCR protection Optional power fuses are not valid when 13SCR or any other fuse clip is present For Options Modifications and Accessories see pa
42. panel type Voltmeter with i Voltmeter switch Bul 1404 M 5 Display module mounted on door Includes MINAS aD o baesjte o wee bierni 00 L 860_ xH 86U_ XP _ a6u__xa 86u XN 86U_ xkn _ B6U_ XI _ 86U_ XB _ 86U_ XC Communication B _ transformers ship loose with hardware and rar BJ Mounting instructions For 3 phase 4 wire SC II Bul 1404 M 6 systems four 4 current transformers ship Powermonitor 3000 loose with hardware and mounting 86T__XH 86T _XP 86T _XA 86T _XN 86T _XKN 86T _XI 86T XB 86T XC with RS 485 instructions Disconnect switch is not ROSE udka da oo sake 7 Se Communication included For use on 3 phase 3 wire systems only Plug in metering unit with disconnect and Bulletin 1405 M 610 fuses Current transformers shipped loose Digital Volt Ammeter with hardware and mounting instructions _ 86VCXH _ 86VCXP 86VCXA 86VCXN 86VCXKN _ 86VCXI _ 86VCXB _ 86VCXC SC II Fotential transformers are internal to the evice 1 Metering not available in 2191M 600A main lugs in horizontal wireway 2 The option numbers listed are not complete f f Select the appropriate catalog string number from Ammeter Scale and Current Transformer Primary Ratio table to identify the current transformer primary ratio e g 54M 86UCCXB Select the appropriate letter from the Powermonitor 3000 Communication Options table to identify the communication platform for Pow ermoni
43. 0 5KS i 2195 2 SB 2 2195 EK SD 2195 E _S P 3 1 5 1 561 2195 K SP 2195 FK_S 16A 2195 F _SP PE II SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase to phase 110 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 1 20 2195 GKNP 2195 GKNP 16A 2195 GJ NP 75 3 7 20 1 5 6 2195 HKNP 2195 HKNP 16A 2195 H NP PELI 10 5 4 30 2195 KNP 2195 KNP 16A 2195 J NP 15 7 5 50 2 017 2195 KKNP 2195 KKNP 16A 2195 KJ NP SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase to phase 115 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 2195 GKKNP 2195 GKKNP 16A 2195 GJ KNP 1 5 3 7 20 1 5 6 2195 HKKNP 2195 HKKNP 16A 2195 HJ KNP PE II 10 5 30 2195 KKNP 2195 KKNP 16A 2195 J KNP SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers FI Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 4 20 2195 GKIT 2195 GKIT 16A 2195 G IT 1 5 3 7 4 m 20 1 5 6 2195 HKIT 2195 HKIT 16A 2195 H IT ael 10 5 30 2195 KIT 2195 KIT 16A 2195 J J IT 15 7 5 P 50 2 071 2195 KKIP 2195 KKIP 16A 2195 KJ IP 1 In NEMA
44. 150 100 WK 2197 YK_A __ 2197 YK_A __ 16A 2197 YJ _A __ THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three 3 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 20 15 219 PK_H __ 219 PK_H __ 16A 2197 PJ_H __ 15 7 5 20 20 9 2197 QK_H __ 2197 QK_H __ 16A 2197 QJ _H __ 25 12 5 40 30 3 0 2197 SK_H __ 2197 SK_H __ 16A 2197 SJ H _ 8 30 15 50 40 2197 TK_H __ 2197 TK_H __ 16A 2197 TJ_H __ 37 5 18 5 60 50 3 0 2197 VK_H __ 2197 VK_H __ 16A 2197 VJ H _ 45 22 5 70 60 20 DPI 2197 WK_H __ 2197 WK_H __ 16A 2197 WJ H 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize transformer life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered door may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2197 EKBD Select the trip current from table on page 233 e g 2197 EKBD 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 235 e g 2197 EKBD 30CB 3 For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided 4 For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will b
45. 22B UM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 to the horsepower rating desired e g 2163TA 1P7KC Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired e g 2163TA 1P7KC 35 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163TA 1P4KB 33CA 3 Adding options to this catalog number could result in an increased space factor PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options 237 NEMA 1 1G NEMA 12 Isolated Voltage Drive Base Control Isolated Line or Signal Base Control Isolated Line or Isolated Signal Rating Frame Rating Unit Station Signal Load Conditioner Unit Station Signal Load Conditioner Space 1 3 40r Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND Space 1 3 4 or Conditioner Reactors 14N 2 AND Line Factor 5 14N2 14R__ Line or Load Factor 5 14N2 14R_ _ or Load Reactors Reactors 1 7A 3 0A 15 15 15 15 2 0 2 0 B rer 1 0 15 15 1 5 600 6 6A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 9 9A 2 5 25 c 12 2A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 25 25 gt 19A 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 197 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2164Q and 2165Q Pow erFlex 70 Drive with M anual Isolated Drive Bypass Bullet
46. 300 46 250 48 300 1 Available only on 100A contactors 2 Available only on 100A and 200A contactors Trip Current for Bulletin 2197 and 2197Z 286 Trip Current Trip Current Number GSG Number Kaka Discount Schedule A6 233 Configuration Tables Circuit Breaker Type Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2103L 287 i Standard Interrupting Medium Interrupting Medium Interrupting High Interrupting Ao Capacity Capacity with Current Limiter H Capacity Capacity Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 30 05 SF a a CB 13C CM 16C 30 60 CD I3C LFD CB I3C CM 16C 100 CD I3C LFp P CB I3C CM I6C 200 CT J D3D CM J D6D 300 CT K3D CM K6D 1 Circuit breakers with current limiters are not available on dual mounted units 2 Add 0 5 space factor Refer to Appendix for interrupting capacity and short circuit withstand rating t Refer to publication 2100 TD002x EN P CENTERLINE M otor Control Centers Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breakers for more information Discount Schedule A6 234 Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2107 2113 2123 2127 and 2173 Configuration Tables HM CP250 supplied on Bulletin 2173 size 4 Bulletin 2113 with suffix CC CT or CM requires a minimum of 2 5 space facto
47. 40 50 655 100 _ 100 125 207 p 2 SGBKK __ 180 45 60 75 90 125 150 150 2155GB MK_ __ A k 6 0 PK Available for NEM A Type 240 55 75 75 110 200 200 250 25 W 20 D 2155GB PK_ __ Land Type 1 with Gackt PE II Only f 6 05 RK 360 90 110 100 150 132 185 250 300 300 350 30 W 20 D 2155GB RK_ __ i 6 0 b TK 500 132 150 200 200 250 350 400 400 500 35 W 20 D 2155GB TK_ __ 1 On NEMA Type 12 units the energy savings and phase rebalance features will be inactive when the bypass contactor is energized NEMA Type 12 SMC units can be used with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 1 with gasket motor control centers when the application requires a bypass contactor that energizes when the SMC reaches up to speed and deenen provided 4 NE zes when the stop function of the SMC is activated Note Bypass contactor ca This can be provided on the engineered program 2 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the preferred control voltage e g 2155GB BKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2155GB BKB 35 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2155GB BKN 35K Select the appropriate suffix from table on p
48. 42 150 56 1200 DL 6 400 600 2 42 0 500 kcmi cu 1 Provision for Field M ounting Single or dual mounted plug in feeder units may be selected without the circuit HM DL 700 800 3 3 0 300 kcm CU breaker in the 150A frame size only Add the number 00 from Trip Current table 400 700 2 42 500 kcmil CU above to the base catalog number e g 2193F AKC 3500CB or DC 800A 800 3 3 0 500 kcmi c 2193F BKC 4100CB M ounting hardware space and operating mechanism will be provided for future mounting of circuit breaker s 600 700 2 2 0 500 kcm CU D HND NDC 1200A 800 1000 3 43 0 500 kcmi CU 1100 1200 4 4 0 400 kami CU 1 Lugs are designed for use with breaker frame Standard crimp or mechanical lugs cannot be used without special lug pad assembly 2 No optional lugs available for I3C frame with current limiters Optional Mechanical Lugs 4 96 Cables Frame Type Rating U rza Phase Cable Wire Size Range Wire Type Option Number 13C 16C OC 150A 15 100 1 4 4 0 AWG CU AL 80A4X0 J D3D D6D J DOD 225A 10 225 1 4 350 kcmil CU AL 80A350 125 225 400 1 250 500 kcmil CU 81A500 125 225 1 3 350 kcmil CU AL 80A350 K3D K6D KOD 400A 125 350 2 3 0 250 kcmil CU 81B250 1 250 500 kcmil 80A500 in 2 3 0 250 kcmil aie 80B250 2 3 0 350 kcmil 80B350 LD HLD LDC 600A 300 600 5 400 500 kcmil CU AL 808500 2 41 500 kcmil
49. 46 350 kcmil 1 2 13 54 mm 1 4 0 600 kcmil 1 2 31 59 mm 1 350 800 kcmil 1 2 25 57 mm 1 6 350 kcmil 2 2 13 54 mm 2 4 0 600 kcmil 2 2 13 54 mm 2 CRIMP TYPE LUGS CU Panduit Type LCC 250 kcmil 2 94 75 mm 350 kcmil 1 3 38 86 mm 3 500 kcmil 3 78 96 mm 750 kcmil 4 63 118 mm CRIMP TYPE LUGS CU AL Burndy YA A Series 250 kcmil 2 91 74 mm 350 kcmil 1 3 69 94 mm 3 500 kcmil 4 44 113 mm Figure 3 750 kcmil 4 94 125 mm Figure 2 19 Lugs shown are drilled for 2 hole NEMA 1 75 spacing Discount Schedule A6 239 Hardware and Kits Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation 297 Description Catalog Number ieee Aval ap efor Pa on rae Blank 2100H N8 series letter H through current i i i F ca Station series Housings for series A 1 hole for one 1 Bulletin 800T pilot device 2100H N9 g through G are no longer 2 hole for two 2 Bulletin 800T pilot devices 2100H N10 available 3 hole for three 3 Bulletin 800T pilot devices 2100H N11 Blank Bulletin 2103L and 2113 dual only 2100H N8D Control Station 1 hole for one 1 Bulletin 800T pilot device Bulletin 2103L and 2113 dual only 2100H N9D M ounting Plate 2 hole for two 2 Bulletin 800T pilot devices Bulletin 2103L and 2113 dual only 2100H N10D 3 hole for three 3 Bulletin 800T pilot devices Bulletin 2103L and 2113
50. Code Space Factor Code Line Voltage M 6 0 20 508 mm wide XW No Line Voltage N 6 0 40 1016 mm wide Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 225 Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Units 2181B M arshalling Panel e See 220 for product description 271 PA Catalog Number U Section Width ii Delivery Bulletin Space Factor inches Wiring Type A Only Program NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 20 21818 6 0 full section 2181B MKXW 120 __ 2181B MJ XW 120 __ mr Marshalling Panel 40 i 6 0 full section 12181B NKXW 120 __ 2181B NJXW 120 __ 1 Catalog AG listed are not complete Select the terminal block code from the table below that corresponds to the required number of terminal blocks e g 2181B NAXW 120 1550HM 1 Terminal Blocks Unwired for Marshalling Panels and Terminal Blocks 272 Terminal Block Type Number of Terminal Blocks Space Factors Terminal Block Code 366 6 0 20 wide 0366CA 1492 CA1 s 915 6 0 40 wide 0915CA 620 6 0 20 wide 0620HM 1 Ski 1550 6 0 40 wide 1550HM 1 226 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers and M arshalling Panels Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in asce
51. FVR FVNR Delivery Opuen Number S d a 2106 2107 2112 2113 Program v 902 NORM ALLY OPEN One 1 N O auxiliary contact on each contactor or starter T 91 LI NORM ALLY CLOSED One 1 N C auxiliary contact on each contactor or starter 4 B NORM ALLY OPEN One 1 N O auxiliary contact F Auxiliary Contacts 1 98 operates with movement of external handle only aj NORMALLY OPEN One 1 N O auxiliary contact 7 P 98X mounted internally in circuit breaker B NORM ALLY CLOSED One 1 N C auxiliary contact P v 99 operates with movement of external handle only 4 NORM ALLY CLOSED One 1 N C auxiliary contact f mounted internally in circuit breaker 99x ted internally in circuit break 4 T Handles 111 T handle latch on unit door v v 151D Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire Not available in Canada v v Control Wire Markers 751HS _ Heat shrink type wire marker A v 1515 Sleeve type wire marker w v b Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices Specify 860F when SC French Legend Plates aii pilot device option is selected d lt Spanish Legend 8605 Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices Specify 8605 when V v Plates pilot device option is selected Plated steel nameplate screws Provided Door Nameplate Screws when cardholder or nameplates are not w v selected eon Card Holder for Unit Doors ee ka plastic card holders with 7 v Nameplate Acrylic plate a
52. HRCII 400 O 600 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 400 R HRCII 600 6 0 25 W 20 D 400 600 R HRCII 800 6 0 30 W 20 D 600 R HRCII 800 6 0 35 W 20 D Bulletin 2155G Space Factors with Unit Options 188 Rating Amperes Space Factor for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket Units Space Factor for NEMA Type 12 Units With With Options Option 13SCR 13CM and 13IC With Options With Options With Options 13CM 13IC and 13SCR Standard Unit With Option 131C With Option 13SCR With Options 13IC and 13SCR m Ae 6 0 20 W 20 D 135 1 180 0 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D E i 6 0 25 W 20 D 240 1 6 0 25 W 20 D 369 0 6 0 30 W 20 D 500 E 6 0 35 W 20 D 1 Frame mounted 20 deep section without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 150 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 189 SMC Option ska Description Dialog Plus Pod 2154G 2155G Soft Sto
53. J DC Available as main only D 400A kD ET E 400A HKD A 20 Wide Section H M ain Circuit Breaker Top F 400A KDC J Main Circuit Breaker Bottom G 600A LD K Feeder Circuit Breaker Top H 600A HLD L Feeder Circuit Breaker Bottom J 1600A LDC See Appendix for circuit breaker interrupting sa K 800A MDL L 800A MDLG Available as main only M 800A HM DL N 800A HM DLG Available as main only P 1200A ND Q 1200A HND R 1200A NDG Available as main only S 1200A HNDG Available as main only A 3 kVA 1 5 kVA wi ET 120V Sec Single B 5 KVA 2 5 kVA IBI_120 240V Sec Phase C 7 5 kVA 3 7 kVA 3 120 240V Sec WETA gD 20 KVA 5 kva IE 120 240V Sec M Transformer 480V Primary E 15 kVA 7 5 KVAJ TB 120 240V Sec N Transformer 600V Primary F 25 KVA 125 kva JLB 120 240V Sec Three 10 KVA 5 kvA I 120 208V Sec Phase K 15 kVA 7 5 KVAJ IBI 120 208V Sec Bottom L 25 kVA 12 5 kVAJ2IBI 120 208V Sec M ounted 2113 M 30 kVA 15 kva 2 8 120 208V Sec B 25 Wide Section with 9 vertical wireway A Standard Section A For Plug in Units 7 Corner Section supp Ted as a single snipping D ock only X To U odi ications X Vo U odi ications 1 Shipping block maximum is two 2 sections Cannot ship 20 and 25 wide sections in the same ship ing block 2 For NEMA Type 1 and NEM A T 1 with gasket applications 3kVA and larger a vented door is provided 3 In NEMA Type 12 applicatio
54. NEMA 1 w w w w 1G only Cable to drive is s 5 14HBA5 LCD display programmer only protected v v v v 14HA0 o HIM blank plate ounted inside unit on drive v BIG BIG v y n n Available on NEM A Type 1 1 516 516 14HA3 LCD display full numeric keypad with gasket and 12 Includes vB BIG wv w SC 14HA5 LCD display programmer only viewing window on door v BIG BIKI v 4 14HC25 LCD display digital keypad Door Ha SAH 5 not vi vi v w gt z removable Cable to drive is 5 5 14HC3S LCD display full numeric keypad included NEMA Type 12 vB vl w v 14HC55 LCD display programmer only Only vb v5 v v 1 A Human Interface M odule HIM must be selected except on Bulletin 2162T and 2163T Optional door mounted HIM are available for 2162T and 2163T units Bulletin 2162T and 2163T drives include an integral HIM as standard Bulletin 2162T and 2163T drives include a viewing window over the integral HIM module when optional HIM is not selected 2 Bulletin R splitter cable is used when door mounted HIM s and an externally mounted communication module 14GD1 14GD2 14GK5 or 14GU6 are used on Bulletin 2162P and 2163P units 3 Snap in communication modules options 14GM S1 14GM S2 and 14GM S5 are mutually exclusive with snap in Human Interface M odules options 14HASBC 14HCSPC SoS 212 14HCS1C and 14HCS Not available for Bu Not available on Bul Not available on Bul 20 etin 2162T or 2163T Only available on Bu
55. PowerFlex 700H Variable Frequency AC Drive Load Reactor Unit e Supplied in a unit separate from the drive 255A 200 HP Rating Available in NEMA Enclosure Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only NOTE PowerFlex 700H drives have approximately 3 line reactance inherent to the device Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for information 196 2160R A 160 300N K B 14RXL 01 54 Nominal NEMA Bulletin Number Wiring Type Horsepower Encl T Line Voltage Unit Type Identification Code Horsepower Code Ra ting nciosure Iype 196A 196G Code ne 196E Code Identification Code ariable Frequency i Corresponds to adjustable 2160p Drive VFD Code Line Voltage 01 99 HER drive uni location Supplemental Units B 480V for PowerFlex 700H 196F 1300 Code Unit Type 196B Code NEMA Enclosure Type 14RXL__ Load Reactor 196H Code _ Wiring Type K ve RA Land Type 1 Code Horsepower Code A rypeA 9 52 150 HP Heavy Duty Only 196C 54 200 HP Code Rating 300N Normal Duty 300H Heavy Duty For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 shipping block Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2160R PowerFlex 700H Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Load Reactor e See page 214 for a description of load reactor options and associated rules Reactor unit is a separate unit from the drive unit React
56. SLOT Basic 20 wide section 90 high 25 30 and 35 wide sections 90 high 302 15 Deep 20 Deep Dimension 20 Wide 25 Wide 30 Wide 35 Wide 20 Wide 25 Wide 30 Wide 35 Wide inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm 16 56 16 56 421 B 11 56 294 11 56 294 11 56 294 1156 294 16 56 421 16 56 421 421 c 15 00 381 15 00 381 15 00 381 15 00 381 20 00 508 20 00 508 20 00 508 20 00 508 D 20 00 508 25 00 635 30 00 762 35 00 889 20 00 508 25 00 635 30 00 762 35 00 889 E 10 00 254 12 50 318 15 00 381 17 50 445 10 00 254 12 50 318 15 00 381 17 50 445 NOTE Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to page 237 for mounting channels Discount Schedule A6 245 Appendix 2 50 64 mm 90 2286 mm t t t t I I I L 25 635 mm 12 50 318 mm 12 50 318 mm 1 14 gt 29mm 3 25 83 mm SS z f SPACE FOR m INCOMING A B C CABLES y 2 62 1 69 56 x 1 13 SLOT 67 mm as ei 14 mm x 29 mm SLOT 25 wide section with 9 wireway 90 high 303 14 13 9 13 j B 11 56 294 16 56 421 c 15 00 381 20 00 508 NOTE Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to page 237 for mounting c
57. See page 208 Unit doors are interlocked e DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary D SA options 11D SA2 and 11D SA3 are available for the bypass unit of the manual drive bypass configuration 247 Nominal HP gates TZ NEMA 12 F a ex The hose ower GE A below Delivery rame onunuous are for reference only PowerFlex 700 Output Amperes drive units should la according Space CatalogNumber Space Catalog Number fl Program SAO Factor 1 Factor ginu to the application and output ampere rating 1 7 a 1 2165RA 1P7A_ _ 2165RA 1P7D_ _ 2 7 2 15 2 3 0 2165RA 2P7A_ _ 3 0 2165RA 2P7D_ _ 0 3 9 2 3 2165RA 3P9A_ _ 2165RA 3P9D_ _ 6 1 P 5 2165RA 6PIA_ _ 2165RA 6P1D_ _ g 2 15 2165RA 9POA_ _ 39 2165RA 9POD_ _ 1 112 10 35 2165RA 011A_ _ 2165RA 011D_ _ 172 15 2165RA 017A_ _ 2165RA 017D_ _ 22 2 20 2165RA 022A_ _ 4 0 2165RA 022D_ _ PE II in U S 272 25 2165RA 027A_ _ 2165RA 027D_ _ 32 2 30 45 2165RA 032A_ _ 45 2165RA 032D_ _ SC ll in 3 412 40 5 0 2165RA 041A_ _ 55 2165RA 041D_ _ Canada 522 50 2165RA 052A_ _ 2165RA 052D_ _ 4 62B 60 6 0 35 W 4 2165RA 062A_ _ 6 0 35 W 41 2165RA 062D_ _ 6 0 35 W 6 0 35 W 5 778 5 20 D BI 2165RA 077A_ _ 20 D 5 2165RA 077D_ _ 6 0 457W 3 5 5 5 125 100 125 6 0 45 W 2165RA 125A_ _ 20 p B 2165RA 125D_ _ p 6 7 144 B 150 yy 2165RA 144A_ _ SA ap 2165RA 144D_ _ 1 The catalog numbers
58. Select circuit breaker type from table on page 23 e g 2100 GKC1B1A 30CT 22 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections SC and PE I Section Modification 20 2100 E 2100 F Vertical 2100 G Vertical Delivery ZE Option a Option Description Vertical Section with Section with homies Section Disconnect CircuitBreaker Program Grounded Hinge mo nted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge Of unit door Unit door Unit Door 380 hinge grounding strap required for IEC applications Y x gg 2 NORMALLY OPEN One 1 N O auxiliary contact operated with movement of Z Vv external handle only 98x BI NORM ALLY OPEN One 1 N O auxiliary contact mounted internally in circuit _ M w Auxiliary breaker Contacts Ul gj NORMALLY CLOSED One 1 N C auxiliary contact operates with movement of P SC 99 external handle only zj NORM ALLY CLOSED One 1 N C auxiliary contact mounted internally in circuit 99X breaker T Handle 111 T handle latch on unit door KI v v Shunt Trip 754 For tripping circuit breaker from remote 120V 60Hz source v M aximum 1 section shipping block Piatt oe block is skid mounted and packaged por in clear plastic Packing IS ne watertig h or waterproof gt K Le a acking construction according to shipping block size Top is 2 x 4 frame wit pine j i 5 Below Deck boards Ends and sides c
59. W59 19 1 w56 14 6 W60 21 1 ws 15 7 w61 23 2 25 1 W58 17 2 w62 25 7 27 5 w59 18 9 w63 28 5 30 5 33 0 w60 20 5 W64 30 5 33 5 36 0 w61 22 2 W65 33 0 36 5 39 5 w62 24 2 w66 35 5 40 0 43 0 W66 W67 38 5 44 0 47 0 W67 W68 41 5 48 0 51 0 W68 z w69 45 0 53 0 56 w69 W70 58 0 61 0 w70 a w71 62 0 66 0 W71 w72 67 0 72 0 W72 s W73 72 0 77 0 W73 _ W74 77 0 83 0 W74 _ W75 82 0 39 0 w75 W76 88 0 95 0 W76 W77 94 0 102 0 w77 W78 108 0 W78 w79 116 0 w79 z w80 123 0 w80 w81 130 0 W81 m w82 137 0 w82 a W83 we4 w85 254 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix Table 195 317 Full Load Amps Heater Element 2112 2113 Number 2172 2173 Size 6 W26 115 W27 125 W28 135 w29 147 w30 165 w31 179 w32 196 w33 216 W34 232 w35 260 W36 287 W37 315 W38 350 w39 385 w40 420 W41 465 W42 515 Heater Element Full Load Amps Number Size 5 W29 I w30 83 w31 90 w32 98 w33 107 W34 116 w35 126 w36 138 w37 150 W38 164 w39 178 w40 194 W41 212 W42 232 W43 254 W44 270 W45 Discount Schedule A6 255 Appendix Full Load Currents The full load currents listed below are average values for horsepower rated motors of several manufacturers at the more with the similar values listed in the NEC UL cUL should e motor branch circuit The rated full load current shown on the motor nameplate may vary considerably from the listed value depending on
60. e g 2192F BKC 603G Double code number for duals e g 603603G For fuse rating based on disconnect rating see publication 2100 TD003x EN P If optional load lugs will be selected select from table on page 76 Add option number to base catalog number e g 2192F GKC 29R 603G 82B 500 2 Not available with DSA options 11DSA2 and 11DSA3 3 Frame mounted unit M ust be located at top or bottom of section 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at top or bottom of section M ay not be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units 88 Fuse Clip Voltage Fuse Clip Sizes Types and UL Listed Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Fusible Disconnect Switch Units 2192FT 2192FB 2192M T 2192M B Fuse Clip Voltage Fuse Clip flee MIA R CIRUKANREE Voltage AE Type 30a 60A 100A 200A 400A 600A 800A 1200A 1600A 2000A rms symmetrical through 600V 220 230 PA J 24 25 26 27 28 29 100kA 240 A 2 R 24R 25R 26R 27R 28R 29R 100kA 250 AH H 24 25 26 27 28 29 10kA 380 Nel L 23L 81 24L 25L 26L 27L 100kA 400 KN 2 cc 24C 100kA 415 2 Non Fused 4 ooN 00N 00N 00N 00N 100kA FI 480 g LI 600 C 1 Not available for 1600A or 2000A 2192M 2 These voltage codes are to be used only when ground fault protection option 88GF is selected on 1600A
61. 0 2126FB CA_ __ 2126FB CD_ __ 100 J HRCII C 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2126FB BAB D Select the EO a er from table on page 230 e g 2126FB BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126FB BABD 31 24 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126FB BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2126FB BABD 31GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2126FB BK_ 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2126FB BJ_ ___ 53 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2126 Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 2 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSR2W See page 34 for product description e Unit includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contact
62. 0 45 W 3 5 j i 5 125 100 125 6 0 45 W 2164RA 125A_ _ 20 D Bl 2164RA 125D_ _ p 5 7 144 BI 150 AD 2164RA 144A_ _ on 2164RA 144D_ _ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 2164RA 034AB Select number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired e g 2164RA 034AB 44 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2164RA 034K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2164RA 034 _ _ 2 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 3 Ampere ratings are at 2kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2kHz are selected the drive output current ratings may require derating Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 4 Frame mounted unit Section does not have vertical wireway 5 Frame mounted unit Section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209
63. 0P9NJ C 33 1 3 0 75 2162QA 1P7NKC 34 2162QA 1P7N C 34 A 1 7 1 2162QA 1P7NKC 35 20 2162QA 1P7N C 35 2 4 15 15 2162QA 2P7NKC 36 2162QA 2P7NJ C 36 2 7 2 2162QA 2P7NKC 37 2162QA 2P7N C 37 B 3 9 3 2162QA 3P9N KC 38 2162QA 3P9N C 38 6 1 5 2162QA 6PINKC 39 2 5 2162QA 6P1N C 39 PE in U S c 9 0 1 5 20 2162QA 9PONKC 40 2162QA 9PON C 40 TI T0 2162QA 0TINKC 41 3 0 2I62QA 0IINJC H1 SC in Canada 17 15 2162QA 017NKC 42 2162QA 017NJ C 42 D 22 20 25 2162QA 022NKC 43 3 5 2162QA 022N C 43 27 25 2162QA 027NKC 44 30 21620QA 027N J C 44 32 30 2162QA 032NKC 45 2162QA 032N C 45 41 40 2162QA 041NKC 46 2162QA 041NJ C 46 E 52 50 3 0 51620A 052NKC 47 40 ANCA EC 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 175 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Co mbination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V HEAVY DUTY See page 156
64. 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCBN NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 109 Recommended Primary Catalog Number kVA 240V 480V 600V Factor NEMA Type 1and Type filters and Type 1w NEMA apn Program 1w gasket seed yp EBI gasket and filters SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary w ith one 1 secondary fuse 0 5 10 2195 AK_D 2195 AJ_D 0 75 2195 BK_D 2195 BJ_D 1 15 2195 CK_D 2195 C _D 5 16 15 15 15 20 95760 2195 2 _D 2 2195 EK_D 2195 EJ_D 3 1 5 1 516 2195 FK_D 2195 FK_D 16A 2195 F _D x 5 2 5 156 2195 GK_D 2195 GK_D 16A 2195 G _D SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with tw o 2 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 15 2195 GK_A 2195 GK_A 16A 2195 GJ_A 1 5 3 7 40 20 20 1 56 2195 HK_A 2195 HK_A 16A 2195 HJ_A 10 5 50 30 20 2195 K_A 2195 K_A 16A 2195 JJ A 15 7 5 70 40 30 78 2195 KK_A 2195 KK_A 16A 2195 KJ_A 7 25 12 5 125 70 60 2195 MK_A 2195 MK_A 16A 2195 MJ_A 37 5 18 5 200 100 10 2 0 2195 XK_A 2195 XK_A 16A 2195 X _A 50 25 300 150 100 20 DE 2195 YK_A 2195 YK_A 16A 2195 YJ _A THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt s
65. 1 5 2163QA 011HKC 40_ 3 0 2163QA 011H C 40_ 11 10 2163QA 017HKC 41_ 2163QA 017H C 41_ D 17 15 25 2163QA 022HKC 42_ 3 5 2163QA 022H C 42_ 22 20 2163QA 027HKC 43_ 30 2163QA 027H C 43_ 27 25 2163QA 032HKC 44_ 2163QA 032H C 44_ E 32 30 308l 2163QA 041HKC 45_ 40 2163QA 041H C 45_ 41 40 i 2163QA 052HKC 46_ 2163QA 052HJ C 46_ Delivery Program PE in U S SC in Canada 1 2 B Discount Schedule A6 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating i your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E The catalog number is not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 236 to identify the desired circuit breaker type e g 2163QA OP9HKC 33CA Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 formation contact 14 181 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162R and 2163R Pow erFlex 700 Drive e Bulletins 2162R and 2163R use PowerFlex 700 Drives NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure T
66. 1 AWG 80_001 1 0 AWG 80_1X0 2 0 AWG 80_ 2X0 6 350 kcmil 3 0 AWG 80_ 3X0 4 0 AWG 80_ 4x0 250 kcmil 80_ 250 300 kcmil 80_ 300 350 kcmil 80_ 350 400 kcmil 80_ 400 500 kcmil 80_ 500 4 0 600 kcmil 600 kcmil 80_ 600 700 kcmil 80_ 700 750 kcmil 80_ 750 350 800 kcmil 800 kcmil 80_ 800 CRIMP TYPE LUGS Panduit Type LCC FOR COPPER WIRE 250 kcmil 82_ 250 350 kcmil 82_ 350 500 kcmil 82_500 E 750 kcmil 82_750 CRIMP TYPE LUGS Burndy YA A Series FOR ALUMINUM or COPPER WIRE 250 kcmil 83_250 350 kcmil 83_350 500 kcmil 83_500 7 750 kcmil 83_ 750 1 Catalog string numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate letter from Lug Quantity table to identify the number of cables per phase desired e g 2191M T AAC 52 80B 4X0 When optional neutral incoming bus is desired optional neutral lugs will be the same type as those for 3 phase cable Only one option code is needed 2 Mechanical lugs are available for use with 42kA bus bracing For applications requiring over 42kA bus bracing use crimp type lugs only Lug Quantity 79 Letter Number of Cables per Phase ff i a B 2 3 D 4 E 5 F 6 1 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified the quantity and size type of the ligt on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified and 1 or 2 lugs per phase are
67. 10 0 125 10 2 0 2123EB BA_ __ 2123EB BD_ __ 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 20 2123EB CA_ 2123EB CD_ __ SC 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 30 2123EB DA_ __ 2123EB DD_ __ 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 45 2I23EB EA _ 2123EB ED_ PE 3 n 5 2 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 60 F 20 2123EB FA_ __ 2123EB FD_ __ PE II 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2123EB BAB D Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2123EB BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2123EB BABD 30CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 TD001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload Hed To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2123EB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2123EB BJ _ 2 Iflow speed full load current is below 77A a special starter is required Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Bulletin 2123F Two Speed 1 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TS1W See page 34 for product description NOTE A two speed 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole cont
68. 110 180N 180 150 300H 180 150 300N 255 132 300N 255 200 300H 245 200 1 The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only Pow erFlex 700 drive units should be sized according to the applications and output ampere rating Discount Schedule A6 182 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Units 2162R Combination Pow erFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 415VAC NORM AL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty ty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds e For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Popa plas men of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should ven to Pa iig g units with drives at the bottom of the section When more t
69. 120 VAC Control Voltage with Sensorless Vector Control vil vi SC 14C0 Enhanced control for PowerFlex 70 drive units vil BI vB bl ca Control Enhanced control for PowerFlex 70 drive units with DriveGuard Platform Type 5 5 5 5 yp 1460 Safe off Option sbl vil s5 vil 14LA2 Two 2 isolated configurable inputs y v Analog Interface Board One 1 isolated bipolar input 10V or 20mA and one 1 Slot A 6 ILAG isolated thermistor input y y mutually exclusive One 1 isolated bipolar input 10V or 20mA and one 1 14LA7 i A v v isolated configurable input Single ended non isolated configurable including pot input and 14LA1 two 2 single ended non isolated outputs 1 configurable v v PE Analog Interface Board 1 20mA Slot B 14LA3 Two 2 isolated configurable outputs v v mutually exclusive 14LA4 One 1 isolated configurable input and output v v One 1 isolated pulse input one 1 non isolated pulse output LAS and one 1 single ended non isolated configurable output Y Provides a DC signal that is proportional to the drive DC output Analog Output 14N2 171 signal The signal is fully isolated from the drive output line v v v v power and ground This option disconnects internal drive protective devices which SCI Ungrounded Power 14PSUG are referenced to ground This option is required if the drive will M w 7 w System be used on an ungrounded power system or a power system which is grounded through any impedance
70. 138 2 1800 7 18 6 22 3 11 2 49 150 1800 404 350 175 140 1200 8 20 7 10 3 55 2 84 1200 414 358 179 143 3600 9 24 8 00 4 00 3 20 3600 524 454 227 182 3 1800 10 4 9 04 4 52 3 62 200 1800 531 460 230 184 1200 11 6 10 1 5 04 4 03 1200 538 466 233 186 3600 15 7 13 6 6 80 5 44 3600 642 556 278 222 5 1800 15 9 13 8 6 88 5 50 250 1800 658 570 285 228 1200 18 6 16 1 8 07 6 46 1200 682 590 295 236 3600 22 1 19 1 9 57 7 66 3600 774 670 335 268 15 1800 25 0 21 7 10 8 8 66 300 1800 190 684 342 274 1200 26 6 23 1 115 9 22 1200 804 696 348 278 3600 29 7 25 7 12 9 10 3 3600 748 374 299 10 1800 31 5 27 3 13 7 10 9 350 1800 762 381 305 1200 32 9 28 4 14 2 114 1200 774 387 310 3600 43 0 37 2 18 6 14 9 3600 874 437 350 15 1800 46 7 40 4 20 2 16 2 400 1800 892 446 357 1200 49 1 42 5 21 3 17 0 1200 902 451 361 3600 59 2 31 3 25 6 20 5 3600 972 486 389 20 1800 39 6 51 6 25 8 20 6 450 1800 a 992 496 397 1200 61 7 53 4 26 7 214 1200 1004 502 402 3600 70 9 61 4 30 7 24 6 3600 1074 337 430 25 1800 74 7 64 7 32 3 25 9 500 1800 1096 348 438 1200 76 0 65 8 32 9 26 3 1200 1108 354 443 3600 85 7 74 2 37 1 29 7 30 1800 88 2 76 4 38 2 30 5 1200 91 6 79 3 39 7 317 256 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix Full Load Currents The full load currents listed below are average values for kW rated motors of several manufacturers at the more common rated voltages and speeds These average values should be used only as a guide for select
71. 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper opion and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at t Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Units 2163Q e bottom of the section mbination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600V HEAVY DUTY When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 217 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 M The horsepower a Tom w are for reference only Frame Output powerflex70 drive units should be PR Catalog Number P bare Catalog Number Amperes I sized according to the application 9097 ocon and output ampere rating 0 9 0 5 2163QA 1P7HKC 33_ 2163QA 1P7HJ C 33_ A 1 3 0 75 2163QA 1P7HKC 34_ 2163QA 1P7HJ C 34_ 1 7 1 15 2163QA 2P7HKC 35_ 2 0 2163QA 2P7HJ C 35_ 24 15 2163QA 2P7HKC 36_ 2163QA 2P7HJ C 36_ B 2 7 2 2163QA 3P9HKC 37_ 2163QA 3P9H J C 37_ 3 9 3 2163QA 6PLHKC 38_ 2 5 2163QA 6P1HJ C 38_ c 6 1 5 20 2163QA 9POHKC 39_ 2163QA 9POH C 39_ 9
72. 2 A Bulletin 1204 terminator unit is utilized 3 A Bulletin 1204 reflected wave reduction device used on 1305 drives only is utilized 4 An Allen Bradley controlled matched solution is being applied e g a 1850V CIV motor is used for a cable length of 600 ft 185 m or less in a 575V application A line reactor connecting a reactor on the line side of the drive should he considered as a means to address one or more of the following issues 1A spp eating with severe power line transient disturbances degrading the power quality of the incoming power line eg arcing during power line switching arc wel aer an cations or switching of a system power factor correction capacitor bank at the main service especially if the PFCC bank is switched by a vacuum contactor 2 Applications utilizing improvement of power line harmonic content However due to the built in DC link reactor internal to the Allen Bradley IG BT based PWM drives frames A4 B C D and E on Bulletins 2162P and 2163P as listed on page 270 a line reactor will usually have little effect on the improvement of power line harmonic distortion 3 Applications exposed to excessive high voltage transients due to lightning However a surge protective device unit for the total MCC is recommended for such applications e g catalog 2100 SPK B 1 catalog 2100 SPKC 1 etc Applications with both line and load reactors are not recommended without first contacting your local Rockwell
73. 2 1 0 B 21 1 0 5 0 3 2 16 D 5 4 27 E 28 9 45 F 3 18 90 G 4 30 150 H 5 60 300 J 6 120 600 K 1 For two speed starter and dual mounted starter units there are two overload option codes required e g 7FEEEEEB with DeviceNet module 7FEEEDEEBD with am Protection module 7FEEEJ EEB POr Ewo speed applications the first code denotes the high speed overload relay and the second code denotes the low speed overload relay Not available on NEMA Size 1 dual units when option 7FEE_G ground fault protection is used Not available on NEMA Size 2 dual units 116 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 144 TS1W TSR1W TSR1W FVC FVR FVNR TS2W TSR2W TSR2W RVAT r Option re 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Description P Number p 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K EMA size 1 vit E3 Electronic EMA size 2 v5 Overload Relay 2112 E3 Basic is provided with two v APRA 7FEC1 Bl 2 24VDC inputs and one 1 Sika 3 7 110 240VAC output EMA size 4 vib For non Devi
74. 2 5 2162QA 027HKB 42 3 5 2162QA 027H B 42 27 20 2162QA 034HKB 43 3 0 2162QA 034H B 43 34 25 3 0 2162QA 040HKB 44 33 2162QA 040H B 44 E 40 30 3 0 2162QA 052HKB 45 40 2162QA 052H B 45 52 40 3 56 2162QA 065HKB 46 4 08 21620QA 065H B 46 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected 3 174 Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC ll For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600V NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex
75. 2 N O auxiliary contacts must be selected 6 SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage 7 Select an N C auxiliary contact for OFF pilot light when selected on 2102L 2103L 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 2126 or 2127 units or on size 2 through 5 2172 and 2173 units 8 When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with a 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary or 7FEE_D a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected W hen used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D and a 1F a 9001 2 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected W hen used in 2106 2107 2122 or 2123 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D a 90 1 N O auxiliary contact must be selected 9 When used in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC_ a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected W hen used in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC and a 1F a 9001 2 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2106 or 2107 with 7FEC a 90 N O auxiliary contact must be selected 10 When used in 2106 2107 2122 or 2123 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected 11 When used in 2106 or 2107 with 7FEC a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected 12 Select an N O overload relay auxiliary contact option 9 for OVERLOAD pilot light when standard Bulletin 592 eutectic alloy overload relay is specified Not available with option 7FEC_ or 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxil
76. 20 W 2163PA 040CJ_ _ 57 50 20 W ZI63PA O50CK_ _ 2163PA 050CJ_ _ 62 60 2163PA 060CK_ _ m N 2163PA 060CJ _ _ PEM 85 75 6 0 2163PA 075CK_ _ 6 0 2103PA 075C _ _ 109 100 35 W 2163PA 100CK_ _ 35 W 2163PA 100CJ_ _ 138 125 20 DMI 7763PA 125CK _ 20 DM 7763PA 125C _ _ 170 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2163PA FO5CKC Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2163PA FLOCKC 35 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163PA FLOCKC 35CA Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit in a 20 deep without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q Pow erFlex 70 Drive Bulletins 2162Q and 2163Q use PowerFlex 70 drives e NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type e NEMA Wiring Class I Type A
77. 2000A 2192M units 3 For 600A 100 rated Class L fuses are the only valid option 23L indicates provision for a 601A Class L 4 Available on mains 2192M T 2192M B only This is 100 rated and can be supplied in NEMA 1 1 with gasket and 12 Not available as standard with 100kA series coordinated bus bracing consult factory 5 Short circuit withstand is 100kA only when protected upstream with Class L fuses that are sized in accordance with particular switch e g 800A upstream fuses are to be used with 800A switch or 2000A upstream fuses are to be used with 2000A switch 74 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2192M Fusible Disconnect Switch M ains M FDS See page 65 for product description Select disconnect switch rating based upon 125 of actual load amperes Refer to NEC UL cUL Mains are suitable for use as service entrance per NEC UL and CEC C SA If application is a four wire system aneutral connection plate rated for 280A is available Select on pages 25 109 121 and 238 If a Neutral connection greater then 280A is required refer to page 25 and page 121 or contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office Mains rated 1000A and above may require ground fault protection For 1000 1200A applications that require ground f ult protection contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice For 1600 2000A applications that require gr
78. 200A on bolt on branch breakers All branch breakers are Type BAB 2 Ground fault interrupting circuit breakers provide 5mA personnel protection Refer to page 243 for catalog numbers for field installed branch breakers When breakers are to be factory installed specify filler plates for all remaining blank spaces in panel Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 87 Lighting and Power Panel Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN e Plug in unit panel board Rated for 100A 150A or 225A with up to 42 branch circuits 1 2 0r3 pole bolt on branch circuit breakers available with ratings from 15A 100A Reference page 243 for additional bolt on breakers 2193PP c K B 5 105 18 40 CB 30A18 Maximum 1 Pole Branch Main Circuit a Rating of Main E gt Type of Main System Phases Breakers Breaker Trip Breaker kok Ree Bus meee OE Positions Rating Type reaners 105A 105 sad Code Type Code System Phases Code Circuit Breaker Type Plugin Panel NEMA Enclosure 5 Three Phase cT Standard Interrupting 2193PP Begi PPAN Type Capacity NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 105F CB Medium Interrupting with gasket TPSDA Capacity NEM A Type L2 Code Breakers Positions CM A mapeng 105D 18 18 1058 Code Type of Main 30 30 Max Rating B Main
79. 21 13 e 40 00 __ _ gt 537 mm 1016 mm 10 00 gt lt 20 00 gt gt a 1 14 254 mm 508 mm 29 mm osu pw 83 mm 4 o F SPACE FOR i ny tag 6 ry ala ee 56 x 1 13 AF EA Um 14 mm x 29 mm SLOT Y 5 V 40 wide section 90 high MTG HOLES FOR 5 16 HDWE Blank mounting plate 306 Depth Section Width Dimension qzrpeep 207Deep PE i T 20 Z 307 35 40 inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm A 9 13 232 14 13 359 ALI 17 25 438 22 25 565 27 25 692 32 25 819 37 25 946 B 11 00 294 16 56 421 B 16 50 419 2150 546 26 50 673 31 50 800 36 50 927 0 15 00 381 20 00 508 c 5 25 133 7 75 197 10 25 260 12 75 324 15 25 387 1 When horizontal bus or a disconnecting means switch or circuit breaker is specified reduce dimension A by 5 NOTE Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to height Refer to page 237 for mounting channels 248 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix 20 508 mm 2 50 2 50 A 64 mm 64 mm Ca Ge Ge ee ed a 70 48 1790 19 mm 70 48 1790 19 mm 71 high section 1803 4 mm 307 Section Depth Dimensions 15 Deep 20 Deep inch mm inch mm 14 75 374 19 75 500 B c 5 12 130 10 12 256 D 4 101 8 203 E 4 40 112
80. 2163RA 170NK_ 50K_ 6 0 30 W 2163RA 170N _ 50K_ 170 90 2163RA 170NK_ 51K_ 20 DB 2163RA 170NJ _ 51K_ z i A 2163RAT 300NK_ 52K_ gll 6 0 A 2163RAB 300NK_ 52K_ Available in NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket 255 132 20 D 2163RAT 300NK_ 53K_ only 2163RAB 300NK_ 53K_ l 2 3 5 188 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415 I e g 2163RA 037NKN Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163RA 037NKN 44KCA Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard Frame 9 is a PowerFlex 700H drive When specifying circuit breaker codes CT CB or CM on 132kW Bulletin 2163R drives the width of the section increases to 35 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480VAC NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the driv
81. 217 205 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2165R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker Disconnect and M anual Isolated Bypass 480VAC e See page 157 for product description All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty e pianki consists of two units The bypass unit contains a circuit breaker bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks D rive unit contains PowerFlex 700 variable frequency drive A Human Interface Module and a Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Unit doors are interlocked D AA A Starter Auxiliary D SA options 11D SA2 and 11D SA3 are available for the bypass unit of the manual drive bypass configuration Drive On and Bypass On pilot lights option 4 _ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 200 246 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Maximum The horsepower ratings shown cm Continuous gt balls ale NE Ban n Czek Delivery maj hi he sized Z ae Space Factor arene Space Factor Catalog Number 21 Program application and output ampere rati
82. 2192 600 1200A Bolted Pressure Switches Bulletin 2193 with Optional Lug Pad Assembly 295 Description EO Catalog Number Pace SOK CWAL 1 2100R 8050 16 350 kcmil double barrel lug Mechanical Lugs For use on 600A JA line lug CU AL 2 2100H 80350DB for use with 42kA bus bracing only Compartments only when used with main or feeder lug 4 0 600 kcmil CU AL 1 2100H 80600 compartment Bulletin 2191M or 470 600 kcmil double barrel lug For Lugs toro i Ue 2191F use on 600A incoming line lug CUJAL 2 2100H 80600DB standard NEM A 1 314 compartments only U spacing for 1 350 800 kcmil CU AL 1 2100H 80800 hardware 250 kemil cu 3 2100H 82250 Crimp Lugs 350 kcmil CU 3 2100H 82350 SC One Lug per Kit Panduit Type LCC 500 kcmil CU 3 2100H 82500 750 kcmil CU 3 2100H 82750 250 kcmil CU AL 3 2100H 83250 Crimp Lugs 350 kcmil CU AL 3 2100H 83350 Burndy YA A series 500 kcmil CU AL 3 2100H 83500 750 kcmil CU AL 3 2100H 83750 m Insulating barrier for coverin 1 0 space factor 2100H NLB10 eat Line Lug Bet faints Intel ios lug 1 5 space factor 2100H NLB15 compartments 2 0 space factor 2100H NLB20 1 NOT for use on incoming neutral bus Use single conductor lug for incoming neutral bus applications Lug Dimensions 296 Lug Size ALE Dimension A Boli
83. 2192F are fusible disconnect switches These switches are available with ratings from 30A to 2000A The 2192F is a plug in unit for ratings up to 200A and frame mounted for ratings 400A and above The 2192M is frame mounted rigidly mounted and hardwired in the structure for all ratings The bolted pressure switch design is used for 2192 units rated 600A through 2000A Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Feeder and Main Circuit Breaker Units FCB MCB 71 Bulletin 2193M and 2193F are circuit breaker units with trip ratings available from 15A to 2000A These units are available with thermal magnetic trips up to 400A and electronic trips 600A and above The 2193F is a plug in unit for ratings up to 225A and is a frame mounted unit for ratings 400A and above The 2193M is frame mounted for all ratings Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 65 Main and Feeder Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Incoming and Outgoing Lug Compartment Units Line Lug Compartments Rated from 300 2000A e Mechanical or crimp lugs are available 74 WO 2191M T K C 54 83D500 86UCCXB Bulletin Number Mounting Space Factor Enclosure Type Line Voltage Amperes Lug and Meter Options Options 74G Lug and Meter Code Space Factor Code Line Voltage Code Been 74A
84. 262 Shunt Trip on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 154 Shunt Trip on Contactors and Starters M etering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 126 Shunt Trip on SC and PEI oo cece cece ee ees 23 EU IS soda A noo E duh AWA cone A 28 Slow Speed with Braking on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 151 SMB Smart M otor Braking on Combination Soft Starter Controller UNIES geo e hom EYE a hoe GE axed deta 151 Smoke Detector Unit 0 ccc cece cere eee 109 Soft Stater Controller SMC Units 0 cece eee eee 133 Soft Stop on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 151 Space Heater Kit root sepsy aectaaagecdaaers ten 237 Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters FVR wies sc ents cece ecntvneacdn p oO d ha 40 Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Full Voltage Non Revers ing Starters FVNR 0 cece eee eee aes 46 Stainless Steel Nameplate ScrewS 0cceeeeeaee 240 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Combination Soft Starter Con trolle UNES cireres tices oe taedas bi LEA 154 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units cc cece cece ees 217 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on Contactors and Starters M eter ng M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transform er UNITS oo e eect eee zana ii 127 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws on M arshalling Panels an
85. 4 applications Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B D unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connections to remote devices These full voltage non reversing units are available with E1 Plus or E3 electronic overload relays Bulletin 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F Combination 2 Speed Starter Units TS2W and TS1W 48 These combination two speed starter units are supplied with an A llen Bradle Bulletin 520 starter and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The 2122 and 2123 starter units are designed for use with motors having separate windings or consequent pole WINY he 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F are rated for NEMA sizes 1 through 5 Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote devices o ee starter units are available with a eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relay Bulletin 2126E 2127E 2126F 2127F 2126 2127 2126K and 2127K Combination 2 Speed Reversing Starter Units TSR2W and TSR1W 52 These combination two speed starter units are supplied with Allen Bradley Bulletin 505 and 520 starters and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2126 and 2127 starter units are designed for use with motors having RYTY EE or consequent pole windings Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote devices The 2126E and 2127E are t
86. 43K 3 0 2162RA 030NJ _ 43K 37 18 5 2162RA 037NK_ 44K 2162RA 037NJ _ 44K 43 22 2162RA 043NK_ 45K 3 5 2162RA 043N _ 45K 3 56 30 3 0 2162RA 056NK_ 46K 40 2162RA 056N _ 46K 12 37 2162RA 072NK_ 47K 2162RA 072N _ 47K 5 85 45 2162RA 105NK_ 48K 6 0 2162RA 105NJ _ 48K 105 55 soan ai 2162RA 105NK_ 49K 25 W 20 DB 2162RA 105 _ 49K 6 138 75 e 2162RA 170NK_ 50K 6 0 2162RA 170NJ _ 50K 170 90 2162RA 170NK_ 51K 30 W 20 DB 2162RA 170 _ 51K ra i 6 0 35 W 20 DB 2162RAT 300NK_ 52K PE II gf 6 0 30 W 20DB 2162RAB 300NK_ 52K Available in NEM A Type 1 and Type 1 with si 6 0 35 W 20 DB 2162RAT 300NK_ 53K gasket only 6 0 30 W 20 DB 2162RAB 300NK_ 53K 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415V 1 e g 2162RA 1P3NKN 33K 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 4 Frame 9 is a PowerFlex 700H drive Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 183 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD U
87. 48 w72 m 2 69 0 71 0 Table 143 313 W73 73 0 76 0 Heater Element Full Load Amps W74 5 11 0 82 0 Number Size 1 Size 2 Size3 Sized W75 Z z 81 0 88 0 W76 z 85 0 94 0 wai Ma w77 z 90 0 100 0 WE Na R R W78 106 0 NE 05 z W79 5 113 0 wid 536 a R R W80 120 0 Wis 030 Wel gt 128 0 Wie 55 R R R w82 135 0 W17 0 36 Discount Schedule A6 253 Appendix Table 146 314 Table 181 316 Heater Element Full Load Amps HeaterElement Full Load Amps Full Load Amps Number Size 2 Number Size 2 Heater Element Number grees wia 3 33 A 17 3 0 5 Space Factor W46 6 04 w59 18 9 WII T W47 6 60 w60 20 6 W24 0 74 W 48 7 21 W61 22 5 W25 0 84 w49 7 87 W62 24 6 W26 0 90 w50 8 60 W63 26 8 Wal 100 w51 9 39 W64 29 4 w29 1 22 w52 10 3 w65 32 0 w30 1 31 W31 1 43 W53 11 2 W66 a W La W54 12 2 w67 W33 166 W55 133 W68 41 0 W34 1 80 w56 14 6 w69 44 5 W35 1 97 3 z W36 2 12 W57 15 8 KI 3 W38 2 59 Table 152 315 W39 i Heater Element Full Load Amps W40 3 15 Number Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 w41 3 46 W45 W42 3 84 W46 a W43 4 27 W47 a W44 4 73 W48 W45 5 36 W49 W46 5 82 W50 8 56 W47 6 33 Wal 54 3 5 wag 6 97 W52 10 4 W49 7 63 W53 11 5 W50 8 49 w54 12 6 W51 9 24 W5 13 8 W52 10 1 56 15 z E W353 111 W57 16 4 w54 12 2 W58 17 7 W55 13 6
88. 52 ZI60PA 075VKB I4R____ 152 Z160PA 075VJB 14R____ 125 Variable Z160PA 100VKB 14R__ _ Z160PA 100VJB 1IAR_ ___ en 150 Torque ZI60PA 125VKB 14R TI60PA 125V B 14R 200 1 58 2160PA 150VKB 14R____ 1 55 Available for NEMA Type 1 and 250 2160PA 200VKB 14R____ Type 1 w gasket only 75 2160PA 075CKC I ZI60PA 075CJC IAR ___ 100 ZI60PA T0OCKC 1AR___ ZI60PA I00CJC IAR____ 125 Constant ggg LS zT60PA I25CKC IAR__ _ LS TOATI 150 Torque 2160PA 150CKC 14R 200 i TI60PA 200CKC 1dR Available for NEM A Type 1 and 158 o 1 58 Type 1 w gasket only 750 i ZI60PA 250CKC 19R____ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select LX for line reactor or XL for load reactor e g 14RLX Select the drive supplementary unit identification code 01 99 e g 2160PA 075CKB 14RXLO1 The supplementary unit identification code must begin with 01 and sequentially use the others 02 03 04 etc Each reactor unit is to have a unique supplementary unit identification code that correlates with the same identification code on the drive unit 2 Frame mounted unit must be located at the bottom of the section 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section ECM Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 159 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2160R
89. 70 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload _ PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors e See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper opion and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section a more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 211 i Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 aa The horsepower Elis tom RA Frame Output Powerflex T0 de ane Should be Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number Program Amperes sized according to the application Factor OD and output ampere rating 0 9 0 5 21620QA 0P9NKC 33 2162QA
90. 71 Ammeter Scale Catalog String 300A 48 400A 50 600A 52 800A 54 1200A 56 1600A 58 2000A 60 tage code The voltage code must be in two places in the catalog string e g ify the current transformer primary ratio e g 2190 BKB 54M 86UCCXB Powermonitor 3000 Communication Options table to identify the communication platform e g fy the system wiring e g 2190 BKB 54M 86UCCXB Platform Letter Code RS 485 A RS 232 U B DeviceNet H c Remote 1 0 H D Ethernet U E 1 These communication platforms are in addition to the native RS 485 System Wiring B System Wiring Letter Code 3 phase 3 wire C 3 phase 4 w ire D Discount Schedule A6 64 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191F and 2191M Outgoing Feeder Lug Compartment FLUG and Incoming Main Lug Compartment MLUG aaa Go ai iwan ak OGG AA GA GA anan 66 The Bulletin 2191M and 2191F are line lug compartments that provide a lug connection for incoming lines 2191M to distribute power to the motor control center or for outgoing cables 2191F to feed ee rom the MCC to an external load These line lug compartments are available with ratings from 300 to 2000A Optional mechanical or crimp lugs can be supplied with the lug compartments Bulletin 2192F and 2192M Feeder and Main Fusible Disconnect Switch Units FDS MFDS 73 Bulletin 2192M and
91. 80F600 CRIMP LUGS l 125 400 2 250 kcmil cu P 82B250 125 400 1 500 kcmil cu B 82A500 K3D K6D KOD El 400A 125 400 2 250 kcmil CU AL 83B250 125 400 1 500 kcmil CU AL 8 83A500 2 cu P 82B500 MD MIL IDG 600A 300 600 LDG HLDG LDCG 2 CUJALS 83B500 3 cu P 82C500 DA MDIG sdi 800A 400 800 HM DL HM DLG 3 CU AL 8 83C500 3 cu P 82C500 DC NDCG I 800A 400 800 500 kcmil 3 CUJALP 830500 4 cu P 82D500 D HND NDC NDG HNDG NDCG 1200A 600 1200 4 cu AL 830500 6 cu B 82F500 RD RDG 2000A 1200 2000 6 cu AL 83F500 1 Lugs are st for use with breaker frame Standard crimp or mechanical lugs cannot be used without optional lug pag eit 2 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified the quantity and size type of the lug s on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is ET and 1 or 2 lugs per phate are specified 1 lug will be provided on the half rated neutral riser When 3 or 4 lugs are specified 2 lugs will be provided W hen 5 or 6 lugs are specified 3 lugs will be provided on half rated neutral riser Cannot be used on the HI M AG frames Requires top entry and pullbox for 600 750 kcmil cables in order to meet UL and NEC UL cUL wire bending requirements Select on page 28 Not available with 2193M units with option 755 100 rated For top entry of incoming cables only Requires pullbox for 750 800 kcmil cables in
92. Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See Appendix for circuit breaker characteristics e Continuous current rating based on 40 C ambient e For circuit breaker sizing select circuit breaker frame and ra size based upon 125 of actual load amperes Refer to NEC CEC 0 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice if 100 rated circuit breakers are required Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB continued 93 ame Interrupting Capacity Ratings Catalog Number Range of rms symmetrical amperes Wiring Type A Only Class Available 380V 400V Space Delivery Ratin Trips 208V Factor NEMA Type 1and Program Raeren Type Amperes 240V al ca Type 1w gasket REDA J D3D 2 65k 35k 18k 2193FZ CKC _ CT 2193FZ C C _CT J D6D 100k 65k 25k 0 5 BI 2193FZ CKC CM 2193FZ CJ C _CM mn J DOD 4 70 100k 100k 35k 2193FZ CKC _CX 2193FZ CJ C _ CX sc 225A J D3D 2 90 225 65k 35k 18k 2193F CKC _CT 2193F CJ C _CT J D6D 100k 65k 25k 15 2193F CKC _CM 2193F CJ C _CM J DOD 100k 100k 35k 2193F CKC _CX 2193F CJ C _CX K3D 65k 35k 25k 2193F_ DKC _CT 2193F_ DJ C _CT 400 FIE K6D 125 400 100k 65k 35k 2 0 2193F_ DKC _CM 2193F_ DJ C _CM Kop M 100k 100k 65k 2193F_ DKC _CX 2193F_ DJ C _CX LD 65k 35k 25k 2193F_ EKC _CT 2193F_
93. Automation Sales Office While this application is not detrimental to the drive itself it may produce erroneous drive operation caused by effects of common mode current These effects can be influenced by drive HP carrier frequency motor load and output cable length Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice when both line and load reactors are deemed necessary for the application Additional recommendations are available in the specific IG BT based PWM inverter user manual Consult these manuals for restrictions regarding drive carrier frequency motor A length and motor insulation class inverter class motors Information on the use of reactors and the use of Bulletin 1204 terminators can also be found in the user manuals Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 253 PowerFlex 70 and Bulletin 1336 PowerFlex 40 70 r R 700 Manual Drive PLUS II Drive and 700 Drives Bypass Delivery 5 2162Q 2163Q Program Option oe Description 2162P 2163P 2162R 2163R 21530 21650 Number 2162T 2163T 2164R 2165R a a a TS W V YA ee ee 1 5 2 HP v v v v v v 3 5 HP v w w v v v 1 5 HP v w w v v v 10 HP w w v v v v 15 HP v v w v v v 20 25 HP v w w v v v 480V 30 HP 7 7 7 7 7 7 SC in U S 40 HP v v v v v v 50 60 HP v v w v v v 75 HP w A v
94. B 9A NEMA Type 1or Type 1 KN 4oov Zl D 19A A with gasket with m gt l 415V E 25A external reset button 480V F 30A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 EEE ak G Ba K with gasket without 600V Code W iring Type H 143A external reset button 1 Units at these voltages B Type B t 0 NEMA Type 12 with are not UL or cUL listed J J60 external reset button K 85A j NEMA Type 12 without L 108A external reset button a M 135A Horsepower kW Code and a Code Disconnecting Means PECH 38 Horsepower kW code 2154H 38 See tables on Page 230 38__ Horsepower kW code 2155H 38CA __CA Circuit Breaker Type See tables on page 230 and 236 138 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 Discount Schedule A6 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Units 2154H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SM C 3 See page 134 for product description e Unit includes power fuses e Isolation contactor is optional Select on page 149 This addition or other options may require additional space see table below e Control circuit transformer included Bulletin 150 SMC 3 controller includes 1 N Q Auxiliary OF set to NORMAL The Bulletin 150 CF64 fan also is included for 3 37A ratings Integrated fan is standard for 43
95. B00F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 1 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 8 for information on installation into series E sections Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVNR See page 34 for product description e Units are cUL US listed unless otherwise indicated 49 Catalog Number U NEMA Size wa Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery Factor Program 480V 600V NEMA Type land Type 1 w NEMA Type 12 a gasket 1 0 5 10 0 75 10 0 5221 2113B 3BA_ __ 2113B 3BD_ __ 2 15 25 15 25 0 521 EB 2113B 3CA_ __ 2113B 3CD_ __ sc 3 30 50 30 50 1 041 2113B 3DA_ __ 2113B 3DD_ __ 4 60 100 60 100 1 04 151 2113B 3EA_ __ 2113B 3ED_ __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2113B 3BAB D Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2113B 3BABD 38 Select circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2113B 3BABD 38CA The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload RO To order catalog Ve without the external reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K e g 2113B 3BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter e g 2113B 3BJ _ 2 These units have horizontal operating handles up to four 4 Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16AW G ie a
96. BABD 31GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 7D003 EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To aao numbers w ithout the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2122FB BK_ 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only 3 If low speed f or replace the letter D with the letter 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway le 9 2122FB BJ _ 50 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 I load current is below 77A a special starter is required Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2123E Two Speed 2 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TS2W See page 34 for product description NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery Size Factor NEMA Type Land Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125
97. BABD 31GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2126EB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2126EB BJ_ ___ 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only Bulletin 2126F Two Speed Reversing 1 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSR1W e See page 34 for product description e Unit includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TSR2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSR1W oi a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 57 Fuse Cli Constant or Variable Torque s p Catalog Number 2 ee Appendix for short aod NEMA Horsepower circuit Rh ratings Space Wiring Type B Class I oma Ratin NEMA Type 1 and 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V ane Class Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 30 CC J R H 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 3 00 2126FB BA_ __ 2126FB BD_ __ 60 JJ R H HRCII C PE 3021 IJ R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 60 J R H HRCII C 3
98. C 39 1 9 0 l 1 5 2162RA 011HKC 40 2162RA 011H C 40 11 10 2162RA 017HKC 41 2162RA 017H J C 41 gt 17 15 25 2162RA 022HKC 42 3 0 2162RA 022H J C 42 PE in U S 220 20 2162RA 027HKC 43 2162RA 027H C 43 27 25 2162RA 032HKC 44 3 5 2162RA 032H C 44 3 32 30 3 0 2162RA 041HKC 45 40 2162RA 041H C 45 Canada 411 40 2162RA 052HKC 46 2162RA 052H J C 46 4 52 2 50 6 0 20 WB 2162RA 062HKC 47 6 0 25 W8 2162RA 062H C 47 6 0 2 5 62 60 2162RA 077HKC 48 25 W 20 D 2162RA 077H J C 48 7P 15 6 0 2162RA 125HKC 49 6 0 2162RA 125H C 49 99 2 100 25 w 20 D 4 762RA 125HKC 50 30 W 20 D 2162RA 125H C 50 6 0 2 8 3 i 125 125 2162RA 144HKC 51 35 W 20 D MI 2162RA 144HJ C 51 T Discount Schedule A6 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Refe Ampere ratings are at 2kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2kHz are selected the drive output current ratings may require derating Contact your Automation Sales Office and to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway selected the drive output c rence M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E X EN E Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 rrent ratings
99. CU AL 80B500 DL 300A eee 3 3 0 300 kcmil CU 81 300 HM DL 2 i 400 800 2 500 750 kemi CU AL 80B750 3 3 0 400 kcmil 800400 400 700 2 41 500 kcmil 80B500 Nog 3004 400 800 3 3 0 400 kcmil CULAE 80C400 600 700 2 1 500 kcmil 80B500 600 1000 3 3 0 400 kcmil 800400 ND HND NDC 1200A zm 4 A0500 kemil CU AL 800500 3 500 750 kcmil 80C750 1 Lugs are designed for use with breaker frame Standard crimp or mechanical lugs cannot be used without special lug pad assembly 2 Requires top entry and pullbox for 600 750 kcmil cables in order to meet UL and NEC UL cUL wire bending requirements Select pullbox on page 28 80 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See page 65 for Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker M CB product description See Appendix for circuit breaker characteristics Select circuit breaker frame and trip size based upon 125 of actual load amperes Continuous current rating based on 40 C ambient Refer to NEC CEC Mains are suitable for use as service entrance rated for 280A is available refer to page 25 1 EEE local Rockwell Automation Sales NEC UL cUL Main Breakers a mountable neutral CT protection are not designed for use on a Delta System Ungrounded WY E System or Impedance Grounded WY E Mains units are 2193MT Top po NEC UL and CEC CSA If application is a four wire system a neutral plate 9 1
100. Canada 600 V is PE Il in U S and SC Il in Canada Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section G0 1 G U Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 93 Transformer Units Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting M eans XFM R continued See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 110 Recommended Primary Catalog Number l rowe non Wiring Type A Class pang MRES Space TEE Dale kVA actor ype Lwi rogram 380 V 400 V 415 V uk ps RAZA 1 filters and Type 1 w NEMA Type 12 1 MORZE gasket and filters Pl DEM SINGLE PHASE 110 115 Volt secondary with one 1 1 pole circuit breaker MI 0 5 HI 10 2195 AK S 2195 AJ SP 0 75 fl 2195 8K SD 2195 8 _S P 4 1 5 3 5 5 PE 1 i i i 2195 CK_S 2195 CJ _S 1 6
101. Code Manufacturer B Fuse Class 1 600 3 601 6 602 10 603 24L 15 604 ER e 20 605 25 606 30 607 30 I 600 3 601 24 6 602 h AR 10 603 l H 1 24 15 604 20 605 25 606 30 607 35 608 J 25 40 609 60 R 25R 45 610 R HU 25 50 611 60 612 26 70 613 100 R 26R 80 614 l H 1 26 90 615 100 616 110 617 J 27 125 618 i 200 R 27R 150 619 G orB Ml R HU 27 175 620 200 621 225 622 J 28 250 623 J 400 R 28R 300 624 R HU 28 350 625 400 626 J 29 450 627 J R 29R 500 628 R 600 4 29 600 629 L 23L 5 601 630 L 601 630 800 L 24L 700 631 L 800 632 1000 633 1200 L 25L 200 634 L 1600 E 26L 1600 637 L 2000 L 27L 2000 639 L 1 Power fuse option is not available for Class H fuse clips 18 2 Available on 480V and 600V applications only To select power fuses for Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M combine power fuse rating code and pow er fuse manufacturer code and add to catalog string number e g 2102LB BKBD 24 607G Only use power fuse code when selecting power fuses 3 L Littelfuse G Ferraz Shaw mut B Bussmann The Ferraz Shawmut Class J fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8A 4 When selecting Bussmann or Littelfuse power fuses delivery program changes to PE Littelfuse power fuses are available only in Class CC fuses with blown fuse indicators 5 Available G Ferraz Shawmut 601A only For Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 2126 2154 and 2172 see ta
102. Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2172 and 2173 Combination Closed Transition Autotransformers Starter Units RVAT e Allen Bradley Bulletin 570 autotransformer starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA sizes 2 6 NEMA Class I Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit e Available with eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relay 64 2172 B C A B 42 25J 6P 2173 B C A B 42CA 6P si NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower and Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Type Type Disconnecting Means Option 64A o e 646 Code Type KORE REM Code Control Voltage Type Code Option C 2 See Options section Reduced Voltage DR See Table on Page 229 beginning on Page 111 2172 Autotransformer a Starter RVAT with E 4 E Fusible Disconnect F 5 Fuse Clip Rati dci Ti use Clip Ratings and Class or Trip era 8 5 2 Code Current Circuit Breaker Type 2173 Starter RVAT with Sa Horsepower Code See Horsepower Circuit Breaker _uq7 ygjn Table on Page 230 gt ie 24 Fuse Clip Rating and Class Code NEMA Enclosure Type See Fuse Clip Designator table on page 231 ag NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 42_ Horsepower Code See Horsepower A gasket with external reset 2173 42CA Table on page 230 Code Wiring Type button _ CA Circuit Breaker Type A Type A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with See Circuit Breaker Type Tab
103. Controller Units 146 Pilot Lights on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units 209 Pilot Lights on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 112 113 129 Plug In Unit Retrofit Kit o aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa iii 241 Power Factor Correction Capacitors on Contactors and Starters M eter ing M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transform CC UNIS way ian Mee shia FRZ aes 119 Power Supply on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 227 Power SYSTEM w poon ark tied ketr oiee ta weet 272 Power Terminal Blocks on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 125 Preset Slow Speed on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 151 Primary Voltage Code for Bulletins 2195 2196 and 2197 229 Protective Caps ocan cece eect cette eee eens 28 Protective M odules on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 147 Publication Overview oo cece eet ee eee eters 1 Pull Apart Terminal BockS uaa aaa aaa aaa cece eee sai 241 PULIDOX samy o o OBY PE JAA OE 237 Pump Control on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 151 Push Buttons and Selector Switch on Contactors and Starters M eter CUES ce otek akta usta cee APO R G ak 111 Push Buttons on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 145 Push Buttons on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units 209 Push But
104. DT 2197Z YK_A __ 2197Z YK_A __ 16A 2197Z YJ _A __ THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three 3 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208 V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 20 15 2197Z PK_H __ 2197Z PK_H __ 16A 2197Z PJ H __ 15 7 5 20 20 U 2197Z QK_H __ 2197Z QK_H __ 16A 2197Z Q _H __ 25 12 5 40 30 2 5 2197Z SK_H __ 2197Z SK_H __ 16A 2197Z SJ _H __ 6 30 15 a 50 40 2197Z TK_H __ 2197Z TK_H __ 16A 21972 1J_H __ 37 5 18 5 60 50 2 5 2197Z VK_H __ 2197Z VK_H __ 16A 21972 VJ _H __ 45 22 5 70 60 20 DU 21972 W K_H __ 2197Z WK_H __ 16A 2197Z WJ _H __ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize transformer life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered door may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2197Z FKBD Select the trip current from table on page 233 e g 2197Z FKBD 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 235 e g 2197Z FKBD 30CB For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit
105. E F G None 1983 804250 948440 K804250 K948440 E F F G None 1984 948441 693587 1948441 1693587 F F G H J None 1985 693588 849069 M 693588 M849069 G H J None 1986 849070 612263 N849070 N612263 G H H J K None 1987 612264 791331 P612264 I p791331 U J K None 1988 791332 991197 R791332 R991197 l J K None 1989 991198 834534 1991198 H 1834534 H J None 1990 834535 704948 W 834535 HI w 704948 U J K K M None 1991 704949 995816 X704949 X995816 K A 1992 995817 732348 995817 Y732348 K M A B C 1993 732349 773410 2932349 2173410 K N A C 1994 773411 795559 A773411 A795559 K N P A C 1995 795560 818971 B795560 B818971 K N P A C 818972 824311 818972 824311 A C 2 NPR624 QBH320 CNPR624 CQBH320 i sA D 824312 N A D824312 N A ca QBH321 RPH250 DQBH321 DRPH250 5 Q p 1998 RPH251 TDQ341 ERPH251 ETDQ341 L R D 1999 TDQ342 VZM 602 FTDQ342 FVZM 602 L R D 2000 VZM 603 XWY931 GVZM 603 GXWY931 L i D 2001 XWY932 BDPW81 HXWY932 HBDPW81 U D 2002 BDPW 82 CBJ D56 J BDPW 82 J CBJ D56 U V D 2003 CBJ D57 CYM V52 KCBJ D57 KCYMV52 U V D 2004 CYNR34 DXSK68 LCYNR34 LDXSK68 U V D 2005 DXSK69 FYFW68 MDXSK69 MFYFW68 X D 2006 FYFW 69 GYTT25 NFYFW69 NGYTT25 X Y D 2007 GYTT26 PGYTT26 KY D 1 Prefix letters I O Q S U and V are not used Discount Schedule A6 5 General Information Series Identification for Sections This table gives a brief explanation of the series letter changes that have taken place since the original design of the CENTERLINE 21
106. Elapsed Time Meter cece eects 131 Export Packing Below Deck nauau 132 French Legend Plates ccccce eee aid ii 132 Grounded Unit Door 0 cece eee eee eee 131 OMIUEWINNG ss a 2nnaest we thekeel tease pei 131 PHGELIQHES ss aan aw adw oda ie ai ta dw ad wes 129 PUSH BURTONS ao wi opo es Ado GAZOWE 129 Push Buttons and Selector Switch 1 129 Selector SWIECh aa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa c ii 129 Spanish Legend Plates ccc aaa aaa eens 132 Discount Schedule A6 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 132 Surge SUPPIESSOP sate eee O A dA wen A AAA 131 IENa dIES E iR Ya ih marcas oe rz 132 Unit Door Nameplate 0 cece eee ee eee ee 132 UNE Ground Stab reret ia wana EPAR GBA 131 Unit Load Connector cc ccc eee ee eee ees 131 Unwired Control Relay cece eee aaa ai 131 Outgoing Lug Compartments 0 cece cece eee 67 Overload Relay Auxiliary Contact Eutectic Alloy on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 0 ccc aaa aaa aaa iii 118 Overload Relay Class Designations cece eves 251 Overload Relay Heater Elements on Contactors and Starters M etering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer UNIS sched soca dole ick a hacen ad aoe 127 P Parts Illustrations Typical 15 Deep Section Construction 11 11 Pilot Lights on Combination Soft Starter
107. Feeders are Plug In Units 400 2000A Frame Feeders and all Mains are Frame M ounted M ains 600 2000A available with Built in Ground Fault Protection 91 2193F T B K c 30CB on Bulletin Number Mounting Switch Rating NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Circuit Breaker Trip Size and Type Options eel 91C 91E 91F Code Switch Rating Code Line Voltage Circuit Breaker Code _ Type A 100A lt lev Code Trip Size and Type 2193F Circuit Breaker B 150A gt See table on page 80 Feeder FCB C 225A Main Circuit Breaker D 1400A 916 2193M MCB E 600A a Code Options gt t00A Code NEMA Enclosure Type Options RAE G 1200A K Rh ae Lor Type 1 beginning on page 111 918 H 1600A J NEMA Type 12 Code Mounting J 2000A qH Top g 11 Bottom Z 0 5 Space Factor 1 A T or B is required for all 2193M units and only 400A and above 2193F units Discount Schedule A6 For Options M odifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 77 M ain and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB See page 65 for product description See Appendix for circuit breaker characteristics Continuous current rating based on 40 C ambient Select circuit breaker frame and trip size based upon 125 of actual load ob Refer to NEC CEC Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice if 100 rated circuit breakers ar
108. Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 15 50 CD I3C LFD CB I3C CM I6C 60 100 cD 13C LFD CB 13C CM 16C 125 150 cD 13C LFD CB 13C CM 16C 200 CT J D3D CM J D6D Refer to Appendix for interrupting capacity and short circuit withstand rating Discount Schedule A6 235 Configuration Tables Circuit Breaker Type for Horsepower and kW Rated Units for Bulletins 2155G 2155H and 2155 291 Instantaneous Circuit Breakers 4 For motor applications where transient 2 Rati inrush currents exceed 13 times the full Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic Circuit Breakers 2 A aung load current contact your local Rockwell Amperes Automation Sales Office High I C Standard I C Medium I C High I C Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 3 60 3C 16C 85 c M 4 97 CP J D3D CB ue J D6D 16C 108 D3D BC J D6D CP 135 CP J D3D J DoD J D3D J DoD 180 CP K3D 7 E K6D 3 CT J SA CP J D3D z 7 z JD6D CP K3D K6D 240 cP K3p K6DFI K3D K6D 251 CP ID HLD 317 cP LD HLD 360 361 cP LD HLD LD HLD 480 500 M cp l MDL HM DL 1 Refer to publication 2100 TDOO1x EN P CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers HM CP Circuit Breakers for more information 2 Refer to publication 2100 TD002x E
109. II Space heater with thermostat in each section 200 watt 240 volt strip For two section shipping block one space heater is supplied in each heater section with a single thermostat control located in right hand section Thermostat set at 21 C 70 F For three section shipping block one space heater is supplied in each section with a single thermostat control located in center section M MR 3 section shipping block Shipping block is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not watertight or waterproof Skid is 2 x 8 construction according to shipping block size ae Top is 2 x 4 frame with 0 438 orientated strand board OSB Ends and sides covered with 0 438 sc 1 BI orientated strand board OSB with 2 x 4 cross members Two steel bands around outside of container Extended storage may require space heaters and other considerations 1 Available on NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 sections only 2 External mounting channel is shipped attached to M CC section s 3 Additional time required for export packing of SC Il and PE II sections 28 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections oe 2100 M otor Control Center with IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCE NTER technology provides CENTE RLINE 2100 MCCs with sections Gz having integrated D eviceN et cabling and CENTERLINE 2100 units with once et capab le components The DeviceN et g arnor trunk line a
110. Interface M odule Option 14HBA3 or 14HC2S speed control on the Human Interface M odule does not function 3 Not available for Bulletin 2162P and 2163P E frame drives See Appendix page 271 for drive frame sizes 4 Not available on Bulletin 2162T and 2163T drives 5 Communication modules options 14GC 14GD and 14GR are mutually exclusive on Bulletins 2162Q 2162R 2163Q 2163R 2164Q 2164R 2165Q 2165R 2162T and 2163T 6 Communication modules options 14GD1 14GD2 14GK5 14GK61 14GM 1 14GM 2 and 14GM 5 are mutually exclusive with analog isolation options 14N2 and 14N3 on Bulletins 2162P and 2163P 7 Bulletin 1203 503 splitter cable is used when externally mounted communication modules are used with door mounted HIM s 14HAPC 14HA1C 14HC3S 14HC5S 14HA2C 14H PC or 14H 2C on Bulletin 2162P and 2163P drives Refer to Appendix page 271 for Drive Frame table Snap in communication modules options 14GM S1 14GM S2 14GMS5 and 14GM S6 are mutually exclusive with snap in Human Interface M odules options 14HASBC 14HCSPC 14HCS1C and 14HCS2C co Discount Schedule A6 211 Factory Installed Options M odifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order
111. Interposing Relay on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 122 Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic Branch Breakers for Panel Board PLUGS UIE owe cur deoce a row eaa aera 243 ISO 9001 Certification LL cece 1 Isolation Contactor on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 149 K Key interlock M ounting Provision on Contactors and Starters M eter ing M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transform GUNS cez akad Kb do Naha gene ait dow 125 kW Ratings for Bulletins 2154 2155 2162 2163 2164 and 2165 230 kW to Catalog Hp Code Conversion cse eevee ees 263 L Light and Door Switch on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Con MOlIE S zas Rata hase Gavia oo da tere para tend 228 Line or Load Reactors on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units ic EEEE 214 Line Reactor Space Factor Adders 215 216 217 Line Terminal Shield ccc eee eee eee eee iii 241 Lug COMPAIMENS say dA eee ea 68 69 87 94 Lugs for Incoming Line Provisions ccc cece si 11 239 M Manual Shutters aaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa eee ini aiins 28 MasterNameplates os rezia tiaa aaa 240 MCC DeviceNet Terminating Resistor Kit 08 244 Meter Types u oitvnioiseiananiea Gaetan AGO Sas 63 64 Metric Conversion Table 0 cece cece eee eens 266 Miscellaneous DeviceNet Units 10 cece eee ees 108 Miscellaneous Units 0 0 0 cece cece
112. Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PW M adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed 207 2162Q A 1P1N K B 33 14HAO 2163Q A 1P1N K B 33CA 14HAO PowerFlex 70 Nominal NEMA Nominal Horsepower kW Human Interface Line Voltage Bulletin Number Wiring Type Output Current Rating Enclosure Type and Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options 207A 207D 207F Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Nominal Horsepow er kW PowerFlex 70 Variable NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 Code Code and Circuit Breaker Type 21620 Frequency AC Drive K with gasket 2162Q 33 33 Nominal Horsepow er kW with Fusible j NEMA Type 12 code See table on page 230 Disconnect 33_ Nominal Horsepower kW PowerFlex 70 Variable 2163Q 33CA code See table on page 230 2163Q Frequency AC Drive __CA Circuit Breaker Type See with Circuit Breaker table on page 236 207E Code Line Voltage 2078 N 3goy I A e a L z uman Interface M odule Code Wiring Type KN 400v 2 Code land Options A Type A l 415V U See options section beginning on B 480V page 209 C 600V 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 207C Drive Size Code Output Current Rating Amperes and Nominal hp or kw I Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications 380 415V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage
113. KN 415 I e g 2162QA 1P3NKN 33K 3 172 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload e PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors e See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper opion and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section a more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer un
114. KVAR 33KV 4KVAR 34KV 5 KVAR 35KV 2 KVAR through 40 KVAR in 0 5 space 6 KVAR 36KV factor TWAR 37KV q2 5 KVAR through 5O KVARin 1 0 5 KVAR 38KV Ispace factor 8 KVAR 480V and600V F39KV 9 KVAR These capacitors should not be used ald ay on motors subject to plugging or 10 KVAR uel 4K jogging Do not subject capacitors to 11 KVAR Capacitors 42KV gat ae where AD 12 5 KVAR q3kv aNd motors might be reenergized too T35FVAR Referto publication AKV quickly after being de energized iS WAR MaG 45KV Do not install capacitors in any 16 kVAR 26KV vertical section that contains a 17 5 KVAR PE II Correction d Capacitors for FIRN variable frequency drive ISRAR a 48KV Capacitors are mounted in separate 20 KVAR for more TOK unit with a separate door This unit is 77 5 KVAR information located below selected starter Door 50KV interlock is included Three phase 25 KVAR 51KV _ power fuses are included 27 5 kVAR s Capacitors are factory wired to load 30 KVAR 53KV side of the contactor and on the line 132 5 KVAR SI SENN SESS NEN NESTS SEEN STA ASYSTA SE SJSTAY A 54KV Iside of the overload relay 35 KVAR 55KV 37 5 KVAR 56KV 40 KVAR 57KV 42 5 KVAR 58KV 45 KVAR 59KV 50 KVAR w 1 See option 4BF for optional blown fuse indicators Not
115. Line Factor 14N2 14R__ LineorLoad Factor 5 14N2 14R_ _ or Load Reactors Reactors 14A 2 3A B 40 10 15 15 N A N A L5 R N A N A 380 400 6 0A 415 10 5A 2 0 2 0 2 0 a 2 5 2 5 2 5 c 17A 2 0 2 0 2 0 N A N A i i N A N A 24A 3 0 3 0 3 0 14A 2 3A 15 B 4 0A 1 0 15 15 15 15 15 i b 2 0 6 0A gt 10 5A 2 0 2 0 2 0 12A 2 0 25 2 5 c 17A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 5 E 24A 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 194 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC See page 157 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to paca units with drives at the bottom the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is inclu
116. Main Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker 126 TI HIGHS CHOM cence 2 ca ao decks OKE eRe 24 8A Round DeviceNet Cable ccc cece cetera ees 244 A ABS x aaa Wasz ai Aust ehh ends es 2 Accu Stop on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 151 Additional Unit Space on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 118 American Bureau of Shipping eee aaa aaa aaa asi 3 Analog Interface Board on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive UNitS 2 aa aa aaa aa aaaawawakaka kaka nici 213 Analog Output Isolation on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor DrIVEUNIES orere pieneen e eae hatdekt on Be 213 ADDONGIX noe opad bodo ooo 245 Automatic Shutters aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa aaa iii 28 Auxiliary Contacts on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 153 Auxiliary Contacts on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive MNES segs cece ate ete NEAT 217 Auxiliary Contacts on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 124 132 Auxiliary Contacts on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Control ES zana io eet arise ren A at teste geese 227 Auxiliary Contacts on SC landPE oo cece cece eee 23 B Back to Back Section 0 cc cece eects 24 Blank Unit DOOF wa ay Ok a AEK 106 Blown Fuse Indicator Lights on Contactors and Starters M etering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power
117. May only be selected for 400A and smaller frame main circuit breaker For frame ratings greater than 400A use incoming neutral bus option 88HN or 88FN o 1 o UT Discount Schedule A6 121 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units 151 TSIW TSRIW TSRIW BIE BL EE aaa ran EEE E 5 Option Ro 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Number DEEOZEDM 21021 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K Control circuit interposing re y Utilizes Bulletin 700 CF control relay v v ark 89CB to control starter coil in control circuit Available on NEMA sizes 1 Relay through 5 The starter or contactor coil voltages and interposing relay v v i coil voltages are the same as the control voltage RA with Line circuit interposing relay Utilizes Bulletin 700 CF control relay to v v sc PI 89CF and 89P control starter coil in control circuit Available on NEMA sizes 1 unwired control 89CBL BI through 5 The starter or contactor coil voltages are the same as the relays line voltage The interposing relay coil voltage is the same as the y control voltage 1 2 0 space factor minimum when selected on Bulletin 2113 size 3 starters and Bulletin 2106 and 2107 size 1 or 2 Not availabl
118. NOTE Refer to page 245 for details of cabinet bottom Discount Schedule A6 249 Appendix M otor Control Center Construction 308 Nominal Approximate Major Structural Components Gauge inches mm AWG Side Plates 0 075 1 905 14 Reinforcing C Channel 0 105 2 667 12 Backplate 20 W ide 0 067 1 70 15 Backplate 25 Wide 0 067 1 70 15 Backplate 25 40 Wide 0 105 2 667 12 Bottom M ounting Angle 0 164 4 166 8 Right Hand Unit Support 0 075 1 905 14 Covers and Panels Top Plate all widths 0 075 1 905 14 Bottom Plate 0 075 1 905 14 External End Plate 0 075 1 905 14 Horizontal W ireway Cover 0 060 1 524 16 Wireway Baffle 0 075 1 905 14 Top Horizontal W ireway Pan 0 060 1 524 16 Doors Unit Door 1 0 5 0 Space Factor 0 075 1 905 14 Unit Door 6 0 Space Factor 0 105 2 667 12 Vertical Wirew ay Door 0 060 1 524 16 Other Steel Pull Box Parts 0 075 1 905 14 Unit Wrap Around 0 075 1 905 14 Unit Support Pan 0 075 1 905 14 Approximate Weights of CENTERLINE Motor Control Center Sections 309 NEMA 1or12 NEMA 3R or4 MCC Section Dimensions Lbs kg Lbs kg per section I per section H 15 20 D 20 W 150 340 950 431 15 20 D 25 W 750 340 1000 454 15 20 D 30 W 800 363 1050 477 15 20 D 35 W 800 363 N A 1 Weights are based on worst case approximations MCC Finish 310 NEMA
119. NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE Units consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together This circuit breaker compartment has a horizontal operating handle For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 116 i i i Catalog Number Ratin LOGA rotection Wiring TypeA Only Class li i Factor NEMATypelandqypel NEMA Type 1 with Bad _ 8 kVA 240V 480V 600V ype ana filters and Type Lw NEMA Type 1211 g w gasket gasketand filters 41 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary With one 1 secondary fuse 3 1 5 15 15 15 2 051 2197Z FK_D __ 2197Z FK_D __ 16A 2197Z FJ _D __ 6 5 2 5 15 2 08 2197Z GK_D __ 2197Z GK D__ 16A 2197Z GJ _D __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with tw o 2 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 15 E 2197Z GK_A __ 2197Z GK_A __ 16A 21972 GJ_A __ 1 5 3 7 40 20 20 2 061 21972 HK_A __ 2197Z HK_A __ 16A 2197Z H A _ 10 5 50 30 20 2197Z K_A __ 2197Z K_A __ 16A 2197Z A 15 7 5 10 40 30 21972 KK_A __ 2197 2 KK_A __ 16A 21977 KJ_A __ 6 25 12 5 125 10 60 2 5 2197Z MK_A __ 2197Z MK_A __ 16A 2197Z M A __ 37 5 18 5 200 100 10 2 5 21972 XK_A __ 2197 7 XK_A __ 16A 2197Z X _ A __ 50 25 150 100 20
120. Panels Configuration Tables Hardware and Kits Appendix Index 17 17 General Information Vertical Sections Units Contactor and Starter Units Metering Units Main and Feeder Units Lighting and Power Panel Units Transformer Units Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers and Mar shalling Panels Configuration Tables Hardware and Kits Appendix Index General Information CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center Publication Overview Publication 2100 CA 001x EN P js a catalog used for ORO of CENTERLINE MCCs 2100 Motor Control Centers Other Resource Publications for CENTERLINE 2100 M otor Control Centers CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Specification Guide CENTERLINE 2100 M CC Specification Checklist 2100 SRO12x E
121. Programmable Con PONIES ai oo ort O dO dA AAA 228 Unit Ground Stab on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 152 Unit Ground Stab on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive WINES Ra cote heen here a dO ARE 217 Unit Ground Stab on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 120 Unit Ground Stab on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 227 Unit Insert Extension Kit ccc eee eee eee ees 241 Unit insert Empty LL aaa aa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aa nah 106 Unit Isolating Barriers uaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa ii 28 238 Unit Load Connector on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 152 Unit Load Connector on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Dive UNIS ue asie OW AE aah A AA AA 217 Unit Load Connector on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 120 Unit Operating Handle Extender ccc aaa aaa aa 237 Uiit Suppt Pai was ao ZA A EA A EE 240 Units and Sections Series Lettering ccc aaa aa aaa aaa aaa e teenies 8 Unwired Control Relay on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 152 Unwired Control Relay on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 123 Unwired Pull Apart Terminal Blocks on Contactors and Starters M e tering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Trans f rmerUNIS seis om w A die R
122. Receptacle on Contactors DeviceNet Terminating Resistors 111 244 and Starters Metering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power DeviceNet Trunk Line Cable ccc cece eee 244 Panels and Transformer Units ce aaa eens 127 DeviceNet Unit Cable 1 kee eee eee ees 244 External Mounting Channel Kits aaa aaa eeaee 237 Door Hardware Kit 0 ccc ee eee eee eee 240 F Door HINGE Kilivc caus aaa ew EE AAAA darn 240 Fan s and Ventilation Drip Hood ss sees eee eee eee eee teenies 237 in Bulletins 2162P and 2163P 267 End Closing Plate OZONE 237 in Bulletins 2162Q 2162R 2163Q and 2163R 268 Extended Reset Button Kit ccecce 241 in Bulletins 2164Q and 2165Q 4 1111 269 External Auxiliary Contact 241 in Bulletins 2164R and 2165R oouo 269 External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits 241 242 Field M ounted Equipment Units c cee eae 106 External Auxiliary Contact Kits METERTE Rates re eee 242 Filters for Door Vents on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and External Mounting Channel Kits 11 1 237 Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 118 GaSKELING Kit so neia OE vaso 237 FoOtnoteS oo cece c cece cece aaa I 1 Horizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit 0 eevee 238 French Legend Plates on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units Horizontal Power Bus Splice Kit 238 154 Horizontal Wirew
123. Section Depth 2 20 cabinet depth B i l 0 25 x 1 T Unplated copper horizontal ground bus and vertical plug in steel ground bus 025 x7 x D l 0 25 x 1 E Unplated copper horizontal ground bus and vertical plug in unplated copper ground bus 0257 x2 EIGHTH F Unplated copper horizontal ground bus unit load ground bus and vertical plug in steel 0 25 x 1 Ground Bus G ground bus If required select unit load ground connectors on plug in units See page 120 0 25 x2 H Unplated copper horizontal ground bus unit load ground bus and vertical plug in unplated 0 25 x1 Horizontal ground copper ground bus If required select unit load ground connectors on plug in units See page bus is mounted at K 120 0 25 x 2 the bottom of vertical section N Tin plated copper horizontal ground bus and vertical plug in tin plated copper ground bus 9 29 x1 P Select tin plated unit ground stabs on all plug in units See page 120 0 25 x2 S Tin plated copper horizontal ground bus tin plated copper unit load ground bus and vertical 0 25 x 1 plug in tin plated copper ground bus Select tin plated unit ground stabs on all plug in units a T See page 120 If required select unit load ground connectors on plug in units See page 120 0 25 x 2 NINTH POSITION On next page 1 Vertical bus will be supplied as Tin plated copper 14 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 Discount Schedule A6 Verti
124. Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper tee and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section wa more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 226 l Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Gola e Pee REWAL li Frame Output 700 drive units should be sized Deliver Amperes according to the application and output Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number P Program ampere rating Heavy Duty 480V 1 1 0 5 2163RA 2P1HKB 33_ 2163RA 2P1H B 33_ 1 6 0 75 2163RA 2P1HKB 34_ 2163RA 2P1H B 34_ 2 1 1 2163RA 3P4HKB 35_ 2 0 2163RA 3P4H B 35_ 3 0 15 2163RA 3P4HKB 36_ 2163RA 3P4H B 36_ 3 4 2 2 0 2163RA 5POHKB 37_ 2163RA 5POH B 37_ 5 0 3 2163RA 8POHKB 38_ 2163RA 8P0H B 38_ 8 0 5 2163RA 011HKB 39_ 2 5 2163RA 011H B 39_ sc 11 7 5 2163RA 014HKB 40_ 21
125. Size 3 5 DeviceNet module TEE_ starters Size 1 6 Includes DeviceNet 12118 module with 2 24VDC inputs and 1 NEMA Size 4 vill 110 240VAC output EMA Size 5 7 gi EMA Size 6 v E1 Plus Electronic Selectable to class 10 15 20 30 EMA Size 1 2 v vill Overload Relay with selectable Auto M anual Auto reset Ground Fault 6 electronic overload Gr for N EMi j 7FEE_G P starters Size 1 3 Includes Groun l REL 7 Fault Protection M odule with integral NEMA Size 3 viz yi 1 12119 110 am Protection and external Ground Fault Sensor v vi v EMA Aue M4 Zaal vel vel 5 Selectable trip class 10 15 20 30 7 7 7 E1 Plus with J am selectable Auto M anual Auto reset NEM A size 3 Protection 7FEE_ B electronic overload relay for NEMA BI Module 2 2110 5 starters size 1 6 with J am Protection Module EMA Size 4 v6 vill EMA Size 5 v v EMA Size 6 v 1 Options 7FEE_ 7FEE_D 7FEE_G and 7FEE_ are supplied with 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact 2 Options 7FEE_ 7FEE_D 7FEE_G and 7FEE_ are mutually exclusive with each other and E3 overload relay options 3 Option number is not complete Select overload relay code from appropriate table on 116 and add to option number e g 7FEEB ot available on NEMA Size 2 dual units For two speed starter and dual mounted starter units there are two overload option codes required e g 7FEEEEEB with DeviceNet module 7FEEEDEEBD with am Protection module 7FEEEJ E
126. T he drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163R units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fan s Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque e Are digitally programmable with access to mode pro ming providing precise and repeatedly accurate set up control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Have available 24VDC or 115VAC control voltages A Human Interface Module HIM and Control Interface Type must be selected Bulletin 2162R and 2163R use PowerFlex 700 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of remote pilot devices input signals etc For NEMA 3R enclosure construction contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office or Allen Bradley distributor 156 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Bulletin 2162T and 2163T PowerFlex 40 Drive l 0 ccc ccc aaa aaa e beeen GLI 193 These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a Ae performance microprocessor controlle
127. The configuration consists of two interlocked npon m one containing the bypass cirea and one containing a PowerFlex 70 Bulletin 2164Q or 2165Q or PowerFlex 700 Bulletin 2164R or 165R variable frequency drive The bypass component contains a fusible or circuit breaker disconnect control circuit transformer six pole manually operated bypass switch ae terminal blocks and bypass contactor Bulletin 100 contactor with a Bulletin 193 overload relay The drive compartment contains the pave PowerFlex variable frequency drive see product descriptions on Bulletins 2162Q 2162R 2163Q and 2163R for specific PowerFlex 70 and 700 features less control circuit transformer and disconnecting means T his configuration allows for the drive to be taken offline and replaced as needed with minimal disruption to the application process When in bypass mode the serviceable drive component meets NFPA 70E hazard Risk Level 0 The bypass component is provided as a NEMA Class II wiring Type B unit Terminals mounted on the drive chassis are provided for the connection of remote devices input signals etc Also A Human Interface Module must be specified Drive On and Bypass On pilot lights and HAND OFF AUTO selector switch HAND START and HAND STOP push buttons must be specified Control Platform Type Bulletin 2164Q 2165Q or Control Interface Type Bulletin 2164R 2165R must be specified for Bulletins 2164R and 2165R Bu
128. This will provide protection at current levels 10 lower than indicated above Motors Rated For Intermittent Duty Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice Rules 2 and 3 apply when the temperature difference does not exceed 10 C 18 F Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office when the temperature difference is greater Discount Schedule A6 251 Appendix Class 20 Curve Time Current Characteristics 40 C Average W Heater Trip Curve CD es ee ee ee ee ee ee 800 Time to Trip Seconds 1 o 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 100 300 500 700 900 1100 1300 Percent of Rated Current W Heater Ambient Temperature Correction Curve Percent of Rated Current C c F a oF 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 Ambient Temperature Degrees 252 Discount Schedule A6 Heater Element Selection Tables Appendix Index to Heater Element Selection Tables 311 Heater Element Full Load Amps Device Bulletin Number Size Table Number oe sized Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 2106 2107 i a 2 W19 0 44 mm va AWS WSE W 0 5 space factor EMA 1 4 143 wee 0 58 7 2112 2113 U EMA 5 341 7 E a p EMA 6 195 W25 0 77 Combination M otor 2113 4 EMA 3 4 152 W 26 0 85 Starters EMA
129. Units 2162R Co mbination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC NORM AL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty ae the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper pa aen of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 222
130. Western European Versions e Processor Pentium IV processor 1 4 GHz minimum e Video Resolution 1024 x 768 resolution with true color 24 bit or better e CD ROM drive 4X 16X recommended Hard Disk space 600 MB free disk space e Mouse Microsoft compatible e RAM 256 MB Windows 2000 SP4 or XP 512 MB recommended Equipment Necessary for Connection of a Computer via DeviceNet ControlNet or Ethernet DeviceNet e Laptop computer 1784 PCD DeviceNet PC interface card and 1784 PCD 1 cable Desktop computer 1784 PCIDS RS 232 interface reduced performance 1770 K FD DeviceNet interface module NOTE 2100H ICPC120 patch cable is necessary for connecting interface laptop desktop RS 232 to IntelliCENTER MCC wireway ControlNet Laptop computer 1784 PCC ControlNet PC interface card and 1784 C1 cable e Desktop computer 1784 PCIC ControlNet PC interface card and 1786 TPR ControlNet tap NOTE Consult publication CNET IN002x EN P CaidNe Coax Maia Plarringand Installation Guide for configuration and installation of ControlNet cable Ethernet e Laptop or desktop computer consult local computer support personnel for Ethernet interface requirements Recommended Additional Softw are RSNetWorx for D eviceN et used for configuring DeviceN et nodes saving parameters and communicating to all types of DeviceNet components sensors non Allen Bradley products and other products not found in MCCs RSN amp Worx for Control
131. _ 2525__ Dua Dual units require two 2 sets of fuses The fuse a 100 30 21 size code must correspond to the respective fuse 100 30 J R H 14 1 0 AWG 2192F DK_ 2624__ 2192F DJ_ 2624__ Du clip oestornator code The nse manufacturer for 1 4 AWG CU ua oth fuses must be the same e g y r 100 602 2192F CAC 2524 6096026 100 60 15 2192F DK_ 2625__ 2192F D _ 2625__ Dual 1002 Larger switch must be mounted on the left side 100 1 HALO AWG U 2102F DK 2626 7192E D 2626 100 100 1 8 1 0 AWG CU 2192F DK_ __ 2192F DJ_ __ 200 200 1 6 4 0 AWG CU 2 0 2192F EK_ __ 2192F EJ_ __ 400 400 2 1 0 250 kcmil CU 2 58 2192F FK_ __ 2192F_ F _ __ E i 4 GK lt F 600 polted pressure contact switch Viewing window 600 JiR HL 2 2 600 kemil 35 gt he NE Ola SC II 800 on door for visual verification of disconnect blades 800 i 3 6 350 kcmil CU AL 3 5 2192F_ HKC __ 2192F_ HJ C __ 1200 1200 4 6 350 kcmil 3 54 2192F KC __ 2192F_ JC __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete For 400 1200 Amperes insert T for Top mounted or B for Bottom mounted e g 2192FT or 2192FB Unless already selected select the voltage from Fuse Clip Voltage table e g 2192F BKC Select the fuse clip designator from Fuse Clip Sizes Types table e g 2192F BKC 24 For duals add letter suffix only numbers are already supplied in catalog number e g 2192F CKA 2525 amp if power fuse will be selected select from table on page 232
132. a 0 mounted in top ae See tables on page 68 70 horizontal wireway pag Code Type 5 10 d T4F 74H 2191F Outgoing Feeder Lug T 15 Compartment FLUG Code Amperes Code Options Incoming M ain Lug D po 48 300A See Options section 2191M Compartment J 4 5 71 High Sections 52 600A beginning on page 111 M LUG M 6 0 800A l 54 800A N 6 0 Corner Section 56 1200A P 6 0 10 Wide Section 58 1600A 60 000A 74D 74B Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Mountin NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 T 100 g K with gasket B Bottom J NEMA Type 12 66 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191M and 2191F Lug Compartments Provisions for Basic Sections Incoming Lines M LUG and Outgoing Feeders FLUG See page 65 for product description All lugs compartments are frame mounted and must be located at top or bottom of section For metering options refer to page 70 For 4 wire applications Incoming neutral bus see page 121 or neutral connection plates see pages 25 109 121 and 238 are available for Bulletins 2191MT and 2191MB For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 2191FT Top mounted feeder 2191F B Bottom mounted feeder 219IMT Top mounted main 2191MB Bottom mounted main Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be mor given to the mounting of the CT
133. a z s sa oe Option SOA 50C 50E 50G code Iy Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Option l B 1 See Table on Page 229 See Options section Two Speed g beginning on Page 111 mn C 2 eginning on rage 2122E 2 W inding Starter D TS2W with Fusible i SOF Disconnect Two Speed F 5 Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip 2123E 2 Winding TS2W Code Current Circuit Breaker Type with Circuit Breaker 41 Horsepower Code See Table on Page Two Speed 300 yy eae ual okonia 2122F SW with fusible Cove EMA Eneloatre Tye Fuse Clip Desinator ble on page 231 Disconnect A Heat ks ee Horsepower Code See Table on page 230 Two Speed PARA 2123 41CA _CA Circuit Breaker Type See Circuit 2123F 1 Winding TS1W r Breaker Type Table on page 235 ith Ciraule Breaker NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with M K gasket without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external 50B reset button z NEM A Type 12 without Code _ Wiring Type J external reset button A Type A B Type B 48 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See page 34 for product description e Unit includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSIW requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffic
134. and Accessories see pages 111 127 37 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters FVR Allen Bradley Bulletin 505 reversing starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA Sizes 1 5 NEMA Class Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit Available with eutectic alloy E1 Plus or E3 Plus electronic overload relays 38 2106 B B A B 41 24J 6P 2107 B B A B 41CA 6P is NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower and Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Type Type Disconnecting Means Options 38A 38C 38E 38G Code Type Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Options Full Voltage Reversing B 1 See Table on Page 229 See Options section 2106 FVR with Fusible 6 2 beginning on Page 111 Disconnect D B 38F 2107 VR with R BE Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip Breaker FB Code Current Circuit Breaker Type Ti AAA See Horsepower Luq1 aj Table on Page 230 38B 2106 41 24 24 Fuse Clip Rating and Class Code Wiring Type See Fuse Clip Designator table on page 231 A Type A 41_ Horsepower Code See Horsepower B Type B 2107 41CA Table on page 230 CA Circuit Breaker Type See Table on Circuit Breaker Type Table on page 235 38D Code NEMA Enclosure Type NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with A gasket with external reset button NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 wit
135. are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 2164QA 1P7AC Select HP rating code from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower ating desired e g 2164QA 1P7AC 34 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2164QA 1P7K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2164QA 1P7J _ _ 200 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2165Q Combination Pow erFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker Disconnect and M anual Isolated Bypass 480V See page 157 for product description All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table on nnno consists of two units The bypass unit contains a circuit breaker bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch RE BIS Tamepo and pull apart terminal blocks D rive unit contains Pow
136. at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 213 Nominal kW NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW Frame ald E Powertlex 70 Space Space OE pos a m drive units should be sized Factor Catalog Number Factor SEAL program according to the application and output ampere rating 1 3 0 37 2163QA 1P3NK_ 33K_ 2163QA 1P3N _ 33K_ 15 0 55 2163QA 2PINK_ 34K_ 2163QA 2P1NJ _ 34K_ 2 1 0 75 2163QA 2PINK_ 35K_ 20 2163QA 2P1NJ _ 35K_ B 2 6 1 1 15 2163QA 3P5NK_ 36K_ 2163QA 3P5NJ _ 36K_ 3 5 15 2163QA 3P5NK_ 37K_ 2163QA 3P5N _ 37K_ 5 0 2 2 2163QA 5PONK 38K_ 2163QA 5PONJ _ 38K_ 8 7 3 7 2163QA 8P7NK_ 39K_ 2 5 2163QA 8P7N _ 39K_ c 11 5 5 5 20 2163QA 011NK_ 40K_ 2163QA 011N _ 40K_ PE 15 4 75 2163QA 015NK_ 41K_ 3 0 2163QA 015N _ 41K_ 22 11 2163QA 022NK_ 42K_ 2163QA 022NJ _ 42K_ D 30 15 2 5 2163QA 030NK_ 43K_ 3 5 21632QA 030N _ 43K_ 37 18 5 2163QA 037NK_ 44K_ 3 0 2163QA 037N _ 44K_ EC 43 22 3 0 2163QA 043NK_ 45K_ 3 5 2163QA 043N _ 45K_ i 60 30 3 08 2163QA 060NK_ 46K_ 4 081 2163QA 060NJ _ 46K_ 12 37 4 0 2163QA 072NK_ 47K_ 4 0 2163QA 072N _ 47K_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 7
137. bus Select on plug in units Unplated copper Available on all plug in units 79UT in sections with vertical plug in ground bus Tin plated copper Bulletin 817 E2P 120VAC 50 60 Hz output is unwired not available on dual starters requires 1 5 space factor for size 1 and 2 and 2 0 space factor for 2113 size 3 Requires extra 0 5 space factor Thermistor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2112 with Class and HRCII C fuses Protection 84A1 Requires 2 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with MCP v Relay circuit breaker Circuit Breaker code CA and E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ Not available in units containing a current transducer 700TC_ Available in Canada only Available for 120V separate or transformer control only Unit Ammeter 85AA Analog ammeter and current transformer v v I 85XA Current transformer only for use with external meter Current y transformer rated 2 5VA or greater Elapsed Time Six digit non resettable meter with tenths mounted in control Meter BALE 85T Station i i id y y SC waw iren we AB Bulletin 596 time delay addition to NEMA size 1 On delay 4 avalan on through 5 contactors with N O and N C ff del 0 5 SF units 87B contacts Not available with 7FEC_ E3 Off delay 88A 240 Volt 88B 480 Volt 88C 600 Volt Available on Bulletin 2191M 2192M and 2193M ONLY 88H e
138. circuit breaker bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks Drive unit contains PowerFlex 70 variable frequency drive and pull apart A Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 DRIVE ON and BYPASS ON pilot lights options 4 _ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 209 Unit doors are interlocked 242 Nominal HP Maximum The horsepower ratings shown Catalog Number Continuous below are for reference only Space NEMA Type land Space Catalog Number Frame Output ean yp 21 utpu PowerFlex 70 AC drive units should Factor 14 I gasket 21 Factor NEMA 12 Amperes II be sized according to the application yp g and output ampere rating 05 05 ZTOSQA OPOA ZTESQA 0POD A 1 7 0 75 1 2 5 2165QA 1P7A_ _ 21650A 1P7D_ _ 2 7 1 5 2 2165QA 2P7A_ _ 3 0 2165QA 2P7D_ _ 39 3 30 2I650A 3PIA_ _ 2165QA 3P9D_ _ 61 5 ZI65QA GPIA_ _ 165QA 6PID_ _ F 9 15 2165QA 9POA_ _ 35 2I65QA 9POD_ _ TI 10 35 ZI65QA OLIA_ _ gt 2165QA 011D_ _ D 17 15 i 2165QA 017A_ _ 40 21650A 017D_ _ 22 20 2165QA 022A_ _ 45 2165QA 022D _ Delivery Program PE Il in U S SC Il in Canada 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings
139. circuit transformer See Options section 2 Control circuit fusing option 21 and or disconnect interlock option 98 may be required to comply with NEC See Options section Primary Voltage Code for Bulletins 2195 2196 2196Z 2197 and 21972 271 240V 380V 400V 415V 480V 600V wy ee Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2154 and 2155 278 Control Voltage Code 220v 230v 240V 380v 4oov 45v 480V 600V powali P N I 110V 50Hz Transformer Contro P KN 115V 50Hz Transformer Control A B C 120V 60Hz Transformer Control 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed cUL listed or CSA certified Discount Schedule A6 229 Configuration Tables Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2162 2163 2164 and 2165 279 Line Voltage Voltage Code 220 230 p 2 240 ALI 380 y BLBI 400 KN BM2 415 I 480 B 600 C 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 2 Not applicable to 2164 or 2165 Horsepower Ratings for All Bulletins 280 kW Ratings for Bulletins 2154 2155 2162 and 2163 HI 281 45K 46K 250 59K 1 kW rated units are not UL listed cUL listed or CSA certified 230 Discount Schedule A6 Configuration Tables Fuse Clip Designator Sel
140. closed cell neoprene NEMA Type 3R Non walk in front mounted only Door within a door construction Type 3R units and sections are intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection agamn falling rain and to avoid damage from the formation of ice on the enclosure T hey are designed to meet rod entry rain external icing and rust resistance design tests They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as dust internal condensation or internal icing NEMA Type 4 Non walk in front mounted only D oor within a door construction Type 4 units and sections are designed for indoor and outdoor use primarily to provide protection against windblown dust and rain splashing water and hose directed water They are also designed to remain undamaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure They are designed to meet hosedown external icing rod entry and rust resistance design tests The enclosures are not designed to protect against internal condensation or internal icing NEMA Type 12 Type 12 enclosures are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust falling dirt and non corrosive dripping liquids ey are designed to meet drip dust and rust resistance tests They are not intended to provide protection against conditions such as internal condensation 1 This publication refers to standard NEM A Type 12 design i e standard sheet steel For stainless
141. dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order e _ Pilot devices are Bulletin 800F add letter s to the option number A amber B blue C clear G green R red W White e g ARG is a red FF pilot light 158 Option e FVR FVNR Delivery tion Description omo Number E 2106 2107 2112 2113 Program Bl START STOP v Push Buttons 1 21 i FORWARD REVERSE STOP v pBI STOP v v Push Buttons and Selector HAND START HAND STOP HAND OFF AUTO v Switch U PI HAND OFF AUTO v Selector Switch I FORWARD OFF REVERSE v 358 OFF ON v 4 M BI ON w 4 BI KI PI IA Type ON OFF Y 7 ens color F 4 M designator FORWARD REVERSE 4 4 688 A B C G R FORWARD REVERSE OFF v T PI OVERLOAD v 4 4L l 5 ON w 4L M 6 7 LED Type ON OFF v SC 7 Lens color z 47 designator _ FORWARD REVERSE 4 l GBI JA B G R W FORWARD REVERSE OFF 4 Pilot Lights aT 8 VERLOAD v Transformer Type for 800T A gt RO Full voltage for 800F P 5_MI BI ON d 5 4 6 7 Push to Test N OFF w R RUA Standard Type A gt 5 PI Lens color FORWARD REVERSE w 5 me a soot FORWARD REVERSE OFF 7 5T_PI OVERLOAD v v 5L l 5 ON w amp 4 6 7 Push to Test J v 5 _ ll el LED Type ON OFF M Lens Color FORWARD REVERSE w s GB y FORWARD REVERSE OFF z 5TL_PI OVERLOAD v v T U K
142. dual 2103L and 2113 units one R contact mounting position P3 is given up for the transformer secondary fuse 2 For0 5 ALE factor 2102L 2103L 2112 and 2113 standard capacity VA rating is 75V 3 Not available on 0 5 space factor units 114 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 142 TS1W TSR1W TSRIW KO RR pce a rs yal aaa ran SZ j Option ipti 2126E 2126 Delivery ti D ti opnan Number ee 2102 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K v v w EMA Size 1 2 Zaa A vel A Selectable trip class 10 15 20 30 v v v El Plus Electronic peg aj selectable Auto M anual Auto reset NEMA Size 3 5 Overload Relay EM21 7 EE_ gt felectronic overload relay for NEM A starters Size 1 6 EMA Size 4 A vi EMA Size 5 v v EMA Size 6 v EMA Size 1 2 z ze 4 5 Selectable to class 10 15 20 30 aual ve E1 Plus Electronic selectable Auto M anual Auto reset 4 y Overload Relay with egg p gi electronic overload relay NEM A EMA
143. dual only 2100H N11D biel ji NO two e AU i 1 0 space factor 2100H NDH2 oor Hardware Kit he nieg door Series H or later 0 5 space factor 2100H N0H3 Door Hinge Kit 1 Includes two 2 hinges and Series H or later 0 5 space factor door 2100H NHP1 oor Hinge NI two 2 hinge pins Series E or later 1 0 space factor or larger door 2100H NHP2 poe for Unit 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders with blank cards 6 per package 2100H CH1 White background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3AW Engravable acrylic black lettering With legend 2100H N3EAW 1 125 x 3 625 not available in Canada Black background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3AB white lettering With legend 2100H N3EAB White background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3W Unit Door Nameplates black lettering With legend 2100H N3EW Engravable phenolic Red background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3R 1 125 x 3 625 white lettering With legend 2100H N3ER Black background with Blank 6 per package 2100H N3B white lettering With legend 2100H N3EB White background with 2100H N3EM W M aster Nameplates oj phenolic ee with With legend white lettering 2100H N3EM B o Stainless steel nameplate screws for door or master nameplates 12 per package 2100H SSNS1 Style 1 for units 1 0 space factor or larger series A NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with i through D sections gasket and Type 12 2100H UAJ 1 Style 3 for units 1 0 space factor or larger series E Eee RR Unit Support Pan thr
144. eee eee ees 103 109 Motor Applications 20 0 cece eect eee tees 3 N NEMA CASS cniadeemete Henn oes EPO REWA SBa sent 2 DONNCG sce sa sales OZ Ed ne taka GOA 2 Enclosure Type Descriptions aaa aaa aaa cence 2 TYPE L sss jsp i ae o A AA tao hs 2 Type 1 with gasket uuuaaaaa aaa aaa eens 2 VG PE E So i AO A ZOO eee 2 IE Sowa AEG Maed pO O ORA os 2 WYDO 9525956 GrEPE pita ee cee FR EK NEU GEE 2 NEM A IEC Enclosure Comparison ccc cece ee eee 2 Discount Schedule A6 Neutral BUS yna o laa ROR AA Sue sac x 25 Neutral Connection Plate aaaa aaa aaa aaa i 25 Neutral Connection Plate Kit oo cee eee ees 238 Neutral Connection Plate Unit cece aaa eee 109 NO OXD veto uice cua deat nets om rtnwks meee uret 238 0 O L Contact on Left Side of Circuit on Contactors and Starters M eter ing M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transform er UNItS oe eee eee eens 118 Options for Combination Soft Starter Controller Units ACQUISITION ira nee AN peed hie eae eS 151 Add Isolation Contactor 0 ccc cee eee ee ees 149 Add SCR FUSES wawa noci dae ieee weer owes 149 Auxiliary Contacts 0 ccc cece cece 153 Communication Module ccc cece cece eens 148 Control Circuit Ring LUgs cece cece eee ees 154 Control Circuit Spade Lugs cece cece eee 154 Control Circuit Wiring cece cece eee ees 154 Control Station Housing aaa aaa aaa aaa ii 145 Co
145. empty unit inserts an an Pull Apart Bulletin 1492 EC All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate 2100M empty unit inserts with disconnecting means ONLY 802 f are turned up 2 5 pole pull apart Terminal 5 pole terminal blocks terminal blocks included Blocks Not available on 2100 NK05 or 2100 NJ 05 units SC All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate 803 are turned up 3 5 pole pull apart terminal blocks included All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate 804 are turned up 4 5 pole pull apart terminal blocks included French Legend Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot Plates 860F devices Specity 860F when pilot device option is selected Available on all pilot devices Spanish Legend Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot Plates 8605S devices Specify 860S when pilot device option is selected Available on all pilot devices Plated steel nameplate screws Door Nameplate Provided when cardholder or Available on all units nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders Doors with blank cards Available on all units ee Acrylic plate available in US only 2 crylic plate available in U S only Nameplates Lettering is white with black letters or Available on all units 1 125 x 3 625 black with white letters engraved zine r Phenolic plate Lettering is white with 4 4 l a black letters black with white letters Available on all uni
146. excluded Unit compartments 1 0 through 2 0 space factors must be located at top or ottom of section Pullbox required M ust be mounted at top of vertical section Cannot be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units transfer units excluded Not available with incoming neutral bus Shipped in single shipping split only Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Unit is 4 5 space factors in a 71 high section The catalog number must be changed from 2191 M to 2191_ _ J e g 2191M T J KC 52 a 6 0 space factor lug compartment For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 67 Main and Feeder Units Lug Compartments Provisions for Inside Corner 10 Wide Sections and Neutrals Incoming Line and Outgoing Feeders See page 24 for section descriptions e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table e y opon not available 2191FT Top mounted feeder For71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 2191F B Bottom mounted feeder 219IMT Top mounted main 2191MB Bottom mounted main 76 Cable Provisions I 2 Maximum Number Per Phase wre Anis i Rating and Maximum Cable Size Space iring Type A Class Delivery Amperes Mechanical Type Lugs Factor i Program i ype Land Type 0 Single Cable Lug Crimp Type Lugs w gasket NEMA Type 12 PROVISIONS FOR INSIDE CORNER SECTION 600 2191 _ NKC 5
147. fault jam protection option 7FEE_G Options 700TC1 700TC4 and 700TC5 require minimum 1 5 space factors for size 1 and 2 if optional control relay timer auxiliary relay or 11DSA2 11DSA3 is used Option 700TC1 requires minimum 2 0 space factors for Bulletin 2113 size 3 when 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 is used When control circuit transformer primary fusing is selected the control transformer secondary fuse is mounted in one of the three starter auxiliary contact pockets Option 700TC2 always requires minimum 1 5 space factors for sizes 1 and 2 Option 700TC2 requires minimum 2 0 space factors for Bulletin 2113 size 3 Unit ammeter options current transducer and thermistor protection relay options are mutually exclusive Options 700TC1 700TC2 700TC4 and 700TC5 require extra 0 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2112 with Class and HRCII C fuses Requires 2 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with HM CP circuit breaker circuit breaker code CA and E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ Option 700TC5 requires extra 0 5 space factor for NEMA Size 5 Bulletin 2112 with Class fuses 9 Model 420L size 4 all voltages and size 5 at 380V 415V 480V and 600V only 10 Model 420X size 5 at 208V and 240V and size 6 all voltages 5 U Discount Schedule A6 125 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous U
148. for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper aa and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section wa more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 212 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 BEE uO Oa ELE mon Delve Kame Output Powerflex 70 GI ue sh
149. have vertical wireway Section contains horizontal power bus that is mounted 5 deeper than standard A special bus splice kit is provided when a NEMA size 6 starter is selected adjacent to a standard 20 deep vertical section Not available in NEM A Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 59 60 Contactor and Starter Units Metering Units Bulletin 2190 Metering Compartments METER 0 00 c cece eet e cece eee ees 61 Bulletin 2190 metering Ma are used for power a rc of three phase systems and include analog ammeter and voltmeter Powermonitor II and Powermonitor 3000 The ammeter voltmeter digital meter and Powermoniter 3000 include a 30A fused disconnect switch Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2190 Metering Compartments METER e Analog Voltmeter and or Ammeter or Digital M etering System Current Transformers CT s shipped loose for field mounting e Potential transformers PT s included as needed e Field mountable in 0 5 or 1 0 space factor location Control Transformers included as needed 67 2190 B K B 54M 86UCCXB Bulletin Number Space Factor Enclosure Type Line Voltage Ammeter Scale Meter Designation Options 67C JE 67G iii Code Enclose Type Code Ammeter S
150. integral fuses April 2005 All sizes 800F Pilot Devices August 2005 Y 2154 2155 108 A and 135 A Redesign to change units from frame mounted to plug in design March 2006 1 Replacement and renewal parts are no longer supported Consult M CC Technical Support Complete new series units with comparable features and options can be retrofitted for any series of structures as shown in the table on 8 Discount Schedule A6 7 General Information Series Lettering Units and Sections When using sections in conjunction with units of different series letters consult the MCC Modifications for Unit and Structure Compatibility table below asket and Type NE ENTERLI 2100 units with series letter F and later an Il sections in this publication are series letter L all units are series letter Q and later In 1982 modifications were made to improve the i i of the gasketing between the unit door and structure of NEMA T 12 sections This has been accomplished es le d all sections series letter E and later Also when series H and lal installed in a series A through E section in the topmost unit location a new top horizontal wireway pan is required MCC Modifications for Unit and Structure Compatibility e 1 with by ed the structure instead of the unit door The change apples to all er units are 7 Requires g
151. is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life i St ld be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the shou drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included O ptional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 212 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors cle of the drive Strong consideration 234 Nominal kW NominalHp NEMA DE Type tw NEMA 12 Maximum The HP and kW ratings shown below F Continuous are for reference only PowerFlex 40 Delivery rame Output drive units should be sized according to Space gt Space gt Program Amperes the application and output ampere factor Catalog NumbertPI Factor Catalog Number rating 380 415V PI 480V 1 4 0 37 0 5 2163TA 1P4K_ _ 2163TA 1P4J _ _ 2 3 0 55 0 75 0 75 1 0 2163TA 2P3K_ _ 4 2163TA 2P3J_ _ B 4 0 11
152. kcmi z o Emi 2 0 5 2191__ DKC 56 2191 _ DJC 56 4 600 kcmi 1200 4 800 keri 41750 kemi 2191__ MKC 56 2191__ MJC 56 1600 6 0 81B 20 W 2191__ MKC 58 2191__ MJC 58 2000 6 800 kcmi 6 750 kcmi 2191__ MKC 60 2191__ MJ C 60 1 Using a larger wire lug size than is listed violates bend radius guidelines as listed in NEC UL cUL wire bending tables and voids UL cUL listing and CSA certification 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete If required insert M for main or F for feeder e g 2191M or 2191F If required insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted e e g 2191MT or 2191M B e If using optional lugs select from table on page 69 Then add catalog string number to base catalog number e g 2191M T CKC 52 82B 500 3 The maximum possible rating of this unit is 300A The rating of this unit can be determined by subtracting the current requirements of the units in the 3 0 space factors above or below this unit Review NEC CEC for further information 4 The maximum possible rating of this unit is 600A The rating of this unit can be determined by subtracting the current requirements of the units in the 3 0 space factors above or ECR Discount Schedule A6 0 Main and feeder rating must match horizontal bus rating Full rated neutral bus for 1200A 2191M units requires a below this unit Review NEC CEC for further information Cannot F mounted in section containing other frame mounted units transformer units
153. letters Stainless Steel Nameplate Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates 2 per unit y v v v v v Screws Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not watertight or Spon Parking waterproof Extended storage may require space heater and other considerations For v v v v v v te sections see page 28 y 5 Door mounted speed potentiometer option 760 is not available with analog interface boards options 14LA2 14LA6 and 14LA7 6 Mutually exclusive with Human Interface Module options 14HAIC 14HA2C 14H 2C 14HCS1C and 14HCS2C Discount Schedule A6 1 Also available on Bulletin 2160P and 2160R units 2 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is two 2 in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts mounted internally 98X or 99X must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired 3 The maximum number of auxiliaries that can be supplied is two 2 These are form C contacts Each form C contact includes one N O and one N C contact Internal auxiliary contacts 98X or 99X are wired to a 3 point floating terminal block 4 Options for factory wiring of control circuits Device and component internal wiring and wiring that could affect operation or certification
154. local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 61 Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery Size Factor Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V ui af oset Type NEMA Type 12 9 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 3 0 2127FB BA_ __ 2127FB BD_ __ PE 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 3 0 2127FB CA_ __ 2127FB CD_ __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2127FB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2127FB BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2127FB BABD 30CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 TD001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2127FB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter e g 2127FB BJ_ ___ Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 55 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2127 Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 2 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSR2W See page 34 for product description NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TSR2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlock
155. must be derated For derating infor mation contact ocal Rockwell 187 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163R Combination Pow erFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 380 415VAC NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty ae the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip
156. needed P Riley Corp 5 40VDC at sensor current transformer 10 w not needed 1 Available for NEM A Wiring Type B only Not available on 0 5 space factor units Not available on Bulletin 2112 or 2113 size 2 in 1 0 space factor with E3 option 7FEC_ 2 This option is not available on dual mounted 2192F 3 A maximum of two 2 5 pole control terminal blocks only for each side of dual unit 4 Anadditional block of five control terminals can be supplied for customer use provided the total number of control terminals does not exceed 15 maximum on units with power terminals 20 maximum on units without power terminals Check wiring diagram for limitations Provided as standard with Bulletin 2193LE and 2193PP Mutually exclusive with ground detection lights option 88_ Not available on 0 5 space factor units For 150A 1200A 2192M and 150A 2000A 2193M units use Superior key interlock 105810Y Type B 4003 1 bolt flush when withdrawn or Kirk key interlock KFLO00010 For 1600A and 2000A 2192M units use Superior key interlock 105821Y Type B 06003 1 bolt extends 0 375 when withdrawn or Kirk key interlock KBL003710 Note Fusible units houla not be used on a tie double ended system due to access to fuses and back feeding For these applications contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office 8 Transducer sensor output is unwired Not available on 0 5 space factor or dual starter units Not available with E1 Plus O L with ground
157. of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the 227 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum ee Frame PE PowerFlex 700 drive units Amperes should be sized according to Space Factor Catalog Number 1 Space Factor Catalog Number 1 the application and output ampere rating Normal Duty 600V 172 1 2163RA 1P7NKC 35_ 2163RA 1P7N C 35_ 2 42 15 2163RA 2P7NKC 36_ 20 2163RA 2P7N C 36_ 2 72 2 2163RA 2P7NKC 37_ 2163RA 2P7N C 37_ 3 92 3 2163RA 3P9NKC 38_ 2163RA 3P9NJ C 38_ 6 12 5 2163RA 6PLNKC 39_ 2163RA 6P1NJ C 39_ 9 9 2 Ja 2163RA 9PONKC 40_ 2 5 2163RA 9PONJ C 40_ 1 1 10 2163RA 011NKC 41_ 2163RA 011N C 41_ 172 15 2163RA 017NKC 42_ 2163RA 017N C 42_ A 222 20 25 2163RA 022NKC 43_ 3 0 2163RA 022N C 43_ 272 25 2163RA 027NKC 44_ 2163RA 027NJ C 44_ 322 30 30 2163RA 032NKC 45_ 3 5 2163RA 032N C 45_ 3 412 40 2163RA 041NKC 46_ 40 2163RA 041NJ C 46_ 522 50 3 5 2163RA 052NKC 47_ 2163RA 052N C 47_ 4 62 B 60 6 0 20 W 4 2163RA 062NKC 48_ 6 0 25 WHl 2163RA 062N C 48_ 5 778 15 2163RA 077NKC 49_ 2163RA 077NJ C 49_ 99 B 100 6 0 2163RA 125NKC 50_ 6 0 2163RA 125N C 50_ 125 BI 125 25 W 20 DP 2163RA 125NKC 51_ 30 W 20 DP 2163RA 125N C 51 144 BI 150 2163RA 144NKC 52_ so 2163RA 144N C 52_ Delivery Program PE
158. order to meet UL and NEC UL cUL cable bending requirements Select on page 28 Breaker supplied with a lug pad assembly reference page 239 for additional lugs For top entry of incoming cables only Requires pullbox Select on page 28 CU crimp lugs are Panduit type LCC Series CU AL crimp lugs are Burndy YA A Series O 00 i DUT EGS 84 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Lighting and Power Panel Units Bulletin 2193LE Lighting Panel LPAN 0 ccc ccc cece cee ence eter aaa i GE 86 Bulletin 2193LE is a frame mounted RAA ER with either a main lug or main circuit breaker The lighting panels are rated for 100A or 225A with up to 42 branch circuits O ne two and three pole bolt on branch circuit breakers are available with ratings from 15A to 100A Bulletin 2193PP Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN 88 Bulletin 2193PP is a myin unit panel board with main circuit breaker The panel boards are rated for 100A 150A or 225A with up to 42 branch circuits O ne two a ae pole bolt on branch circuit breakers are available with ratings from 15A to Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 85 Lighting and Power Panel Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2193LE Lighting Panel LPAN Frame mounted lighting panel that is designed for field installation When ordered as a SC I Unit
159. pages 231 232 for selection Delivery Programs Delivery programs are listed in all tables under the column marked Delivery Program See page 3 for more delivery program information 71 High Sections 71 high sections will accommodate 4 5 space factor maximum units For 71 high section restrictions see page 24 Bulletin 2113 Size 1 with Control Transformer Shown Starter or Contactor Captive Latch Diagram Pocket Unit Stab Assembly Control Circuit Fuses and Fuse Block Unit Handle Interlock Circuit Breaker shown or Fusible Disconnect Auxiliary tact PGR Disconnect Handle Overload Control Transformer e Fusing and Fuse Bloc A Control Circuit Transformer not shown Pow erand Control 7 Short Circuit Rating Label Unit Nameplate Unit Support Pan Plastic Retaining Pin Discount Schedule A6 31 32 Units Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Combination Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Units FVLC 35 These combination lighting contactor units are supplied with an Allen Bradley 500L AC contactor and either a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker They are rated 30A through 300A Each unit is provided asa NEMA Class I Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units FVR 38 These combina
160. product description e For unit sizing select unit rating based on 125 of actual load amperes e Unit includes three 3 power poles and one 1 hold in contact NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Ea 37 Transformer Primary Switching kVA P Catalog Number PI irae neu 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery la 1 1 1 1 factor NEMAType land pemAryped2 O 30 30 10 30 10 30 O 30 Type 1w gasket ype 30 4 12 36 24 43 28 71 49 85 62 11 0 5 2103LB ZK __ 2103LB ZJ_ __ 30 12 36 24 43 28 71 49 85 62 11 1 0 2103LB BK_ __ 2103LB BJ_ __ 0 Bl 12 36 24 43 28 71 49 85 62 11 15 2103LB BK_ 0 2103LB BJ _ SC 60 21 63 41 7 2 68 118 8 3 14 10 18 1 0 2103LB CK_ __ 2103LB C J_ __ O BI 21 63 41 72 68 118 83 14 10 18 15 aro3lB ck a1o3lB cj 100 41 12 81 14 13 3 233 16 28 20 35 15 2103LB DK_ __ 2103LB DJ_ __ 200 6 8 20 14 23 225 39 27 47 34 59 25 2103LB EK_ __ 2103LB EJ_ __ PE 300 14 41 27 47 45 78 3 54 94 68 117 3 5 2103LB FK_ _ _ 2103LB
161. ratios lock rotor currents nominal utilization voltages etc Should the motor application have criteria that deviate from those stated in the aforementioned standards hinner FLC and or motor inrush currents greater than 1300 of the nominal FLC may be experienced e g special motors non standard NE MA motors energy efficient motors D esign E motors IEC Type N motors etc To address these cases consult publications 2100 TD 001x E N P and 2100 TD 002x EN P for circuit breaker applications publication 2100 TD003x EN P for ower fuse applications and the NEC for selection guidance For urther assistance or information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office Documentation For assembled motor control centers the customer is supplied with a copy of the motor control center layout and specification Form 3 INE 2100 IN012x EN P CENTERLINE 2100 Mda Cant Catas Use Mani Publication 2100 IN 040x EN P Resiving aa Motor Caid Cantas is attached to the outside packaging of each shipping block Information on bus torquing is located on the inside of each vertical wireway door D ocumentation for individual units consists of a copy of the unit wiring diagram and installation instructions Field termination and Koh requirements for units are included on the unit wiring diagrams This documentation may be located in a centralized wiring diagram holder or other location ee configuration Manuals for SMC units AC drive unit
162. s e g insulation temperature class EMC shielding requirements communication requirements UL cUL CSA and CE are not included 217 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive 218 Discount Schedule A6 Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Bulletin 2180E 2182E 2183E with Bulletin 1771 Programmable I O Chassis 222 Bulletin 2180E 2182E and 2183E units contain one or more Bulletin 1771 input output chassis Space factors depend on the specific features options modifications and accessories selected Power supply and terminal blocks are optional Unit features A q PGM means or plug in stabs one 4 slot or 8 slot chassis in 2 0 space units e With disconnecting means 15A trip circuit breaker or 30A disconnect switch control amu transformer and plug in stabs one 4 slot or 8 slot chassis in 3 0 space factor units Viewing window in the door to permit visual verification of the I O status indicators NOTE Plug in units must be located in the bottom of the vertical section 25 and 35 wide full section features e One 8 slot chassis in 25 wide section with or without horizontal bus e Two 8 slot chassis in 25 wide section with or without horizontal bus e One or two 16 slot chassis with 35 wide section an be specified without or with disconnecting means 30A trip circuit breaker or 30A
163. s for a metering device Addition of a pull box might be considered Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table 75 Cable Provisions Maximum Number Per Phase __ Catalog Number Rating and Maximum Cable Size Space Wiring Type A Only Class I Delivery Amperes Mechanical Type Lugs Factor NEMA ai Program Crimp Type Lugs gPrask t PO NEMA Type 12 Single Cable Lug Multiple Cable Lug PUETE 1w gasket YP PROVISIONS FOR BASIC SECTIONS 1 0 FB 2191F BKC 48 2191F BJ C 48 300 2 400 kcm 2 350 kcm 1 0 BM7 2191M _ BKC 48 2191M _ BJ C 48 1 0 416 2191F_ BKC 52 2191F_ BJ C 52 2 400 kcm 4 250 kcmil 2 350 kcm 1 05 2191M _ BKC 52 2191M _ BJ C 52 1 500 kemi 2 300 kemil 2 350 kemi In top horizontal 3197M T AKC 52 2191M T AJ C 52 600 wireway 3 1 750 kcmi 5 2 750 kcm 4 500 kcmil 2 500 kcmi 15 2191M_ CKC 52 2191M _ CJ C 52 4 800 kcmi 4 750 kcmi 6 0 8M9 29 w 2191__ MKC 52 2191__ MJC 52 dog OM 1 016 2191 T BKC 54 2191_ T BJ C 54 1 750 kcmi 3 500 kcm 5 KC cic SC ll 300 01 i goo Kem 4 350 kemi 15 51 2191__ CKC 54 2191__ CJC 54 1 800 kcmi 2 750 kemi z JEM 2051 2191 _ DKC 54 2191__ DJC 54 4 600 kcmi 800 4 800 kcmi 4 750 kcmi 6 0 81B 290 W 2191__ MKC 54 2191__ MJC 54 doch LK 1 05161 2191 T BKC 56 2191_ T BJ C 56 1200 01 1 800 kcmi i 2 750
164. specified 1 lug will be provided on the half rated neutral riser When 3 or 4 lugs are specified 2 lugs will be provoco W hen 5 or 6 lugs are specified 3 lugs will be provided on half rated neutral riser Discount Schedule A6 For Options M odifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 69 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Lines Metering Options Metering options may not be used on units specified with ground detection lights See page 120 Metering options on 6 0 space factor bottom entry units will be mounted 22 554 mm from the floor A separate metering unit may be preferred Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be given to the mounting of the CT s for a metering device Addition of a pull box might be considered See page 61 for meter specifications o Analog Ammeter 80 Catalog String Number for Metering Option Deli Meter Type J Description Line Voltage 2 D elem 208V 220 230V 240V 380V 400V 415V 480V 600V ncludes one 1 curren Analog Ammeter transformer and panel type B5AAXX _ 85AAXX _ B5AAXX _ 85AAXX _ 85AAXX _ 85AAXX _ 85AAXX _ 85AAXX ammeter Includes two 2 current transformers panel type ELANA ammeter and ammeter _ w
165. still will be NEM A Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 11 for option 16A Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section 240 V and 480 V are SC Il in U S and PE II in Canada 600 V is PE II in U S and SC Il in Canada Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section T U 5 U The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor 100 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFM R continued See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors oe neutrals use k factor igi hting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE LA 50KVA consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked ogether For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 117
166. the altitude does not exc 00 meters 6600 Ie Por installation above 2000 meters Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for derating requirements UL c UL CSA Marking CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc file number E49289 as ae Standard Safety UL 845 R and either listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc or certified by Canadian Standards Association CSA as complying with standard C22 2 No 254 05 cUL or SA CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs also meet the requirements in Mexican standard for MCCs NMXJ 353 ANCE 2005 The MCC product sections and units will therefore c respective marking unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes on the various pages in this publication 150 9001 Certification The facilities that develop and manufacture CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are located in Milwaukee and Richland Center Wisconsin Cambridge Ontario Canada and Tecate Mexico All facilities have been certified to be in conformance to the uirements of Quality Management System ISO 9001 These facilities presently are certified by D et Norske Veritas to ISO 9001 2000 certificate number CERT 9379 2004 AQ HOU RVA RBA Rev 1 effective D ecember 21 2004 General Information CE Marking The European Union EU has established a program whereby products are tested and qualified to meet its harmonized _ Standards and to fulfill the EN Directives Upon completion of this testing and qualification special docu
167. the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 216 Nominal HP NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Continuous beg ze to fre on Delivery Frame Output powerFlex 70 drive units shouldbe Space Catalog Number PRACE catalog Number Program Amperes sized according to the application Factor Heel and output ampere rating 1 0 75 2163QA 1P7NKC 34_ 2163QA 1P7NJ C 34_ A 17 1 2163QA 1P7NKC 35_ 20 2163QA 1P7NJ C 35_ 2 4 15 15 2163QA 2P7NKC 36_ 2163QA 2P7NJ C 36_ 2 7 2 2163QA 2P7NKC 37_ 2163QA 2P7NJ C 37_ B 3 9 3 2163QA 3P9NKC 38_ 2163QA 3P9NJ C 38_ 6 1 5 2163QA 6PINKC 39_ 25 2163QA 6PINJ C 39_ PE In U S c 9 0 13 20 2163QA 9PONKC 40_ 2163QA 9PON J C 40_ 11 10 2163QA OLINKC 41_ 3 0 2163QA 01INJC H1 SC in Canada 17 15 2163QA 017NKC 42_ 2163QA 017N C 42_ D 22 20 25 2163QA 022NKC 43_ 3 5 2163QA 022N C 43_ 27 25 2163QA 027NKC 44_ 30 2163QA 027N C 44_ 32 30 2163QA 032NKC 45_ 2163QA 032N C 45_ E 41 40 395 2163QA 041NKC 46_ 4 0 2163QA 041N C 46_ 52 50 i 2163QA 052NKC 47_ 2163QA 052N C 47_ 1 2 3 180 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier freque
168. the specific motor design IMPORTANT The motor nameplate full load current always should be used in determining the rating of the devices common rated voltages and speede These average values ai ecting suitable components for be used only as a guide for se used for motor running overcurrent protection Full Load Current of 3 Phase 60 Hertz AC Induction M otors Full Load Current Full Load Current Hf SN 208V 240V 480V 600V uA wis 208V 240V 480V 600V 3000 1 20 1 07 052 0 22 3600 TIT 96 0 78 0 38 7 0 25 1800 1 39 1 20 0 60 0 48 40 1800 117 102 30 8 40 6 1200 1 62 1 40 0 70 0 56 1200 119 103 51 7 414 3600 1 48 1 28 0 64 0 51 3600 141 122 61 2 49 0 0 33 1800 1 69 1 46 0 73 0 58 50 1800 144 125 62 3 49 8 1200 1 89 1 64 0 82 0 66 1200 147 127 63 4 50 7 3600 2 08 1 80 0 90 0 72 3600 165 143 71 6 57 3 0 50 1800 2 54 2 20 1 10 0 88 60 1800 172 149 74 3 59 4 1200 2 89 2 50 1 25 1 00 1200 173 150 74 9 59 9 3600 2 89 2 50 1 25 1 00 3600 204 177 88 5 70 8 0 75 1800 3 47 3 00 1 50 1 20 75 1800 211 183 91 4 73 1 1200 3 81 3 30 1 65 1 32 1200 215 186 93 1 74 5 3600 3 51 3 04 1 52 1 22 3600 267 231 116 92 6 1 1800 4 25 3 68 1 84 1 47 100 1800 276 239 119 95 5 1200 4 60 3 98 1 99 1 59 1200 281 243 122 97 2 3600 5 04 4 36 2 18 1 74 3600 333 288 144 115 1 5 1800 5 80 5 02 2 51 2 01 125 1800 340 294 147 118 1200 6 49 5 62 2 81 2 25 1200 347 300 150 120 3600 6 51 5 64 2 82 2 26 3600 397 344 172
169. tripping circuit breakers from remote 120 volt 60 Hz source Available on all circuit breaker units Available on 2192M 600A 2000AF 100 Rating of Provides 100 rating of main switch or circuit breaker NEMA 600A Main Disconnect 755 Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only except non fused 2192M is PELII Switch or Circuit available in NEMA Type 12 Not available with NEMA Type 3R or Available on 2193M 600A 2000A ONLY 800A Breaker Type 4 1200A 2000A 1 Options for factory wiring of control circuits Also available for 2100 DPS_ 2100 C2D 2100 E2D_ and 2100 DC_05XWD units Also 2192F 2192M 2193F and 2193M units when option 11DSA_ is selected 750B only available when unit is fed from the vertical or horizontal power bus Dedicated auxiliary devices e g fans device and component internal wiring and wiring that could affect operation or certification s e g insulation temperature class EMC shielding requirements communication requirements UL cUL CSA CE 126 are not included 2 Not available on 0 5 space factor Bulletin 2102L 2103L 2112 or 2113 units 3 Examples where insulated lugs CAN wire per terminal is required 4 Except for R frame circuit breakers not available when two 2 N O 98X8X two 2 N C 99X9X or two 2 N O and two 2 N C 98X8X9X9X internal contacts are selected for circuit breakers Not available on 2193PP plug in panel board with main circuit breaker or 2193LE lighting panels or 2100M empt
170. type e g 2165RA 037AN 44KCA The catalog numbers listed include an external resent button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2165RA 034K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2165RA 034 _ _ 3 Frame mounted unit Section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit Section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 206 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2165R combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker and M anual Isolated Bypass 600VAC See page 157 for product description All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty e Configuration consists of two units The bypass unit contains a fusible disconnect bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks D rive unit contains PowerFlex 700 variable requency drive A Human Interface Module HIM and a Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Drive On and Bypass On pilot lights option 4 _ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified
171. units Includes 750VA transformer with primary fusin fidpunwired master control relay Bulletin 700CF 4 pole GA ana Viewing window in the door to permit visual verification of the I O status indicators e Optional power supply Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 219 Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Bulletin 2180L 2182L 2183L with Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Chassis 444444444111 224 The Bulletin 2180L 2182L and 2183L units include a choice of 1 4 slot or 1 7 slot Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix chassis Unit features Without disconnecting means or plug in stabs e 4 slot chassis 1 0 space factor 7 slot chassis 2 0 space factor frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Bottom mounted only With disconnecting means Fusible disconnect 30A switch plug in stabs control circuit transformer 4 slot chassis 1 5 space factor Pusible disconnect 30A switch without plug in stabs control circuit transformer 7 slot chassis 2 0 space factor frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Bottom mounted only Ri A 15A trip plug in stabs control circuit transformer 4 slot chassis 1 5 e Circuit breaker 13A inp without plug in stabs contro circuit transformer 7 slot chassis 2 0 space factor frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wirew
172. voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2126KB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2126KB BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126KB BABD 31 24 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126KB BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2126KB BABD 31GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2126KB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2126KB BJ _ ___ 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2127E Two Speed Reversing 2 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSR2W See page 34 for product description NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TSR2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSR1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistan
173. wide mom EIEI AW A 250V 2 25 wide ode Disconnecting Means C 600V 3 130 wide E No disconnecting means a gt 35 wde F With fusible disconnect 119E 5140 wide 119 G With circuit breaker Code Unit Depth gt Horizontal Power 1 15 Deep gt Code Bus si 2 20 Deep AE UE Plate Depth Blank Provided with Code NEMA Enclosure Type 5 horizontal power bus C 19 Deep 120 No horizontal power K NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 D 8 5 Deep b s i ided with gasket l us is provide J NEMA Type 12 1191 Fuse Clip or Circuit rege ER 2100F and use ci rating or 2100G only Jee P Fang circuit breaker Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 103 Miscellaneous Units Full Section Blank Mounting Plates e Line side of disconnect or circuit breaker is connected to horizontal bus for sections with horizontal bus e Customer cables connect to the line side of the disconnect or circuit breaker for sections without horizontal bus 120 Space Catalog Number I Bellary Description F NEMA Type Land Type 1 actor ype Land Type 1w Program gasket NEMA Type 12 g With no With horizontal bus 2100 EKC_X__ 2100 EJC_X__ FPSS OCE 2100 EKC_ X _ _ 120 2100 EJC_ X_ _ 120 KilisacsowBiatk P With fusible W ith horizontal bus 20K X 21004 X Mounting Plates 2 with or without horizontal disconnect w thout horizontal 60 1008K X 120 21004 X 120 SC ll power bus Frame M oun
174. with 225 A frame breakers use kit 2100H NXTO5B2 dule A6 in 1495 NB or 1495 NP auxiliary 241 Hardware and Kits Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation continued 299 EFR Catalog Delivery Party Number Program Mounts one 1 form C auxi lary contact on the operating FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS mechanism external to the breaker Allen Bradley Frame or 2100H N18A For 0 5 space factor units D Frame or Cutler Hammer 150A HM CP FDB FD HFD Auxiliaries are actuated bythe FDB LFD FDC and 225A J D HJ D and J DC Unit Series P and unit operating handle only and Mounts two 2 form C auxiliary contacts on the operating later External will not reflect a circuit breaker mechanism external to the breaker Allen Bradley Frame or 2100H N18B Auxliat trip J D Frame or Cutler Hammer 150A HM CP FDB FD HFD Dan FDB LFD FDC and 225A J D HJ D and J DC Contact Kits 7 gt Mounts one 1 form C auxiliary contact on the operating mechanism external to the breaker Allen Bradley Frame or 2100H N25A ah rk IEEE Cutler Hammer FDB FD HFD FDB LFD and FDC Unit Series Qand units M ounts two 2 form C auxiliary contacts on the operating later mechanism external to the breaker Allen Bradley l Frame or 2100H N25B Cutler Hammer FDB FD HFD FDB LFD and FDC For units with dual circuit breakers only Allen Bradley Frame Aa EMMET Series C 15
175. 0 SC II delivery program in Canada Engineered assembled only delivery program in the US Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability rip breakers Units having 100 rating are available for these circuit breakers for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only See options on page 126 to select Sea Gro plug Time delay settin NOT UL listed Interna current limiting branch ed breaker and Digitrip RMS 310 electronic trip with interchangeable trip plugs nd fault protection system is suited for solidly grounded system Ground fault trip range is adjustable from 0 2 to 1 times the trip current rating of the circuit breaker rating g can be adjusted from 0 05 to 0 5 seconds Neutral current transformer shipped loose except when option 88HN or 88FN is specified auxiliary contacts 98X 99X are not available on this breaker Unit supplied with molded case switch with fixed high magnetic trip Requires upstream protection See molded case switch markings for proper selection of this protection Ratings listed are the maximum fault c urrents that can be applied to the devices For Options M odifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 81 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker MCB continued See page 65 for product description See Appendix for circuit breaker characteristics Select circuit breaker frame and trip size based upon 125 of actual load amperes Continuous curre
176. 0 57 17 23 25 44 250 340 350 58 18 5 25 25 44 315 430 400 59 20 27 30 45 Discount Schedule A6 263 Appendix Recommended Capacitor Sizes 480V and 600V This table shows suggested capacitor ratings for T frame NEMA Design B induction motors when the capacitor and motor are switched as a unit It is based on normal starting current and torque 332 Horsepower 3600 RPM 1800 RPM 1200 RPM 900 RPM 5 2WAR 25WAR 3WAR VAR 1 5 2 5 kVAR 3 KVAR 4 KVAR 5 KVAR 10 4 KVAR 4 KVAR 5 KVAR 6 KVAR 15 5 KVAR 5 KVAR 6 KVAR 7 5 KVAR 20 6 KVAR 6 KVAR 7 5 KVAR 9 kVAR 25 7 5 KVAR 7 5 kVAR 8 kVAR 10 KVAR 30 8 KVAR 8 kVAR 10 KVAR 15 VAR 40 12 5 KVAR 15 KVAR 15 KVAR 17 5 KVAR 50 15 KVAR 17 5 KVAR 20 kVAR 22 5 kVAR 60 17 5 KVAR 20 KVAR 22 5 KVAR 25 kVAR 5 20 KVAR 25 KVAR 25 KVAR 30 KVAR 100 22 5 KVAR 30 KVAR 30 VAR 35 KVAR 125 25 KVAR 35 KVAR 35 VAR 40 KVAR 150 30 KVAR 40 KVAR 40 KVAR 50 KVAR 200 35 KVAR 50 KVAR 50 kVAR 70 KVAR 250 40 KVAR 60 KVAR 60 kVAR 80 KVAR 300 45 KVAR 70 KVAR 75 KVAR 100 KVAR 350 50 KVAR 75 KVAR 90 KVAR 120 KVAR 400 75 KVAR 80 KVAR 100 KVAR 130 KVAR 450 80 KVAR 90 KVAR 120 KVAR 140 KVAR 500 100 KVAR 120 kVAR 150 KVAR 160 KVAR This table shows suggested cap motor are switched as a unit acitor ratings for U frame NEMA D am B induction motors when the capacitor and is based on normal starting current and torque 333
177. 0 HP 200 250 HP 158 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2160P 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Line or Load Reactor Unit See page 215 for a description of load reactor options and associated rules Reactor unit is a separate unit from the drive unit Reactor unit requires an additional section mounted to the right of the section with the drive unit These two sections will create a shipping block The reactor unit is to be mounted in the bottom of the section The remaining space in the additional section may be used for plug in units 195 Nominal oreepew en PEA Tne assy as Line Space ata ooume Space Catalog Number I Delivery limiting ecornthe PMV Type voltage Factor NEMA Type landTypelw Factor NEMA Type 12 Program application and use of the gasket Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is the output ampere rating 100 1512 ZT60PA I00CKB 1AR_ ___ 1 5121 Z160PA I00CJB I4R ___ 125 Constant ZI60PA 125CKB 19R____ ZI60PA 125CJB 14R_ ___ 150 Torque 2160PA 150CKB 14R 3 3 gp 3 Available for NEM A Type 1 and 200 1 58 ZI60PA 200CKB I4R____ 15 Tie wi gasket ony 750 i ZI60PA 250CKB 14R____ 75 7160PA 060VKB IR Z160PA 060VJB IAR ___ 100 1
178. 0 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC 195 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 220V 240V Constant TOUS e ot og RY OO Yao ts 167 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 380V 480V Constant Torque kadeta 168 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 480V Variable Torque 169 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 600V Constant IMO a a Z 170 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 380 480VAC 188 189 190 2163T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480VAC 196 2163T Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC 197 2164Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated By pass 480V 2164Q Combination Powerflex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated By PASS 000V iiron dni Aa on a 200 2164R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated By pass 480VAC w ew ied cine ee beak DIA 204 2164R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive V
179. 00 Motor Control Center Sections e Scope Description of Change Date Implemented in U S Al Original design February 1971 gp ll All Changed terminal blocks November 1976 cE All Elimination of external mounting channels June 1979 pil All Reverse fed 2192 and 2193 April 1981 gl All Redesign gasketing October 1982 pi All Mee horizontal wireway pan to accept units with handle interlock in topmost October 1983 Gl 42K 42K bracing incorporates new bus support and cover J anuary 1985 Gl 65K 65K bracing incorporates new bus support and cover J uly 1985 H All New hinge design J anuary 1986 All kle Fee ER medals and circuit breaker to Cutler Hammer Series October 1986 K All Changed to new unit grounding system May 1990 L All Changed to new 600A 1200A circuit breaker operating mechanism May 1996 M All Changed to serpentine DeviceNet cabling system May 2001 1 Replacement and renewal parts are no longer supported Consult M CC Technical Support NT ni A series units with compareble features and options can be retrofitted into any series of structures as shown in e table on 8 Section Nameplate Data When communicating with Rockwell Automation about a particular Allen Bradley motor control center the catalo gamie or serial number and series letter are required to properly identify the equipment Refer to publication 2100 IN012x EN P CENTERLINE Mda Caid Catas Use Mana for more in
180. 00 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code 380V N 400V KN 415 I e g 2163QA 1P3NKN 33K Select the appropriate suffix code from the circuit breaker table on page 236 to identify the desired circuit breaker type e g 2163QA 1P3NKN 33KCA 3 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 177 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 480V NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload e PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for po
181. 065 052 7 034 0 5 m 027 T 065 1 032 1 See unit pages for space factor adders Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2164Q and 2165Q 480V 257 600V 258 NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder 5P0 3P9 8P0 6P1 12 OT 0 5 12 960 0 5 014 011 Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162R and 2163R 480V 259 600V 260 NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder 027 4 022 034 05 027 1 1G 040 1 1G 032 052 041 065 0 5 1 0 052 FI 0 5 1P1 U 1P7 3P9 H 2P1 U 12 027 1 12 zp 05 032 5po H 034 040 1 Bulletin 2163R only 2 Bulletin 2162R requires 1 0 space factor adder and Bulletin 2163R requires 0 5 space factor adder 3 Bulletin 2162R only Discount Schedule A6 215 216 Space Factor Adders for Line or Load Reactors Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2164R and 2165R 480V NEMA Type Rating Code cle 065 014 12 034 040 261 Space Factor Adder 0 5 600V NEMA Type Factory Installed Options M odifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive 262 Rating Code Space Factor Adder 12 027 0 5 032 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order
182. 0A HM CP FDB FD HFD FDB LFD 2100H N16 and FDC For units with single circuit breakers only Allen Bradley I J D or Unit Series K N External K Frame or Cutler Hammer Series C Auxilia i j i 150A HM CP FDB FD HFD FDB LFD FDC 2100H N17 Contact permis maunting a maximum of 225 250A D HED DC HM CP SC Adapter Kits normally open or 1495 N9 400A HMCP KD HKD and KDC FOR normally closed auxiliary For units with Cutler Hammer 225A frame MCP 225A and J B Unit Series C G 1495 N16 CIRCUIT contacts on the unit operating and 400A frame M CP 400 LBB or HLB circuit breakers REES mechanism external to the For units with Cutler Hammer 600A LC HLC circuit breakers Unit Series C N 05 sa On circuit breaker For units with Cutler Hammer 800A M C HMC MDS ND HND it Series CN factor units or NDC circuit breakers Auxiliaries For units with Allen Bradley Q Frame M CP or Cutler Hammer Unit Series N 1495 N 13 are actuated 600A L frame LD HLD or LDC and 600A HM CP circuit breakers by the unit For units with Cutler Hammer 1200A NC HNC ND HND or Cariac C operating NDC circuit breakers Unit Series C N handle only For units with single circuit breakers only Allen Bradley J D or and will not permits mounting a maximum of K Frame or Cutler Hammer Series C Units Series Q reflect a two 2 normally open 150A HM CP FDB FD HFD FDB LFD and FDC and later 2100H N22 circuit 2100H N 19 or normally closed 250A HM CP J D Hj D a
183. 0V 600V yp yp NEMA Type 12 gasket 1 0 5 10 0 75 10 0 521 2107B 3BA_ __ 2107B 3BD_ __ 2 15 25 15 25 1 98 2107B 3CA_ __ 2107B 3CD_ __ SC 3 30 50 30 50 1 5B 2107B 3DA_ __ 2107B 3DD_ __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2107B 3BABD Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2107B 3BABD 38 Select circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2107B 3BABD 38CA The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload ka e To order catalog AD without the external reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K e g 2107B 3BK __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2107B 3BJ _ 2 These units have horizontal operating handles up to four 4 Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG AST wire and one 1 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 8 for information on installation into series E sections 3 These units have horizontal operating handles up to six 6 Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 1 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 8 for information on installation into series E sections Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 129 132 41 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Com
184. 1 325mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 24 81 630 mm 2 2 10 600 2 1281 325mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 24 81 630 mm 4 2 2 i 800 F pullbox required 1200 3 21 56 548 mm 4 4 N A 600 2 119 31 490mm 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 31 31 795 mm 4 2 2 15 z 575 600mm 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 27 75 705 mm 4 4 16 63 422 mm B 16 63 422 mm 8 116 63 422 mm BI 28 63 727 mm 2 2 5 800 z 20 00 608 mm 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 32 00 813 mm 4 4 Top 1200 20 88 530mm 20 88 530mm 20 88 530 mm P 32 88 835 mm 2 2 Entry 2 600 60 dm 4 3763 056mm 44 13 1121 mm 150 63 1286 mm 5 4 4 20 wide 1600 2000 4 137 63 956 mm 44 13 1121 mm _ 50 63 1286 mm 6 6 N A 600 800 G uy 5 37 63 956mm 44 13 1121 mm 150 63 1286 mm z 4 4 2000 ae 600 aor wide 800 6 135 88 911 mm 42 38 1076mm 148 88 1242 mm 4 4 1200 1 See page 72 for figures 2 Depen Bottom Entry ng on wire size and wires per phase pullbox may be required to meet wire bending radius as specified by NEC UL cUL 3 When cable size selected limits the user to two 2 single lugs per phase Dimension A is measured from center set of holes in lug pad See Figure 3 on page 72 85 Maximum Number of Compartment Ratings Faut Dimensions A Maximum No o
185. 1 Ampere ratings apply to non motor loads such as fluorescent ballasts mercury vapor lamps and resistive heating Tungsten lamp current ratings are limited to applications 480 volts line to line 277 volts line to neutral maximum 2 Ratings are based on the contactor being used to switch transformers having an inrush of not more than 20 times their rated full load current regardless of the nature of the secondary load Ratings do not apply to transformers used in resistance welder service 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2102LB BKBD Refer to table above to select fuse clip Then select designator from table on page 232 e g 2102LB BKBD 24 To select optional power fuse use table on page 232 e g 2102LB BKBD 24 607G For fuse rating based on disconnect rating see publication 2100 TD003xEN P 4 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch up to four 4 Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 1 10 pt pull apart control terminal block with 16 AWG control wire only One 1 3 pole power terminal block is supplied as standard 36 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Circuit Breaker FVLC See page 33 for
186. 1 141 W27 0 93 2113 Dual EMA TG W28 1 02 _ _ p W29 1 12 2122 2123 a ALi ne W30 123 Z Z 2126 2127 EMA 1 2 143 He ia s RR gt W33 162 7 2172 2173 EMA 5 347 WoA AGA 7 7 7 EMA 6 195 W35 197 1 For Bulletin 2113 NEMA size 3 in 1 5 space factor units and NEMA size 4 in 2 0 W 36 2 18 space factor units use Table 152 W37 2 40 Table 141 312 m T s HeaterElement FullLoadAmps HeaterElement Full Load Amps W40 323 Number Size 1 Number Size 1 W41 3 56 a W10 0 18 W 38 2 13 W 42 3 93 Wil 0 20 W 39 3 00 W 43 4 30 W12 0 22 W40 3 30 W44 4 11 w13 0 24 W41 3 63 W45 5 16 W14 0 27 W42 4 00 W46 5 66 w15 0 30 W43 4 40 Ka gt z w16 0 33 wad 4 84 wa a z E w17 0 36 W45 5 32 W50 385 356 WIS 0 40 W46 5 84 wei ee 04 E _ W19 0 44 W47 6 41 w52 10 3 10 4 w20 0 48 W48 7 03 W53 11 4 115 W21 0 53 W49 7 12 W54 12 5 12 6 W22 0 59 w50 8 47 w55 13 7 13 8 W23 0 65 W51 9 3 w56 15 0 15 1 W24 0 72 w52 10 2 W57 16 3 16 4 gt W25 0 79 W53 11 2 W58 17 7 17 9 E E W26 087 W54 T23 60 e z W27 0 96 W55 13 3 W6l 22 7 23 0 25 4 z w29 1 16 W57 16 1 W63 26 9 27 3 30 5 w30 1 27 W58 17 5 W64 29 2 29 7 33 5 35 0 W31 1 40 w59 19 0 w65 31 5 37 0 38 5 W 32 1 54 W60 20 7 W66 34 5 40 5 42 0 W33 1 70 w61 225 W67 37 5 44 5 46 0 W34 1 87 W62 24 5 W 68 41 0 48 5 51 0 m m ws x BEER NE NE W36 2 26 W64 28 8 a a 1 a ia w37 2
187. 100 150 125 200 200 300 250 400 E 6 0 PE 600 R HRCII C 2112BT GA_ _ 2112BT GD_ __ 800 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2112B BAB D Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2112B BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2112B BABD 31 24 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2112B BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2112B BABD 31GT 20 e For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order ae numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2112B BK_ 2 or replace the letter D with the letter J 2 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control ee These units have hoe operating handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch up to four 112B B _ 4 Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 1 10 pt pull apart contro terminal block Type B D only in Type B units with 16 AWG control wire only See page 8 for information on installation into series E J sections 3 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only 4 For NEMA size 6 select either t
188. 100 DPS8KB Requires 1 5 space factor when circuit breaker suffix CD is specified Optional DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary Option 11DSA3 is available Select from page 118 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from the Voltage Code Table below e g 2100 DPS8KB Select the circuit breaker from the Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breaker Option Table below e g 2100 DPS8KB 30CB GUT ZW 1 ControlNet to DeviceNet linking device units are supplied with a 1794 Flex I O power supply to provide the 24VDC source for the unit so the linking device unit does not burden the DeviceNet power supply with its 1 0A load 8 Referto publication CNET IN002x EN P ControlNet Coax M edia Planning and Installation Guide and 1770 IN041x EN P Industrial Automation W iring and Grounding Guidelines for information on installing and routing ControlNet Cable 9 Refer to publication ENET INOO1x EN P Ethernet Planning Guide and 1770 IN041x EN P Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines for information on installing and routing ethernet cable Voltage Code me Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Option 136 Fuse Clip Voltage Voltage Code Suffix Frame Type Circuit Breaker Description 220 230 p CD I3C LED Medium KR with Current 240 A CB I3C M edium Interrupting Capacity 380 N CM 16C High Interrupting Capacity 400 KN 415 480 B 600 C
189. 107 2113 Space Saving NEMA B 65kA PI 42kA 2103L 2197 RE 100kA 100kA 65kA 25kA 2107 2113 2123 2173 5 65kA 65kA 35kA 18kA J D3D 2113 Space Saving NEMA 4 50kALI 30kA 2103L 2197 200A 65kA 65kA 35kA 18kA 2107 2113 2123 2173 A 5 100kA 100KA 100KA BIKA J D6D 2113 Space Saving NEM A 4 50ka LI 30kA 2103L 2197 200A 100kA 100kA 65kA 25kA GG 2107 2113 2123 2173 5 65kA 65kA 35kA 2103L 300A 65kA 65kA 35kA 25kA KG 2107 2113 2123 2173 5 100KA 100kA 100kA 2103L 300A 100kA 100kA 65kA 35kA LD 2113 2173 65kA 65kA 35kA 25kA HLD 2113 2173 6 100kA 100kA 65kA 35kA MDL 2113 2173 6 65kA 50kA HMDL 2113 2173 4 100kA 65kA 1 Circuit breaker suffix CZ 2 480V Only 260 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix UL cUL CSA Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Soft Starter Units SMCs Combination Fusible Disconnect Soft Starter Units for Bulletin 2154G 2154H and 2154 325 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical Bulletin Number SMC Device Rating Fuse Class 240V 180V 600V 24A through 240A JR 100kA TOOKA TOOKA 2154G Ja Ril 360A and 500A Form 101 100kA 100kA 100kA 2154H 3A through 85A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 108A and 135A 65kA 65kA 65kA 5A through 85A J 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 2154 108A and 135A 65kA 65kA 65kA 201A through 361A 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA 480
190. 112 2113 0 5 SF 3 2126 2127 4 1 Units selected with OFF pilot light will use one of these contacts Bulletins 2126 and 2127 will use two of these contacts 2 When Bulletin 596 timers are selected on 30 300A contactors or size 1 5 starters auxiliary mounting positions P3 and P4 are used limiting the maximum number of starter auxiliaries to two 2 When 89CB 89CBL 89CF 89P 700TC_ 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 with NEMA Type B wiring is present with transformer control in 1 0 space factor units the number of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to four 4 When 89CBL is present with separate control and control circuit fuse 21 in 1 0 space factor units the number of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to four 4 for units with 7FEC_ _ In E3 overloads the number of starter auxiliary contacts is limited to five 5 For size 2 units with 7FEEE_ or 7FEE_D E1 Plus Overload the number of auxiliary contacts is limited to five 5 3 Size 6 Bulletin 2172 and 2173 starters are provided with two 2 N O and one 1 N C auxiliary relay contacts as standard 124 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order
191. 1358 3 0 4 0 3 0 40 1 2 0 space factor for 45 kw at 380V 415V 60HP at 480V and 60 75HP at 600V applications when used with circuit breaker types CT or CM 2 Space factor when circuit breaker suffix CA i is selected except for 125HP at 600 3 Space factor when circuit breaker suffix CT or CM is selected or when circuit bear sual CA is selected for 125HP at 600V 175 NEMA Type 12 Ratings With With With Option With Option With Option With Option With Option With Option With Option Amps Standard Option With Option With option option 131C and 13ICand 13HiCand 13HIC and 13HIC and 13HIC and 131C 13HIC and 13IC 13DSA 89CF 13DSA 89CF 13DSA 131C 89CF and 13DSA and 89CF 43 2 0 2 0 2 5 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 5 2 5 2 5 25 25 60 2 5 2 5 3 0 25 25 2 5 2 5 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 85 3 94 39H 3 50 3 5 30l 3 50 3 50 3 50 4 lil 3 50 4 01 4 lil 108 135 3 5 4 0 3 5 40 108 1355 3 5 45 3 5 45 1 Reduce by 0 5 space factor for 45kW at 380V 415V 60HP at 480V and 60 75HP at 600V applications when circuit breaker suffix CT or CM is selected 2 Space factor when circuit breaker suffix CA is selected except for 125HP at 600V 3 Space factor when circuit breaker CT or CM is selected or when circuit breaker suffix CA is selected for 125HP at 600V 140 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 Discount Schedule A6 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Catalog Numbe
192. 15 15 2 0 1 0 41 2163TA 4POK_ _ 15 2163TA 4POJ_ _ 6 0 2 2 3 0 2163TA 6POK_ _ 2163TA 6POJ_ _ 10 5 37 50 2163TA 010K_ _ 204 2163TA 010J_ _ w 12 5 5 75 2163TA 012K_ _ 5 14 2163TA 012J _ _ C 17 1 5 10 2 041 2163TA 017K_ _ 3 2163TA 017 _ _ 24 11 15 2163TA 024K_ _ 3 0 4 2163TA 024 _ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 40 User M anual 22B UM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 to the horsepower rating desired e g 2163TA 1P4KB Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired e g 2163TA 1P4KB 33 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163TA 1P4KB 33CA 3 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or cUL listed 4 Adding options to this catalog number could result in an increased space factor Pow erFlex 40 Space Factors with Options 235 NEMA 1 1G NEMA 12 B Isolated Li a B C Isolated L Isolated S I ase solate ine or igna ase ontro solate ine or Isolated Signa je Frame atta Unit RE Signal Load Conditioner Unit Station Signal Lo
193. 17 Options for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders 278 Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 100 Rating of Main Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker 126 480V and 600V Power Factor Correction Capacitors 119 Additional Unit Space uaaa aaa aaa aaa asia 118 Auxiliary Contacts lt uusuw dawke e ce aees eae ad GE 124 Blown Fuse Indicator Lights aaa aa aaa aaa eee i 119 Control Circtit FUSE o aoi r GO PE A 118 Control Circuit LUGS 5 ao w AA 126 Control Circuit Transformer 00 c cece eee ees 114 Control Circuit Wiring ccc cece cece eee eens 126 Control Station Housing cece cece eee eees 111 Control Terminal Block 0 00 cee ee eee e eens 125 Control Wire Markers ccc eee eee eee 126 228 Current Sensors 2 2 a ees 125 Current Transducers ccc eee eee eens 125 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 0 cece eee ee 118 E3 Electronic Overload Relay ccc eeee ee eeees 117 Elapsed Time Meter cc eee eee eee ees 120 Export Packing Below Deck aaaaa aaa eens 127 External DeviceNet Connector with 120VAC Receptacle 127 Filters for Door Vents ccc cece cece eee eens 118 French Legend Plates uaa aaa aaa eee a eens 127 Ground Detection Lights ccc cece eee eee es 120 Ground Fault Protection 0 ccc cece eects 120 Grounded Unit Door 0 cece eee ee eee ees 120 Incoming Neutral Bus cee cece eee ee
194. 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE s through 50KVA consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked ogether For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 115 i i j Catalog Number P E Size of Primary Protection RSE Wiring Type A Oniy Class a elwi kVA I aou asou emy Factor NEMATypa Land Type 1 Filters and Type 1w dE Program 8 w gasket gasket and filters 41 SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary With one m secondary Tuse 0 5 10 2197 AK_D __ 2197 AJ_D __ 0 75 2197 BK_D __ 2197 B D __ 1 15 2197 CK_D 2197 C _D 6 1 6 15 5o h 0 KD 2197 2 D 2 219 EK_D __ 2197 EJ _D __ 2 57 2197 FK_D __ 2197 FK_D __ 16A 2197 F _D __ 8 15 2501 2197 GK_D __ 2197 GK_D__ 16A 2197 GJ_D __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 2 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 15 2197 GK_A __ 219 GK_A __ 16A 2197 GJ _A __ 1 5 3 7 40 20 20 2501 2197 HK_A __ 219 HK_A __ 16A 2197 HJ_A __ 10 5 50 30 20 2197 J K_A __ 219 K_A __ 16A 2197 J_A __ 15 7 5 10 40 30 9 2197 KK_A __ 219 KK_A __ 16A 2197 KJ_A __ 8 25 12 5 125 10 60 3 0 2197 MK_A __ 2197 MK_A __ 16A 2197 MJ_A __ 37 5 18 5 200 100 10 3 0 2197 XK_A __ 219 XK_A __ 16A 2197 XJ_A __ 50 25
195. 193FZ BKC _CB 2193FZ B C _CB 16C 125 150 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ BKC _CM 2193FZ B C _CM loc El i 100k 100k 35k 2193FZ BKC _CX 2193FZ BJ C _ CX a I3C LFD 100k 100k 100k 2193FZ BKC _ CD 2193FZ BJ C _CD 150 BC E 65k 35k 18k 2193F AKC _CB 2193F AJ C CB 16C 100k 65k 25k 10 2193F AKC _CM 2193F AJ C _CM loc El S 100k 100k 35k 2193F AKC _CX 2193F AJ C _CX 15 50 5 13C LFD gt 100k 100k 100k 1 0 2193F AKC _CD 2193F AJ C _CD 60 100 1 5 B I3C 65k 35k 18k 2193F BKC _CB 2193F BJ C _CB 16C 6 100k 65k 25k 10 2193F BKC _CM 2193F BJ C _CM oce 125150 100k 100k 35k 2193F BKC _CX 2193F 8J C _CX I3C LFD 100k 100k 100k 15 2193F BKC _CD 2193F BJ C _CD 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the trip current from table on page 80 e g 2193F AKC 40CB If optional load lugs will be selected select from table on page 80 e g 2193F AKC 40CB 80A350 2 Non interchangeable trip breakers 3 These units have horizontal operating handles 4 SC or SC II as indicated delivery program in Canada SC changes to Engineered delivery program in the US Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability 5 When suppited with DSA options 11DSA2 and 11DSA3 requires 1 5 space factor 6 When selecting a dual circuit breaker unit with one circuit breaker with 125 500 A trip and the other circuit breaker with 15 100 A trip use catalog number configuration 2193F B_C ____ e g 2193F BKC 4130CB 78 For Options Modifications and
196. 193PP CJ B518 40CX __ I3C 25kA 2193PP CKB530 42CB __ 2193PP CJ B530 42CB __ 30 16C 3 0 65kA 2193PP CKB530 42CM __ 2193PP CJ B530 42CM __ 150 ioc 100kA 2193PP CKB530 42CX __ 2193PP CJ B530 42CX __ PE 13C 25kA 2193PP CKB542 42CB __ 2193PP CJ B542 42CB __ 42 16C 3 5 65kA 2193PP CKB542 42CM __ 2193PP CJ B542 42CM __ ioc 100kA 2193PP CKB542 42CX __ 2193PP CJ B542 42CX __ 18 3 5 25kA 2193PP CKB518 45CT __ 2193PP CJ B518 45CT __ 225 30 J p3p 3 5 25kA 2193PP CKB530 45CT __ 2193PP CJ B530 45CT __ 42 4 0 25kA 2193PP CKB542 45CT __ 2193PP CJ B542 45CT __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate catalog string number from Factory Installed Bolt On Branch Breaker table below to identify the branch breaker trip rating Add two digits to specify the number of branch breakers desired Two digits are also required for quantities less than ten e g 03 for quantity three 2193PP CKB530 42CX 32A03 When selecting multiple branch breakers with different trip ratings add additional string numbers to the end of the catalog number e g 2193PP CKB518 40CB 30A08 31B 02 30C02 Locations of the branch breakers are determined by the factory 2 PE delivery program in Canada Engineered delivery program in U S Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability 3 Non interchangeable trip breakers Factory Installed Bolt On Branch Breaker 107 1 Pole Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic 2 Pole Inverse Time Ther
197. 1XC can only be used with standard starting mode Push Button option 1XB can only be used with Pump Control Option 13XB Push Button option 1XD 1XE and 1XF can only be used with Smart M otor Braking Accu Stop and Slow Speed with Braking Option 13XD 149 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Bulletin 2154G Space Factors with Unit Options 187 Rating Amperes Fuse Clip Size Amperes Fuse Clip Type Space Factor for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket Units Space Factor for NEMA Type 12 Units With Option 13CM With Option 131C Standard Unit With Option 13SCR With Options 13CM and 131C With With Options Options 13CM and 13IC and 13SCR 13SCR BIC and 13SCR With Options 13IC and 13SCR With Option 13IC With Option 13SCR Standard Unit 24 J R HRCII C 2 0 2 0 25 2 5 35 100 J 2 0 2 5 60 R HRCII C 100 2 5 3 0 2 0 2 5 2 5 2 5 30 2 5 2 5 3 0 3 0 54 60 100 200 60 100 200 60 100 HRCII C 200 3 0 35 3 0 3 5 3 5 3 0 3 5 3 0 3 5 3 5 3 5 4 0 4 0 3 0 35 3 5 4 0 100 200 R HRCII C 400 100 R HRCII 200 400 6 0 20 W 20 D 200 R
198. 2 027 27 027 27 034 34 032 32 040 40 041 41 052 52 052 52 065 65 062 62 077 11 077 71 096 96 125 125 125 125 144 144 156 156 180 180 1 Bulletins 2164R and 2165R use Normal Duty PowerFlex 700 Drives Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 203 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2164R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated Bypass gt VAC See page 157 for product description e All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty e Configuration consists of two units The bypass unit contains a fusible disconnect bypass contactor 6 e manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks Drive unit contains PowerFlex 700 variable requency drive A Human Interface Module HIM and a Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Drive On and Bypass On p e lights options 4__ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 20 Unit doors are interlocked DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary D SA options 11D SA2 and 11D SA3 are available for the bypass unit of the manual drive bypass
199. 2 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Lines Metering Options 70 2192F Fusible Disconnect Switch Feeders FDS 74 2192M Fusible Disconnect Switch Mains MFDS 75 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB 78 79 80 2193LE Frame M ounted Lighting Panel for Bolt on Branch Circuit Breakers LPAN 1 0 cece cee e eee ee eens 87 2193M 3 Pole M ain Circuit Breaker MCB 81 82 83 84 2193PP Plug in Panel Board with M ain Circuit Breaker PPAN 89 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnect ing Means XFM R ccc cee a 93 94 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Discon nect Switch XFM R 95 96 97 98 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XEMR aorta 99 100 101 102 BUS Bracing aa o Pda fa AE dok 26 Bus Stab Isolation Kit aaaaa aaa aa aaa aaa aaaaai 238 C Capacitor Sizes cece aCA EEEREN EETA RA 264 Cardholder for Unit Doors 0 ccc cece eee eee es 240 CEMAT enrere nenne eei opeko anr Henke es beads 2 Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Units 258 Circuit Breaker Interrupting Capacity Ratings 258 Circuit Breaker on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feed ers Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 126 Circuit Breaker Suffix Letter Designation 111 9 Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2107 2113 2123 2127 and 2173 23
200. 2 2191 _ NJ C 52 800 2191 _ NKC 54 2191__ NJ C 54 1200 4 800 kcmil 4 750 kcmil 6 0 B1 2191__ NKC 56 2191 _ NJ C 56 PE II 1600 2191 _ NKC 58 2191 _ NJ C 58 2000 2191__ NKC 60 2191 _ NJ C 60 PROVISIONS FOR 10 WIDE SECTION l 600 f 2191_ _ PKC 52 2191_ _ PJ C 52 800 Not Applicable dj teh 6 081 2191 _ PKC 54 2191 PJ C 54 PE II 1200 2191_ _ PKC 56 2191_ _ PJ C 56 1 Using a larger wire lug size than is listed violates bend radius guidelines as listed in NEC UL cUL wire bending tables and voids UL cUL listing and CSA certification 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert M for main or F for feeder e g 2191M or 2191F Insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted e g 2191M T or 2191M B If optional lugs will be selected select from Lug Selection table on page 69 Then add catalog string number to base catalog number e g 2191M T CKC 52 82B 500 3 Not available in 71 high sections NEM A Type 3R or Type 4 This section must be selected as part of a 2 section shipping block and shipped attached to a 20 25 or 30 wide section It cannot be selected as free standing or attached to a section with a 9 vertical wireway any 35 wide drive unit a full section programmable controller a 1600A or 2000A 2192M or a 2000A 2193M It is not available in NEMA Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction Lug Dimensions f
201. 20 2 Unit W idth 123 Width Inches Code Depth 20 25 30 35 40 El 20 25 30 35 40 fl 1 Only available with 2100 E 40 wide section is a two door section with a 3 point latch 40 wide cannot have horizontal power bus 15 20 or e wj rol ej O Z W NI HF Mounting Plate Depth 124 Mounting Plate Depth Inches Code 14 p UL 19 CBI 8 5 p 1 Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 2 For 15 deep sections without horizontal bus or 20 deep sections with or without horizontal bus 3 Only available with 20 deep section without horizontal bus 4 Not available with 40 wide mounting plate 104 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Disconnect Rating and Fuse Clip 125 Disconnect Ratin Short Circuit F li and Fuse Clip size Fuse Clip Class Ae pet ae as o ns ees A 24 30 R 100kA 24R H 10kA 24 J 100kA 25 60 R 100kA 25R H 10kA 25 J 100kA 26 100 R 100kA 26R H 10kA 26 100kA 27 200 R 100kA 27R H 10kA 27 J 100kA 28 400 R 100kA 28R H 10kA 28 Trip Current 126 number Tapered Mumie ffa Number Mirer 30 15 38 80 44 200 31 20 39 90 45 225 32 30 40 100 46 250 34 40 41 125 48 300 35 50 42 150 49 350 36 60 43 175 50 400 37 70 Circuit Bre
202. 21 and 238 If a neutral greater then 280A is required see page 25 or 121 or Office Mains rated 1000A and above may require ground fault protection Refer to supplied with intern al ound fault protection Breaker Code CTG CMG or CXG are supplied with a field CT foruseona3 hase 4 Wire Solidly G rounded WYE System Circuit breakers with internal ground fault System BEA frame mounted They must be located at the top or bottom of the section mounted main 150A 2000A are top fed 2193M B Bottom mounted main 150A 400A are top fed 2193MB Bottom mounted main 600A 2000A are reverse fed Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Sp cial consideration may need to be given to the mo unting of the CT s for a metering device Addition of a pull box might be considered GUT ZWN Discount Schedule A6 Non interchangeable t 97 Frame Range of CERA Ratings _ Catalog Number BB rms symmetrical amperes PRE Wiring Type A Only Class I MAO e Type Amperes 208V 240V gisyj goy 500 I escent Type 1 NEMA Type 12 3C 15 100 65k 35k 18k 2193M_ AKC _ CB 2193M _ AJC _ CB 6C 100k 65k 25k 2193M_ AKC _CM 2193M _
203. 2107 with 7FEC_ a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected 12 Select an N O overload relay auxiliary contact option 9 for OVERLOAD pilot light when standard Bulletin 592 eutectic alloy overload relay is specified Not available with option 7FEC_ or 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary or 7FEE_D iary contacts must be Discount Schedule A6 113 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 141 TSIW TSRIW cs FVC FVR FVNR TS2W TSRZW RVAT s Option paon Description Size 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2126 2172 p very Cel 21030 p 2107 z0 3 223 zin 2173 ean VA VA VA VA VA VA 1 g0 80 80 80 130 Standard 2 80 80 80 80 200 130 andar 6P E capacity with 3 200 200 200 200 250 Control primary fusing 4 250 250 250 250 350 Seas 5 350 350 350 350 500 ransformer with JE SEM cx D gt 5 il sc rounded and 1 130 130 130 130 200 a 2 130 130 130 130 250 200 secondary p pun 100 watt extra capacity with 3 20 20 20 20 350 i primary fusing 4 350 350 350 350 500 5 500 500 500 500 750 6 130 130 1 When a control circuit transformer is selected on
204. 2162PA FLOCKC 35 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Roll out drive construction Roll out construction is not seismic rated Frame mounted unit a 20 deep section without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 220V 240V Constant Torque e See page 155 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 HIM Human
205. 22 2123 and two speed reversing 2126 2127 starters Bulletin 2106 and 2107 size 1 a starter JEM 2113 size 3 starters require 2 0 space factors when a relay is selected M utually exclusive with 11DSA2 and 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary or 2 When control circuit transformer is selected on Bulletin 2102L or 2103L 30A or 60A units or Bulletin 2112 or 2113 size 1 or 2 units the secondary control transformer fuse is mounted in one of the three starter auxiliary contact pockets 3 SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage 4 When selecting Bulletin 2102L or 2103L 30A or 60A units or Bulletin 2112 or 2113 size 1 and 2 starters a 1 5 space factor unit is required Discount Schedule A6 123 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 153 Misc fyc Fyr FVNR ISIW TSRIW Rvar Fos CB Xfmr i ir Units TS2W TSR2W i Option Option Description NEMA Size Kinng Delivery Number we RST ATEI ala aTa TATR AR AJRJAJE AA A a viv Viv A viv Viv is NORM ALLY OPEN viv One 1 N O auxilia
206. 22kW rating is at 220 230V only 6 Used for 60HP at 480V and 50 hp heavy duty for 480 V Bulletin 2163R 7 Increases width to 35 on Bulletin 2163R 132kW drives Refer to publication 2100 TD002x EN P CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breakers for more information 236 Discount Schedule A6 Hardware Section Hardware and Kits for Field Installation and Kits 293 SE Catalog Delivery SE Number Program 10 wide 2100H DH10 Drip Hood Drip hood for NEMA Type 1 1 w gasket and 12 Drip hood is an 20 wide 2100H DH20 NOTE NEMA Types 1 1 overhang on top of a section It provides protection from limited Wi R with gasket and 12 with amounts of liquid or dirt dripping and or running down the front z wide metals drip hood fulfill NEMA lof a section Select one drip hood per section Drip hoods fit 15 30 wide 2100H DH30 Type 2 requirements and 20 deep sections 35 wide 2100H DH35 40 wide 2100H DH40 For 15 deep sections E Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2A1 12 high x 20 wide EMA Type 12 2100H N2 1 9 For 30 deersectiois EM A Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2A2 Pullbox P EMA Type 12 2100H N2 2 EM A Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2AA1 For 15 deep sections 12 high x25 wide EMA Type 12 2100H N 2A 1 9 ET
207. 25 engraved jor black with white 3 line nameplate or letters i 4 line nameplate Phenolic plate Lettering is white with black letters 17 or black with white id Y Y gt lt letters Stainless Steel a Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit Z Vv w u s z 2 Nameplate nameplate 2 per unit Screws Export Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear Parkin z plastic Packing is not watertight or waterproof y Vv 7 z v Vv SC 2 Below Deck Considerations should be taken if extended storage days is expected 1 Enclosures with horizontal power bus omission are listed under UL Standard 508 2 Also available for 2180E when option 203B is selected 3 Options 806 and 807 are mutually exclusive 228 Discount Schedule A6 Configuration Tables Control Voltage Type for Bulletins 2102L 2103L 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 2126 2127 2172 and 2173 275 ntrol Vol 208V 4V si gt gm 480V 600V a H A B C 120V 60Hz Transformer Control HD AD BD CD 120V 60Hz Separate Control N l 110V 50Hz Transformer Control 13 NS IS 110V 50Hz Separate Control KN m 115V 50Hz Transformer Control HB KNS 115V 50Hz Separate Control 2 NP 220V 50Hz Transformer Control 283 NP 220V 50Hz S
208. 25 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 480 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D The following combination of option requires 2 5 space factors Options 89 and 4T_ or 4TL_ or 5TL and 9_ without Option 13IC Space factor for 45KW applications 380V 415V when circuit suffix CT or CM is Selected Space factor when circuit breaker suffix CA is selected Space factor when circuit breaker suffix CT or CM is selected Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 143 Combination Soft Starter SM C Units 144 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 181 SMC Dialog Plus SMC 3 I SMC Flex aa i puon inti elivery Option NUTbeR Description h F i Program 1 START STOP w v v w YA A m 1B STOP v 7 7 7 75 Vb R TARTST w w 5 B 1XA AART STOP and SOFT STOP Note When any of the v s i IXB START STOP and PUMP STOP _ SMC Dialog Plus or 7 7 7E 75E Push Buttons 2113 TARTGT SM C Flex options 5 5 1XC START ac and SLOW SPEED 13XA 13XHis selected v v y J a 1XD START STOP and BRAKE the only push buttons v w Vv vil E TARTGT that can be specified 7
209. 2HKB 41 2162RA 022H B 41 22 15 25 2162RA 027HKB 42 3 0 2162RA 027H B 42 27 20 2162RA 034HKB 43 2162RA 034H B 43 34 25 2162RA 040HKB 44 3 5 2162RA 040H B 44 3 40 30 3 0 2162RA 052HKB 45 40 2162RA 052H B 45 52 40 2162RA 065HKB 46 2162RA 065H B 46 4 65 50 6 0 20 W I 2162RA 077HKB 47 6 0 25 wl 2162RA 077H B 47 5 71 60 2162RA 096HKB 48 6 0 2162RA 096H B 48 96 75 2162RA 125HKB 49 25 W 20 DP 2162RA 125H B 49 6 0 6 0 SC ll 125 100 25 W 20 DEI 2162RA 156HKB 50 30 W 207DBI 2162RA 156H B 50 6 0 156 125 2162RA 180HKB 51 35 W 20 DB 2162RA 180H B 51 6 0 35 W 207DEJ 2162RAT 300HKB 52 180 150 50 4 3 j Available in NEMA Type 1 and 81 30 W 20 DP Zane Type 1 with gasket only PELI M DBI 2162RAT 300HKB 54 245 200 6 0 35 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 DB 2162RAB 300HKB 54 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to Pow erFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 4 Frame 9 is a PowerFlex 700H drive Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 185 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units
210. 2_1C LI 400 30 60 100 25 200 2100 FK_2_20 P 2100 F _2_2C PI 19 without 400 horizontal 20 30 60 bus 100 2 2 30 200 2100 FK_2_3C _ 2100 FJ _2_3C _ 400 30 60 100 35 200 2100 FK_2_4C _ PI 2100 F _2_4C LI 400 1 Disconnect rating must match fuse clip size Oversizing or undersizing of fuse clips is not permitted 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from on page 23 e g 2100 FKC DAM bus option B C N or P from 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 FKC1B Select fuse clip designator from on page 23 e g 2100 FKC1B1B 24 Delivery Catalog Number Catalog Number Program Vertical Section 2100 F _1_18 P Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 21 Vertical Sections Vertical Sections With Circuit Breaker SC Without Vertical Wirew ay e Maximum SC shipping o is one 1 vertical section Enddadngylatesare supplied e _ Splice kits are not included Enclosures without horizontal bus are UL jisted to the UL Standard for Safety UL 508 unless otherwise indicated short circuit a
211. 2_2c8 2100 EJ C2_2c8 pem Koka 20 30 2100 EKC2_3C 3 2100 EJ C2_3C 3 us 35 2100 EKC2_4c 8 2100 EJ C2_4c 8 40 2100 EKC2_5C P 2100 EJ C2_5CP 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select ground bus option B C N or D from table on 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 EKC1B Select bus bar bracing A or B from table on 14 horizontal bus is provided in vertical section e g 2100 EKC1B1D A Select bus bar material and plating from table on 14 e g 2100 EKC1B1D AAT06 2 Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select ground bus option B C N or P from table on 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 EKC1B 1A 4 40 wide vertical section is a two door section with a 3 point latch 18 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections Vertical Sections With Fusible Disconnect SC Without Vertical Wirew ay e Maximum SC shipping block is one 1 vertical section Enddai are suppli _ Splice kits are not inducHd Line side of disconnect is connected to horizontal bus for sections with horizontal bus 16 a Working Depth Section Disconnect NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Delivery pesenpuen Inches Depth Width kating 2 2 Program Inches Inches Amperes H Ca
212. 3 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability Sealed to be suitable for reverse fed applications Trip units are not interchangeable Rating plugs are interchangeable Trip units are provided with test points for functional field testing with a portable electronic test set These trip units incorporate a powered thermal memory that recalls near trip conditions and automatically imposes a shorter time delay thereby preventing system damage from cumulative overheating These units also incorporate an unpow ered thermal memory feature that remembers a trip has occurred and will protect against repeated overload conditions if the CB is re closed before a sufficient cool down period has elapsed 258 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix UL cUL CSA Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Fusible Disconnect Units 323 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical Fuse Class Device Bulletin Size Rating UL cUL CSA except where noted 600V or less 401 30A 100KA cc 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 100kA 2106 2112 Space Saving NEMA 1 100kA 2102L 30A 100A 5kA 2102L 200A 300A 10kA 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 3 5kA H 2106 2112 2122 4 5 10kA 2112 6 10kA 2 3 5kA ale 4 6 10kA 2196 10kA 2102L 30A 100A 100kA 2102L 200A 300A 100kA 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 3 100kA 2106 2112 2122 4 5 100kA J R 2106 2112 Space Saving
213. 3 0 2163QA 040NKB 45_ 33 2163QA 040N B 45_ E 52 40 3 08 2163QA 052NKB 46_ 40 2163QA 052N B 46_ 65 50 3 541 2163QA 065NKB 47_ 4 041 2163QA 065N B 47_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to Pow erFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the gle suffix code from the Circuit Breaker table on page 236 to identify the desired circuit breaker type e g 2163QA 1P1NKB 33CA Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or LRXI is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected IE 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC II B 4 178 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163Q Combination Pow erFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 480V HEAVY DUTY See page 156 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below
214. 30 2100 GHB2030 2100 GHB3030 35A 2100 GHB1035 2100 GHB2035 2100 GHB3035 Inverse Time Thermal _ 40A 2100 GHB1040 2100 GHB2040 2100 GHB3040 cE Magnetic Branch Breakers 50A 2100 GHB1050 2100 GHB2050 2100 GHB3050 NACE ZUA 7100 GHB1060 7100 GHB2060 7100 GHB3060 Unit 2193PP 70A 7100 GHB1070 7100 GHB2070 7100 GHB3070 80A 2100 GHB1080 2100 GHB2080 2100 GHB3080 90A 2100 GHB1090 2100 GHB2090 2100 GHB3090 100A 2100 GHB1100 2100 GHB2100 2100 GHB3100 ie je P 2100 FILLER gt sc 1 Bolt on branch breaker frame type for lighting panel boards is BAB 2 Bolt on branch breaker frame type for plug in panel board unit is GHB Discount Schedule A6 243 Hardware and Kits DeviceNet Hardware and Kits for Field Installation 301 WE Catalog Delivery LOSE Number Program DeviceNet f f ai For use with Bulletin 2162P and 2163P 1336 Plus Il drives units and Bulletin 2154G and 2155G SMC 3 ien inii Dialog Plus soft starter units Allows for DeviceNet communications Includes 4 inputs 2100 GK61 SC DeviceNet scanner module for Bulletins 2180E 2182E and 2183E For Bulletin 477110 ED n e scanner DeviceNet scanner module for Bulletins 2180 2182 and 2183 For SLC 500 chassis 1747 SDN j DeviceNet scanner module for Bulletins 2180L 2182L and 2183L For Bulletin 1056 1756 DNB i MCC DeviceN et Includes the necessary DeviceN et connectors and resistors to terminate the DeviceN
215. 30 25 40 2 0 2155 B FO43LK_ __ 3 0 2155 B F043L _ __ 60 15 20 G0 40 50 2155 B FO6OLK_ __ 2155 B FO60LJ_ __ x 18 5 22 25 30 37 50 60 60 75 85 2155 B FO85LK_ 2155 B F085LJ _ 45 Gz 3 0 sa 108 G0 40 655 75 100 2 5 2155 B FLOBLK_ __ m 2155 B F1O8LJ_ __ 135 37 50 100 125 2155 B FL35LK_ __ 2155 B F135LJ_ __ 201 45 55 60 75 75 90 125 150 150 200 B qm 2155 B F201LK_ __ 5 99 2155 B F201L _ __ 251 75 100 10 132 20 250 50 207 W 155JB FZSIIK 6 07 20 W T55JBEFZSUH 317 90 125 150 160 250 300 a ZESS B FBITLK_ __ a BPTI SC I 361 110 150 185 300 R W 207 p 2551 5 P361LK_ __ Mary 30 p ABF 480 132 200 200 250 350 400 400 500 2155 B F480LK_ __ f 2155 B F480L _ __ 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified 2 Delivery program is PE Il in the United States and SC Il in Canada 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the preferred control voltage e g 2155 B F1O8LKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2155 B FL08LKB 49 If KW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2155 B FLO8LKN 49K Select the appropriate suffix from the table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2155 B FLO8LKB 49CA or 2155 B F108LKB 49KCA
216. 327 40W T 225 42 40 2193LE CKB342 45WT 2193LE CJ B342 45WT 1 The 100A main circuit breaker in a 100A lighting panel is a reverse fed branch lighting panel circuit breaker Factory Installed Bolt On Branch Circuit Breakers 104 1 Pole Thermal Magnetic 120V AC Circuit Breaker 10kA IC Sym 2 Pole Thermal Magnetic 120 240V AC Circuit Breaker 10kA IC Sym 3 Pole Thermal Magnetic 120 240V AC Circuit Breaker 10kA IC Sym for use on three phase lighting panels only Trip Rating Catalog String Trip Rating Catalog String Trip Rating Catalog String zak Number I pee Number U ad Number Amperes Amperes Amperes 15A A 15A 308 15A 300 20A ZIA__ 20A 31B__ 20A 31C__ 30A 32A__ 30A 328 30A 32C__ 15A w gra fit 21 30D__ 50A 353 50A 35C__ 20A w grd fit 2 31D__ 100A 40B 100A 40C__ Filler Plate 00A__ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the number of branch breakers e g 32A18 Add two digits to specify the number of branch breakers desired Two digits are required for quantities less than ten e g 03 for quantity three When selecting multiple branch breakers with different trip ratings add additional string numbers to the end of the catalog number e g 2193LE AKL318 00W T 30A 08 31B 02 30C02 Locations of the branch breakers are determined by the factory The maximum amperes connected to any one connector cannot exceed
217. 36 Plus II User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Proper pio ment of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section e Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select both on page 212 e Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 202 Nominal Horsepower Maximum The horsepower ratings shown are nominal The 2 Continuous limiting factor in the application and use of th Catalog Number 2 i Output ulemlssenilsidnesteouane Pactor NEMA Type land SpaceFactor Catalog Number paian I rating Type 1 w gasket yP Amperes 600V 2 0 i 2162PA F10CK_ _ 2162PA FLOCJ_ _ 4 0 2 2162PA F20CK_ _ 2162PA F20C J
218. 3KCA Units at these voltages are not UL listed cUL listed or CSA certified Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit in a 20 deep without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 480V Variable Torque e See page 155 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Control circuit transformer is required Selec
219. 3kVA and larger vented door is provided For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided 3KVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEM A Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards e g 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section T U Doi The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor 98 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFM R See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Tap arrangement for 15 50kVA single phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCBN NOTE Transformers have Class
220. 4 60 J 35 7 5 10 15 20 25 25 30 60 R HRCII C 25 2154GB DK_ _ 2154GB DJ_ _ 100 JR HRCII C PE 60 J HRCII C 100 3 0 54 11 15 15 20 18 5 22 30 40 40 50 R 2154GB FK_ _ 2154GB F _ _ 100 30 5 700 R HRCII C 100 97 18 5 22 25 30 30 45 50 75 60 75 200 RGF 2154GB HK_ _ 400 6 0 61 20 100 W R HRCII C 20 D 135 30 37 40 50 55 100 100 125 200 2154GB KK_ _ 400 AL R HRCI C 6 0 20 180 45 60 75 90 125 150 150 400 W 2154GB MK_ _ 20 D Available for NEMA 600 Type 1 and Type 1with PE II 400 R HRCII C 6 0 6 25 Gasket Only 240 55 75 75 110 200 200 250 W 2154GB PK_ 600 h ole 20 D 400 6 ann c 6 0 30 3607 90 110 100 150 132 185 250 300 300 350 600 S bie W 2154GB RK_ _ 800 L 20 D 600 J R HRCI C 6 0 6 35 5007 132 150 200 200 250 350 400 400 500 W 2154GB TK_ 800 L 20 D 1 On NEMA Type 12 units the energy savings and phase rebalance features will be inactive when the bypass contactor is energized NEM A Type 12 SMC units can be used with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 1 with gasket motor control centers when the application requi to speed and 4 6 7 136 ires a bypass contactor that energizes when the SMC reaches A HE when the stop function of the SMC is activated Note Bypass contactor cannot be used as emergency run contactor unless additional motor overload protection is provided This can be provided on the engineered program
221. 5 Deep Section Construction e Lift angle Top horizontal wireway baffles Top horizontal wirew ay cover Left hand top end closing plate Two on 20 deep aie a d z ff Right hand unit support assembly M rH vertical wireway y Horizontal and vertical bus support Ali M 1 p e Bus splice access cover a Vertical power bus 4 wp Horizontal power bus _ J PASSA IA Ee Section nameplate 5 A Left hand center end closing plate NJ A s a Vertical to horizontal bus Sa connection access cover eer M Nertical bus covers Vertical plug in steel ground bus F R Three piece assembly TT E wireway door Fa Unit support pan Left hand side plate assembly al e SE Sealing strap top and bottom Bottom support angle Horizontal ground bus top or bottom M Bee gt ear gt gt 7 o A Bottom horizontal wireway cover Left hand bottom end PL Raj SA closing plate wa z az A Two on 20 deep zd ue gt sh nn Izu s a Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 11 Vertical Sections Catalog Number Explanation for Vertical Sect
222. 5 18 5 22 25 30 25 30 C 15 22 20 30 30 37 40 60 40 60 25 60 D 45 90 75 125 75 150 75 125 E 110 160 150 250 200 250 150 250 210 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart for Bulletins 2182E 2182L 2183E and 2183L 343 Power Supply Type FS RER ka e i 12P2 12P7 12P4R3 or 12P4R4 I5 750 VA gt z 1 4 slot 70 750 VA 30 250VA 250VA 1 7slot 20 250VA 25 250VA gt 5 PASA 30 250VA 250VA 1 slot 6 0 25 W 1 250 VA 1 250VA 1 500VA 2 amp slot 6 0 25 W 2 250 VA 2 250 VA 2 500 VA 1 16 slot 6 0 35 W 250 VA 750 VA 500 VA 500 VA 2 16 slot 6 0 35 W 2 250 VA 2 250 VA 2 500 VA 2 500 VA 1 16 slot 6 0 40 W 250 VA 500 VA 500 VA 2 16 slot 6 0 40 W 500 VA Z TKA TKA Discount Schedule A6 271 Appendix Power System Configuration Application Information CENTERLINE 2100 M otor Control Centers are suitable for use on 3 phase 3 wire or 4 wire W ye connected power systems rated 600V or less 50 or 60 hertz which have a solidly grounded neutral CENTERLINE 2100 M otor Control Centers may also be used on the following power system configurations however some units and options may not be available 3 phase 3 wire W ye systems rated 600Y 347V or less with impedance grounded neutral e 3 phase 3 wire ungrounded Delta systems rated 600V or
223. 5 eee ne Cien four 4 SPE eae 7 7 needed for programming and i p T monitoring Size 4 vil RE wit starters to provide AAC UW outputs Four W e i i jji 11DSA2 jand two 2 120V outputs Cannot be selected with E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC_ _ v v Den lla Auxiliary or El Plus with DeviceNet 7FEE_D t il lusive For use with starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and outputs Four 4 24VDC inputs and mutually exclusive 11DSA3 two 2 240VAC max outputs Cannot be selected with E3 electronic overload relay v w 7FEC_ _ or E1 Plus with DeviceNet 7FEE_D 1 For0 5 space factor or 1 0 space factor with option 15 Bulletin 2106 2107 2112 and 2113 the standard capacity VA rating is 75 VA 2 Extra capacity control circuit transformer option 6XP changes 0 5 space factor units to 1 0 space factor 3 El Plus electronic overload relay is supplied with one 1 N O and one 1 N C auxiliary contact 4 For option 7FEC Overload relay option 7FEE_ 7FEE_D 7FEE_G 7FEE or 7FEC _ Overload relay option 7FEE_ 7FEE D 7FEE_G 7FEE_ and 7FEC_ _ are mutually exclusive 5 Option number is not complete Select overload relay code from appropriate table below and add to option number e g 7FEED or 7FEC2B review config must be specified ration options in the table below and if needed select and add to option number e g 7FECIBY or 7FEC2FYG ground fault sensor Refer to E3 over 6 0 5 space factor Size 2 Bulleti
224. 5 for Bulletins 2163N 2163P and 2163Q 236 for Horsepower and kW Rated Units for Bulletins 2155E 2155F ANG 2155G cs crs oni aa dowy io 236 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Solid State Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2103L 234 Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breaker Options for Bul etin 2197 aenn dO Oo PO aces 235 Communication M odule on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 148 Communication M odules on Combination Variable Frequency AC Mo tor Drive UNITS gee ve a a tt kdstlceGiGK ceeded 211 Conductor Size Conversion Chart 4asasasaaiii1 265 Contactors and Starters Catalog Number Explanations 35 61 66 73 77 86 88 92 103 138 141 225 Control Circuit Fuse on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 118 Control Circuit Lugs on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 126 Control Circuit Ring Lugs on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 154 Control Circuit Spade Lugs on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units Luma aa aaaaaaaaaakawa wawa ana EERE 154 Discount Schedule A6 Control Circuit Transformer on Combination Variable Frequency AC D Motor Drive Units 0 cece eee eee ee 210 Delivery Programs 0 cc cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeens 3 Control Circuit Transformer on Con
225. 5EBBKN _ 2190 BJKN __ 85EBBKN ay on 3 phase 3 wire systems a 415 2190 BK __ 85EBBI 2190 BJ __ 85EBBI Analog i Flugin metering units with 480 2190 BKB __ 85EBBB 2190 BJ B __ 85EBBB Ammeterand 1 fa Current transformers 600 2190 BKC __ 85EBBC 2190 BJ C __ 85EBBC with ee ose KA 208 2190 BKH __ 85ECBH 2190 BJ H __ 85ECBH Switches AAA instructions 9 220 230 2190 BKP __ 85ECBP 2190 BJ P __ 85ECBP panel type ammeter with ammeter 240 2190 BKA __ 85ECBA 2190 BJ A __ 85ECBA AA 380 10 2190 BKN __ 85ECBN 2190 BJ N __ 85ECBN Voltmeter with Voltmeter switch 400 2190 BKKN __ 85ECBKN _ 2190 BJKN __ 85ECBKN fr aa ni systems 415 2190 BK __ 85ECBI 2190 BJ __ 85ECBI 480 2190 BKB __ 85ECBB 2190 BJ B __ 85ECBB 600 2190 BKC __ 85ECBC 2190 BJ C __ 85ECBC 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate catalog string number from table on page 64 to identify the ammeter scale and current transformer primary ratio e g 2190 AKC 52M 85AAXX Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 63 Metering Units Bulletin 2190 M etering Compartments METER continued Digital M etering Compartments 69 _ Catalog Number U Meter Type Description prace Wiring Type A Only Class I A NEMA EEE Type 1w NEMA Type 12 Bulletin 1404 M 5 Plug in unit with disconnect fuses and control circuit Powermonitor 3000 with transformer For 3 phase 3
226. 6 Discount Schedule A6 Fan s and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162P and 2163P Appendix 337 NEMA dee Enclosure Horsepower Venin jasna EO 0 5 1 0 3 1 1 None None None 1 1G 1 5 5 1 5 3 7 None Yes None 7 5 30 5 5 22 Yes Yes Yes aa 0 5 1 0 37 1 1 None None None 12 1 5 5 1 5 3 7 None Yes None 1 5 30 5 5 22 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 0 5 2 0 25 1 5 None None None 3 5 2 2 3 7 None Yes None 7 5 20 5 5 15 Yes None Yes 1 16 25 60 18 5 37 Yes Yes Yes 75 150 1 45 90 Yes Yes Yes Bulletin 380v 480V 150 250 21 110 160 Yes None Yes Bulletin 0 5 2 0 25 1 5 None None None 2163P 3 5 2 2 3 7 None Yes None 12 1 5 20 5 5 15 None Yes None 25 60 11 37 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 75 150 1 45 90 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 1 20 Yes None Yes 25 60 Yes Yes Yes 1 16 15 125 Yes Yes Yes 600V 150 250 Yes None Yes 1 15 None Yes None 12 20 60 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 75 125 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 1 150HP for variable torque application only 2 Bulletin 2162P only Discount Schedule A6 267 Appendix Fan s and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162Q 2162R 2163Q and 2163R 338 NEMA
227. 60 0 30 40 2162PA 040CK_ _ 20 W 2162PA 040CJ _ _ 75 0 37 50 6 0 2162PA 050CK_ 2162PA 050C _ 60 DB 2162PA X060CK_ _ 6 0 4 25 W 2162PA XO60CJ _ _ 85 0 45 2162PA 060CK_ _ 2162PA 060CJ _ _ 106 55 75 any 2162PA 075CK_ _ 2162PA 075CJ _ PELI 138 75 100 20 pls 2162PA 100CK_ _ 2162PA 100CJ_ _ 173 90 125 2162PA 125CK_ _ 2162PA 125CJ _ _ 199 150 6 0 2162PA_ 150CK_ _ 263 110 132 200 25 W 2162PA 200CK Available for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w 20 D gasket only 325 150 160 250 5116 2162PA_ 250CK_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive ae current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete DOVE 164 If required insert T for top entry of cables or B for bottom entry of cables e g 2162PAT or 2162PAB Top entry requires pullbox Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2162PA FOSCKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2162PA FO5CKB 33 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2162PA FO5CKN 33K Units at these voltages are not UL listed cUL listed or CSA certified Frame mounted unit section doe
228. 60 150 1 45 90 12 250VA w w 1 20 1 1G 130VA v v 25 125 1 1G 200VA v v 150 250 1 1G 500VA v v au 1 20 12 130VA A v 25 50 12 200VA v v 60 125 12 250VA v v 1 For 150HP variable torque applications only 18 2 For 380V 480V constant torque and 200 HP 250HP 480V variable torque applications only Discount Schedule A6 210 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 250 PowerFlex Bulletin 1336 PowerFlex 40 70 70 and 700 PLUS II Drive and 700 Drives Manual Drive Deli Bypass EW 21620 21630 program Option Option Description 2162P 2163P 2162R 2163R 2164 2165Q Number 2162T 2163T 2164R 2165R For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and outputs 4 11DSA2 120V inputs and 2 120V outputs Not to be used with options 7FEC_ or 7FC_ U ll Available for 110V 120V control only For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet inputs and outputs 4 SC 11DSA3 24VDC inputs and 2 240VAC max 30VDC max outputs Not to be used with U yo TFEC_ or 7FC_ Available for 110V 120VAC or 220V 240VAC control voltage kicie 14GD 5 DeviceNet communication module mounted internal t
229. 63RA 014H B 40_ 14 10 2163RA 022HKB 41_ 2163RA 022H B 41_ 22 15 25 2163RA 027HKB 42_ 3 0 2163RA 027H B 42_ 21 20 2163RA 034HKB 43_ 2163RA 034H B 43_ 34 25 30 2163RA 040HKB 44_ 3 5 2163RA 040H B 44_ 40 30 2163RA 052HKB 45_ 40 2163RA 052H B 45_ 52 40 3 5 2163RA 065HKB 46_ 2163RA 065H B 46_ 65 50 6 0 20 WB 2163RA 077HKB 47_ 6 0 25 WB 2163RA 077HJ B 47_ 71 60 2163RA 096HKB 48_ 6 0 2163RA 096H B 48_ 96 75 2163RA 125HKB 49_ 25 W 20D 2163RA 125H B 49_ 125 100 u od 2163RA 156HKB 50_ sii piel 2163RA 156H B 50_ s 156 125 2163RA 180HKB 51_ S wsk 2163RA 180H B 51_ 180 150 2163RAT 300HKB 52_ 95 6 0 i 2163RAB 300HKB 52_ Available in NEM A Type 1 and PE II 30 W 20 D 2163RAT 300HKB 54_ ype 1 with gasket only 8 an 2163RAB 300HKB 54_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163RA 040HKB 44CA 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 5 Frame 9 is a PowerFlex 700H drive 190 For Options Modi
230. 65 75 2163PA FI5CK_ _ 2163PA F75CJ _ _ 16 1 7 5 10 2163PA F100CK_ _ 2163PA F1OOC _ _ 24 0 11 15 3 0 2163PA FI50CK _ a0 2163PA F150CJ_ _ 27 0 15 20 SC 2163PA F200CK_ _ 2163PA F200CJ_ _ 39 0 18 5 25 2163PA 025CK _ 2163PA 025CJ_ _ 45 0 22 30 2163PA 030CK_ _ 6 041 2163PA 030CJ_ _ 60 0 30 40 2163PA 040CK _ _ 20 W 2163PA 040CJ_ _ 75 0 G7 50 6 041 2I63PA 050CK_ _ 2163PA 050CJ_ _ 77 0 60 ae 2163PA X060CK_ _ ae 2163PA X060CJ_ _ PE II 85 0 45 2163PA 060CK _ 2163PA 060C _ _ 106 65 5 sdi _ 2I63PA 075CK_ _ Sy 2163PA 075C _ _ 138 75 100 20 pB 2163PA 100CK_ _ 0 pl 2163PA 100C _ _ 173 90 125 2163PA 125CK_ _ 2163PA 125CJ_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 USU The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2163PA F05CKB e If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2163PA F05CKB 33 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2163PA FOSCKN 33K Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163PA FOSCKB 33CA or 2163PA FOSCKN 3
231. 7 3P9 Yes None None 6P1 144 Yes None Yes 600 1P7 027 None Yes None 12 032 without reactor None Yes None 032 with reactor Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 041 144 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 1 If 14RLX or 14RXL is specified for the 3 94 600V or 5 0A 480V unit the unit door will be supplied with input and exhaust venting 268 Discount Schedule A6 Fan s and Ventilation in Bulletins 2164Q and 2165Q Appendix 339 NEMA System Current Rating A Internal Door M ounted Voltage mw Amperes Venting Circulating Fan s Exhaust Fan s 1 1G 1 1 27 Yes None Yes 480 D 1 1 22 None Yes None Bulletins 27 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 2164Q and 21650 1 1G 0 9 22 Yes None Yes 600 D 0 9 17 None Yes None 22 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed Fan s and Ventilation in Bulletins 2164R and 2165R 340 S NEMA z ystem Enclosure Current Rating Venting _ Internal Door Mounted Voltage Type Amperes Circulating Fan s Exhaust Fan s i l es one es 480 1 1 40 H None Yes None 12 52 65 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed Bulletins 77 180 Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 2164R and 2165R 1 1G 1 7 144A Yes None Yes 600 1 7 32 P None Yes N
232. 7 Trans 5E _ M FAST SLOW OFF 7 ine 5E____ FAST SLOW FORWARD REVERSE 6 800T LSE m FAST SLOW FORWARD REVERSE SC ful C ai voltage 5T_ 2 OVERLOAD w w v v v w for 800F 7 415 i 5 2 on 4115 v v RUN v 4119 SL DI ON OFF 419 v v ZE RUN OFF 4 5L__ Push To HIGH LOW v 5L_ MO q gt HIGH LOW OFF 5 _ 8I LED Type FORWARD REVERSE I v 5 _ _ MMO FORWARD REVERSE OFF 2 v 5EL__ FAST SLOW 4 Se FAST SLOW OFF v TL 12 OVERLOAD v v v v 1 Legend plates are available in French or Spanish by adding 860F or 860S to catalog string number Generally when more than three devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied W hen three or less devices are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices On 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied M aximum of four 4 pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units and maximum of three 3 pilot devices on dual mounted units 2 When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with a DeviceNet starter auxiliary a 90 N O auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D and a 1F a 900 2 N O auxiliary contacts must be selected 3 Two 2 Bulletin 800F pilot lights will be supplied when two 2 pilot lights are selected in conjunction with push buttons separate or transformer control only Only one 1 Bulletin 800F pilot light can be su
233. 7 1600 4 2 600 kcmi CU AL 6 0 2192M _ KK_ __ 2192M _ KJ_ __ 2000 161171 2000 6 2 600 kcmi CU AL 20 D35 W 7192M LK_ __ 2192M_ J_ __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert T for Top mounted or B for Bottom mounted e g 2192M T or 2192M B Unless already selected select the voltage code from table on page 74 e g 2192M T GKC Then select the appropriate fuse clip designator from Fuse C ip Sizes Types on page 74 e g 2192M T GKC 29 If power fuse will be selected select from table on page 232 e g 2192M T GKC 29 629G For fuse rating based on disconnect rating see publication 2100 TD003x EN P If optional line lugs will be selected select from Optional Crimp Lugs for Bulletins 2192FT 2192FB 2192M T and 2192MB table below e g 2192M T GKC 29 629G 82B 500 2 TU GO Si If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified the qua ty and size type of the lugfs on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs W hen optional half rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified and 1 or 2 lugs per phase are specified 1 lug will be provided on the half rated neutral riser W hen 3 or 4 lugs are specified 2 lugs will be provided When 5 or 6 lugs are specified 3 lugs will be provided on half rated neutral riser Frame mounted unit M ust be located at top or bottom of section Frame moun ea unit section does not have vertical wireway
234. 7 1XE START STOP and ACCU STOP are the corresponding v v y v LiF BTARTSTOP SLOW SPEED and 1XA 1KF options v v MEJ yoe 2 Blank v v v w v v Ginter erat 2A 1 hole for one pilot device v v v v v v ontro a 2B 2 holes for two pilot devices A v v v v v Housing 2C 3 holes for three pilot devices v v v v v v 2D 0 4 holes for four pilot devices w WNE HAND OFF AUTO 7 7 7 7 7 7 SC Selector Switch 1 3p BI OFF ON 7 7 7 7 7 7 3XA HAND OFF AUTO for Soft Stop v w Selector Switch P 22 3XB HAND OFF AUTO for Pump Control 7 7 3XD HAND OFF AUTO for Smart M otor Braking 4 w v Pilot devices for 0 5 space factor u Maximum one 1 switch per unit P devices are supplied except selecto Ne Two 2 Bulletin 800F pilot lights wi Can only be used with Pump Contro Option 1XF cannot be used with O SOND U BE W is 0 5 space factor 13XD Braking mode Discount Schedule A6 For 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 8 option 13XB for SM C Flex OFF and fault pilot lights for SM C Flex 10 Not available for 1 0 space factor and larger units 11 Selector switches 3 and 3E are not available when any of the options 13XA through 13XF is selected 12 These selector switches can only be used with corresponding control options e g 3XA used only with standard starting mode 3XB used only for 13XB and 3XD only used for Can only be used with Smart M otor Braking Accu Stop and Sl
235. 75X CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs do meet ABS shipping requirements but due to required customization ABS maritime shipping is available only on the Engineered program NEMA Defined NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers A ssociation NEMA Class The following is a description of Class I as paraphrased from NEMA standard ICS 18 2001 Class I motor control centers shall consist of mechanical groupings of combination motor control units feeder tap units other units and electrical devices arranged in a convenient assembly They include connections from the common horizontal power bus to the units They do not include interwiring or interlocking between units or to remotely mounted devices nor do they include control system engineering O nly diagrams of the individual units are supplied NEMA Class II interwiring offers the addition of interlocking and wiring between units as oni described in overall control system diagrams supplied by the purchaser Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability NEMA Type Class I motor control centers can be provided in NEMA TypeA or B construction e Type A User power and control connections are made directly to the device within the unit Type B Terminal blocks are supplied for user s control termination within unit insert On NEMA size 1 through 3 starter units and 30 A lo 100 A contactors units terminal blocks are also Sup lied for user s load terminations NEMA Ty
236. 8 mounted lineups two 2 for back to back For 1200A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT12 For 1600A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT16 Horizontal Power Bus For 2000A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT20 Splice Kit For 600A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H ZAT06 For 800A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H ZAT08 ae z hardware and nstalation instructions for 3 phase For 600A copper tin plated bus 2100H ZCT06 splicing of NEM A Type I Type with gasket and Type 12 7 FT sections One of the sections has horizontal power bus 5 For 800A copper tin plated bus 21008 20708 deeper then normal Bumped back Bus For 1200A copper tin plated bus 2100H ZCT12 For 1600A copper tin plated bus 2100H 2CT16 sC For 2000A copper tin plated bus 2100H ZCT20 For 0 25 x 1 unplated copper bus 2100H NC1 One 1 splice bar per kit complete with hardware and For 0 25 x 2 unplated b 2100H NC2 U Ground Bus installation instructions One 1 kit required per shipping split a 7 Ria p on front mounted lineups two 2 for back to back For 0 25 x 1 tin plated copper bus 2100H NTC1 For 0 25 x 2 tin plated copper bus 2100H NTC2 1 pint can 2100H N18 0X IDl OX E NO OX ID NO OX ID compound for bus bars and plug in stabs ae WE 2100H N18T nsulated from and mounted on top of horizontal wireway 2100H NPC1 pan ny oy qn Insulated from and mounted to unit support pan for blank lig 280A ae plated bus piate with 6 250 kemil nit space Blank door not included Select o
237. 92 250 i 2162PA_ 200VK_ _ gasket only 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete If required insert T for top entry of cables or B for bottom entry of cables e g 2162PAT or 2162PAB Top entry requires a pullbox Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2162PA F05VKB Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2162PA FO5VKB 33 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 4 Roll out drive construction Roll out construction is not seismic rated 5 Frame mounted unit in a 20 deep section without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 165 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162P Co mbination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 600V Constant Torque See page 155 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 13
238. 96Z J NP __ SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase to phase 115 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 21962 GKKNP __ 21962 GKKNP _ 164 2196Z GJ KNP __ 75 8 7 30 m 2 06 2196Z HKKNP __ 2196Z HKKNP _ 166 _ 2196Z HJKNP __ PE II 106 30 2196Z KKNP __ 2196Z KKNP _ 164 2196Z KNP __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 5 m 30 2196Z GKIT __ 2196Z GKIT __ 16A 2196Z G IT __ 156 751 30 2 0 61 2196Z HKIT __ 2196Z HKIT __ 16A 2196Z H IT __ PE II 10 5 5 30 2196Z J KIT __ 2196Z KIT __ 16A 2196Z J JIT __ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3KVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEM A Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2196Z FKNS Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 233 e g 2196Z FKNS 24 No power fuses available For ratings
239. 9A 229D 229F Code _ Type l Code NEMA Enclosure Type Nominal Horsepow er kW Pow erFlex 40 Variable NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 Code Code and Circuit Breaker Type 2162T Frequency AC Drive K with gasket 21621 38 387 Nominal Horsepow er kW with Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 code See table on page 230 Pow erFlex 40 Variable 38_ Nominal Horsepower kW 2163T Frequency AC Drive 2163T 38CA CO0E See table on page 230 with Circuit Breaker i CA Circuit Breaker Type See table on page 236 229B Code Wiring Type A Type A 229E 229C Code Line Voltage Nominal Constant Current Ratings Amperes N 380v H 380 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage KN 400v UI Code Ratings Code Ratings 415v ll 1P4 1 4 1P7 1 7 5 480V 4P0 40 4P2 4 2 6PO 6 0 6P6 6 6 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 010 10 5 9P9 9 9 012 12 012 12 2 2296 017 17 019 19 Human Interface M odule 024 24 Code and Options See options section beginning on page 209 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 193 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480VAC See page 157 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty e Branch circuit o
240. A L 100 kA 100 kA 100 kA Combination Circuit Breaker Soft Starter Units for Bulletin 2155G 2155H and 2155 326 Bulletin 7 7 Sa Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical Number SMC Device Rating Circuit Breaker Frame 240V 280V 600V 24A through 54A MCP I3C 16C OKA SKA 5KA 97A through 180A MCP 13C 16C ea D6D K3D 10kA 10kA 10kA 2155G without Option 135CR 240A and 360A M CP K3D K6D LD HLD 18kA 18kA 18kA MCP 30kA 30kA 30kA 500A LD MDL 30kA 30kA 25kA HLD HMDL 30kA 30kA 30kA 2155G with MCP I3C I6C J D3D D6D K3D Option 13HIC 244 through 500A K6D LD HLD M DL HM DL 100kA 100kA 100kA 3A through 43A MCP 13C I6C 5kA 5kA 5kA Option Hic 60A and 85A MCP 13C 16C J D3D J D6D TOKA TOKA TOKA 108A and 135A MCP J D3D J D6D 25kA 25kA 25kA 2155H with Option 13HIC 3A through 135A MCP 13C 16C D3D J D6D 100kA 100kA 100kA 5A through 85A FD 16C J D3D J D6D 10kA 10kA 10kA 2155 without 108A through 135A MCP J D3D J D6D 25kA 25KA 25kA Option 13HI ption 13HIC T SOTA through 4g0a MCJ E T A 30kA 30kA 30kA MCP 100kA 100kA 100kA J D3D 18kA 14kA 14kA 2155 with ii ii BC G5KA Z5KA I8KA Option 13HIC I6C J D6D TOOKA 65KA 25KA 108A through 135A MCP J D3D J D6D 100kA 100kA 100kA 201A through 480A CP D3D J 060 KD 6D LD 100kA 100kA 100kA Discount Schedule A6 261 Appendix UL cUL CSA Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units
241. A Type 12 30 PI 2 10 15 15 25 60 4 0 2172B CA_ __ _ 2172B CD_ __ _ 100 60 PI 3 20 30 30 50 100 JiR H ARCE 45 2172B DA_ _ 21728 DD 200 100 6 414 40 50 60 100 200 6 07 2172B FA_ 2172B ED_ __ Engineered 20 W aa GRE B 400 J 200 s 5 5 60 100 125 200 400 KPANC 6 051 21728 FA_ 21728 FD_ 25 W Snes dosa 600 J 400 J R H HRCII C 6 0 64 125 200 250 400 600 J R HRCII C 35 W 2172B GA_ __ _ 2172B GD_ __ _ 800 L 20 D 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2172B EABD Select the abe er rom table on page 230 e g 2172B EABD 49 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2172B EABD 49 27 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2172B EABD 49_ _ 27J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2172B EABD 49GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003 EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the M relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2172B BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2172B BJ _ ___ Available on 480 and 600 volt applications only Contact your loca
242. A _ J Clips 1 0 250 kcmil 2 phase W 25 ADE AEE 600A R Clips 2 600 kcmil 2 phase CU AL 35 An Nop enti ADF AEF 600A Clips 42 600 kcmil 2 phase CUAL 35 AE_ bottom entry ADG AEG 600A Non fused 42 600 kcmil 2 phase CU AL 3 5 See page 74 for short circuit ap AEH 800A L Clips _ 46 350 kcmil 3 phase CU AL 35 withstand ratings f ADJ AEJ 800A Non fused 6 350 kcmil 3 phase CU AL 35 ADK AEK 1200A L Clips 6 350 kcmil 3 phase CU AL 3 5 ADL AEL 1200A Non fused 6 350 kcmil 3 phase CU AL 3 5 AFC AGC 400A R Clips 1 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 5 aso SAECO AB AGD 400A J Clips 1 0 250 kcmil 2 phase cw 25 AF_ top entry AFE AGE 600A R Clips 2 600 kcmil 2 phase CU AL 3 5 or R AG bottom ent AFF AGF 600A J Clips 2 600 kcmil 2 phase CU AL 3 5 See page 74 for short circuit f withstand ratings AFH AGH 800A L Clips 6 350 kcmil 3 phase CU AL 3 5 AFK AGK 1200A L Clips 6 350 kcmil 3 phase CU AL 3 5 NINTH POSITION Continued on next page Discount Schedule A6 For Options M odifications and Accessories see pages 23 15 Vertical Sections Catalog Number Explanation for Vertical Sections SC e Maximum SC shipping block is three 3 vertical sections Enddaingplatesare supplied on each of the shipping blocks containing incoming line or main breaker sections Ninth position continued from previous page
243. A certified For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 135 Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Units 2154G Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC Dialog Plus See page 133 for product description SCR fuses and isolation contactor are optional Select on page 149 The addition of these options may require additional space See page 150 for space factors of units with options Control circuit transformer must be selected Select on page 146 Bulletin 150 SMC Dialog Plus controllers are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 261 for short circuit withstand ratings 167 oh Nominal nore pow er Nominal kW l i The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal NEMA Type 1an 1 ___ The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC Dialog Fuse Clip Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 H Rating Plus is the output ampere rating Space Delivery Amps Factor BI BI Program 220 230V 21 Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number 2 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Amps Class Wiring Type B Wiring Type B Class Class I u 24 0 75 5 5 1 7 5 0 75 11 1 15 1 20 2154GB BK_ 2154GB BJ _ at R HRCII C a a 60 2 0
244. A250 A v Panduit Type LCC 2 250 aul CU 82B250 v 400A 1 PIB 500 kami CU 82A500 vy Burndy YA A Series 2 250 Emi CU AL 83B250 v 1 1B 500 kcmil CU AL 83A500 4 600A Panduit Type LCC 2B CU 82B500 v v Burndy YA A Series 2B CU AL 83B500 vy w 800A Panduit Type LCC 3B CU 82C500 v v Burndy YA A Series 3B CU AL 83C500 v w w Panduit Type Eee 4B 500 kemil CU 82D500 w v Burndy YA A Series 4B CU AL 83D500 v w uh Panduit Type LCC 5B cU 82E500 v Burndy YA A Series 5B CU AL 83E500 y A Panduit Type LCC 68 CU 82F500 7 Burndy YA A Series 6B CU AL 83F500 v 1 76 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified the quanity and size type of the EA neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus ice page 121 is specified and 1 or 2 gs will be provide 4 lugs are specified 2 For top entry of neoming Disconnect supplied wit For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 ugs per phase are speci Discount Schedule A6 ied 1 lug will be provided on the half rated neutral riser When 3 or When 5 or 6 lugs are specified 3 lugs will be provided on half rated neutral riser cables only Requires pullbox Select on page 28 ug pad assembly reference page 239 for additional lugs Main and Feeder Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Circuit Breaker Feeders and Mains 15 225A Trip
245. AJC _ CM 15 50 oc BI 50 100 100k 100k 35k 2193M _ AKC _CX 2193M _ AJ C _CX 15 50 150A 3C LFD 60 100 100k 100k 100k 2193M_ AKC _CD 2193M _ AJC _CD 3C 65k 35k 18k 15 2193M _ BKC _CB 2193M _ BJ C _CB 6C 100k 65k 25k 2193M _ BKC _C 2193M _ BJ C _C oc 2 22M 100k 100k 35k 2193M_ BKC _CX 2193M _ BJ C _CX 3C LFD 100k 100k 100k 2193M _ BKC _CD 2193M _ BJ C _CD p3p BI 65k 35k 18k 2193M _ CKC _CT 2193M _ CJ C _CT 225A D6D ie 100k 65k 25k 2193M _ CKC _C 2193M _ CJ C _C DOD 100k 100k 35k 2193M_ CKC _CX 2193M _ CJ C _CX K3D 65k 35k 25k 2193M_ DKC _CT 2193M _ DJC _CT 400A K6D 125 400 100k 65k 35k 2193M _ DKC _C 2193M _ DJ C _C Kop 2 100k 100k 65k 2193M_ DKC _ CX 2193M _ DJ C _CX LD 65k 35k 25k 2193M _ EKC _CT 2193M _ EJ C _CT LDG 41 16 65k 35k 25k 2193M _ EKC _CTG 2193M _ EJ C _CTG HLD 6 100k 65k 35k w 2193M_ EKC _CM 2193M _ EJ C _CM 600A HLDG 116 300 600 100k 65k 35k 2193M_ EKC CMG 2193M _ EJC CMG LoC PIMA 100k 100k 50k 2193M _ EKC _CX 2193M _ EJ C _CX LocG PIIG 100k 100k 50k 2193M_ EKC _CXG 2193M _ EJ C _CXG LD H maG T 600 65k 35k 25k 2193M _ EKC 52CN 2193M _ EJ C 52CN 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted e g 2193M T or 2193M B Select trip current from table on page 83 e g 2193M B AKC 40CB If optional line lugs will be selected select from Optional M echanical and Crimp Lugs tables on page 84 Then add option number to base catalog number e g 2193M B AKC 40CB 80A4X
246. BD Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2113B BABD 30 Select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g ions 2100 TD001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publicat The cata log numbers listed include an external reset button for the asi relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2113B BK_ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2113B 8J _ 2113B BABD 30CA 2 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal operating handles up to four 4 Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 1 10 pt pull apart contro terminal block Type BD oniyi 3 Dual mounted units supplied without pow er terminal blocks in Type B units with 16 AWG control wire only See page 8 for information on installation into series E J sections 4 Dual mounting of combination starters in one unit Add two numbers from table on page 230 to identify the horsepower and add the suffix letter from table on page 235 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2113B BABD 3941CA 5 2113BB of motor load cables 6 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Discount Schedule A6 For 200HP at 240V or 400HP at 480V suffix letter identifying circuit breaker must be CT or CM o
247. Circuit Breaker 42 42 1051 Code of Main Bus Code Branch Breakers C 225A 105G ar KU Mare Main Breaker olt On Branch Breaker Code Trip Rating table on Page 89 40 100A 42 150A 45 225A 88 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Lighting and Power Panel Units Bulletin 2193PP Plug in Panel Board with Main Circuit Breaker PPAN See page 85 for product description e Unit plugs into the MCC vertical bus The panel board bus is aluminum with tin plating The panel board is series rated The P capacity rating shown can be applied to all branch circuit breakers Bulletin 2193PP panel board is suitable for use with 3 phase 4 wire solidly grounded Wye systems rated 480Y 277V or less NOTE Neutral and ground bar in Bulletin 2193PP will not be factory connected to any neutral bus neutral plate or ground bus 106 Breaker Numberof Circuit Space BBE pn Wiring Type A Class I Delivery Trip 1 pole Breaker Factor This rating can be Program Rating Circuit Typ applied to all branch NEMA Type 1and Type 1 w NEMA Type 12 g Amperes Breakers YP circuit breakers gasket WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER M CB I3C 25kA 2193PP CKB518 40CB __ 2193PP C B518 40CB __ 100 18 16C 2 5 65kA 2193PP CKB518 40CM __ 2193PP CJ B518 40CM __ Ic 100kA 2193PP CKB518 40CX __ 2
248. Code Ratings kW Code Ratings hp Code Ratings hp Code Ratings hp Code Ratings hp 1P3N 13 0 37 APIN 1 1 0 5 OPIN 0 9 0 5 2P1H 11 0 5 1P7H 10 9 0 5 2PIN 15 0 55 PIN 16 0 75 JIP7N 113 0 75 2PIH 16 0 75 1P7H 13 0 75 2PIN 2 1 0 75 PIN 2 1 1 1P7N 1 7 1 3P4H 2 1 1 2P7H 1 7 1 3P5N 2 6 1 1 3P4N 13 0 15 2P7N 2 4 15 43P4H 3 0 15 2P7H 2 4 15 3P5N 13 5 15 3P4N 13 4 2 2P7N 2 7 2 5POH 13 4 2 3P9H 2 7 2 5PON 5 0 2 2 5PON 15 0 3 3P9N 13 9 3 8POH 5 0 3 6P1H 3 9 3 8P7N 8 7 3 7 8PON 18 0 5 6PIN 6 1 5 011H 18 0 5 QPOH 6 1 5 OLIN 115 5 5 OLIN 11 75 OPON 19 0 75 0144H 11 7 5 011H 9 0 1 5 OI5N 154 75 014N 14 10 JOLIN 11 10 022H 14 10 017H 11 10 022N 22 11 022N 22 15 fO17N 17 15 1027H 22 15 022H 17 15 030N 30 15 027N 127 20 f022N 122 20 034H 127 20 027H 122 20 037N 37 18 5 034N 134 25 027N 127 25 040H 134 25 032H 127 25 043N 43 22 040N 140 30 032N 32 30 052H 40 30 041H 132 30 060N 60 30 052N 52 40 JOLIN 41 40 065H 52 40 052H 41 40 072N 72 37 065N 165 50 052N 52 50 1 The kW and HP ratings shown are for reference only PowerFlex 70 drive units should be sized according to the applications and output ampere rating Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 171 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Co mbination Pow erFlex 70 V
249. Desi NALE Number Trip Current Amperes Amperes through 600V 9 100KA 24 30 15 30 R 100 kA 24R 31 20 H 10 kA 24 32 30 100 kA 25 34 40 60 R 100 kA 25R 35 50 H 10 kA 25 36 60 100 kA 26 37 70 100 R 100 kA 26R 38 80 H 10 kA 26 39 90 100 kA 27 40 100 200 R 100 kA 27R 41 125 H 10 kA 27 42 150 100 kA 28 43 175 400 R 100 kA 28R 44 200 H 10 kA 28 45 225 46 250 48 300 49 350 50 400 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Breaker Option 24 cae a M am Heli Hee Medium Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 15 50 a CD I3C LFD CB I3 CM 16C 60 100 CD I3C LFD CB I3C CM 16C 125 150 CD I3C LFD CB I3C CM 16C 175 225 CT J D3D CM J D6D 250 400 CT K3D CM K6D Refer to page 258 for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings Discount Schedule A6 23 Vertical Sections Basic Sections and Structure Features M odifications SC Il and PE II Se Delivery Basic Sections Program Basic 20 Wide 3 20 wide sections per shipping block Section Includes standard features indicated in the tables below and on following pages M aximum three 25 30 35 Wide Section 25 Wide Section Section width is 25 Section has a 9 wireway M aximum of two 2 25 wide sections with 9 wireway per shipping block M aximum of one 1 25 with 9 Wireway wide section with 9 wireway per sh
250. Door BANK oai iR RA PURE G R Ad PA 106 Control Wire M arkers on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units Drip HOOd 0 cece cece eee cece eee LI 24 237 154 Drive Frame SizeS ook ccc cece cece a aa LLL 270 Control Wire M arkers on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor E Drive Units aura WRA 217 E3 Solid State Overload Relay on Contactors and Starters M etering Control Wire M arkers on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units UNIS coc cc occu occ ceceteeceeeusiseueassccceus 117 126 228 Elapsed Time M eter on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and ControlLogix Communication M odules on M arshalling Panels and Pro Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 120 grammable Controllers 1 0 0 aaa aaa aaa aaa eee ees 227 Empty Unit Insert sccccceeeeceeveececeeeeees 106 ControlLogix Processor on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Con Empty Unit Insert with Disconnecting Means 106 trollers ose ee as Caan eee Ne 227 End Closing Plate o n noaua 237 ControlLogix Programming Cable on M arshalling Panels and Program Ethernet to DeviceNet Linking Device 108 mable Controllers pacts ne R da GE 227 Export Packing Below Deck for Sections on SC l and PE I 23 ControlNet to DeviceNet Linking Device 108 Export Packing Below D
251. E II 10 5 30 2197 KKNP __ 2197 J KKNP __ 16A 2197 J J KNP __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 B 20 2197 GKIT __ 2197 GKIT __ 16A 2197 GJ IT __ 75 3 7 Pl 20 2 516 2197 HKIT _ 2197 HKIT __ 16A 2197 HJ IT __ PELI 10 5 B 30 2197 KIT __ 2197 KIT __ 16A 2197 J J IT __ 15 7 5 7 50 3 08 2197 KKIP __ 2197 KKIP __ 16A 2197 KJ IP__ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2197 EKNS Select the trip current from table on page 233 e g 2197 EKNS 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 235 e g 2197 EKNS 30CB For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEM A Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A Incorpor
252. EB For two speed applications the first code denotes the high speed overload relay and the second code denotes the low speed overload relay Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 4 requires 4 5 space factor Bulletin 2112 NEMA 4 with Class or HRCII C fuses requires 3 0 space factor Bulletin 2113 Size 4 with circuit breaker option CT or CM requires 3 0 space factor utually exclusive with 89_ relay and 87 time options Not available with pushbuttons or selector switches except 3 and 1F Separate or transformer control only Not available with option 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 9 Not available on dual starter units or with option 85XA current transformer 85AA ammeter or 700TC_ current transducer 10 Available for separate transformer or line to neutral control only not available with common control 11 Not available on 0 5 space factor units with option 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 12 NEMA size 3 power terminal blocks must be supplied Not available with Type A wiring or option 106 omission or power terminal blocks u GO 1 G Discount Schedule A6 115 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Overload Relay Codes for E1 Plus Option 7FEE_ or 7FEE_D 143 For Use with Full Load Current Range Overload Relay Code Add to Option NEMA Size Amperes Number from 115 e g 7FEEB U 0
253. EJ C _CT 600 B6117 HLD 300 600 100k 65k 35k 2 0 2193F_ EKC _CM 2193F_ EJ C _CM LoC M 100k 100k 50k 2193F_ EKC _CX 2193F_ EJ C _CX SCJI MDL 65k 50k 25k 2193F_ FKC _CT 2193F_ F C _CT i g00 BH6L7 HM DL 400 800 100k 65k 35k 2 5 2193F_ FKC _CM 2193F_ FJ C _CM Noc HI 100k 100k 65k 2193F_ FKC _CX 2193F_ F C _CX ND 65k 50k 25k 2193F_ GKC _CT 2193F_ GJ C _CT 510118 HND 600 1200 100k 65k 35k 3 5 2193F_ GKC _CM 2193F_ GJ C _ CM Noc 1 100k 100k 65k 2193F_ GKC _CX 2193F_ G C _ CX 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the trip current from table on page 80 e g 2193F CKC 44CT If optional load lugs will be selected select from table on page 80 Then add option number to the base catalog number e g 2193F CKC 44CT 80A350 2 Non interchangeable trip breakers 3 These units have horizontal operating handles SC or SC Il as indicated delivery program in Canada SC changes to Engineered and SC II changes to Engineered delivery program in the US Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability 5 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert T for Top mounted or B for Bottom mounted e g 2193FT or 2193FB Select the trip current from table on page 80 e g 2193FT DKC 50CT If optional load lugs will be selected select from table on page 80 Then add option number to the base catalog number e g 2193FT EKC 44CT 80A 350 6 Frame mounted unit M ust be located at top or bottom o
254. F _ __ 1 Ampere ratings apply to non motor loads such as fluorescent ballasts mercury vapor lamps and resistive heating Tungsten lamp current ratings are limited to applications 480 volts line to line 277 volts line to neutral maximum 2 Ratings are based on the contactor being used to switch transformers having an inrush of not more than 20 times their rated full load current regardless of the nature of the secondary load Ratings do not apply to transformers used in resistance welder service 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2103LB BKBD Select trip current from table on page 233 e g 2103LB BKBD 30 Select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 234 e g 2103LB BKBD 30CB 4 Separate or transformer control only except 208V where separate control only These units have horizontal handles up to four 4 Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 1 10 pt pull apart control terminal block with 16 AWG control wire only One 1 3 pole power terminal block is supplied as standard Dual mounted unit supplied without power terminal blocks To dual mount combination lighting contactors in one unit Select two trip current numbers from table on page 233 e g 2103LB BKBD 3032 Then select circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 233 e g 2103LB BKBD 3032CB Hoi Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications
255. FCBN secondary fused for 240V 2 0 SC Type LOKVA 5KVA 120 208V sec with 2 2 5 taps FCAN 600V PRIM ARY AMJ ANJ 2 2 5 taps FCBN secondary fused to 208V L5 Th 15KVA 7 5kVA 120 208V sec with 2 2 5 taps FCAN AMK ANK phaca 2 2 5 taps FCBN secondary fused to 208V 2 0 Bottom 25KVA 12 5KVA 120 208V sec with 2 2 5 taps AML ANL Mounted FCAN 2 2 5 taps FCBN secondary fused to 208V 2 0 30KVA 15kVA 120 208V sec with 2 2 5 taps FCAN AMM ANM 2 2 5 taps FCBN secondary fused to 208V 2 0 Single section shipping split only 15 or 20 deep enclosure without Corner Section lugs See page 247 for dimensions 6 0 1 For NEMA Type 1 and NEMA R 1 with gasket applications a vented door is provided 2 InNEMA pi 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 17 Vertical Sections Vertical Sections SC Without Vertical Wireway e Maximum SC shipping block is one 1 vertical section Enddaingpatesare supplied e Splice kits are nct induckd Enclosures without horizontal bus are UL listed under the UL Standard for Safety UL 508 unless otherwise indicated 15
256. FD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated By pass H00VAC oo eee ee eee 205 207 2165Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker Disconnect and M anual Iso ated Bypass 480V 111 201 2165Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker Disconnect and M anual Iso ated Bypass 600V 111 202 2165R Combination Pow erFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker Disconnect and M anual Iso ated Bypass 480VAC cece ee eee 206 w 2172 Closed Transition Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Type Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch RVAT 58 2173 Closed Transition Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Type Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker RVAT 59 2180E 2182E and 2183E Bulletin 1771 Programmable Controller VO Chassis PLC aa aaa A 222 2180 2182 and 2183 Bulletin 1746 SLC 500 Programmable Controller PLC 12 2 owy o gd a nnn ade 223 2180L 2182L and 2183L Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Programma ble Controller PLC 0 cece eee 224 2181B Marshalling Panel 000 c cee ee cease 226 2190 Metering Compartments METER 62 64 2191M and 2191F Lug Compartments Provisions for Basic Sec tions Incoming Lines MLUG and Outgoing Feeders FLUG 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Line Dimensions 71 7
257. For 150 hp 480 V Heavy Duty Bulletin 2162R and 2163R units refer to footnote 2 4 and 6 4 Line or load reactors for 75 through 250HP drives at 480V and 600V are separate units from the drive units The line and load reactors require an additional section mounted to the right of the section with the drive The reactor will be mounted in a supplementary drive unit in the bottom of the additional section The two 2 sections will be one 1 shipping block Not available in back to back construction f Common mode choke is not included when load reactor option 14RXL or 14RXL__ is selected on 2162P and 2163P units Bulletin 2162R and 2163R size code 300 rated units have approximately 3 of inherent line reactance Gui Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Space Factor Adders for Line or Load Reactors Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162P and 2163P 254 NEMA Type 1 1G 12 Rating 30HP Space Factor Adder 0 5 Space Factor Adders for Bulletins 2162Q and 2163Q 480V 255 600V 256 NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder NEMA Type Rating Code Space Factor Adder 1P1 0P9 2P1 1P7 3P4 2P7 5P0 0 5 3P9 0 5 1 16 8P0 1 16 6P1 011 9P0 014 011 052 1 041 tl
258. G green R red W white e g 4RG is a red ON and green OFF pilot in Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type po lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot ghts Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 139 TS1W TSR1W TSR1W FVC FVR FVNR TS2W TSR2W TSR2W RVAT Option Rare 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Number Description 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K 42 ON 4115 w w 7 RUN v 41 19 4 me ON OFF 4191 v v a RUN OFF 4 4 HIGH LOW v 4 TIBI HIGH LOW OFF 4 HIGH LOW FORWARD REVERSE v 4 4 7 Standard HIGH LOW FORWARD REVERSE OFF v v p gt 3 4 8 Type FORWARD REVERSE 4 10 4 _ MBO FORWARD REVERSE OFF I x Pilot 4E FAST SLOW v Lights 4E y FAST SLOW OFF v i 4E FAST SLOW FORWARD REVERSE v v Type for 4E 7 FAST SLOW FORWARD REVERSE Vv 7 sc 6 8007 Full gh voltage 4y 12 OVERLOAD v v v v v w for 800F 1 al B ON 411 v v RUN v 4119 ae ON OFF 4191 w w a RUN OFF 4 4L HIGH LOW v 4L _ MLO me HIGH LOW
259. G control wire Drive On and Bypass On pilot lights options 4 _ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 208 Unit doors are interlocked e D A A Starter Auxiliary D SA options 11D SA2 and 11D SA3 are available for the bypass unit of the manual drive bypass configuration 245 Nominal HP KENA ois Awy NEMA 12 gasket Maximum Continuous The horsepower ratings shown below Delivery Frame are for reference only PowerFlex 700 AI drive units should be sized according to SPACE Catalog Number M AECE Catalog Number 2 Began pags the application and output ampere Factor Factor rating 1 7 2 1 2164RA 1P7A_ _ 2164RA 1P7D_ _ 2 7 21 15 2 3 0 2164RA 2P7A_ _ 3 0 2164RA 2P7D_ _ 0 3 9 2 3 2164RA 3P9A_ _ 2164RA 3P9D_ _ 6 1 21 5 2164RA 6PIA_ _ 2164RA 6P1D_ _ g 2 1 5 2164RA 9POA_ _ 3 5 2164RA 9POD_ _ 1 11 10 35 2164RA 011A_ _ 2164RA 011D_ _ 1722 15 2164RA 017A_ _ 2164RA 017D_ _ 22 2 20 2164RA 022A_ _ 4 0 2164RA 022D_ _ PE ILin U S 272 25 2164RA 027A_ _ 2164RA 027D_ _ 32 2 30 4 5 2164RA 032A_ _ 45 2164RA 032D_ _ SC ll in 3 42 40 sg 2154RAOIA ss 2164RA 041D_ _ Canada 52 2 50 2164RA 052A_ _ 2164RA 052D_ _ 4 628 60 6 0 35 W 2164RA 062A_ _ 6 0 35 WMI 2164RA 062D_ _ EM 6 0 35 W 6 0 35 W 5 778 15 20 D FI 2164RA 077A_ _ 20 D Bl 2164RA 077D_ _ 6
260. HETENI THINK SOLVE CATALOG e CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers Rockwell ALLEN BRADLEY ROCKWELL SOFTWARE Automation Quick Index Bulletin Page Bulletin Page Bulletin Page Bulletin Page Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number General Information Configuration Tables Hardware Kits Appendix Dimensions Heater Element Selection Tables Full Load Currents Interrupting Capacity Ratings Short Circuit Withstand Ratings 2193LE 2193M 2193PP 2195 2196 2197 2196Z Table of Contents General Information Vertical Sections Units Contactor and Starter Units Metering Units Main and Feeder Units Lighting and Power Panel Units Transformer Units Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controllers and Marshalling
261. Instantaneous sc BI 0 3 to 30 NOTO and 2 N O and 2 ey 89CF22B seconds 4 a ncrc Contacts NC contact Relay U 89CF40C On delay Instantaneous 4 N O Mutually Bulletin includes 1 contacts on exclusive 89CF22C 700CF 4 pole NOTC and Bulletin 700CF 2 N O and 2 with 89CB relaywith _ 1 NCTO relays are non N C and 89CBL time contact _ convertible 1 2 1 2 4 4 1 interpos 89CF40D attachment Off delay Bulletin 700P F NO ing relays includes 0 relays have 18to180 NOTO and instantaneous gt 9 and2 For B9CF22D seconds I 1 NCTC contactsthat yy co common contact m ae iat control R rom normally el _ lay tine lane HALE ka zi4 ee pe 2 4 4 1 PE is provided _ norma 0 an P 89CF22L atch attachment I ead N C 89P2 2 N O j BI 89P4 Bulletin 700P relay TNO i 2 I 2 4 4 1 SC Bulletin 700P with No 89PT pneumatic time delay instantaneous attachment on off delay contacts 1 2 1 2 4 4 1 89PT2 With two 2 timed 2N 0 contacts 0 1 to 60 PE Bulletin 700P 89PL2 with mechanical latch 2 N 0 1 2 1 2 4 4 1 attachment 1 Not available on dual 2103L units dual 2113 units or 0 5 space factor units When selected on 2122 or 2123 size 1 or 2 starter units power terminal blocks will not be provided One 1 relay will be furnished per each contactor on reversing 2106 2107 two speed 21
262. Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select on page 212 e Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 203 R Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW onianoe a eae Catalog Number PI zl i Output Bulletin 1336 PLUS I die i the output ampere dc NEMA Type land ch SE CREM A Type 12 p Ta Amperes U lang Type 1 w gasket 220 230V PI 240V 2 3 037 05 2163PA FOSCK _ 2163PA FOSCJ 3 0 0 55 0 75 2163PA FO7CK_ _ 2163PA FOTCJ_ _ 45 0 75 1 1 1 2163PA FLOCK_ _ 2163PA FLOCJ_ _ 6 0 1 5 15 2 0 2163PA FI5CK_ _ 2 0 2163PA F15CJ_ _ 8 0 2 2163PA F20CK_ _ 2163PA F2OCJ_ _ PE 12 2 2 3 2163PA F30CK_ _ 2163PA F30CJ_ _ 18 3 7 5 2163PA F50CK_ _ 2163PA F50C _ _ 27 5 5 7 5 1 5 30 2163PA 007CK_ _ 40 2163PA 007CJ_ _ 34 10 2163PA 010CK_ _ 2163PA 010CJ _ _ 48 11 15 3 0 PE 2163PA 015CK_ _ 6 0 2163PA 015CJ_ _ 65 15 18 5 20 2163PA 020CK_ _ oo wi 2153PA 020C _ _ 17 22 25 6 0 2163PA 025CK_ _ 2163PA 025CJ _ _ PE Il 80 30 207 WE 163PA 030CK 6 0 4 2163PA 030C _ 25 wkl oo 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive ou information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Offi 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage
263. LB Insulated ring lugs for control wires where possible v y v v v Y Isc days Pa Circuit Spade 750SL 8 Insulated spade lugs for control wires where possible v v v v v v Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control BB wire Not available in Canada A d y SC Control Wire M arkers 751HS Heat shrink type marker at each end of control wire v v v v v v SC 2 days 7515 Sleeve type marker at each end of control wire v v v v v v Shunt Trip 754 l For tripping circuit breakers from remote 120V 60Hz source v v v g Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot French Legend Plates 860F devices Specity 860F when pilot device option is selected 4 7 ss w v ae p Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot Spanish Legend Plates 8605 devices Specify 860S when pilot device option is selected y v Y y Plated steel nameplate screws aoe Provided when cardholder or v v v v v v nameplates are not selected Card Holder for Unit 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders P v Vv P s Doors with blank cards Unit Door Nameplates Acrylic plate available in U S only 1 125 x 3 625 Lettering is white with black letters or w w v v y v engraved black with white letters SCI 3 line or 4 line Phenolic plate Lettering is white with nameplate black letters black with white letters v v v v v v or red with white letters Stainless Steel z Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates 2 per Z Vv P
264. LUS II Drive NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type NEMA Wiring Class I Type A Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 198 2162P A F05 C K B 33 6P 14HAS2C 14L6 2163P A F05 C K B 33CA 6P 14HAS2C 14L6 Bulletin Wiring Nominal Horsepower Drive Type NEMA Line Horsepower kWand Control Transformer Human Interface Number Type and kW Rating JPE Enclosure Type Voltage Circuit Breaker Type Module Control Interface and Options 198D ici Code Drive Type 1986 C Constant Torque Horsepow er kW Code and Code Type Code Circuit Breaker Type V Variable Torque Bulletin 1336 PLUS II ee maan 33 Horsepower kW code 2162P Variable Frequency AC 1 Drive type code C constant torque is valid for 2162PA 33 See table on page 230 Drive VFD with all line voltage codes Drive type code V H KW Fusible Disconnect variable torque is valid for 480V only 33__ Horsepower i 2163PA 33CA code See table on page 230 Bulletin 1336 PLUS II CA Circuit Breaker Type 2163p Variable Frequency AC OE z See table on page 236 Drive VFD with Code NEMA Enclosure Type i em Circuit Breaker Code Line Voltage K NEMA Type 1 an
265. N P 2100 5R0032 EN P 2100 4 2 Mains and Incoming Lines Dimension 2100 IN012x EN P CENTERLINE 2100 User M anual 2100 6 0 2 Renewal Parts Publication Power System Configuration Considerations for Selection of CENTERLINE 2100 M CCs DeviceNet Specification Guide DeviceNet Hardware M anual 2100 ATO03x EN P 2100 SR008x EN P 2100 TD019xEN P Contact your local Rockwell Automation sales representative Allen Bradley distributor or visit www rockwellautomation com literature Discount Schedule A6 CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER Technology CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Applications CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs are suitable for use on 3 phase 3 wire or 4 wire Wye connected power systems rated 600 V or less 50 or 60 hertz which have a solidly grounded neutral CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs may also be used on other power system a however some units and options may not ee efer to Appendix page 272 for additional ormation Service and Storage Conditions CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs conform to NEMA standard ICS 1 1993 for service and storage conditions All MCCs should have an ambient operating temperature above 0 C but shall not exceed 40 C with up to 95 non condensing humidity If the equipment is stored the ambient temperature shall be above 30 C but shall not exceed 65 C In addition MCCs have an altitude class of 2km The altitude class of 2 km designates equipment for installation where
266. N P CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breakers for more information 3 Bulletin 2155 SM C Flex units with circuit breaker suffix CA requires High Interrupting Capacity fuses option 13HIC for rating 5A to 85A rated units 4 30HP maximum at 240V 50HP maximum at 480V and 600V 22kW maximum at 220 230V and 37kW maximum at 380 415V 5 Not available for 75kW at 220 230V 6 Not available at 240V 350HP maximum at 480V 450HP maximum at 600V 132kW maximum at 220 230V and 220kW maximum at 380 415V Circuit Breaker Type for Bulletins 2163P 2163Q 2163R 2163T 2165Q and 2165R 292 Instantaneous Inverse Time Thermal Inverse Time Thermal Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic Type High Interrupting Capacit Magnetic Standard Magnetic Medium High Interrupting Capacit y Interrupting Capacity Interrupting Capacity y HP Range 0 5 60 60 150 200 60 150 H 200 0 5 40 50 0 5 40 50 60 60 150 H 200 22 18 5 18 5 22 z k 3 2 4 B kW Range 0 25 37 45 75 90 45 75 2I 75 110 132 0 25 22 30 37 MI 0 25 22 30 37 41 45 75 51 75 110 132 Suffix CA CA CA cT l CT cq cp BI cp BI cm Bl cm 8 cm l CM cm I Frame MCP MCP MCP JD3D K3D LD 13C 13C 16C 16C J D6D K6D HLD 1 150HP rating for 480V variable torque applications only 60HP Heavy Duty at 480V 2 Only available through 15KW at 220 230V 3 Only available through 30HP at 240V through 50HP at 480V and through 60HP at 600V 4 18 5kW rating is at 220 230V only 5
267. NEMA 1 100kA 2112 6 100kA 2 3 100kA ae 4 6 100kA 2196 100kA 2106 2112 2122 2126 1 3 100kA I 2106 2112 2122 4 5 100kA HRCII C 2106 2112 Space Saving NEMA 1 100kA I 2112 6 100kA m 23 100kA l 4 6 100kA l L 2112 2172 6 100kA 1 NOT UL listed Discount Schedule A6 259 Appendix UL cUL CSA Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Circuit Breaker Units Circuit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Amperes rms Symmetrical Breaker Device Bulletin Size Rating ses CALE nee come 208V 240V oe ued 600V 2107 2113 2123 2127 2173 1 1 3 25kA 2107 2113 2123 2127 2173 Ad 100kA 100kA 100kA 50kA 2107 2113 Space Saving NEMA 1 2 65kA P 35KA MCP 2107 2113 Space Saving NEMA B 65kA P 42kA 2113 Space Saving NEMA 4 z 50ka LI 30kA 2107 2113 2123 2173 5 100KA 100KA 100KA 42KA 2113 2173 4 100KA 100kA 65kA 35kA MCPw ELC 2107 2113 2123 2127 2173 Ad 100KA 100kA 100kA 100kA 2107 2113 2123 2127 2173 43 18kA 18kA 14kA 14kA 2107 2113 Space Saving NEMA 1 2 35ka LI 18kA I3C 2107 2113 Space Saving NEMA 3 3 35k PI 18kA 21031 2197 EG 65kA 65kA 35kA 18kA 2107 2113 2123 2127 2173 43 100KA 100kA 100kA 100kA BOL zigan 2167 a 100kA 100kA 100kA 100kA 2107 2113 2123 2127 2173 3 100kA 100KA 100kA 25kA 2107 2113 Space Saving NEMA 1 2 65kA P 35kA I6C 2
268. NIA 2000 3 3 None None w w Incoming 0 25 x2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 46 250 kcmil lug Insulated from and mounted on unit Neutral m Support pan Located below main incoming unit if top entry and located above main incoming unit if bottom ma m na sc Connection Plate S8NPC entry Adds 0 5 space factor for main unit if less than 6 0 space factor Not available for 2191M unit in top 10 horizontal wireway 280A capacity can be used 0 25 x2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug Insulated from and mounted on unit only in sections 11 Support pan Located below main incoming unit if top entry and located above main incoming unit if bottom a yo 4 PE with a vertical S8NPS entry Adds 0 5 space factor for main unit if less than 6 0 space factor Not available for 2191M unit in top wireway horizontal wireway 280A capacity 1 Not available with 600A incoming lug compartment in horizontal wireway 300A incoming lug compartment or 10 wide section with incoming lugs 2 Option code is not complete Add location T for the top B for the bottom which matches the location of the horizontal neutral bus Use T for neutral bus above the main power bus Use B for neutral bus below the main power bus NOTE The code may be required to be oppos 2191MT DKC 54 88FNB Same as M LUG M FDS M CB e g if M LUG M FDS or M CB is in the top of the section main neutral b
269. Net used for configuring ControlNet devices including ControlNet to D eviceNet bridge The IntelliCENTER software is a monitoring communication software package requiring a very large amount of processor speed to function efficiently and quickly The processor speeds listed will allow the software to function correctly However for speed and efficiency it is recommended to use the fastest Pentium IV class or better processor available 30 Discount Schedule A6 Units Please read this important information for ordering units Select sections separately from units Units having DeviceNet options ordered separately from vertical sections will be supplied with a 48 DeviceNet drop cable for connecting Ee the DeviceNet device to a DeviceNet port in the vertical wireway of the existing CENTERLINE 2100 M CC with IntelliCENTER technology Wiring Type Units are available with either Type A or Type B wiring Catalog numbers are for Type B wiring To order Type A wired units substitute the letter B in the catalog number with the letter A For example change 2103LB BKBD 30CB to 2103LA BKBD 30CB Unit includes door unit support pan hinges and hinge pins Overload Relays Starter units include a Bulletin 592 eutectic alloy overload relay as standard See Options section for electronic overload relays Heater Elements Heater elements are offered on pages 251 through 255 Power Fuses Where applicable optional power fuses are available See
270. Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 91 Transformer Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2195 2196 and 2197 Transformer Units Control and lighting transformers Rated from 0 5 kVA 50 kVA single phase and 10 kVA 45 kVA three phase e Secondary protection provided 108 2195 A K BD 2196 A K BD 24J 2197 A K BD 30CB ne Bulletin Number Transformer Size ae Line Voltage je ki es a Options 108A 108C 108E Code Type NEMA Enclosure Fuse Clip Rating and Class Control and Lighting Transformer Code Type or Circuit Breaker Trip and 2195 without Disconnecting M eans K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 Code Type XFM R with gasket 2195 Not Applicable Control and Lighting Transformer J NEMA Type 12 24 Fuse Clip Rating and 2196 2 with Fusible Disconnect FM A r 2196 cjass See table on Page 233 2197 2 Control and Lighting Transformer 30CB Circuit Breaker Trip and with Circuit Breaker XFM R 2197 Type See table on Page 233 and Note The Z denotes that the disconnect 235 portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor 108D Line Voltage 108r 1088 Single Phase Code Options Transformer Code Primary Secondary see Options Section Code Size AD 240V 120V 1 Fuse beginning on Page 111 Sing
271. P7HKC 35_ 2163RA 2P7HJ C 35_ 2 4 2 1 5 2163RA 2P7HKC 36_ 2 0 2163RA 2P7H C 36_ 0 2 72 2 2163RA 3P9HKC 37_ 2163RA 3P9H C 37_ 3 9 2 3 2 0 2163RA 6PLHKC 38_ 2163RA 6P1H C 38_ 6 12 5 2163RA 9POHKC 39_ 2 5 2163RA 9POH C 39_ 1 9 92 15 2163RA 011HKC 40_ 2163RA 011H J C 40_ 11 10 2163RA 017HKC 41_ 2163RA 017H J C 41_ A 172 15 25 2163RA 022HKC 42_ 3 0 2163RA 022H C 42_ 22 2 20 2163RA 027HKC 43_ 2163RA 027H C 43_ 272 25 30 2163RA 032HKC 44_ 3 5 2163RA 032H C 44_ 3 32 2 30 2163RA 041HKC 45_ 40 2163RA 041H J C 45_ 41 2 40 3 5 2163RA 052HKC 46_ 2163RA 052H C 46_ 4 52B 50 6 0 20 w 4 2163RA 062HKC 47_ 6 0 25 wi4 2163RA 062H C 47_ 5 628 60 2163RA 077HKC 48_ me 2163RA 077H C 48_ 778 15 6 0 2163RA 125HKC 49_ 6 0 2163RA 125H C 49_ F 99 8 100 25 W 20 D P 2163RA 125HKC 50 30 W 20 D zT63RA 125H C 50_ 125 BI 125 2163RA 144HKC 51_ 6 5 2163RA 144H C 51_ Delivery Program PE in U S SC in Canada 1 2 3 4 5 192 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163RA 032HKC 44CA Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output c your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to Pow erFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E Ampere ratings are at 2kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2kHz are selected
272. Panels and Transformer E TT T EE T AR OR E Mi AE 119 Bolt on Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic Branch Breakers for Lighting PE sd eGesantt bias ahha coma ene newene eae 243 Bottom Closing Plate circnm ieren neee 24 237 Bulletin 2102L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Fusible Discon nect Switch FVLC cece eee eee 36 2103L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Circuit Breaker EVIC eee ait hake hte neath EO 37 2106 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect SWitGh PVR taa bein thee nenak a 39 2106 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVR 41 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker EUR ao oai na Z 39 2107 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR cece ee eee 41 2112 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units with Fusible Dis connect Switch FVNR cc cee eee eee 43 2112 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVNR 47 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Break CL FVNR T EE ai EA 45 2113 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVNR 47 Discount Schedule A6 2122E Two Speed 2 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Discon nect Switch TS2W cece ee eee 49 2122F Two Speed 1 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Discon nect Swit
273. Protocol v v PE mutually exclusive I3GR Single Point Remote 1 0 z A SC DeviceNet 13GD DeviceNet communication module M ounted internal to SM C Flex v y Communication M odule 13GK5 DeviceNet communication module v v 3 13GU6 Enhanced DeviceNet v v PE mutually exclusive 3GK61 Enhanced DeviceNet communication module with 4 input points w w Ground Fault Current 43GF Provides ground fault core balance current transformer for ground p SC ransformer fault indication Blank cover No ISHABC functionality a 5 v v SAARE ferogrammer only Bezel mounted on door Cable to SM C Dialog Programmer Control Plus included No window on door p s 13HAIC with Analog Available only on NEM A Type 1 and Type 1 Potentiometer with gasket Programmer Control PE 13HA2C __ with Digital v v Potentiometer I3HJPC Programmer only Door mounted HIM is not removable from 4 4 Human Interface Programmer Control bezel One HIM required per SMC Dialog Module HIM B 13HJ2C with Digital Plus unit No window on door v v mutually exclusive Potentiometer Available on NEMA Type 12 only Blank Cover No 13HBA0 REG v v functionality Door mounted in bezel Cable to SMC Flex LCD display full unit included No window on door 13HBA3 numeric keypad Available on NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with z x BHBAS a oe gasket only P 7 LCD display full Door mounted HIM is not removable from P P I3HC3S numeric keypad bezel One HI feauired per SMC Flex unit LCD d
274. Requires minimum of 3 5 space factors for 45kW 380 415 V when circuit breaker suffix CT or CM is selected ja mountet unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the factory 6 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the factory Bulletin 2155 Space Factors with Unit Options 180 Space Factor for NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket Units Space Factor for NEMA Type 12 Units Ratin A With With With With With With With amperes Standard Opin Sa Options ga Options Options 131C Options Standard One Gata Options Sa Options Options Options Unit q3GF asic BGFand 33p c BGFand angrzHic BOR BICE Unit q3Gr 13c BGFand 334c 13GFand 131C and 13GF 131C 13IC 13HIC and 13HIC 13IC 13HIC 13HIC__ and 13HIC 5 25 an 25 3 0 43 25 2 0 8 8 3 0 3 5 85 2 0 2 0 Hl 25 2 5 2 3 02 3 5 2l 108 135 2 5 3 0 2 5 3 0 35 35 4 0 108 1354 3 0 35 3 0 3 5 4 0 3 5 40 3 5 40 45 201 6 0 20 W 6 0 20 W 251 6 0 20 W 6 0 20 W 317 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 361 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0
275. Scanner Modules ccccccceccucccuven 244 145 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary on Combination Soft Starter Controller Control Station Housing on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains W es ees ace 2s hei nese scenes oeetdts es hh opsbeon ney asec 148 and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary on Contactors and Starters M etering 111 M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Control Station Mounting Plate cece eee ees 240 DE zza dtl tte Za Ea A O Ab ned Atoms eatl amp 118 Control Terminal Block on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units DeviceNet Terminating Resistors 244 154 DeviceNet Trunk Line Cable 0 0 cece cece seve ee ees 244 Control Terminal Block on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains DeviceNet Unit Cable cece LLL LI 244 and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units Dimensions cccccccccccccvecccccvuucnevenens 245 125 Documentation dsc zali ane ped 3 Control Voltage Type Door Hardware Kit 2 0 0 cc ce cece ee cee eee ee LLL 240 for Bulletins 2102 2103 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 Door Hinge Kit 0 ccc ee aaa aaa LAI 240 2126 2127 2172 and 2173 wcccs seven anaes 229 Door M ounted Speed Potentiometer on Combination Variable Frequen for Bulletins 2154 and 2155 aaa eee eee 229 cy AC Motor Drive Units 0c cc ceee eevee ees 217 for Bulletins 2162 2163 2164 and 2165 230
276. See Athstand ratings Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery Mca 480V 600V Rating GIS Factor NEMA Type Land Type 1 NATE Program Amperes w gasket yp e RU 30 CC J HRCII C 052 2106B 3BA_ __ 21068 3BD_ __ SC 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2106B 3BAB D Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2106B 3BABD 38 Select fuse class from above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2106B 3BABD 38 24 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K e g 2106B 3BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter k g 2106B 3B J 2 These units have horizontal operating handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect up to four 4 Bulletin BOOF pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 1 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 8 or information on installation into series E sections Bulletin 2107 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVR See page 33 for product description e Units are cUL US listed unless otherwise indicated 43 Catalog Number I en Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery ROEE Factor NEMA Type land Type 1w Program 48
277. TA 4P0J_ 6 0 22 3 0 2162TA 6POK_ _ 2162TA 6POJ_ _ 105 3 7 50 2162TA 010K_ _ 201 2162TA 010J_ 12 5 5 15 2162TA 012K_ _ 4 2162TA 012J _ _ c T7 75 10 2 014 2162TA 0I7K_ _ 25 I62TAO1JJ 24 11 15 2162TA 024K_ _ 3 04 2162TA 024j_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 40 User M anual 22B UM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 to the horsepower rating desired e g 2162TA 1P4KB Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower or kilowatt rating desired e g 2162TA 1P4KB 33 or 2162TA 1P4KN 33K 3 4 PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options Units at these voltages are not UL listed or cUL listed Adding options to this catalog number could result in an increased space factor 231 ZEG NEMA 1 16 NEMA 12 B Isolated L asm B c Isolated L Isolated Signal ase solate ine or igna ase ontro solate ine or Isolated Signa ae Frame Rn Unit DE Signal Load Conditioner Unit Station Signal Load Conditioner Space BOT 5 Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND Space 1 3 4or Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND
278. Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient 2 For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided 3 For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A 4 Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards e g 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers 5 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the transformer primary voltage desired e g 2195 FKNS 6 Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section 7 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section 8 The 15kVA transformer has 110 220 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers 9 Tap arrangement is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN 94 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See 91 for product description Transformer Units
279. Type Finish LIGI2 ANSI49 MediumLightGrey 3R High Gloss White outside only 250 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix Heater Element Selection Overload Relay Class Designations Industry standard NEMA Part ICS 2 222 designates an overload relay by a class number indicating the maximum time in seconds at which the relay will trip when carrying a current equal to 600 percent of its current rating A class 10 overload relay will trip in 10 seconds or less at a current equal to 600 percent of its rating Applications include hermetric motors submersible pumps and motors with short locked rotor time capability A class 20 overload relay will mpn 20 seconds or less at a current equal to 600 percent of its ae They are often used for applications involving motors driving high inertia loads where additional accelerating time is needed Allen Bradley standard overload relay protection using type W heater elements pronus class 20 operation and is recommended for general applications For applications regarding class 10 and 30 overload relays consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice Heater Element Selection The Full Load Amps listed in the table are to be used for heater element selection The rating of the relay in amperes at 40 C is 115 of the full load amps listed for the Heater Element No Refer to the motor nameplate for the full load current the service factor and the motor classification by application and t
280. U S ine and load metal oxide 108A 135A z7 SC in Canada tecti varistors M OVs SRO A which protectthe 5 B5A 7 7 supplied as internal power 108A 480A 7 7 circuitry from standard A severe electrical 248 544 s d v Dialog Plus transients and 97A 360A v w g high electrical JOUMAN 43A 85A W 7 s nose 108A 135A 7 7 5A 85A v v 108A 480A v v 13E Load Side AZAA 7 7 97A 360A v v 600V 43A 85A vw v PE in U S 108A 135A v v SC in Canada 5A 85A v v 108A 480A v v 1 Adding this option may increase the space factor of the unit See page 150 for space factors of units with options Discount Schedule A6 147 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 185 SMC F SMC 3 SMC Flex Option s Dialog Plus Delivery Option NI REGT Description f f i i 5 P Program DeviceNet Starter 13DSA2 4 120VAC inputs and 2 120VAC outputs for DeviceNet v v Vol vu Auxiliary mutually Sc exclusive 13DSA3 4 24VDC inputs and 2 120VAC outputs for DeviceNet v v LI DI Communication M odule 13GD1 Single point RIO v v PE 3 13GD2 RS 232 RS 422 RS 485 DF1 or DH 485
281. Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163Q Combination Pow erFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 380 415V NORMAL DUTY e See page 156 for product description Normal Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds e For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper tia and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section MA more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section e Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 e Combination VFD units
282. WK_H 16A 2196 WJ_H 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater TU ERGE than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEM A Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be The catalog numbers li Select the voltage If power fuse will NOT be selected se sufficient sted are not complete code from table on page 229 e g 2196 FKBD ect fuse clip designator from table on page 233 e g 2196 FKBD 24 If power fuse WILL be selected select the fuse clip designator AND the manufacturer from table on page 233 e g 2196 FKBD 24 G e For fuse rating based on transformer rating see publication 2100 TD003x EN P For ratings 3KVA and For ratings 3KVA and and filters See page 1 arger vented door is provided arger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket 18 for option 16A 240 V and 480 V are SC in U S and Canada 600 V is PE in U S and SC in Canada ust be located at bottom of section 240 V and 480 V are SC II in U S and PE Il in Canada 600 V is PE Il in U S and SC II in Canada For transformers with 240 volt primary add 0 5 space factor Frame mounted unit section
283. WM adjustable he output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and orque e Are digitally programmable with access to mode pro ming providing precise and re eatediy ui set up control and operahan piis adeplabiliy to hen le a variety of applications Include fan s and venting where required See page 267 e Include internal electronic overload protection Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of remote pilot devices input signals etc For NEMA Type 3R construction contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice or Allen Bradley distributor Bulletins 2162P and 2163P drive units include drive input fuses These fuses poid both branch circuit protection and drive input protection in Bulletin 162P units The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breakers in Bulletin 2163P units The types of fuses are as shown in the following chart A control circuit transformer control logic interface board and Human Interface Module HIM must be selected The Bulletin 2162P and 2163P drive units are factory programmed in the English mode However the user can change the program to any language specified in the drive user manual A common mode choke is also included except when load reactors are supplied with the Bulletin 2162P and 2163P units 193 System Voltage Drive Ra
284. Z required Discount Schedule A6 electronic overload relay 7FEC 1 Push buttons may not be used in conjunction with selector switches except with option 1F 2 Maximum of four 4 pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units When more than four 4 pilot devices are required the 0 5 space factor units must be increased to 1 0 space factor M aximum of six 6 pilot devices on 1 0 space factor and larger units M utually exclusive with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA _ Di When option 1F is used with 11DSA_ or 7FEE_D one 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required When option 1F is selected with any ON pilot light one 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required 5 When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA_ 7FEE_D or E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC_ _ When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 and option 1F 7FEE_D and option 1F or E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC_ _ and option 1F two 2 N O auxiliary contacts option 900 are required Select one 1 N C auxiliary contact option 91 for OFF pilot light when in 2106 2107 2112 or 2113 When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 7FEE_D or E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC_ 901 is required When used in 2112 or 2113 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 and option 1F 7FEE_D and option 1F or E3 solid state overload rela 7FEC_ _ and option 1F two 2 N O and one 1 N C a
285. Z EM A Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N2AA2 P EMA Type 12 2100H N 2A 2 For T on Series A through E NEMA Type 1 2100H NA4A1 i or locating units with handle vertical sections T i im Horizontal W ireway interlocks in the topmost space EMG pE 1w gasket and 12 ZOONA YI factor of a vertical section For use on Series F through EMA Type 1 2100H NA4A2 current series sections EMA Type 1 w gasket and 12 2100H NA4 2 For 20 wide vertical section 2100H NW W 20 f f f f For 25 wide vertical section 2100H NWW25 Horizontal Wireway SA aj top or bottom wireway opening at front of vertical For 30 wide vertical section 21008 NWW30 For 35 wide vertical section 2100H NW W 35 SC For 40 wide vertical section 2100H NW W 40 Covers both top and bottom For 15 deep sections NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N3A1 End Closing Plate horizontal wirew ay openings NEMA Type 12 2100H N3 1 ana ous opening on one side of RENEE NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket 2100H N3A2 Z PALE i NEMA Type 12 2100H N3 2 For 20 wide x 15 deep section 2100H N1A1 A For 20 wide x 20 deep section NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 w gasket MCC 2100H N1A2 dm losing Plate For 15 deep corner section Non gasketed plates 2100H N1A1C For 20 deep corner section 2100H N1A2C For 20 wide vertical section 2100H NM C1 For 25 wide vertical section 2100H NM C2 Two 2 1 5 x 3 mounting channels for a single section For 30 wide vertical section 2100H NM C3 External M ounting For 35 wide ver
286. _ 2196 BJ_D __ 1 15 2196 Ck_D __ 2196 CJ_D __ 5 L6 30 30 30 m 2196 2K_D _ 7196 2 D 2 2196 EK_D __ 2196 EJ_D __ 3 1 5 2 5 l 2196 FK_D __ 2196 FK_D __ 16A 2196 F _D __ 5 2 5 30 2 5 6 2196 GK_D __ 2196 6K_D __ 16A 2196 GJ_D __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary with two 2 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 30 2196 GK_A __ 2196 GK_A __ 16A 2196 GJ_A __ 1 5 3 7 60 30 30 2 5 6 2196 HK_A __ 2196 HK_A __ 16A 2196 HJ_A __ 10 6 60 30 30 2196 JK_A __ 2196 JK_A __ 16A 2196 _A __ 15 7 5 100 60 60 3 0 BIS 2196 KK_A __ 2196 KK_A __ 16A 2196 KJ_A __ U 25 12 5 200 60 60 3 0 BIBI 2196 MK_A __ 2196 MK_A 164 2196 MJ_A __ 37 5 18 5 200 100 100 3 520 pM 2196 XK_A __ 2196 XK_A __ 16A 2196 XJ_A __ 50 25 200 100 3 5 20 p SIDI 2196 YK_A __ 2196 YK_A __ 16A 2196 YJ A _ THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three 3 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 280 V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 30 30 2196 PK_H __ 2196 PK_H __ I6A 2196 P _H __ 15 7 5 30 30 Mo 2196 QK_H __ 2196 QK_H __ 16A 2196 QJ _H __ 25 12 5 60 60 3 2196 5k_H __ 2196 5K_H __ 16A 2196 5 _H __ i 30 15 60 60 2196 1K_H __ 2196 TK_H __ I6A 2196 1J_H __ 37 5 18 5 60 60 3 020 DPI 2196 VK_H 2196 VK_H __ 16A _ 2196 VJ_H 45 22 5 100 60 3 020 p 9010 2196 WK_H __ 2196
287. _ 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 4 0 2107B EA _ 2107B ED_ __ 2 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 Ti 2107B FA_ __ 2107B FD_ __ PE II 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2107B BAB D Select horsepower rom table on page 230 e g 2107B BABD 30 Select circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2107B BABD 30CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 7D001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload Nad To one catalo or replace the letter D with the letter J BJ _ __ letter K e g 2107B BK_ 2 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Discount Schedule A6 e g 2107B NASPATANE external reset button substitute the letter A with the For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 39 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Full Voltage Reversing Starters FVR Allen Bradley Bulletin 305 starter with fused disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA Class 1 Type B D unit with terminals mounted in unit e Available with E1 Plus or E3 Plus electronic overload relay 4 Space saving alternative to traditional NEMA starter units 41
288. _ _ 6 0 3 2162PA F30CK_ _ 2162PA F30CJ_ _ 8 0 5 3 9 2152PA FSOCK_ _ 3 0 2162PA F50CJ_ _ 10 0 15 2162PA F75CK_ _ 2162PA F75CJ_ _ 12 0 10 2162PA F10OCK_ _ 2162PA FL0OCJ_ _ 19 0 15 2162PA F150CK_ _ 2162PA FL50CJ_ _ 24 0 20 2162PA F200CK_ _ 3 5 2162PA F200CJ_ _ 30 0 25 2162PA 025CK _ 2162PA 025CJ _ _ 35 0 30 2162PA 030CK_ _ 6 0 2162PA 030CJ _ _ 450 m a sj 2T62PA 040CK_ _ 20 WEJ 7162PA 040CJ _ _ 57 0 50 2162PA 050CK_ _ 2162PA 050CJ_ _ 62 0 60 2162PA 060CK_ _ 6 0 25 WBJ 2162PA 060CJ_ _ 85 0 75 6 0 2162PA 075CK _ 6 0 2162PA 075CJ _ _ Bi 109 100 35 W 2162PA 100CK_ _ 35 W 2162PA 100CJ_ _ 138 125 20 DP 2162PA 125CK 20 DP Fz162PA 125CJ _ _ 158 150 6 0 2162PA_ 150CK_ _ 252 200 250 W 2162PA_ 200CK_ _ Available for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w 20 D gasket only 284 250 us 2162PA_ 250CK_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete lf required insert T for top entry of cables or B for bottom entry of cables e g 2162PAT or 2162PAB Top entry requires a pullbox 3 5 166 Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2162PA FLOCKC Select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g
289. __ 1 4 slot 2 0 2183E AK__ 30__ 2183E AJ 30 gt 1 8 slot 2 5 0 Z 2183E BK__ 30__ 2183E BJ__ 30__ AE 1 8 slot oA 25 2183E CK__ 30__ 2183E C __ 30__ 2 8 slot goal 25 2183E DK__ 32 2183E DJ 32 Basic 1 0 chassis 1 16 slot saM s ZBEK 32 2183E EJ 32 sA WEE 3 16 slot i 2183E FK__ 32__ 2183E F __ 32__ POEMA 1 6 16 slot mu 40 wide 21636 GK__ 32__ 2183E GJ __ 32__ 26 16 slot i 20 deep 2183E HK__ 32__ 2183E HJ 32 Se If two 2 chassis are sele If three 3 chassis are se 5 Frame mounted unit sect splicing power bus If two 2 chassis are sele 7 Not UL listed or CSA certi 1 rane numbers listed are not complete for Bulletins ect the appropriate voltage code from table on e For Bulletin 2183E also select the appropriate circuit breaker suffix from table on page 223 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2183E AKB 30CB 2182E and 2183E page 223 to ident Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wi If one 1 chassis is selected it will be located in the middle cted they will be located at the top and the middle ected they will be located at the top middle and bottom 4 40 wide sections have two doors Not available in NEMA Type 3R or Type 4 ion does not have vertical wireway Horizontal 6 If one 1 chassis is selected it will be located in the middle directly be cted they will be located at the middle direct fied reway 222 For Option
290. a eees 227 ControlLogix Communication Modules 227 ControlLogix PrOCeSSOT aaaaa aa aaa aaa aaa aa ees 227 ControlLogix Programming Cable 4 4111 227 ControlNet T Tap aa dc dan leet wae ae dees 227 DeviceNet Scanner Module ccc eee e eee 227 Export Packing Below Deck aaua 228 Grounded Unit Door 0 cece eee eee eee 227 Light and Door Switch ccc aaa aaa daiji 228 Omit Horizontal Power BUS 0 cece eee eee 228 POWErSUPDIY sis anatsatedevssddenndaauties one 227 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 228 Terminal BIOCKS 0 cece eee eee eee tenes 228 HEER 228 Unit Door Nameplates 0 aaa aaa aaa aaa i 228 Unt Ground SEED 25 trateauds Kto ak anra k EEA 227 Options for SC I and PE I Sections Auxiliary CONICS e wa szy WSA road GA dea eel bes 23 Export Packing Below Deckfor Sections 23 Grounded Unit Door u aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa asia 23 Shunt TrID oo eicere iieiaei renati onua ai 23 IEEE NONE 23 Options for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Additional Unit Space cc cece aaa aaa aaa i 131 Auxiliary Contacts 0 0 cece aaa eee eens 132 Control Circuit FUSE oiiire 131 Control Circuit Transformer 0 cece cece 130 Control Wire Markers oo cece eee eee eens 132 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 00 cc eee di eee 130 E1 Plus Electronic Overload Relay 1 130 E3 Electronic Overload Relay cc cece eeeeaee 130
291. actors A two speed 2 winding motor T S2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 54 Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepow er Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery Size Factor NEMA Type land Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 i 012575 012575 042540 012510 20 2123FB BA 2123FB BD 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 20 2l23FB CA_ __ 2123FB CD_ __ sc 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 35 2I23FB DA _ 2123FB DD_ __ 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 45 2I23FB EA_ __ 2123FB ED_ __ PE 3 5 B 50 75 60 100 100 150 125200 80 Pl 2123FBFA 2123FB FD_ _ PE II 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2123FB BAB D Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2123FB BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2123FB BABD 30CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 TDOOLx EN P and 2100 TD002xEN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload Kea To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2123FB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e
292. ad PowerFlex 700 drives are CUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not uired for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper tig and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at t e bottom of the section mbination Pow erFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600VAC HEAVY DUTY When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 228 Nominal HP NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Hana e e Frame iwa PowerFlex 700 drive units Amperes should be sized according to Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number the application and output ampere rating Heavy Duty 600V 172 1 2163RA 2
293. ad Conditioner Space 3 dor 5 Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND Space 1 3 4 or Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND Line Factor 14N2 14R__ Line or Load Factor 5 14N2 14R_ _ or Load Reactors Reactors 1 4A 2 3A B 40 10 15 15 N A N A ie SB 15 NA N A 380 400 6 0A 415 10 5A 2 0 2 0 2 0 12A c TA 20 20 2 0 N A N A el 2 29 NIA N A 24A 3 0 3 0 3 0 1 4A 2 3A 15 B 4 0A 1 0 15 15 15 gt on 2 0 6 0A aa 105A 0 20 20 12A 2 0 25 25 C 17A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 a gt a 24A 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 196 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC See page 157 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual All PowerFlex ratings are N ormal D uty Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper peat of drive units in the MCC is essential for popa operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to planing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bott
294. ad to top of switch 2192F B Bottom mounted feeder 400A 1200A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch e Refer to Appendix for horsepower ratings e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table 87 i i Catalog Number H _ 6 AA a medi Loa zane Space Wiring Type A Only Class I Delivery Amperes Rating Cables Cable Wire Wire Factor NEMA Type lor Type 1 Program Amperes Class phase Size Range Type wl gasket ISA s ies These units have horizontal operating handles and Bulletin 194R fused disconnect switch See page 9 r 30 for information on installation into series E J 30 CC 1 14 8 AWG CU 0 5 2192FZ BKC __ 2192FZ BJ C __ sections Wired to pull apart terminal blocks as standard CC JR E 30 For unit withou power terminal blocks add 110 to 30 1 1 0 2192F BK_ __ 2192F BJ_ __ he catalog NR N C Unit will then be 60 supplied with a separately mounted disconnect 60 2192F CK 2192F C switch and fuse block ae 2 F BK F B rose gt Dual gnie use rutier slammet fusible gt 1 14 4 AWG CU 10 aL PEB eh switches Duals must have identical fuse clip ECK EC 60 30 P ypes Only 30A and 60A disconnects with 600V 60 30 2192F CK_ 2524__ 2192F CJ _ 2524__ SC m Class H and R fuse clips are wired to pull apart z z Dual 60 2 eminal blocks a 60 2192F CK_ 2525__ 2192F CJ
295. ad trip class Motor and system diagnostics Configurable auxiliary contacts Soft stop e Integrated bypass contactor Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class 1 Type B unit with terminal blocks mounted within the controller unit for connection of remote pilot devices input signals etc Bulletins 2154H and 2155H are available in NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with gasket and NEMA Type 12 plug in construction Class J time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on Bulletin 2154H units Instantaneous or a variety of inverse time thermal magnetic circuit breakers provide branch circuit protection on 2155H units A variety of options such as isolation contactors auxiliary contacts pilot devices protective modules D eviceNet Starter Auxili DSA etc can be added to Bulletin 2154H and 2155H units Extra space may be required to accommodate the optional equipment Bulletin 2154 and 2155 Soft Starter SMC Units SM C FleX 0 ccc cece eee eens 141 These combination soft starter units are designed especially for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a microprocessor controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible disconnect switch or circuit breaker Features include Seyen standard modes of operation soft start current limit start dual ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop Optional modes of opention pump control Smart Motor Brakin
296. age 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2155GB BKB 35CA or 2155GB BKN 35KCA A Type 12 unit is 2 5 space factor 5 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult factory Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 not be used as emergency run contactor unless additional motor overload protection is 137 Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Combination Soft Starter SM C 3 Unit e Bulletin 150 SM C 3 Solid State Controller Three starting modes soft start kick start and current limit 3A 135A rating e Built in bypass contactor and overload relay NEMA Class I Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit 169 2154H B A A B 38 s 2155H B A A B 38CA 3 Bulletin Number Wiring Type Current Rating ak Z a e Poi LAAN AA Options 169A ea fee Code Type Control i SM C 3 Soft Starter Code Voltage Type r pilots 2154H SMC with Fusible as U paletowe ene Disconnect Current P 220 230V beginning on Page 145 SM C 3 Soft Starter Code Rating 169D A 240V 2155H SM a with Circuit A 3A Code NEMA Enclosure Type N 380v I Breaker
297. ailable For 20 control terminal points add 0 5 space factor 5 NEMA size 2 2112 2113 1 0 space factor units are limited to 10 control terminal points and 3 power terminal points Option 106 eliminate power terminals is not available for NEMA size 2 2112 2113 units For 15 to 20 control terminal points add 0 5 space factor 6 Requires extra 0 5 space factor for NEMA 4 Bulletin 2112 with Class and HRCII C fuses Bulletin 2113 Size 4 requires 3 0 space factor when used with circuit breaker suffix CT or Requires extra 0 5 space factor for NEM A 5 Bulletin 2112 with Class fuses A size 1 3 E3 Plus overload relays have ground fault sensor as standard NEM A size 4 6 E3 Plus overload relays need to have the ground fault configured to include a ground fault sensor Refer to E3 overload relay configuration options table below Bulletin 2106 NEMA Size 4 requires 4 5 space factor Bulletin 2107 NEM A Size 4 with circuit breaker suffix CT or CM with ground fault sensor option 7FEC2FG or 7FEC2FYG requires 4 5 space factor Overload Relay Codes for E3 and E3 Plus Option 7FEC_ 145 oo rm o For use with NEMA Full Load Current RPA n Size Range Amperes P 7FECIA I 0 4 2 0 P 1 5 A 1 3 15 B 5 25 C 2 9 45 D 3 18 90 4 28 140 F 5 60 302 H 6 125 630 K E3 Overload Relay Configuration Options 146 Overload Relay Code Add Description to option number e g
298. aker Option Miscellaneous Units 127 Rating ge E K saum lk LEO Medium Interrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity mpare Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 60 100 CD 13C LFD CB 13C CM I6C 125 150 CD I3C LFD CB 13C CM I6C 175 225 CT J D3D CM J D6D 250 400 CT K3D CM K6D Refer to page 258 for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 105 Miscellaneous Units Blank Unit Doors 128 Wik Cotalog Number Description Space Factor iring Type A Only Class Delivery NEMA Type land NEMA Type 12 Program Type 1 w gasket yp 0 5 2100 BK05 2100 BJ 05 1 0 2100 BK10 2100 BJ 10 1 5 2100 BK15 2100 BJ 15 Covers the unused unit space includes unit 2 0 2100 BK20 2100 8 20 PIENI TERE support pan 25 2100 BK25 7100 B 25 gt 3 0 2100 BK30 2100 BJ 30 35 2100 BK35 2100 BJ 35 40 2100 BK40 2100 BJ 40 Field M ounted Equipment Units 129 Win Pony Number Description Space Factor iring Type A Only Class Delivery NEMA Type land NEMA Tyoe 12 Program Type 1w gasket yp 0 5 2 2100 NK05 2100 N 05 1 0 2100 NK10 2100 NJ 10 mo a Ha nea DAE and 8 625 working 15 2100 NK15 2100 NJ 15 epth No plug in stabs 7 7 Empty Unit Insert I I
299. al SC II Protective Caps For unused plug in stab openings Unit Isolating Barriers For closing the wire opening between unit and vertical wirew ay DeviceNet Connector Covers For covering the unused DeviceNet connectors in the vertical wireway of a DeviceNet MCC Wirew ay Tie Bars Five 5 cable tie bars in vertical wirew ay Outgoing Equipment Ground Lug One 1 6 250 kcmil lug mounted on horizontal ground bus in addition to lug provided T Handle T handle latch on vertical wireway door Master Nameplates Located on top horizontal wireway cover of the second vertical section in lineup 2 x 6 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws Stainless steel nameplate screws for master nameplate 2 per nameplate External Mounting Channel Two 2 1 5 x 3 A channels A EPC ENNY anne NOTE Adding an external mounting channel will add 1 5 to height of section m Optional lifting angle for NEM A Type 3R cabinets only This angle is not removable NEMA Type 3R Lifting Angle NOTE Adding the lifting angle will add 3 63 to the height of the section BE Space heater with thermostat in each section 200 watt 120 volt strip For two section shipping block one space heater is supplied in each heater section with a single thermostat control located in right hand section Thermostat set at 21 C 70 F For three section shipping block one space heater is supplied in each section with a single thermostat control located in center section Space Heaters and Thermostat SC
300. and filtered doors may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2196Z FKBD If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip designator from table on page 233 e g 2196Z FKBD 24y If power fuse WILL be selected select the fuse clip designator AND the manufacturer from table on page 233 e g 2196Z FKBD 24 G e For fuse rating based on transformer rating see publication 2100 TD003x EN P 3 For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided 4 For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 1 19 for option 16A 5 Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section 6 240 V and 480 VareSC Il in U S and PE Il in Canada 600 V is PE Il in U S and SC Il in Canada 1 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section The Z denotes that the disconnect portion of the unit is 0 5 space factor 96 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Transformer Units Bulletin 2196 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFM R continued See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units m
301. and or left hand sidesheets for 2100H W WTB sections without vertical wirew ay a lFor a central location of all wiring diagrams Includes wiring diagram clip clip location identification label for outside of Wiring Diagram Holder Kit section and mounting instructions 2100H WDH Touch Up Paint 1 ANSI 49 medium light gray 12 oz spray can cannot be used for NEMA Type 3R enclosures 2100H NP1 Contains vertical ground bus hardware and installation a instructions Zinc plated steel 2100H GS1 rti it erica round BUSSE Contains vertical ground bus six 6 unit plug in stabs Unplated copper 2100H N79U hardware and installation instructions Tin plated copper 2100H N79UT Vertical Unit Load Ground Contains vertical ground bus six 6 unit load connectors Unplated copper 2100H N79L Bus Kit hardware and installation instructions Tin plated copper 2100H N 79LT Hardware for connecting unit load ground wires to horizontal ground bus Kit consists of two 14 AWG to 4 AWG lugs f Unit Load Ground Kit and hardware Horizontal ground bus can accommodate up to six 2100H UG1 kits 2100H UGI For 600A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H NAT06 For 800A aluminum tin plated bus 2100H NAT08 Splice bars hardware and installation instructions for 3 phase For 600A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCT06 splicing of NEM A Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and 7 NCT Type 12 sections One 1 kit required per shipping split on front For 800A copper tin plated bus 2100H NCTO
302. anically connected to horizontal power neutral PE II neutral bus Isolated from the rest of vertical wireway with Rated 300A 0 25 x 1 For connection of neutral loads Requires 25 wide barriers To be used for connecting neutral loads or can be an section with 9 wireway R if control voltages that require a connection to the bo 600A 0 25 x 1 qty 2 For connection of neutral neutral 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug 280A capacity Insulated from and mounted to SC ll either top or bottom horizontal wireway 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug 280A capacity Insulated from and mounted to Neutral Connection Plate either top or bottom horizontal wirew ay Cable connection provided to horizontal neutral bus 3 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug 280A capacity Insulated from and mounted to PE II either top or bottom horizontal wireway 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 46 250 kcmil lug 280A capacity Insulated from and mounted to either top or bottom horizontal wirew ay Cable connection provided to horizontal neutral bus P 1 Plating of horizontal bus and vertical bus must be the same 2 Requires horizontal neutral bus See Power Bus Rating and Material with Neutral Bus in table above 3 A neutral connection plate can be used only in sections with a vertical wireway Not a
303. are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper open and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section HEA more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 3 4 215 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW ratings F Continuous fut yea o reference Delivery rame Output only PowerFlex 70 drive units Space 2 Space AAA m sh
304. ariable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 415V NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty AA the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper a and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section wa more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 208
305. at are DeviceNet ready to use in CERNTERLINE 2100 MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology The components used in these units are D eviceNet compatible and ODVA certified Also the installation conforms to the rules and guidelines of The Planningand Irstallatim Manual for DeiaNe IntelliCENTER technolo power supply unit built in cabling system unit cables etc is UL and cUL listed and meets the requirements of a Class 1 power limited circuit in Canada Class 1 extra low voltage power circuit Per NEC this circuit is supplied from a source that has a rated output of not more than 30 Volts and 1000 Volt Amperes The power supply unit has an 8A 24V output and the DeviceNet cabling is rated GA 600V See NEC Article 725 for more detailed information Type 2 Protection Short circuit coordination is defined in IEC 60947 4 1 Type 2 protection also referred to as Type 2 coordination is obtainable when the fuses are specified and sized according to publication 100 2 8 ruie ee Shat Cirait Coadinatia wth Alley Bradley Mda Startas Only Type 1 coordination is available other than on specified fuses and circuit breaker units M otor Applications The Motor Control Center Business has made engineering evaluations for the protective device circuit breaker or fuse selection sizing and setting range based on the protection rules requirements and motor criteria as stipulated in NEC NEMA and UL standards e g motor full load currents FLCs X R
306. ate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2196 FKNS Select the fuse clip designator from table on page 233 e g 2196 FKNS 24J No power fuses available For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEM A Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards e g 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section Tap arrangement is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section The 15kVA transformer has 110 220 V secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers T U CCE Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 97 Transformer Units Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFM R continued See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause dr
307. ates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards e g 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section Tap arrangement is two 2 1 2 Taps FCAN four 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section The 15kVA transformer has 110 220 V secondary with two bi 1 pole circuit breakers w WO 00 ND ui Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 101 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFM R continued See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from vee containin a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especial M neutrals use k factor igi hting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE Units consists of a circuit breaker compartment and transformer compartment wired and interlocked together The circuit breaker compartment has a horizontal operation handle For 71 high sections see restriction
308. available on dual starters 0 5 space factor units 6 0 space factor units or Space Saving NEMA units Refer to Recommended Capacitor Size table in Appendix for suggested capacitor ratings 2 For applications other than motor applications connected to the load side of the starter or for those applications outlined in publication 2100 ATO01x EN P contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office Discount Schedule A6 119 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 149 TSIW TSRIW TSRIW PVC UR EVNE TSAN TSR2W TsRzw UAT j Option inti 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Number Bescapeen 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K Grounded Unit 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door Available on all units Door Unit door hinge grounding strap for IEC requirements Unit Load 79L Select on all plug in units in sections with Unplated copper Hini Connector 79LT vertical unit load ground bus Tin plated copper Available on all plug in units Copper unit ground stabs also may be used with Copper alloy A Groung 79U stee vertical around
309. ay next to this unit Bottom mounted only Unit options include e Processor cards all memory upgrade options e Communication cards Ethernet ControlNet DeviceNet RI O DH e Power supply 10 0A Bulletin 2181B M arshalling Panels sai EB GAG se be haan OWA 226 e 20 wide full section with 366 1492 CA1 or 620 1492 HM1 terminal blocks e 40 wide full section with 915 1492 CA1 or 1550 1492 HM1 terminal blocks 15 and 20 deep without horizontal bus Wire ducts included 220 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 Discount Schedule A6 Programmable Controller Units and M arshalling Panels Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2180 2182 and 2183 Programmable Control I O Chassis Units NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 Type A Wiring 264 2180E A K XWD 2182E A K B 2183E A K B 30CB ae Number of I O Chassis and NEMA Enclosure Trip Current and Circuit Bulletin Number Slots Type Line Voltage Breaker Type Options R 264D Code Line Voltage 264F Code Type Bullet 1771 Programmable sa P 220 230V Code Option 2180E Controller PLC I O Chassis Code NEMA Enclosure Type A 240V See Options section without Disconnecting M eans K NEMA Type lorTypel N 380V beginning on page 227 Bulletin 1771 Pro
310. ay Cover cece eee eee eee 237 French Legend Plates on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor ncoming Line Lug Barriers we sean eerste ees 239 DriVO UNITS ccd kee ae a da naka acgen pb R is 217 nverse Time Thermal M agnetic Branch Breakers for Panel Board French Legend Plates on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and l Plug In Unit osasse 243 Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 127 line Terminal Shield saseta ira EA 241 Full Load Currents cccccccecccccceereeeeeens 256 257 Lugs for Incoming Line Provisions 111 239 Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection MCC DeviceNet Terminating Resistor Kit 244 for Bulletin 2154G LLL LLL 233 Neutral Connection Plate Kit 000 cee aee 238 for Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M 232 NO OX ID NONE 238 for Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 2126 2127 and 2172 231 Plug In Unit Retrofit Kit oesie B add 241 G Pull Apart Terminal Bocks nana 241 Ca AJ ECT eid 237 Pullbox io koca jn 237 Ground Detection Lights on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains Round DeviceNet Cable with Connectors 244 and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units Space Heater Kit 237 120 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 240 Ground Fault Protection on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains Top Horizontal Wireway Pan 20 esses seen 237 and Feeders L
311. ay cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE 3 through 50kVA consists of two 2 compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 113 Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number Amperes Wiring Type A Class I Rating Space Delivery kVA 1 Factor NEMA Type land Type 1 NEMA Type lwith filters Program 380 V 400 V 415 V and Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 1 3 w gasket and filters 41 ey SINGLE PHASE 110 115 Volt secondary with one 1 1 pole circuit breaker P 05 BI n 2196 AK_S __ 2196 A _S __ 0 75 FI 12196 BK_S __ 2196 BJ _S __ 1 51 15 2196 CK_S __ 2196 CJ _S __ PE gt 30 30 30 1 65 p 2196 2K_S __ 2196 2 _S __ 25 2196 EK_S __ 2196 EJ _S __ 3 1 5 5 2 516 2196 FK_S __ 2196 FK_S __ 16A 2196 F _S __ PE II SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase to phase 110 V phase to center tap neutral
312. ays option 89CF or Vv y Z Vv Vv Vv Suppressor 89P Omit Wiring 19 Omission of control wiring v v v v v v Grounded Unit 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door Unit door v w Vv s P Door hinge grounding strap for IEC requirements 79L EEEE Unplated ae Ae ae aie ae Unit Load ppecify on all plug in units in sections with vertical unit load ground copper sc Connector us Tin plated 79LT copper v v v v Copper alloy v v w v v v Specify on plug in units in sections with vertical plug in ground bus Unplated EA P79U Copper unit ground stabs also may be used with steel vertical copper K y 7 y ground bus Tin plated 79UT copper v v v 89CF40 4N 0 y v v v v 89CF31 Bulletin 700CF NOAA g foy wi 4 Pole Relay ia 89CF22 CAE y es al ie cael We ae 89CF40A On Delay 5 4 N 0 v v w v v v Bulletin 700CF ncludes 1 NO Oa 89CF22A _ 4 PoleRelaywith fand 1 NCTO Ci v w w 4 w w Time Attachment Contact dd 89CF40B Off Delay 4 N O v v w v v v 0 3 to 30 seconds Includes 1 NOTO SC 89CF22B and 1 NCTC Instantaneous Contacts co and2 y w w w w w Contact e Instantaneous contacts 0 s z a s P3 wv RE m ee 1 NoTc jon Bulletin 700CF relays PiE Unwired 89CF22C Buletin AR and 1 NCTO are enue 2 a and2 y y s s J Control Relay I Time Attachment feomect Tod reayshae p B9CF40D Off Delay instama aous contacts ANO yi lt z 1 8 to 180 seconds ncludes 1 NOTO that are convertible from 2N O an
313. bination Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units FVNR e Allen Bradley Bulletin 509 starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker e NEMA Class I Type B unit with terminals mounted in the unit Available with eutectic alloy E1 Plus or E3 electronic overload relays 44 2112 B B A B 41 24J 6P 2113 B B A B 41CA 6P gt NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower and i Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Type Type Disconnecting Means Options 44A 44C 44E 44G Code Type Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Options _ Full Voltage Z 1 0 5 Space Factor See Table on Page 229 See Options section 2112 Non Reversing FVNR B U beginning on Page 111 with Fusible Disconnect C AAR Full Voltage D 3 z s s 2113 Non Reversing FVNR Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip with Circuit Breaker E 4 Code Current Circuit Breaker Type F 5 41 Horsepower Code See Table on G 6 Luqj p j r Page 2112 41 24 24 Fuse Clip Rating and Class See Fuse Clip Designator table on page 231 Horsepower Code See Table on page u 230 a a 2113 41CA CA Circuit Breaker Type See Circuit Code Wiring Type Breaker Type Table on page 235 A Type A B Type B AAD Code NEMA Enclosure Type NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with A gasket with external reset button NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with K gasket without external reset butto
314. ble on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired e g 2162TA 1P7KC 35 3 Adding options to this catalog number could result in an increased space factor PowerFlex 40 Space Factors with Options 233 NEMA 1 1G NEMA 12 Isolated Voltage Drive Base Control Isolated Line or Signal Base Control Isolated Line or Isolated Signal Rating Frame Rating Unit Station Signal Load Conditioner Unit Station Signal Load Conditioner Space 1 3 4or Conditioner Reactors 14N2 AND Space 1 3 40r ConditionerjReactors 14N2 AND Line Factor 5 14N2 14R__ Line or Load Factor 5 14N2 14R_ _ or Load Reactors Reactors EEE 1 7A 3 0A 15 15 15 15 2 0 2 0 B IZA 1 0 1 5 1 5 15 600 6 6A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 9 9A 2 5 2 5 C 12 2A 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 gt aa ia 19A 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 3 0 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 195 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 380 480VAC See page 157 for product description For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 40 User Manual All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring
315. ble on page 231 For Bulletin 2196 see 233 t Refer to publication 2100 TD003x EN P CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Pow er Fuses for more information 232 Discount Schedule A6 Configuration Tables Fuse Clip Designator for Bulletin 2196 and 2196z HI 21 284 Fy CF Fuse Clip Fuse Clip 3 Fuse Clip Size Class Designator Fuse Manufacturer Code P 24 Select G orB 30 R 24R G Ferraz Shaw mut H 24 B Bussmann J 25 Select G or B 60 R 25R G Ferraz Shaw mut H 25 B Bussmann J 26 Select G orB 100 R 26R G Ferraz Shaw mut H 26 B Bussmann J 21 Select G or B 200 R 27R G Ferraz Shaw mut HE 27 B Bussmann 1 Only 24 option available for 2196Z units 2 See Appendix for short circuit withstand ratings For fuse rating based upon kVA of transformer see publication 2100 TD003x EN P Selecting Bussmann or Littelfuse power fuse changes delivery program to e Power fuses are not available for Class H fuse clip Power fuses are available on 480V and 600V only 3 The Ferraz Shawmut Class fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8A 4 Power fuse option not available for Class H fuse clip Trip Current for Bulletin 2103L 285 Contactor Rating Trip Current Amperes Number Amperes 30 or 60 A 7 30 60 or 100 32 30 34 40 60 or 100 35 50 36 60 37 P 70 1 100 200 or 300 i gt 39 2 90 40 100 41 125 42 150 200 or 300 43 175 44 200 45 225
316. ble trip class 10 15 20 30 selectable Auto M anual Auto reset electronic 5 p class 10 15 20 30 selectable et elec 6 Relay BMA ia overload relay for NEMA starters size 1 4 oe E1 Plus Electronic Overload Selectable trip class 10 20 30 Selectable Auto M anual Auto reset electronic overload Relay with DeviceNet Module 7fEE pl relay for starters Size 1 4 Includes DeviceNet module with 2 24VDC inputs and 1 vi 3114119 3 110 120VAC output E1 Plus Electronic Overload Selectable to class 10 15 20 30 selectable Auto M anual Auto NEMA Size 1 2 v A Relay with Ground Fault 5 reset electronic overload relay for NEMA starters size 1 3 Protection Module amp J am TFEE_G Includes Ground Fault Protection M odule with integral am EMA Size 3 v v Protection BLU Protection and external Ground Fault Sensor E1 Plus Electronic Overload i j i 5 Selectable trip class 10 15 20 30 selectable Auto M anual Auto reset electronic 7 SC TA A Protection EE JIS overload relay for NEMA starters size 1 4 with am Protection M odule s v E3 Electronic Overload Size 1 v 4118 19 l 7 Relay 1819 Jec 51 E3 Basic overload relay is provided with two 2 24VDC inputs and Size 2 v IFEC1 gt fone 1 110 240VAC output Size 3 v NOTE For non DeviceN et i applications a 24VDC separate Size 4 vil power source is needed A Size 1 v v Bulletin 193 DNCT DeviceNet Size 2 v v Configuration Terminal may be 7FEC2 BI ma
317. cal Sections Catalog Number Explanation for Vertical Sections SC Maximum SC shipping block is three 3 vertical sections Enddaingplatesare supplied on each of the shipping blocks containing incoming line or main breaker sections 12 POSITION Space A Catalog Number Deccrintion Factors Delivery Descniion Character P Used Program AAA 20 wide section for plug in units AZX PNE i i 20 wide section full mounting plate 8 5 working depth w ith Basic Section et horizontal bus no vertical bus and no vertical wireway 6 0 25 wide section with 9 wireway for plug in units Maximum BAA shipping block is two sections Top Entry eu ABJ ACJ 300A 1 0 ABA ACA 600A 1 0 Incoming Line Section ABB ACB 600A 15 AB_ top entry 600A Top entry with 12 pullbox with lug pad in horizontal wireway or ABC m pullbox shipped separately 0 0 AC_ bottom entry ABD ACD 800A 15 See page 239 for optional lug selections ABE ACE _ 800A 2 0 ABF 800A Top entry with 12 pullbox pullbox shipped separately 1 0 ABG ACG 1200A 2 0 NINTH Sed ABH 1200A Top entry with 12 pullbox pullbox shipped separately 1 0 sc ection Location ADA AEA 200A R Clips 6 4 0 AWG 1 phase CU 2 0 and Type ADB AEB 200A J Clips 6 4 0 AWG 1 phase CU 2 0 dantai i ADC AEC 400A R Clips 1 0 250 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 5 SNM aaa ADD AED 400
318. cale Code Options Code _ Type x NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 48M 300A See Options section 2190 Metering Unit METER with gasket 50M 1400A beginning on Page 111 J NEMA Type 12 52M 600A 54M 800A 56M 1200A 67D 58M 1600A Code Line Voltage 60M 2000A 67B H 208V Code Space Factor P 220 230V 67F A 0 5 Space Factor A 240V Code Meter Designation B 1 0 Space Factor N 380V 85AAXX Analog ammeter KN 400V 85BBXX _ Analog ammeter with ammeter switch 2 CT s l 415V 85BCXX Analog ammeter with ammeter switch 3 CT s B 480V 85EBB_ _ Analog ammeter and voltmeter with switches 2 CT s C 600V 85ECB_ JAnalog ammeter and voltmeter with switches 3 CT s 86UDX_ Bulletin 1405 M 5 Powermonitor 3000 86TDX_ Bulletin 1405 M 6 Powermonitor 3000 86VCX_ Bulletin 1405 M 610 Digital Volt Ammeter Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 61 Metering Units Bulletin 2190 Metering Compartments METER See page 61 for product description Ammeter Panel type not switchboard type with 5A movement 3 5 scale 102 deflection and 2 of full scale accuracy Voltmeter Phase to phase voltage measurement only Panel type not switchboard type with 120V movement 3 5 scale 102 deflection and as 2 of full scale accuracy Powermonitor 3000 Bulletin 1404 M5 1404 D M highly visible LED display The monitor can display 64 real time parameters including current Iy Ip Io In 13 wg 0 2 fu
319. ce Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number 2 NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery Size Factor Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V p gat Hi NEMA Type 12 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 3 0 2127EB BA_ __ 2127EB BD_ __ PE 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 3 0 2127EB CA_ __ 2127EB CD_ __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2127EB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2127EB BABD 31 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2127EB BABD 31CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 TD001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2127EB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2127EB BJ _ ___ Bulletin 2127F Two Speed Reversing 1 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSRIW See page 34 for product description NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TSR2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSR1W iR a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your
320. ceNet applications a EMA size 5 U 24VDC separate EMA size 6 z power source is SC needed A Bulletin EMA size 1 v v 193 DNCT may be 7 needed for f EMA size 2 z sA programming and E3 Plus is provided with four 4 NEMA size 3 v v monitoring Refer to 7FEC2_ B 24VDC inputs and two 2 I Gi z publication s 110 240VAC outputs EMA size 4 v w 193 UM 001EN P EMA size 5 8 4 vl EMA size 6 v 1 Not available with common control Not available with Type A wiring Not available on dual 2113 0 5 space factor 2112 and 2113 units M utually exclusive with 89_ relay and 700TC_ transducer sensor options Outputs are rated at 3A 120VAC and 1 5A 240VAC 2 Overload relays options 7FA_ _ 7FB1_ 7FEC_ 7FEE_ and 7FEE_D are mutually exclusive 3 Catalog numbers listed are not complete Select overload relay code from table below and add to option number e g 7FEC2B For NEMA size 1 3 overload relays if 120VAC inputs are required place a Y configuration option in the catalog string number as in table below e g 7FEC2BY i applicanle for NEMA size 4 6 select an E3 overload relay configuration option from table below and add to option number e g 7FEC2FYG 120VAC input points with ground ault option 4 NEMA size 1 2112 2113 1 0 space factor units are limited to 10 control terminal points and 3 power terminal points When option 106 eliminate power terminals is used up to 15 control terminal points are av
321. ch TSIW cc eee eee eee wee DD 2123E Two Speed 2 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker IS2W siata AZ ae BL 2123F Two Speed 1 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker USTW sd tex ames ett te cate teens eee 51 2126E Two Speed Reversing 2 Winding Starters with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSRZW 1 53 2126F Two Speed Reversing 1 W inding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSR1W 53 2126 Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 2 Winding Start er Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSR2W 54 2126K Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 1 W inding Start er Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSRIW 54 2127E Two Speed Reversing 2 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSR2W 0 cee cece 55 2127F Two Speed Reversing 1 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSRIW 0 cee cece ees 55 2127 Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 2 Winding Start er Unit with Circuit Breaker TSR2W 56 2127K Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 1 W inding Start er Unit with Circuit Breaker TSRIW 56 2154G Combination Soft Starter M otor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC Dialog PLUS 136 2154H Combination Soft Starter M otor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC 3 1 139 2154 Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SMC Flex 142 2155G Combination Soft Starter M otor Controller with C
322. code from table on page 230 e g 2163PA FOSCKA If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2163PA FOSCKA 33 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2163PA FOSCKP 33K Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163PA FOSCKA 33CA or 2163PA FO5CKP 33KCA Bw Discount Schedule A6 Units at these voltages are not UL listed cUL listed or CSA certified Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 tput current rating must be derated For complete derating ce and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 167 168 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Circuit Breaker 380V 480V Constant Torque See page 155 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only P
323. contact N C i J 6 10 SZA Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with mechanical latch a l 89CF22L 61 attachment Ta 2 2 1 89HA 33 61 aL 700HA 3PDT relay Contacts rated 240VAC Ti 13 2 1 Delivery Program 1 Elapsed Time M eter 85T requires o devices allowed 2 Not available with E3 electronic over e 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 M ounts in position normally used for two 2 pilot devices limiting the maximum number of pilot oad relays 7FEC or E1 Plus electronic overload relay with DeviceNet Communications 7FEE_D 3 Requires 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2106 and 2107 and size 2 Bulletin 2113 units to be increased to 1 0 space factor 4 Requires Size 3 Bulletin 2113 unit to be 1 5 space factor when specified with control circuit transformer Option 6P or 6XP 5 Requires Size 4 Bulletin 2113 unit to be 1 5 space factor when specified with E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ and control circuit transformer Option 6P or 6XP 6 Requires Size 2 Bulletin 2107 unit to be 1 5 space factor when specified with control circuit transformer Option 6P or 6XP Discount Schedule A6 131 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 164 Option
324. copper 0 25 x 1 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 with manual shutters E Unplated copper 0 25 x 2 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 F Unplated copper 0 25 x 1 Zinc plated steel 0 188 x 0 75 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 G Unplated copper 0 25 x 2 Zinc plated steel 0 188 x 0 75 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 H Unplated copper 0 25 x 1 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 K Unplated copper 0 25 x 2 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 Unplated copper 0 188 x 0 75 N Tin plated copper 0 25 x1 Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 P Tin plated copper 0 25 x2 Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 S Tin plated copper 0 25 x1 Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 T Tin plated copper 0 25 x2 Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 Tin plated copper 0 188 x 0 75 12 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections atalog Number Explanation for Vertical Sections SC The NINTH POSITION consists of three 3 groups of three 3 letters each Each group of three 3 letters represents one 1 section Select one 1 letter from each column to specify one 1 section 2 Separate each section with a dash e eg i A A1B ABC AAA ANE If only one 1 section is selected on i one 1 group of tiree 3 letters is neede
325. ct description e Unit includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TS2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSIW requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance EE Fuse Cli Constant or Variable Torque p Catalog Number M A hort nasa Dg NEMA Horsepow er JANE Space Wiring Type B Class I DER ize actor rogram E Ratin NEMA Type land 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Aan Class Type 1W gasket NEMA Type 12 30 CO RH 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 3 0 2126EB BA_ _ 2126EB BD __ 60 J R H HRCII C PE 3021 J R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 60 J R H HRCII C 3 0 2126EB CA_ __ 2126EB CD_ __ 100 J HRCII C 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2126EB BABD Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2126EB BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126EB BABD 31 24 lf power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126EB BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2126EB
326. cted the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163RA 034NKB 44CA 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 5 Frame 9 is a PowerFlex 700H drive Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 189 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker 480VAC HEAVY DUTY See page 156 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 700 drives are CUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor aprum PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit
327. d If two 2 sections are selected two dam of three 3 letters are needed separated by a dash If three 3 sections are selected te groups of eer 3 letters are needed with each group of letters separated by a dash Position continued from page 12 Ninth ABC AAA ANE Section Location and Type 10 A 20 Wide Section A Standard Section A For plug in units A f 7 6 0 Space Factor Full mounting plate 8 5 working depth nai 20 Wide Section X No plug in units without vertical bus and without vertical wirewa 300A 1 0 Space Factor 600A 1 0 Space Factor 600A 1 5 Space Factor 600A Top in horizontal wireway with pullbox 800A 1 5 Space Factor 800A 2 0 Space Factor 800A Top 1 0 Space Factor with pullbox 1200A 2 0 Space Factor 1200A Top 1 0 Space Factor with pullbox Incoming Line Lugs Top Incoming Line Lugs Bottom Ow ca i en ee a ae A 200A R Clips Available as main only B 200A J Clips Available as main only C 400A R Clips D M ain FDS Top 600V a cies ain FDS Top Cli E Main FDS Bottom 600V W leje F Feeder FDS Top 600V ep G Feeder FDS Bottom 600V G 600A Non fused Available as main only H 800A L Clips J 1800A Non fused Available as main only K 1200A L Clips L 1200A Non fused Available as main only A 225A D Available as main only B 225A HJ D Available as main only C 225A
328. d variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fan s and venting where required See page 269 Include UL Class J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163T units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any required fan s Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque e Are digitally programmable with access to mode pro ming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications Bulletin 2162T and 2163T use normal duty PowerFlex 40 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of remote pilot devices input signals etc For NEMA 3R enclosure construction contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice or Allen Bradley distributor Bulletin 2164Q 2164R 2165Q and 2165R Manual Drive Bypass and PowerFlex 70 or PowerFlex 700 Drive 198 These combination variable frequency drive units are specially designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers
329. d 2 89CF22D and 1 NCTC normally open to v v v v v v Contact normally closed ka 89CF40L Bulletin 700CF 4 NO v v v 4 y 4 4 Pole Relay with M echanical Latch 2N 0 and2 PE 89CF22L Attachment Cc v v v v v v 89P2 2N 0 v v v v 8064 Bulletin 700P Relay ANO 7 7 7 7 SC 89PT Bulletin 700P with Pneumatic Time Delay one Y v v y 89PT2 Attachment on off delay with two 2 2N 0 v v v v 89PT4 timed contacts 0 1 60 sec ANO We z 7 Vv PE Bulletin 700P Relay with M echanical 898 Latch Attachment AN d Y 1 Mutually exclusive with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ The addition of unwired control relay option 89CF may increase the space factor of 2154H SM C 3 units See page 139 152 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 191 Option AE SMC 3 SMC Flex Delive Option Number Description Dialog Plus Brogan 2154G 2155G 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 Normally Open 1 N O auxiliary contact mounted on isolation contactor 1 1 2 2 3 3 90 131C w hen supplied vl vl vil y LI v BI BI y ormally Closed 1 N C auxiliary contact mounted on isolation 1 1 2 2 3 3 ra 91 contactor 131C when supplied e e ve A vu SEI Auxiliary Contacts gg 81 ormally Open 1 N O mounted
330. d Accessories see pages 145 154 Discount Schedule A6 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Units 2155 Combination Soft Starter M otor Controller with Circuit Breaker SM C Flex Line Connected See page 134 for product description SMC Flex units are configured as line connected for D elta connected contact factory Isolation contactor is optional Select on page 149 The addition of this option may require additional space See page 143 for space factor of units with option Control circuit transformer included Bulletin 150 SMC Flex controllers are C UL US UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload ay 1s not required for single motor applications See page 261 for short circuit withstand ratings 179 Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal l The limiting factor in the o anduseofthe NEMA Type Land Type 1 w gasket MEMOR ped i AAA SM C Flex is the output ampere rating ROBA mps BI Bl Program 380V 415V Catalog Number Catalog Number 220 230V 240V 1 480V oov 2 dac Wiring Type B da Wiring Type B Class Class 5 0 25 1 1 0 5 1 0 37 2 2 0 5 3 0 75 3 2155 B FOO5LK_ __ 2155 B FOO5L _ __ 25 1 5 5 5 1 5 7 5 3 7 11 5 15 5 20 2155 B FO25LK_ __ 2155 B FO25L _ __ 43 7 5 11 10 15 15 22 20
331. d Pro grammable Controllers 2 0 0 cece cece ees 228 Storage CONAILIO S woo suis atone dashes neocon dA 1 Suffix Letter Designation Circuit BTEakE w owa ooo esi a wy obawa PITA AA 9 Surge Protective Device Unit 0 cece eee eee 109 Surge Suppressor on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 152 Surge Suppressor on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 118 T Terminal Blocks on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 228 T Handle 20 ccc cece e etree eee eens 28 T Handle on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 154 Index T Handle on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Unwired Timer Auxiliary on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains 217 and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units T Handle on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders 120 Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 125 V T Handle on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers 228 Vertical Ground BUS ccc cccccecccccceeeeeeennnnes 26 T Handle on SC landPE oo cece eects 23 Vertical Ground Bus Kit 0 ccc nananana aaau 238 Thermistor Protection Relay on Contactors and Starters M etering Vertical Section Catalog Numbers Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer CONTIGUO wa o enai n APA 23 MIE oso OE eae sA 120 Vertical Sections a sda
332. d Type 1 with gasket P 220 230V L Control Transformer 198B NEMA Type 12 A 240V Human Interface yp Module Control Code Wiring Type N 380v H Code Interface and Options A Type A KN l4g0v See Options section beginning on page 209 Jaisy B 480V C 600V 1 Units at these voltages are not UL 198C listed cUL listed or CSA certified Ratings 220 230V Line Voltage ine Voltage 415V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage ine Voltage Constant Torque Constant Torque Constant Torque Constant Torque Variable Torque Constant Torque FO5 0 37 kW 0 5 HP 0 25 kW 0 5 HP 0 5 HP 1HP FO 0 55 kW 0 75 HP 0 37 kW 0 75 HP 0 75 HP 2 HP FI0 0 75 kW 1HP 0 55 kW THP 1HP 3 HP FIO TI KW 1 5 HP 0 75 kW 1 5 HP 1 5 HP 5 HP F5 1 5 kW 2 HP L I kW ZHP 2 HP T 5 HP F30 2 2 KW 3 HP 1 5 kW 3 HP 3 HP 10HP F50 3 7KW 5 HP 2 2 kW 5 AP 5 AP 15 HP W7 5 5 kW T 5 HP 3 7kW T 5 HP T 5 HP 20 HP 107 T 5 kW 10 HP 5 5 kW T0 HP T0 HP 25 HP U5 TI KW 15 HP 7 5 kW 15 HP 15 HP 30 HP 020 15 kW 20 HP TI kW 20 HP 20 HP 40 HP 020 18 5 KW 25 HP 15 kW 25 HP 25 HP 50 HP 025 22 kW 30 HP 18 5 KW 30 HP 30 HP 60 HP 22 kW 40 HP 40 HP 15 HP 040 30 kW 50 HP 50 HP 100 HP 050 37 kW 60 HP 60 HP 125 HP 060 45 kW 15 HP 15 HP 150 HP 05 55kW 100 HP 100 HP 200 HPU 100 75 kW 125 HP 125 HP 250 HPI 125 oO kW 150 HPL 150 HP 200 110 kwE 200 HPE 200 HPE 200 132 kwE 250 HPE 250 HP 250 150 kwE 250 160kWT 162 1 Available for 2162P only NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only For Options M
333. ded O ptional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 212 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload p devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors 232 Medmim Nominal HP NEMA Type 1and Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Continuous ie HP amg shown ay w for Delivery rame Output reference only PowerFlex 40 drive Space 2 Space 2 Am ba units should be sized according tothe Factor Catalog Number t Factor Catalog Number Is Porn p application and output ampere rating 1 7 1 0 2162TA IP7K _ 2162TA 1P7 _ _ 5 3 0 15 20 o 2162TA 3P0K_ 1 581 2162TA 3P0J_ _ 42 3 0 LO 2162TA 4P2K _ 2162TA 4P2 _ _ PE in U S 6 6 5 0 2162TA 6P6K_ _ 2 05 2162TA 6P6J_ _ 9 9 75 2162TA 9P9K _ sj 2162TA 9P9 nea c 12 2 10 2 981 2162TA 012K_ 2162TA 012 _ _ 19 0 15 2162TA 019K_ _ 3 08 2162TA 019J _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive purpu current ratings must be derated For mam information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 40 User M anual 22B UM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 to the horsepower rating desired e g 2162TA 1P7KC Select the number from ta
334. der 150 Main Neutral Bus MLUG Option Mate Description Rating Location SAAD ALES a MA Pedra MLUG MFDS MCB MLUG MFDS MCB JJ 600 3 one y 4 88HN 800 one v Incoming half 1200 4 one v Neutral Bus 2 rated Provides for incoming neutral 1600 5 one 7 For Bulletin connection to horizontal neutral bus 7 2191M main within the main incoming unit 2000 one v lug units Incoming neutral bus must match 600 3 one v See table on the horizontal neutral bus rating i page 68 for 88FN half or full 800 one v available lugs full 7 1200 4 M rated 1600 5 one 7 2000 5 one v 400 1 1 8 None w 4 600 9 9 10 1 0 BI v v R ncoming i Neutral Bus fei 800 7 10 rofl BE For Bulletins rated 1200 8 8 1 0 1 0 4 4 fusb e me 1600 3 IA None N A w w disconnect Provides tor ncarhing neutra ih 2000 3 3 None None z Z switch and connection to horizontal neutral bus 2193M main within the main incoming unit 150 IA l N A None v circuit breaker Incoming neutral bus must match 225 IA 7 N A None ez See tables on the horizontal neutral bus rating 7 7 BI page 76 for half or full 400 None w v 2192M and A 600 8 8 10 10 v v pages 83 84 for fu 2193M standard rated 800 9 9 10 1 0 8 v F an optional 1200 9 9 10 10 v F ue 1600 I NA None
335. does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section Frame mounted unit Discount Schedule A6 0 For transformers with 480 volt primary add 0 5 space factor For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 95 Transformer Units Bulletin 2196Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch XFM R See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Tap arrangement for 15 50kVA single phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCBN NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE Unit consists of two 2 compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together The fusible disconnect compartment has a horizontal operating handle For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 112 Eep Rating Catalog Number P e mperes Wiring Type A Class I Ra
336. e 12ENB3 Multiple quantities of the same option may be mounted in the same chassis e g a 7 slot chassis may contain two 2 processor cards two 2 ethernet cards one 1 ControlNet card and two DeviceNet cards 1 Check with your Rockwell Automation representative for details on the memory restrictions of the 1756 L55M 16 controller 8 Option 12CNT_ Bulletin 1786 ControlNet T Tap is available for use with option 12CN_ for connection to ControlNet scheme See publication CNET IN002x EN P Contro Net Coax Media Planning and Installation Guide for cabling configuration Option number not complete Add the corresponding slot number for the associated 12CN_ Option 12CNT_ is not available alone 9 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two 2 in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts mounted internally 98X or 99X must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired 10 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is two 2 These are form C contacts Each form C contact includes one N O and one N C contact Internal auxiliary contacts 98X or 99X are wired to a 3 point floating terminal block Discount Schedule A6 227 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Programmable Controlle
337. e A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 221 Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Units 2180E 2182E 2183E Bulletin 1771 Programmable Controller I O Chassis PLC e See 219 for product description All programmable control I O chassis plug in units must be located in the bottom of the vertical section to retain UL listing 265 Catalog Number I Bulletin A ees Space Factor width ULE Type A Oily Gess ree Sete Chassis Size inches NEMA HERE Type 1 NEMA Type 12 1 4 slot 2 0 2180E AKXWD 2180E AJ XWD 1 8 slot 2 0 2180E BKXWD 2180E BJ XWD SIGUE 1 8 slot 602 25 2180E CKXWD 2180E C XWD 2 8 slot 6 0 ul 25 2180E DKXWD 2180E DJ XWD Basic 1 0 chassis 1 16 slot 2180E EKXWD 2180E EJ XWD without 2 16 slot 607 i 2180E FKXW D 2180E F XWD PE II disconnecting means transformer 1P 16 slot 2Z80E GKXWD 2180E GJ XW D SPONGE 2 Bl 16 slot 6 0 PIAI a deep 2180E HKXW D 2180E HJ XWD 3 BI 16 slot 2180E KXWD 2180E J XWD 1 4 slot 2 0 2182E AK__ 2182E AJ 1 8 slot 2 5 0 2182E BK__ 2182E BJ__ i a 1 8 slot go 25 2182E CK__ 2182E CJ 2 8 slot goal 25 2182E DK_ 2182E DJ Basic I O chassis 1 16 slot p 2182E EK__ 2182E EJ__ W es E 16 slot 6 0 gt 2182E FK__ 2182E F __ c anatara 1 6 16 slot a 40 wide 2182E GK__ 2182E GJ __ 25 16 slot i 20 deep 2182E HK__ 2182E H
338. e CU 2 0 AL_ bottom entry AKJ AY 600A LDC 250 350 kcmil 2 phase CU 2 0 See page 260 for AKK ALK 8004 MDL 48 0 300 kcmil 3 phase CU 35 circuit breaker AKM ALM 800A HMDL 3 0 300 kcmil 3 phase CU 25 interrupting capacity axp ALP 12004 ND 4 0 400 kcmil 4 phase cu 35 AKQ ALQ 1200A HND 4 0 400 kcmil 4 phase CU 3 5 NINTH POSITION Continued on next page 16 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections Catalog Number Explanation for Vertical Sections SC e Maximum SC shipping block is three 3 vertical sections Enddaingpatssare supplied on each of the shipping blocks containing incoming line or main breaker sections Ninth position continued from previous page see lata Space Position ger Delivery Description 480V 600V Description facor Program Primary Primary AMA ANA e ai 120V sec without tap secondary fused to 15 5KVA 2 5KVA 120 240V sec without tap secondary AMB m fused to 240V 15 Sinal 7 5kVA 3 7kVA 120 240V sec without tap secondary AMC ANG hice fused to 240V 15 Bott i Transformer AMD AND y OWEJ TASER GG sec without tap secondary 15 gt AE OMe 15KVA 7 5KVA 120 240 sec with 2 2 5 taps FCAN F NINTH AM 4 2 5 taps FCBN secondary fused for 240V 480V PRIM ARY 25KVA 12 5kVA 120 240 sec with 2 2 5 taps FCAN p nd o AMF ANF 4 2 5 taps
339. e NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A 5 Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 6 240 V and 480 V are SC in U S and Canada 600 V is PE in U S and SC in Canada 1 Frame mounted unit M ust be located at bottom of section 8 240 V and 480 V are SC Il in U S and PE Il in Canada 600 V is PE II in U S and SC II in Canada 9 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at bottom of section 10 For transformers with 240 volt primary add 0 5 space factor Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 99 Transformer Units Bulletin 2197Z Control and Lighting Transformer Unit with Circuit Breaker XFM R See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Tap arrangement for 15 50kVA single phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCAN 4 2 1 2 Taps FCBN Tap arrangements for 10 45 kVA three phase transformers is 2 2 1 2 Taps FCBN
340. e can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper opetan and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at t Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Units 2162R e bottom of the section mbination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 600VAC HEAVY DUTY When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 223 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The HP ratings shown below Continuous are for reference only ERIE Output PowerFlex 700 drive units Delivery Amperes should be sized according to Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program the application and output ampere rating Heavy Duty 600V 171 1 2162RA 2P7HKC 35 2162RA 2P7HJ C 35 2 41 1 5 2162RA 2P7HKC 36 2 0 2162RA 2P7HJ C 36 0 2 70 2 2162RA 3P9HKC 37 2162RA 3P9H C 37 3 9 3 2 0 2162RA 6P1HKC 38 2162RA 6P1H C 38 6 11 5 2162RA 9POHKC 39 2 5 2162RA 9POH
341. e clip designator and add to catalog string number e g 2106B BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse manufacturer code and add to catalog string number e g 2106B BABD 31GT 20 Only use power fuse code when selecting power fuses 3 For Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M see table on page 232 For Bulletin 2196 see 233 4 Refer to publication 2100 TD003x EN P CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Power Fuses for more information 5 Select power fuse manufacturer code by indicating choice of power fuse manufacturer LT or LL LittelFuse GT or GL Ferraz Shawmut and BT or BL Bussmann When selecting Bussmann or LittelFuse delivery program changes to PE The Ferraz Shawmut Class fuse incorporates blown fuse indication for fuses above 8A 6 Not available with Bulletin 2154G units 7 KAT a available in Canada only HRCII C Bussmann BT or BL fuses are not available use HRCII C Ferraz Shaw mut option code GT or GL They are CSA certified but are isted Discount Schedule A6 231 Configuration Tables Fuse Clip Designator Selection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2100D 2102L 2192F and 2192M t Use this information to selecta fuse clip designator Use this information to select power fuses H2 F lip Ratin p F li i Power F Pow er Fuse SA 7 Fuse Clip Class nea a ZY Rating
342. e es 121 Incoming Neutral Connection Plate 121 Interposing Relay ccc cece aaa aaa eens 122 Key interlock Mounting Provision ee00 ee 125 O L Contact on Left Side of Circuit 0 eee 118 Omission of Circuit Breaker cece eee eee 126 Omission of Power Terminal Blocks 008 125 OME WINING nc woo wach SEO Santee KPA 118 Overload Relay Auxiliary Contact Eutectic Alloy 118 Overload Relay Heater Elements 111 127 Pilot Lights aaa aa aa aaa aa aaa aaaaa aaa i 112 113 Push Buttons 2 cece aaa aa aawaka kazan ii ij 111 Push Buttons and Selector Switch 1 111 Selector SWIECI x was E ok o 111 SHUNC TIP wa we zadko omg ade ena Ye TWA A 126 Spanish Legend Plates uaaaa aa aaa aaa aaa ii 127 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 1 127 Surge SUDPIESSAT awa sika AE OGR FAA 118 THONG ak aw GORA AO CKE AAAA TE 125 Thermistor Protection Relay cece aaa 11 120 Unit Ammeter 0 ccc eee aa aaa eee eee eens 120 Unit Door Nameplates ccc c eee eee ees 127 Unit Ground Stabi ss cimi iinei ad AOR ied ee 120 Unit Load Connector cece cece ee eee eens 120 Unwired Control Relay 0 ccc cece cece ees 123 Unwired Pull Apart Terminal Blocks 005 127 Unwired Timer Auxiliary 0 cece cee 120 Options for M arshalling Panels and Programmable Controllers Auxiliary Contacts cc aa aaa aaa aaa a
343. e for application assistance Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2122E Two Speed 2 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TS2W a Fuse Cli Constant or Variable Torque 5 Catalog Number I A hort ata 0g NEMA Horsepower Seq Appendix for short Space Wiring Type B Class I Don ize actor rogram Y Ratin NEMA Type Land 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V nee Class Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 30 CJ R H 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 2 0 2122EB BA_ _ 2122EB BD _ 60 1J R H HRCII C 3021 J R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 60 J R H HRCI C 2 0 2122EB CA_ 2122EB CD_ SC 100 R H HRCII C 6021 IJ R H HRCII C 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 100 J R H HRCII C 3 0 2122EB DA _ 2122EB DD 200 J R H HRCII C 100 2 J R H HRCII C 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 200 J R H HRCI C 4 5 2122EB EA _ 2122EB ED_ __ PE 400 JJ 20021 J R H HRCII C u 5 BI 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 400 R H HRCII C SN 2122EB FA_ _ 2122EB FD _ PE II 600 J 1 The catalog n The catalog n mbers isted are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2122EB BABD Select horsepow er from table on page 230 If power fuse will NOT be selected select f If power fuse WILL be selected first select 2122EB BABD 31GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepo
344. e heave ie Kinia wired 208 Volt ak MU ungrounded grounded W YE or DELTA connected power 88l 415 Volt system only Gua 88KN 400 Volt gourd RVOR sahte 6 88AT 240 Volt MR 88BT 480 Volt 88CT___ Three 3 Bulletin 800T push to test pilot lights 600 Volt Available on Bulletin 2191M 2192M and 2193M ONLY 88HT clear wired in grounded WYE complete with 208 Volt For use with ungrounded grounded W YE or DELTA connected power 88IT fusing 415 Volt system only 88KNT 400 Volt 88NT 380 Volt Integral aroung fault protection system with adjustable pick up Ground Fault 88GF adjustable time delay control power indicator light trip indicator Only available on Bulletin 2192M 1600A 2000A 380V 400V 415V PE II Protection 7 and built in test feature Shunt trip is included See required 480V and 600V applications Solidly grounded WYE systems only voltage code on 74 1 Ammeter has 5A movement 3 5 scale 102 deflection and 2 of full scale accuracy Current transformer for external meter is supplied with 8 foot secondary leads Ammeter scale and CT ratio are determined by the horsepower code Not valid on 0 5 space factor or dual mounted units units with E3 overload relay 7FEC_ or units with E1Plus overload relay with ground fault jam protection option FEE_G Requires 2 5 space factor for NEMA Size 4 Bulletin 2113 with M CP circuit breaker Circuit Breaker code CA and E1 Plus overload relay Option 7FEE_ 2 Un
345. e on dual 2103L dual 2113 units or 0 5 space factor units Not available with common control M utually exclusive with 7FEC_ options 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary options or 7FEE_D 2 SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage 3 Options 89CBL and 17 are mutually exclusive When one 1 control circuit fuse for separate control 21 is selected with 89CBL on 1 0 space factor Bulletin 2102L 2103L 2112 or 2113 units one 1 auxiliary contact mounting position P3 is given up for the control circuit fuse 122 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 152 FVNR STW TSRIW TSRIW pyar FVC FVR TS2W TSR2W TSR2W 2126E 2126 Option a Description 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 DE 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 9 2127F 2127K QUANTITY SUPPLIED 89CF40 TNO 89CF31 Puttet i POULPE pole T 1 2 1 2 4 4 1 relay 2 N 0 and 2 89CF22 NC 89CF40A On dela 4N 0 Bulletin i man b 700CF 4 pole an 2 N O and 2 89CF22A relay with ae N C time contac 89CF40B attachment Off delay 4N 0 l a i i i includes 1
346. e operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section BA more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section e Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 214 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW ratings Frame eae at Powerrlex 70 dre units Space Space PY a 1 should be sized according to the Factor CatalogNumber Pict Catalog Number Program application and output ampere rating Lt 0 5 2163QA 1PINKB 33_ 2163QA 1PLN J B 33_ 1 6 0 75 2163QA 2P1NKB 34_ 2163QA 2P1N B 34_ A 2 1 1 2163QA 2P1NKB 35_ 20 2163QA 2P1N B 35_ 3 0 1 5 1 5 2163QA 3P4NKB 36_ 2163QA 3P4N B 36_ 3 4 2 2163QA 3P4NKB 37_ 2163QA 3P4NJ B 37_ B 5 0 3 2163QA 5PONKB 38_ 2163QA 5PON B 38_ 8 0 5 2163QA 8PONKB 39_ 2 5 2163QA 8PON B 39_ c 11 1 5 2 0 2163QA 011NKB 40_ 2163QA 011N B 40_ SC 14 10 2163QA 014NKB 41_ 3 0 2163QA 014NJ B 41_ 22 15 2163QA 022NKB 42_ 2163QA 022N B 42 _ D 27 20 2 5 2163QA 027NKB 43_ 3 5 2163QA 027N B 43_ 34 25 2163QA 034NKB 44_ 3 0 2163QA 034N B 44_ o 14 40 30
347. e overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds e For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload e PowerFlex700 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum e Proper poan of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to pionin units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section e Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 225 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The h
348. e page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper aa and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section ae more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 210 Nominal HP NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW ratings Frame Aa ae ROREWORWOGRE MA Space Space Delivery PORE 11 should be sized according to the Factor Getalog number Factor Catalog Mumba Program application and output ampere rating 1 1 0 5 2102QA 2P1HKB 33 2162QA 2P1H B 33 A 1 6 0 75 2162QA 2P1HKB 34 2162QA 2P1H B 34 2 1 1 15 2162QA 3P4HKB 35 2 0 2162QA 3P4H B 35 3 0 15 2162QA 3P4HKB 36 2162QA 3P4H B 36 B 3 4 2 2162QA 5POHKB 37 2162QA 5POH B 37 5 0 3 2162QA 8POHKB 38 2 5 21620QA 8P0H B 38 c 8 0 5 20 2162QA 011HKB 39 2162QA 011H B 39 11 15 2162QA 014HKB 40 3 0 2162QA 014H B 40 SC 14 10 2162QA 022HKB 41 2162QA 022H B 41 D 22 15
349. e required Two 2 circuit breakers with trip current up to 150 A can be dual mounted in one phen unit for I3C 16C and IOC 150A frames I3C frame circuit breakers with LFD current limiters also can be dual mounted but are limited to a 100A trip maximum on each circuit breaker To specify dual mounted units add two numbers from table on page 80 to base catalog number e g 2193F AJC 3031CB H pae factor units cannot be dual mounted 2193F Plug in unit 15A 225A 2193FZ Plug in unit 0 5 space factor 15A 225A 2193FT Top mounted feeder 400A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch 2193F T Top mounted feeder 600A 1200A are reverse fed connect load to top of switch 2193F B Bottom mounted feeder 400A 1200A are top fed connect load to bottom of switch 92 Fame Interrupting Capacity Ratings Catalog Number U Range of rms symmetrical amperes Wiring Type A Only Class I Available 380V den PO Ratin Trips 208V 400V actor NEMA Type land rogram Ampere Type Amperes 240V 415V 600V Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 480V I3C 15 100 65k 35k 18k 2193FZ AKC _CB 2193FZ AJ C _CB 16C i 100k 65k 25k 2193FZ AKC _CM 2193FZ AJ C _CM loc I aa 100k 100k 35k 2193FZ AKC _ CX 2193FZ AJ C _CX 15 50 I3C LFD 60 100 100k 100k 100k 0 5 BI 2193FZ AKC _CD 2193FZ AJ C _CD I3C 65k 35k 18k 2
350. eck on Combination Soft Starter Controller ControlNet T Tap on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Control Wt a oos cote e bansaatecs 154 lols SEAR IRERRER EROS SEGRE RGSS 227 Export Packing Below Deck on Combination Variable Frequency AC Converter M odule on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 147 Motor Drive UnitS cceccccccccccccceccce 217 COMET SECHON A 24 Export Packing Below Deck on Contactors and Starters Metering CSA MarK au 1 M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer CHUL MAKII saith e tian eene ead dake e a 1 Hi ARRAS 127 Current Sensors on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Export Packing Below Deck on Marshalling Panels and Programmable Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 125 GORAJ ooo ooocc voce eo onccdccebccicc ence cee 228 Current Transducers on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Extended Reset Button Kit cccccccccccccceee 241 Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 125 External Auxiliary Contact scsscceceeeeeeeeeees 241 External Auxiliary Contact Adapter Kits 241 242 Discount Schedule A6 275 Index External Auxiliary Contact Kits 0 0 aaa aaa iii 242 DeviceNet Field Support Kit 000 0ee eee 244 External DeviceNet Connector Unit 0 cece ees 108 DeviceNet Scanner Modules ccc cece eee 244 External DeviceNet Connector with 120VAC
351. econdary with three 3 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 208 V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 20 15 2195 PK_H 2195 PK_H 16A 2195 PJ_H 15 7 5 20 15 TE 2195 0K_H 2195 QK_H 16A 2195 QJ _H 25 12 5 40 30 2195 SK_H 2195 SK_H 16A 2195 5J_H U 30 15 50 40 2195 TK_H 2195 TK_H 16A 2195 TJ_H 37 5 18 5 60 50 2 0 2195 VK_H 2195 VK_H 16A 2195 VJ_H 45 22 5 70 60 20 D 2195 WK_H 2195 WK_H 16A 2195 WJ_H 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the transformer primary voltage desired e g 2195 FKBD PUN For ratings 3kVA and larger vented door is provided For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A 240 V and 480 V are SC in U S and Canada 600 V is PE in U S and SC in Canada Frame mounted unit Must be located at bottom of section 240 V and 480 V are SC Il in U S and
352. ection and Power Fuse Selection for Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 2126 2154G and 2172 282 To select Fuse Clip Designator select e selec pa j de f select code from one of these two columns a odr Erne Sh umns b When power fuses willbe Power Fuse Manufacturer Code Fl Fuseib Serie a Fuse Clipiiyne When NO power fuses will be column EMA i selected select fuse clip The 20 portion of your Fuse Clip Typical T Accel Long L Accel Fuse designator from this column Designator e g 20 means that Time Time Class the fuse clip size and power fuse lt 5sec gt 5sec will be selected automatically based on load horsepower 3 MI 30 cc bl 24C 20C LT LL CC j 2j 20 ia ee R 24R 20R R 30 H LIG 24 GT or BT GL or BL HRCII C U 24E 20E HRCII C J 25 20 J R 25R 20R R 60 H LIG 25 GT or BT GLor BL 77 HRCII C I 25E 20E HRCII C J 26 20 J R 26R 20R R 100 H 16 26 Z GT or BT GLor BL o HRCII C P1 26E 20E HRCII C J 27 20 J R 27R 20R R 200 p 16 27 Z GT or BT GLor BL o HRCII C P 27E 20E HRCII C J 28 20 J R 28R 20R R 400 p 16 28 GT or BT GL or BL HRCII C 7 28E 20E HRCII C J 29 20 J 600 R 29R 20R GT or BT GLor BL R HRCII C U 29E 20E HRCII C 800 L 24L 20L GT orBT GLorBL L 1 Power fuse option not available for Class H fuse clips or Space Saving NEMA starter units 2 Available on 480V and 600V applications only To select power fuses for Bulletins 2106 2112 2122 2126 and 2172 Select fus
353. ed 2 winding motor TSR2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSR1W re Gi a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 63 Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery Size Factor Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V ba ae Stee ME NEMA Type 12 3 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 2127KB BA 2127KB BD T 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 3 0 2127KB CA_ __ 2127KB CD_ __ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2127KB BABD Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2127KB BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker type from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2127KB BABD 30CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 7D001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2127KB BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2127KB BJ_ ___ 56 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6
354. ed assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSR1W re i a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 62 Constant or Variable Torque Catalog Number Il NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class Size Factor 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V BE aE Type NEMA Type 12 I 0125 75 012575 0125 10 0125 10 30 2I27 B BA 2127JB BD 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 30 2127 B CA_ __ 2127 B CD_ __ Delivery Program PE 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control volta Select the horsepower letter K e g 2127 B BK_ _ Bulletin 2127K qe type from table on page 229 e g 2127 B BABD rom table on page 230 e g 2127 B BABD 30 Select the circuit breaker from Circuit Breaker Type table on page 235 e g 2127 B BABD 30CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 TDO01x EN P and 2100 TDO02x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload ce To order JE a without the external reset button replace the letter A with the _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2127 B Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 1 Winding Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker TSRIW See page 34 for product description NOTE A two spe
355. ed per shipping split for back to back construction Main Power Bus Phase A B C Rating Delivery and Material 600A Aluminum with Tin Plating Program 800A Aluminum with Tin Plating 600A Copper with Tin Plating 800A Copper with Tin Plating 1200A Copper with Tin Plating 1600A Copper with Tin Plating 2000A Copper with Tin Plating PE II 600A Copper with Silver Plating 800A Copper with Silver Plating 1200A Copper with Silver Plating 1600A Copper with Silver Plating 2000A Copper with Silver Plating Discount Schedule A6 27 Vertical Sections Basic Sections and Structure Features M odifications SC II and PE II 32 F seant Delivery Section Features M odifications continued Program One 1 0 25 x 1 unplated copper For applications utilizing NET ground bus mounted on Two 2 0 25 x 1 unplated copper both top and bottom or Horizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit from back to back line ups One 1 0 25 x 1 tin plated copper two 2 ground bus splice kits are required for joining Two 2 0 25 x 1 tin plated copper each shipping block NO OX ID NO OX ID compound on bus Pullbox H 12 high x 15 deep or 20 deep except corner sections Shutters For isolation of plug in stab openings automatic For isolation of plug in stab openings manu
356. emperature rise Use this motor nameplate information the application rules and the full load amps listed in the tables to determine the Heater Element No Motors Rated For Continuous Duty Motors with marked service factor of not less than 1 15 or motors with a marked temperature rise not over 40 C 1 The same temperature at the controller and motor Select the heater element number with the listed full load amps nearest the full load value shown on the motor nameplate T his will provide integral horsepower motors with protection between 110 and 120 of the nameplate full load currents 2 Higher temperature at the controller than at the motor If the full load current value shown on the motor nameplate is between the listed full load amps select the heater element number with the higher value T his will provide integral horsepower motors with protection between 115 and 125 of the nameplate full load currents 3 Lower temperature at the controller than at the motor If the full load current value shown on the motor nameplate is between the listed full load amps select the heater element number with the lower value T his will provide integral horsepower motors with protection between 105 and 115 of the nameplate full load currents All Other Motors Rated For Continuous Duty Includes Motors With Marked Service Factor Of 1 0 Select the heater element number one rating smaller than determined by the rules in paragraphs 1 2 and 3
357. eparate Control KNP 230V 50Hz Transformer Control UB KNP 230V 50Hz Separate Control IT 240V 50Hz Transformer Control IP IT 240V 50Hz Separate Control P NLP 220V 50Hz Line to Neutral Control Separate Control LB E KNLP 230V 50Hz Line to Neutral Control Separate Control 1 ILT 240V 50Hz Line to Neutral Control Separate Control 4 5 H A B C Common Control 6 1 Select a control circuit transformer See Options section 2 Control circuit fusing option 21 and or disconnect interlock option 98 may be required to comply with NEC See Options section 3 Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards e g 400V 115V 230V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers or coils 4 Requires horizontal neutral bus and vertical neutral bus in 9 vertical wireway Refer to Section Modifications to select 5 Select control circuit fusing see option 21 in Options section 6 Select control circuit fusing see option 22 in Options section Required to comply with NEC Control Voltage Type for Space Saving NEMA Bulletins 2106 2107 2112 and 2113 276 Control Voltage Code 480V 600V Control Type B C 120V 60Hz Transformer Control U BD CD 120V 60Hz Separate Control 1 Select a control
358. epower desired e g 2154 B FLO8LKB 49 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2154 B F108LKN 49K rame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the actory Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard The design of these units is optimized for bottom entry of load cables For top entry of load cables consult the factory Bulletin 2154 Space Factors with Unit Options 178 Rating Space Factor for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket Units Space Factor for NEMA Type 12 Units a With Option With Options 13GF With Option A A With Options 13GF Amperes Standard Unit 13GF With Option 13IC and 131C Standard Unit 13GF With Option 13IC and 131C 5 60 25 85 3 0 3 5 H 108 3 9 40 135 3 5 4 0 201 6 0 20 W 6 0 20 W 251 6 0 20 W 6 0 20 W 317 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 361 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 25 W 20 D 480 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D 6 0 20 W 20 D 6 0 30 W 20 D 1 142 Requires 3 5 space factor for 45kW 380 415V 60HP 480V and 60 75HP 600V For Options Modifications an
359. er rated select the number from the table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2155HB AAB 35 If KW rated select the number from the table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2155HB AAN 35K Select the appropriate suffix from the table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker bpe e g 2155HB AAB 35CA or 2155HB AAN 35KCA The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the SM C 3 To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2155HB AK or replace the letter D with the letter e g 2155HB AJ __ 4 Reduce by 0 5 space factor for 45kW at 380V 415V 60HP at 480V and 60 75HP at 600V applications when circuit breaker suffix CT or CM is selected Bulletin 2155H Space Factors with Unit Options 174 NEMA Type 1 and 1 with Gasket Ratings Sandard With With Option With With With Option With Option With Option With Option With Option With Option With Option Amps Unit Option BHIC Option Option 13ICand 13ICand 13HICand 13HIC and 13HIC and 13HIC and 13IC 13HIC and 131C 13DSA 13IC 89CF 13DSA 89CF 13DSA 131C 89CF and 13DSA and 89CF 3 15 15 A 15 8 is 1 5 15 1 5 ami 15 2 0 2 0 2 0 85 1 5 U 15 H 1 5 U 1 5 H 1 5 H i 1 5 H 7 108 135 2 2 5 3 5 2 5 3 5 108
360. erFlex 70 variable frequency drive and pull apart A Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 DRIVE ON and BYPASS ON pilot lights options 4__ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 209 Unit doors are interlocked 241 Nominal HP NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA 12 Maximum The horsepower ratings shown Frame ale Powerfler 10 KE Space Space Delivery nasi 1 should be sized according to the Factor CatalogNumber Pictor Catalog Number Program application and output ampere rating El 05 2165QA IPIA_ _ 21650A 1PID_ _ A 2 1 0 75 1 2 5 2165QA 2PIA_ _ 2165QA 2P1D _ 3 4 1 5 2 21650A 3P4A_ _ 3 0 2165QA 3P4D _ P 5 3 3 9 21050A 5P0A_ _ 2165QA 5P0D_ _ 8 5 i 2165QA 8P0A_ _ 2165QA 8P0D_ _ SC ll gt 11 1 5 2165QA 01IA_ _ 35 21650A 0110_ _ 14 10 3 5 21650A 0M4A_ _ 2165QA 014D_ _ D 22 15 2165QA 022A_ _ 4 0 2165QA 022D_ _ 27 20 2165QA 027A_ _ 45 2165QA 027D_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 201 2 1
361. ertification ae 20 200 2100 FK_1_1A 2100 F _1_1A M 400 30 60 100 i 115 25 200 2100 FK_1_2A _ without 15 400 horizontal 30 60 bus 100 4 30 200 2100 FK_1_3A _ 400 30 60 100 i 35 00 2100 FK_1_4A _ 400 2100 F _1_2A M 2100 F _1_3A _ M 2100 F _1_4A M 1 Disconnect rating must match fuse cli E Oversizing or undersizing of fuse clips is not permitted 2 Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code on page 23 e g 2100 FKC Select ground bus option B C N or P from table on 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 FKC2B Select bus bar bracing A or B from table on 14 horizontal bus is provided in vertical section e g 2100 FKC2B1B A Select bus bar material and plating from table on 14 e g 2100 FKC2B1B AAT06 Select fuse clip designator on page 23 e g 2100 FKC2B1A AAT06 24 4 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code on page 23 e g 2100 FKC GA e bus option B C N or P from table on 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 FKC1B Select fuse clip designator from on page 23 e g 2100 FKC1B1A 24 20 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 Discoun
362. et cable system Terminating Resistor in a motor control center NOTE if terminating resistors are not used the DeviceNet cable system 2100H DNTR1 SC Kit will not operate correctly This kit is shipped with each DeviceNet motor control center DeviceNet 2 120 ohm 5 terminating a DeviceNet trunk cable NOTE if terminating resistors are not used the 1485A C2 i Terminating Resistors DeviceNet cable system will not operate correctly Double DeviceNet JAllows two DeviceNet cables to be independently connected to a single DeviceNet port in the MCC 1485P P1J 5 UU5 i Connector vertical wirew ay DeviceNet Connection For covering unused DeviceNet connectors in the vertical wirew ay of a DeviceNet M CC 6 per 2100H DNCC1 Cover Kit package Cable used f ting DeviceNet MCC units to the DeviceNet ports i o_o zka able used for connecting DeviceNe units to the DeviceN et ports in R A DeviceNet Unit Cable vertical wireway Includes cable and 1 connector on each end of the cable 36 ME 91 4 cm 2100H DNUC36 SC 60 in 152 4 cm 2100H DNUC60 Round DeviceNet i 8A round DeviceNet cable with 1 connector on each end for connecting a ou laptop computer to a DeviceNet port in an IntelliCENTER or DeviceNet M CC 10 ft 305 em 2100H ICPC120 AA iene 8A flat DeviceNet cable used for trunk lines 246 ft 75 m 1485C P1E75 I BA Round DeviceNet a oun ene ae used m ne nes oe 164 ft 50 m 2100H DNRC1 SC 2 round DeviceNet cable uses for extending the trunk l
363. f Lugs per Phase Amperes Cables per Phase Singl Doubl F 1 ingle ouble ah lt 2 B Cable Cable 10 300 2 1281 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 2 2 N A 1 0 600 2 412 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 12 81 325 mm 4 2 2 600 2 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 19 31 490 mm 4 2 2 15 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 15 75 400 mm 4 4 800 3 5 5 5 16 63 422 mm P 16 63 422 mm P 16 63 422 mm P 2 2 800 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 20 00 508 mm 4 4 a 1200 3 2 2 2 20 88 530 mm P 20 88 530 mm 120 88 530 mm P 2 2 600 60 5 4 50 63 1286 mm 44 13 1121mm 137 63 956 mm 4 4 20 wide 1600 2000 4 50 63 1286mm 44 13 1121mm 137 63 956 mm 6 6 N A 600 800 6 0 1200 i corner section 1600 5 50 63 1286 mm 44 13 1121 mm 37 63 956 mm 4 4 2000 60 600 10 wide 800 6 48 88 1242 mm 42 38 1076 mm 35 88 911 mm 4 4 1200 1 See page 72 for figures 2 When cable size selected limits the user to two 2 single lugs per phase Dimension A is measured from center set of holes in lug pad See Figure 3 on page 72 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 7 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Line Dimensions Dimensions for drawings are provided on page 71 B loo oo 0 a u w
364. f section 7 Sealed breaker and Digitrip RMS 310 electronic trip with interchangeable trip plugs 8 Frame mounted unit section does have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be located at top or bottom of section M ay not be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units Discount Schedule A6 For Options M odifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 79 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193F 3 Pole Feeder Circuit Breaker FCB continued e CENTERLINE 2100 motor control centers are rated for use with 75 C wires Wire must be sized using the 75 C column in NEC Table 310 16 The actual temperature rating of the lug is not relevant Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table Trip Current 94 Trip Current Trip Current i jed 1 Number lA mper s Number in Standard M echanical Lugs Supplied 95 00 No breaker E T Trip cables CableWire Wire 30 15 44 200 Frame Type Rating paca Phase Size Range Type 31 20 45 225 15 100 1 14 1 0 AWG 32 30 46 250 13C 16C IOC 150A 125 150 1 4 4 0 AWG CU AL gt w ul w om 57 I Aaa AWG CUJAL 2 gt BER 80 150 1 1 4 0 AWG CU AL D3D J D6D 38 80 52 600 125 225 1 3 350 kcmil CU 39 90 53 700 K3D K6D KOD 400A 250 350 1 250 500 kemi CU 40 100 54 800 400 2 43 0 250 kcmi CU 41 125 55 1000 LD HLD LDC 600A 300 600 2 250 350 kcmi CU
365. feature trending graphs and analog dials The software also provides spare parts information Catalog Number AutoCAD documentation and event logging Requires Documentation CD see below AEN The IntelliCEN TER software also contains ActiveX controls This allows key views of the software to be displayed inside Human Machine Interfaces HM Is such as RSView Per MCC lineup SC 112 Documentation CD PRI The Documentation CD is the second component of the IntelliCENTER software The CD contains data files specific to a particular M CC This information includes unit nameplates unit details wiring Sr ae diagrams user manuals spare parts and other details Per unit IntelliCENTER U The IntelliCENTER ActiveX Only Version software contains only the ActiveX controls necessary to include the ActiveX Only Version _ IntelliCENTER views elevation monitor electronic documentation CAD diagrams event log and spreadsheet within an HMI Catalog Number Note Atleast one copy of IntelliCENTER Full Version is required to perform maintenance tasks such as 2101A INTLCNTR X moving units adding units and changing units in the IntelliCENTER softw are 1 Must be ordered separately from M CC 2 For MCCs ordered prior to September 1 2006 please contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability Minimum PC Requirements for running IntelliCENTER Software Operating System Windows 2000 SP4 or XP English
366. fications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Normal Duty Ratin 110 for 60 secon Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600VAC NORM AL DUTY e See page 156 for product description e For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual e Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum e aon A of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration shou drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 s the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are as s and 150 for 3 seconds e given to placing units with drives at the bottom
367. for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select both on page 212 e Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 206 4 Nominal Horsepower Continuous oe ieinu mie space Catalog Number space Catalog NumberI Delivery Output erie eet beth Factor ee peaceer Factor NEMA Type 12 Program Amperes 600V 2 0 1 2163PA FLOCK_ _ 2163PA FLOCJ_ _ 4 0 2 2163PA F20CK_ _ 2163PA F20CJ_ _ 6 0 3 2163PA F30CK_ _ 2163PA F30C _ _ 8 0 5 30 2163PA F50CK_ _ 3 0 2163PA F50C _ _ PE 10 1 5 2163PA F75CK_ _ 2163PA F75CJ _ _ 12 10 2163PA F100CK_ _ 2163PA F100C _ _ 19 15 2163PA F150CK_ _ 2163PA F150C J _ _ 24 20 2163PA F200CK_ _ 3 5 2163PA F200CJ_ _ 30 25 2163PA 025CK_ _ 2163PA 025CJ _ _ 35 30 2163PA 030CK_ _ 608 2163PA 030CJ_ _ 45 40 6 03 2163PA 040CK_ _
368. formation Each vertical section has a nameplate see the figure below located on the vertical wireway door On special width sections the nameplate is AB MOTOR CONTROL CEIER located on the section door Information on the section nameplate s includes CATALOG NO SERIAL NO SERIES Catalog number serial number SN L DBCN99 1 Series letter of the section BUS RATINGS 600 VAC MAX 3 PHASE Maximum bus bar voltage and current rating RWE _ 1200 NRY 300 WIA e Section location number z VER Or om N A Dee N A i MOTOR CONTROL CENTER SECTION US LISTED Allen Bradley Niej R490618 TYPE ENCL RICHLAND CENTER WI U S A Unit Label Data When communicating with Rockwell Automation about a particular Allen Bradley motor control center the catalo NIL or serial number and series letter are required to properly identify the equipment Refer to publication 2100 IN012x EN P CENTERLINE Mda Caid Catas Use Mana for more information Each unit has a unit label located inside the unit on the bottom plate See the figure below Information on the unit nameplate includes Serial number Series letter 2113B BAB 4G 22 4040CA U e Factory order number LOC 02E ae lc ad PO BRIZ40 1 02E SIZE 1 FVNR75HP 75HP 480V 3PH 60HZ i RICHLAND CENTER WI Allen Bradley System voltage Discount Schedule A6 General Information Series Identification for Units This table gives a brief explanation of the series letter chan
369. g Accu Stop and slow speed with braking Integral SCR bypass Electronic overload protection with selectable trip class Full metering and diagnostics Four programmable auxiliary contacts DPI communication LCD display e Keyboard programming Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class 1 Type B unit with terminal blocks mounted within the controller unit for connection of remote pilot devices input signals etc Bulletins 2154 and 2155 are available in NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with gasket and NEMA Type 12 construction Each unit door includes a window for viewing the LCD display aan when door mounted human interface is provided Class J time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on 5A 361A Bulletin 2154 units Class L time delay fuses provide branch circuit protection on 480A Bulletin 2154 units Instantaneous or varieties of inverse time thermal aca circuit breakers provide branch circuit protection on 2155 units A variety of options such as isolation contactors auxiliary contacts pilot devices rotective modules human interface modules D eviceN et communication etc can e added to Bulletin 2154 and 2155 units In some cases extra space may be required to accommodate the optional equipment 134 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 Discount Schedule A6 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2154G and 2155G Combination Soft Starter SMC Dia
370. g 2123FB BJ _ ___ 2 If low speed full load current is below 77A a special starter is required Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 51 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2126E 2127E 2126F 2127F 2126 2127 2126K and 2127K Combination 2 Speed Reversing Starter Units TSR2W and TSR1W Allen Bradley Bulletin 505 Reversing and Bulletin 520 2 speed starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker Designed with separate windings or consequent pole windings NEMA sizes 1 and 2 NEMA Class I Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit Two Speed Reversing units available with eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relays 55 2126E B B A B 41 24J 6P 2127E B B A A 41CA 6P m i NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower and Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Type Type Disconnecting Means Option 55C 55E 55G Code NEMA Size Code Control Voltage Type Code Option_ Code Wiring Type B 1 See Options section See Table on Page 229 Bal A Type A C 2 beginning on Page 111 B Type B SSF Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or 554 Code Trip Current Circuit Breaker Type de IT 41 Horsepower Code See Code _ Type Horsep
371. ge Suppressor 17R On control relay one pa control relay M ay only be used if optional relay 89__ is v selected Selection of this option requires selection of Option 17 s Omit W iring 19 Omission of control wiring except primary and secondary transformer wiring w w Control Circuit Fuse 21 One 1 control circuit fuse for separate control v v Grounded Unit 19GD Hi p Door inge mounted ground strap mounted on bottom hinge of unit door 79L A 7 Gio Select on all plug in units in section with vertical unit load ground bus Tin Plated 79LT Copper w Copper Alloy Unit Ground Stab I Copper unit grounds stabs may be used with steel vertical ground bus A 4 Select on plug in units in sections with vertical plug in ground bus pp 79UT Tin Plated Copper wa M 85T Six digit non resettable meter with tenths mounted in control station v 89CF40 4N 0 2 1 3N 0 1 HAUSE Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay N C 2 1 89CF22 rada 2 1 89CF40A 6 On delay 4N 0 2 1 R TFE NOT 1 0 89CF22A Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with time oe N C 2 1 attachment 89CF40B 0 3 30 seconds eae 4N 0 2 1 2N 0 2 89CF22B 6 NOTO and 1 ic 2 1 Unwired Control as instantaneous Relay IBIKIGI 89CF40C 6 On delay Contacts 4N 0 2 1 Wo Non A NOTC and 1 2N 0 2 89CF22C l Bulletin 700CF 4 pole relay with time NOTO N C 2 1 attachment contact 89cF40p 6 1 8 180 seconds ae 4N 0 2 1 with 1 6 NCTO and 1 2N 0 2 89CF22D NCTC
372. ges 145 154 Discount Schedule A6 page 150 for space factors of units wi e Control circuit transformer must be selected Select on page 146 Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Units 2155G Combination Soft Starter M otor Controller with Circuit Breaker SMC Dialog PLUS See page 133 for product description SCR fuses and isolation contactor are optional Select on page 149 The addition of these options may require additional space See options Bulletin 150 SMC Dialog Plus controllers are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications _ See page 261 for short circuit withstand ratings 168 Nominal Lr pani Nomina kw 4 The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type N The limiting factor in the application ae of the SMC Dialog Plus is the 1 IE 4 NEMA Type 12 Rating output ampere rating Space Factor Delivery Amps p 3 3 Program Catalog Number Catalog Number 220 230V P 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Wiring Type B Class Wiring Type B Class 24 0 75 5 5 1 7 5 0 75 11 1 15 1 20 2 0 2155GB BK_ __ 21550B BJ_ __ 35 7 5 10 15 20 25 25 30 2 0 4 2155GB DK_ __ 2155GB D _ __ PE 54 11 15 15 20 18 5 22 30 40 40 50 3 0 2155GB FK_ __ 2155GB F _ __ 97 18 5 22 25 30 30 45 50 75 60 75 5 2155GB HK_ __ 135 30 37
373. ges that have taken place since the original design of the CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center 6 Units panes Scope Description of Change Date Implemented in U S All Original design February 1971 gil All sizes Changed terminal blocks November 1976 cll All sizes Changed handle mechanism to Cutler Hammer M CPs J une 1979 pl Size 5 Changed from ITE to A B 400A disconnect April 1981 gl All sizes Changed from Bulletin 709 series K starters to Bul 500 line starters April 1981 Fil All sizes Redesign of gasketing wraparound and unit support pan for Bulletin 700 line October 1982 gil All sizes Redesign of gasketing wraparound and unit support pan for Bulletin 500 line October 1982 H All sizes Changed to new door CB mechanism and control station April 1984 Size 5 Changed to Bulletin 500 series L October 1984 je Size 3 Changed to new PCP 100A disconnect December 1988 Size 6 Changed to Bulletin 500 series B starters October 1988 K Size 1 5 DW and size 1 2 O handle operating mechanism and circuit breaker to Cutler Hammer Series C 150A October 1986 L 21A through 54A EE AA line contactors in 21A 30A and 45A SMC units and original design November 1989 M All sizes Changed to new unit grounding system and 600A 800A and 1200A bolted pressure switch May 1990 N All sizes E arenes and 400A disconnect
374. ghts 4 LED type RUN AT SPEED v v Transformer Type for 4L__ BYPASS ON DRIVE O vib vib 800T full voltage 5 RU v w v v 800P lt BI 5 5 5 Push to Test standard type RUN AT SPEED v v v y 5 BYPASS ON DRIVE O vib vib 5L_ RU v v v v LL Push to Test LED type RUN AT SPEED v w vb WE SL BYPASS ON DRIVE O vib vl For control circuit transformers options 6P and 6XP see page 210 1 When three 3 or less pilot devices including option 760 the speed potentiometer are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices When more than three 3 pilot lights are selected 800F pilot devices are supplied 2 Door mounted push buttons DRIVE START DRIVE STOP and J OG or selector switch AUTO M ANUAL or FORWARD REVERSE cannot be selected in conjunction with HAND OFF AUTO selector switch Refer to specific drive selection pages for specific space factors For Bulletin 2162T and 21637 Option 1 3 and 3F are mutually exclusive Not valid for Bulletin 2162T or 2163T drive units Push button and selector switch and pilot lights must be specified for Bulletin 2164Q 2165Q 2164R and 2165R units Not available with communication module 14GD1 14GD2 14GM 1 14GM 2 14GMS1 14GM S2 14GK5 14GK61 14GU6 14GM 5 14GM 6 14GM S5 or 14GM S6 EJ GO SD U W Not available with communication module 14GC 14GD or 14GR except AUTO M ANUAL 3 is available for Bulletin 2162Q 2163Q 2162R or 2163R
375. grammable with gasket KN 400V 2182E Controller PLC I O Chassis with J NEMA Type 12 415V Fusible Disconnect B 480V Bulletin 1771 Programmable C 600V 2183E Controller PLC 1 0 Chassis with YWD TOV Circuit Breaker A Bulletin 1746 SiC 500 ho EMEA Programmable Controller PLC I 2180 Chassis without Disconnecting bus stabs M eans Bulletin 1746 SLC 500 2182 Programmable Controller PLC I O Chassis with Fusible Disconnect 264B 264E 2183 ina mole pico ME am enaena Cod Mea Chassis with circuit breaker b Bulletin 2183 On See Tabie TA Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix g 7 slot chassis Bulletins 2180 2182 and NY pag Programmable Controller PLC 1 0 2183 and Bulletins 2180L 2182L and 2183L 2180L Chassis without Disconnecting B 1 8 slot chassis Bulletins 2180E 2182E and M eansll 2183E Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix c D 8 slot chassis i 2182L Programmable Controller PLC 1 0 25 635 mm wide full section Chassis with Fusible Disconnect p 5 Sad s tullisedion Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix I 16 slot chassis 2183L Programmable Controller PLC I O E 35 889 mm wide full section Chassis with Circuit Breaker 2 16 slot chassis 1 2180LB 2182LB and 2183LB indicate bottom F 35 889 mm wide full section mounting on section G 1 16 slot chassis 40 1016 mm wide full section H 2 16 slot chassis 40 1016 mm wide full section 3 16 slot chassis 40 1016 mm wide full section Discount Schedul
376. h K gasket without external reset button NEMA Type 12 with external D reset button NEMA Type 12 without external reset button 38 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See page 33 for product description Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2106 Full Voltage Reversing Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVR 39 Fuse Cli Catalog Number I Horsepower See Appendix for short NEMA circuit withstand ratings Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery 4 Size Factor NEMA Type 1 Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 48Ov 600V Rating Class and Type Lw NEMA Type 12 Amperes gasket 30 CC J R H 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 15 2106B BA_ _ 2106B BD __ 60 J R H HRCII C 301 J R H HRCII C 60 J R H HRCII C 15 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 100 J 2106B CA_ __ 2106B CD_ __ 100 R H HRCII C 2 0 P 5C 60 PI J R H HRCII C 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 100 J R H HRCII C 3 0 2106B DA_ __ 2106B DD_ __ 200 JR H HRCII C 100 J R H HRCII C 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 200 J R H HRCII C 4 0 2106B EA 2106B ED_ __ 400 J 2001 J R H HRCII C i 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 400 J R H HRCII C W 2106B FA_ __ 2106B FD_ __ PE II 600 J 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2106B BABD
377. h on unit door Not available on 2160P or 2160R units 4 4 M v 4 v 150 14 AWG tinned copper wire Type MTW TEW 90 C v v Control Circuit 750B Tinned power and 14 AWG Type MTW TEW 90 C control wire including stab p P Wiring wires and jumper 750S 414 AWG tinned copper wire Type SIS 90 C 6 lt KA 751D Brady Datab wire markers at each end of the control wires Not available in Canada 4 4 v v v v SC Control Wire 751HS Heat shrink type wire markers v v v v v v 0 1515 _ Sleeve type wire marker v v v v v v sc Door M ounted Speed Potentiometer 60 10k ohm single turn speed potentiometer v v PE 5116 French Legend Legend plates printed in French are available on all pilot devices Plates B60F Specify 860F when pilot device options are selected if g K Spanish Legend plates printed in Spanish are available on all pilot devices Legend Plates 860S Specify 860S when pilot device options are selected y E Y SC Plated steel nameplate screws Door Nameplate Screws Provided when cardholder or v v v v v v nameplates are not selected 1 125 x 3 625 plastic card holders DiDa Card Holder for Unit Doors with blank cards v v v v v v 1 Acrylic plate available in U S only Nameplates Nameplate is white with black y v v v v v 1 125 x 3 625 engraved 3 line nameplate or letters or black with white letters 4 line nameplate Phenolic plate Nameplate is white SC Il with black letters or black with white v v v v v v
378. han one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit wit the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 e Combination VFD units at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 219 Nominal HP NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW ratings Continuous shown below are for reference Frame Output only Pow erFlex 700 drive units Delivery Amperes should be sized according to the Space Factor Catalog Numberl Space Factor Catalog Number Program application and output ampere rating Normal Duty 380 415V 1 3 0 37 2162RA 1P3NK_ 33K 2162RA 1P3N _ 33K 15 0 55 2162RA 2P1NK_ 34K 2162RA 2P1N _ 34K 2 1 0 75 2162RA 2P1NK_ 35K 20 2162RA 2P1N _ 35K 0 2 6 11 2162RA 3P5NK_ 36K 2162RA 3P5NJ _ 36K 3 5 1 5 20 2162RA 3P5NK_ 37K 2162RA 3P5N _ 37K 5 0 2 2 2162RA 5PONK_ 38K 2162RA 5PONJ _ 38K 8 7 3 7 2162RA 8P7NK_ 39K 2162RA 8P7N _ 39K 11 5 5 5 2162RA 011NK_ 40K 2 5 2162RA 011N _ 40K PE 1 15 4 1 5 2162RA 015NK_ 41K 2162RA 015N _ 41K 22 11 2162RA 022NK_ 42K 2162RA 022N _ 42K gt 30 15 15 2162RA 030NK_
379. hannels 246 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix 30 12 m 250 765 mm t 63 5 mm JE i o o p Wu mM Lele m 2 87 A 178mm 421 mm 73 mm B 1 14 29 mm A 2 62 67 mm B 2 62 16 mm DIA 2 62 67 mm MTG HOLES 1 41 36 mm MAX TO REAR B SPACE FOR INCOMING A CABLES 29 mm 141 FRONT 36 mm NEMA Type 3R and Type 4 section 90 high Corner section 90 high 304 A i 5 T 889 A i 3 B 13 75 349 16 25 413 18 75 476 B 12 63 321 15 13 384 c 11 25 286 13 75 349 16 25 413 c 16 81 427 21 81 554 D 8 87 225 11 37 289 13 87 352 NOTE Optional external mounting channels add 1 5 to NOTE Optional non removal lifting angle add 3 63 to height height Refer to page 237 for mounting channels Discount Schedule A6 247 Appendix r i i WIREWAY A 1 f T fy f j 10 mm t k L J 6 00 452mm C 1 06 __ E7 mm r 4 Q pn l pon 16 25 307 I 413 mm 2286 mm l l pe M tz U oz 21 13 537 mm WIREWAY a sma i 7 E a k_ L J M om 15 gt lt 20 381 mm 508 mm
380. hese voltages are not UL or cUL listed 2 Delivery program is PE in U S and SC in Canada FE 3 See space factor tables below for NEM A Type 12 or for any NEM A Type when options are selected 4 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the preferred control voltage e g 2154HB AAB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2154HB AAB 35 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2154HB AAN 35K The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the SM C 3 To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2154HB AK or replete the letter D with the letter e g 2154HB AJ 5 These units have horizontal v operating handles Bulletin 194R fused molded case switch up to four Bulletin 800F pilot devices and one 10 pt pull apart control terminal block Type B D only with 16 AWG control wire only Bulletin 2154H Space Factors with Unit Options 171 Ratings NEMA Type 1and 1 with Gasket Amps Standard Unit With Option 13DSA_ With Option 13IC With Option 89CF With Option 13IC and 13DSA_ With Option 13IC and 89CF 3 19 0 5 0 5 0 5 0 5tlte 25 37 10 1 0 1 0 10 15 15 43 5 15 155 15 15 85 1 5 BI 1 583 1 58 2 0 2 0 108 135 35 1 1 0
381. hort Circuit Withstand Ratings Fuse Class abel Amperes rms Symmetrical 240V 380 415V 480V 600V 2182E cc 2182 100kA 100kA 100kA 100kA 2182L 330 Circuit Bulletin Short Circuit Withstand Ratings Breaker Amperes rms Symmetrical Frame Number 77y 380 480V 600V ila2IQ3E 8 a 13C 2183 65kA 35kA 18kA 2183L 2183E 16C 2183J 100kA 65kA 25kA 2183L I3C LFD 2183E 100kA 100kA 100kA 262 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix kW to Catalog HP Code Conversion for Bulletins 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 2126 and 2127 331 be Required Required Ee Required Required airman oean Matic NEMARP catalogue Road Matic NEMARP Catalog HP highest rating show n hanno Code highest rating show n kanng Code 0 09 0 12 0 125 30 25 34 40 46 0 12 0 16 0 25 31 30 40 40 46 0 18 0 24 0 25 31 32 43 50 47 0 25 0 34 0 33 32 37 50 50 47 0 37 0 5 0 5 33 40 54 60 48 0 55 0 75 0 75 34 45 60 60 48 0 75 1 1 35 50 68 75 49 11 15 15 36 55 75 75 49 15 2 2 37 63 85 100 50 18 2 4 3 38 75 100 100 50 2 2 3 3 38 80 110 125 51 3 4 5 39 90 125 125 51 3 7 5 5 39 100 136 150 52 4 5 5 75 40 110 150 150 52 5 5 75 75 40 125 169 200 54 6 3 8 5 10 41 132 180 200 54 75 10 10 41 150 205 250 56 10 13 5 15 42 160 220 250 56 11 15 15 42 185 250 250 56 13 18 20 43 200 270 300 57 15 20 20 43 220 300 30
382. hout 2155J 49CA __CA Circuit Breaker Type external reset button See tables on page 230 and 236 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 14 Combination Soft Starter SM C Units U nits 2154 Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Fusible Disconnect Switch SM C Flex Line Connected See page 134 for product description SMC Flex units are configured as line connected for D elta connected contact factory Isolation contactor is optional Select on page 149 The addition of this option may require additional space See the table below for space factor of units with option Unit includes power fuses Control circuit transformer included Bulletin 150 SMC Flex controllers are C UL US UL and C UL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 261 for short circuit withstand ratings 177 Nominal Horsepow er Nominal kW The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal NEMA Type 1 and Type 1w ___ The limiting factor in the application and use of the SMC Flex _ gasket NEMA Type 12 3 Rating is the output ampere rating Disc Delivery Amps Rating BI BI Program u ul zl Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number 220 230V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Factor idn ele B Factor Wiri
383. i e the MCC structure the MCC units the MCC components or electrical functions were not compromised when subjected to a UBC Zone 4 earthquake or the IBC seismic event Per the IEEE 344 Standard the equipment was under power and operated before during and after the seismic tests To obtain a UBC or IBC seismic withstandability each individual CENTERLINE 2100 MCC line up e g both front and back MCCs in back to back applications must be mounted on an SK seismic foundation and installed per the seismic anchoring requirements as indicated in publication 2100 IN012x EN P CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers User Manual Note Bulletin 2162P and 2163P Variable Frequency Rollout Drive Units are not seismically certified Refer to the appropriate product selection pages to determine if a drive is rollout construction Discount Schedule A6 269 Appendix Drive Frame Sizes Bulletins 2162P and 2163P 342 Drive Frame Size The limiting factor in the application and use of 1336 PLUS II drives is the output ampere rating Nominal Horsepower Nominal kW The horsepower and kW ratings shown are nominal 220 230V 240V 380 415V 480V 600V Constant Torque ConstantTorque ConstantTorque ConstantTorque Variable Torque Constant Torque Al 0 3 1 1 0 5 1 0 25 1 1 0 5 1 5 0 5 1 5 A2 1 5 1 5 2 1 5 2 2 2 3 2 3 A3 2 2 3 7 3 5 3 7 5 5 A4 5 5 15 75 20 1 5 20 1 20 B 5 5 11 75 1
384. iary or 7FEE_D 112 Discount Schedule A6 piot lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot ghts Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units To select pilot light lens color add letter s to the option number A amber B blue C clear G gree W white e g SRG is a red ON and green OFF pilot li R Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type ights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order n R red 140 TS1W TSRIW TSRIW NE EVES VNR rszwo oaran uaran 227 Option jar 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Number SCALE 21021 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K 5 2 On Mb v v RUN v 4119 5 MIE ON OFF 419 v v zj RUN OFF 4 5__ HIGH LOW v 5 TIBI HIGH LOW OFF i 5 Push T HIGH LOW FORWARD REVERSE m te HIGH LOW FORWARD REVERSE 5 Test OFF 77 Standard 5 2 Type B FORWARD REVERSE v Pilot f 5 _ PMOI FORWARD REVERSE OFF 11 y Lights s FAST SLOW
385. ication M odules Grounded Unit 79GD Hinge mounted ground strap mounted on hinge of unit door Unit door grounding y P w w m P P p w Door strap for IEC requirements SC Select on plug in units for sections with vertical Copper alloy v y v M v v v v v Unit 790 plug in ground bus Unplated copper unit ground Unplated copper w w w w w w w w v Ground Stab OUT a can also be used with steel vertical ground Tin plate copper 7 7 7 7 J 7 7 P 7 F Normally Open 1 N 0 mounted on Disconnects w v w w 98 operating mechanism operates with movement of external handle only Circuit Breakers v v v Auxiliary 98x 10 Normally Open 1 N O mounted internally Circuit Breakers v v v Contacts P Normally Closed 1 N C mounted on Disconnects v v M 99 operating mechanism operates with movement of external handle only Circuit Breakers v v y 99x 10 Normally Closed 1 N C mounted internally Circuit Breakers v v v 1 Power supply options are mutually exclusive 2 2182E or 2183E 4 slot with 12P2 add 1 0 space factor 2180E 8 slot with 12P2 add 1 0 space factor 2182E or 2183E 8 slot with 12P2 add 1 0 space factor 3 Not available in 40 wide units 4 ULlisting and CSA certification only valid for 6 0 space factor units 5 Option is NOT CSA certified 6 Option numbers are not complete Add the number of chassis slot the option is to be mounted in e g a 12LM A_ located in slot 0 will be 12LM A0 and a 12ENB_ located in slot 3 will b
386. ices An external overload relay is cle of the drive Strong consideration the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors e Bulletin 2162P 150 250 HP roll out drive units include Type 170M square body semi conductor fuses 200 Nominal Horsepow er Nominal EDA The A ratings shown are Space Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2 Delivery Output wane e togtet again Factor NEMAType Land SpaceFactor CEMA Type Program Amperes 1 output ampere rating Type 1w gasket 380 415V Pl 480V 1 1 0 25 0 5 2162PA FO5CK_ _ 2162PA FO5CJ_ _ 1 6 0 37 0 55 0 75 2162PA FO7CK_ _ 2162PA FO7CJ_ _ 2 1 0 75 1 2162PA FLOCK_ _ 2162PA FLOCJ_ _ 2 8 1 1 15 2 0 2162PA F15CK_ _ 2 0 2162PA F15CJ_ _ 3 8 1 5 2 2162PA F20CK_ _ 2162PA F20CJ_ _ 5 3 2 2 3 2162PA F30CK_ _ 2162PA F30CJ _ _ PE 8 4 3 7 5 2162PA F50CK_ _ 2162PA F500J _ _ 13 3 5 5 1 5 2162PA F75CK_ _ 2162PA F75C _ _ 16 1 7 5 10 2162PA F100CK_ _ 2162PA FLOOCJ _ _ 24 0 11 15 3 0 2162PA FL50CK_ _ 2162PA FL50CJ _ _ 27 0 15 20 SC 2162PA F200CK_ _ 2162PA F200CJ_ _ 39 0 18 5 25 2162PA 025CK_ _ 2162PA 025CJ_ _ 45 0 22 30 2162PA 030CK_ _ 6 011 2162PA 030CJ _ _
387. id UL and 15 35 2100 GKC1_4A __ B 2100 GJ C1_4A __ B C UL CSA without horizontal cel WA certification bus 20 2100 GKC2_1A __ 2100 GJ C2_1A __ gt 25 2100 GKC2_2A _P 2100 GJ C2_2A _ B 30 2100 GKC2_3A __ B 2100 G C2_3A __ P 35 2100 GKC2_4A _P 2100 GJ C2_4A _ B 20 2100 GKC1_1B P 2100 G C1_1B P 14 25 2100 GKC1_2B __ B 2100 GJ C1_2B __ B without 15 horizontal bus 30 2100 GKC1_3B _P 2100 GJ C1_3B _ _P 35 2100 GKC1_4B _P 2100 6 C1_4B _P 20 2100 6KC2_1C 8 2100 GJ C2_10 _B 19 25 2100 GKC2_2C __ B 2100 GJ C2_2C _ _P without 20 horizontal bus 30 2100 6KC2_3C _ B 2100 GJ C2_3C _P 35 2100 6KC2_4C B 2100 GJ C2_4C _ B 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select ground bus option B C N or P from table on 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 GKC1B Select bus bar bracing A or B from table on 14 horizontal bus is provided in vertical sections e g 2100 GKC1B1D A Select bus bar material and plating from table on 14 e g 2100 GKC1B1D AAT06 Select trip current number from table on page 23 e g 2100 GKC1B1D AAT06 30 Select circuit breaker type on page 23 e g 2100 GKC1B1D AAT06 30CT 2 Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select ground bus option B C N or P from table on 14 only horizontal ground bus is supplied e g 2100 GKC1B Select trip current number from table on page 23 e g 2100 GKC1B1A 30
388. ighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units Touch Up Paint 1 esse eee e erent etna 238 120 Unit Door Grounding Kit 0 cece eee eee eee 241 Ground Lug Outgoing cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 28 Unit Door Nameplates 0 0 0 cece eee 240 Grounded Unit Door on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units Unit Insert Extension Kit 241 152 Unit Isolating Barriers u aaa aaa aaa eee eee 238 Unit Operating Handle Extender 111 237 Grounded Unit Door on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units 0 ccc cece eee eee IA 217 Unit Support Pol hepnari a sects nan shasta oot 240 Grounded Unit Door on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Vertical Ground Bus Kit Sasha edo pei 238 Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 120 Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus Kit 238 Grounded Unit Door on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Control Vertical Wireway Tie Bar sss eee eee veer eee 238 cculsc coe eb ase dott wsdl anche clown llst tubs 227 Wiring Diagram Holder KIE saa aiene EE aii 238 Grounded Unit Door on SC land PE _ cece eeeeeeee 23 Heater Element Selection 10 00s see eee eee ees 251 H Heater Element Selection Tables 1 11111 253 256 Horizontal Ground BUS ccc aaa aaa aaa wawa aaa 26 e en Cable 244 Horizontal Ground Bus Splice Kit aaa 238 AA E E ee Horizontal Power Bus on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Co
389. in U S SCin Canada 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2163RA 027NKC 44CA 2 your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 3 Automation Sales Office and to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway 5 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact Ampere ratings are at 2kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2kHz are selected the drive output current ratings may require derating Contact your local Rockwell 191 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163R Co See page 156 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overlo
390. inals 1492 HM 1 For 2 16 slot chassis no disconnecting means 40 y Terminal Wide 360 terminals Blocks For 3 16 slot chassis no disconnecting means 40 y white only wide 540 terminals For 1 16 slot chassis with disconnecting means z w Terminal 40 wide 360 terminals Blocks For 2 16 slot chassis with disconnecting means Vv Vv unwired for 40 wide 720 terminals PE chassis in For 1 8 slot chassis 25 wide 87 terminals v y v t eh Hons For 2 8 slot chassis 25 wide 174 terminals 4 4 y ony For 1 16 slot chassis 35 wide 135 terminals v v A 807 For 2 16 slot chassis 35 wide 270 terminals v v v For 1 16 slot chassis no disconnecting means 40 y Bulletin wide 108 terminals 1492 CA1 For 2 16 slot chassis no disconnecting means 40 y Terminal Wide 216 terminals Blocks For 3 16 slot chassis no disconnecting means 40 y white only jwide 324 terminals For 1 16 slot chassis with disconnecting means Vv P 40 wide 216 terminals For 2 16 slot chassis with disconnecting means v 7 40 wide 432 terminals Plated steel nameplate screws Provided when Door Nameplate Screws cardholder or nameplates 7 y X id id d Y sC are not selected 1 125 x 3 625 plastic Cara torger for Unit cand holders with blank v v v v v v v v v y cards Unit Door _ enic plate available in Nameplates U S only Lettering is white with black letters v v v v v v v v v v 1 125 x 3 6
391. ine beyond the 7 1 Cable Class I shielded cable 246 ft 75 m 1485C P1BS75 i Includes an assortment of DeviceN et related components that aid in starting up DeviceNet systems DeviceNet Field commissioning DeviceNet nodes testing DeviceNet devices and training on DeviceNet See 2100H DFSK2 SC Support Kit publication M CC TDOOLX EN P Field Support Kit for CENTERLINE M CCs with IntelliCENTER Technology for complete information 1 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for ordering information 2 Refer to publication DNET UM 072x EN P DeviceNet M edia Design and Installation M anual for application information 244 Discount Schedule A6 Appendix Approximate Dimensions All 6 0 space factor units are frame mounted and do not have a vertical wireway 7 2 50 2 50 4 64 mm 4 64 mm L 2 6 6 152 mm C WIREWAY ef 152mm 6 152 mm e e WIREWAY 6 152 mm LILJ ME pal 381 mm 508 mm D 1 14 29 mm E E r 3 25 83 mm 1 14 gt 1 14 gt 29 mm 29 mm 3 25 83 mm j i SPACE FOR 114 gt 29 mm SPACE FOR INCOMING A c CABLES INCOMING A B C CABLES 2 62 a 1 69 F r 56 x 1 13 SLOT a p 7 2 62 1 69 14 mm x 29 mm SLOT erm 30M 56 x 1 13 SLOT Pa Pope 14 mm x 29 mm
392. ing suitable components for the motor branch circuit The rated full load current shown on the motor nameplate may vary considerably from the listed value depending on the specific motor design IMPORTANT The motor nameplate full load current always should be used in determining the rating of the devices used for motor running overcurrent protection Full Load Currents of 3 Phase 50 Hertz AC Induction Motors 320 Full Load Current Amperes kW Average Values for 4 Pole 1500rpm M otors 220V 230V I 380V 400V H 415V 0 25 1 40 1 34 0 88 0 83 0 80 0 37 2 10 2 00 1 20 1 18 1 16 0 55 2 75 2 60 1 50 1 47 1 45 0 75 3 50 3 30 2 10 2 00 1 90 11 4 40 4 20 2 60 2 50 2 40 15 6 00 5 70 3 50 3 30 3 20 2 2 8 70 8 30 5 00 4 80 4 60 3 7 14 13 4 8 20 7 80 7 50 55 20 19 1 115 10 9 10 5 159 27 25 8 15 5 14 8 14 2 11 39 37 3 22 21 1 20 5 15 52 50 30 29 28 18 5 64 61 37 36 35 22 75 12 44 42 40 30 103 99 60 57 55 37 126 121 125 69 66 45 147 141 85 82 80 55 182 174 105 100 96 75 239 229 138 136 135 90 295 282 170 167 165 110 356 341 205 202 200 132 425 407 245 236 230 150 484 463 280 269 260 160 520 497 300 286 275 185 580 555 340 324 312 200 640 612 370 353 340 220 110 679 408 395 385 250 475 461 450 1 These values are calculated Discount Schedule A6 257 Appendix Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic or Electronic Circuit Breaker Interru
393. ins 2164Q and 2165Q use Normal Duty PowerFlex 70 Drives Two interlocked compartments one with bypass circuitry and one with drive drive can be taken offline and replaced as needed with minimal disruption to the application process NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type NEM A Wiring Class I Type A Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PW M adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed 238 2164Q A 1P1 A B 33 14HAO 2165Q A 1P1 A B 33CA 14HAO Bulletin Numb Wiring Th PowerFlex 70 Nominal NEMA Line Volt Nominal Horsepower kW Human Interface meu ES TING ype Output Current Rating Enclosure Type Ne ona and Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options aa 238F Code ree ene zaa O W A Code Code and Circuit Breaker Type 21640 with Powerflex 70 VFD mona ORDONE and Fusible Disconnect 238E 2164Q 33 code See table on page 230 M anual Drive Bypass Code Line Voltage 733 7 Nomi ZE eaae ominal Horsepow er kW 21650 e al e V B 480V 21650 33CA code See table on A 230 C 600V CA Circuit Breaker Type See ESSE table on page 236 238D Code NEMA Enclosure Type 230R A NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket Code Wiring Type w external reset button A Type A K NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 with gasket 238G w o external reset button p NEMA Type 12 w external reset ET Human Interface M odule 198 238C Nomi
394. ions Maximum SC shipping block is three 3 vertical sections Endd are supplied on each of the shipping blocks containing incoming line or main breaker sections Position First Second Third Fourth Fifth Sixth Seventh Eighth Ninth 2100 A A T 06 A 1 B ABC AAA ANE Horizontal Section Bulletin Bus Bar Bus Bar Bus Bar Bus Bar NEMA Section Ground Section Location and Type Number Bracing Material Plating Amperes Type Depth Bus Code Type Bus Bar Section CENTERLINE Code __ Plating Code__ NEMA Type See page 13 for description of 2100 M otor Control T Mm A 1 Ninth Position Center B 1 with gasket 9C 7 Bus Bar Code Material AL Aluminum 96 g Aluminum with Code Section Depth NO OX ID 1 15 C Copper 207 D Copper with NO 0X ID 1 Vertical bus will be supplied as Tin plated Copper 9E Bus BarA Code Bus Bar Bracing az iG Aa Operes A 42 KA Bus Bar Bracing 08 800 B 65 kA Bus Bar Bracing 12 1200 c 42 KA Bus Bar Bracing with automatic shutters oH D 65 kA Bus Bar Bracing Code Horizontal Ground Bus Vertical Plug In Ground Bus Unit Load Ground Bus with automatic shutters SE gt 42 kA Bus Bar Bracing B Unplated copper 0 25 x 1 Zinc plated steel 0 188 x 0 75 E with manual shutters C Unplated copper 0 25 x 2 Zinc plated steel 0 188 x 0 75 F 65 KA Bus Bar Bracing D Unplated
395. ipping block with export packing or NEM A 3R or NEMA 4 enclosure Back to back construction consists of two 2 separate sections mounted together each with separate bus Front and rear sections must be equal in sc These sections do not have a vertical wireway These sections require individual shipping blocks Back to Back width Six 6 20 wide sections per shipping block is maximum A front to rear horizontal bus link will be provided only when an incoming line lug Section compartment main breaker or main disconnect is selected This splice link will be located at the opposite end of the MCC from the incoming line section Inside corner configuration is either 15 deep by 25 125 wide or 20 deep by 30 125 wide and is designed to contain power bus rated 600A 2000A only There is no available space for the installation of units Section does not have vertical wireway See page 109 to select Corner Section Corner sections may be selected with an incoming line lug provision see Bul 2191M or 2191F page 68 but are not available in either NEMA Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction 10 Wide This section must be selected as part of a 2 section shipping block shipped attached to a 20 25 or 30 wide section It cannot be selected as Incoming Lug free standing or attached to a section with 9 vertical wireway any 35 wide drive unit full section programmable controller 1600A and 2000A PE II
396. ircuit Breaker SMC Dialog PLUS 137 2155H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker SMC 3 ccc eee eee eens 140 2155 Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker SMC Flex cceeaeeeeees 143 2160P 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Load Re actor UNIT sities ka dade 159 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 220V 240V Con stant Torque 1 161 163 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 380V 480V Con stant Torque 11 ee 164 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 480V Variable Torque RRTZE 165 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 600V Constant TONGUE sis covets AOR EP WARE dees 166 2162Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480V 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480VAC 183 184 185 186 187 191 192 273 Index 274 2162T Combination PowerFlex 40 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 380 480VAC 194 2162T Combination PowerFlex 4
397. isconnect switch and control circuit transformer non isolated e Viewing window in the door to permit visual verification of the I O status indicators 40 wide full section features 15 deep without horizontal bus 20 deep with or without horizontal bus Bus splice access is from rear removal of backplates is necessary e Horizontal power bus is 5 deeper than standard e Two 20 wide doors with vault style latching mechanism 0 25 x 1 ground bus is supplied as standard e For Bulletin 2180E one two or three 16 slot chassis without disconnecting means For Bulletins 2182E and 2183E one or two 16 slot chassis with disconnecting means 30A trip or 30A disconnect switch and primary fused transformer non isolated six 4 ipo e 10A circuit breakers duplex receptacle and a power distribution terminal Isolated ground bus for each chassis included Viewing windows in the doors permit visual verification of the I O status indicators Wire ducts included Optional fluorescent light and door switch Bulletin 2180 2182 2183 with Bulletin 1746 SLC 500 Chassis 0 ccc ccc cece cece eens 223 Unit features e One 7 slot I O chassis e Without disconnecting means or plug in stabs in 1 0 oe factor units Includes unwired master control relay Bulletin 700CF 4 pole With disconnecting means 15A trip circuit breaker or 30A disconnect switch and lug in stabs in 1 5 space factor
398. isplay programmer No window on door 13 13HC5S only ae Available on NEMA 12 only v y 3A 19A v 25A 37A y T3A G0A 7 a RZEZ i 85A 108A v Provides unit with high interrupting i _ 135A y capacity fuses for increased short Class Time High Interrupting circuit withstand rating Delay 5A v Capacity Fuses Class 13HIC 25A a Time Delay See page 261 for short circuit 3 withstand ratings of Bulletin 2155 43A 60A 4 units with this option 85A 108A v 135A 201A v 251A 361A vy Class L Time Delay 480A v 1 Not available with push buttons selector switch option 3E and control relays option 89C_ or 89P_ The addition of DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ may increase space factor of 2154H and 2155H SM C 3 units See page 139 and page 140 Select 1 N O auxiliary contact Option 90 when used with Bulletin 2154 and 2155 2 When specifying options 13DSA2 or 13DSA3 with Bulletin 2154 and 2155 units option 13GD must also be specified 3 Communication modules and Human Interface M odules are mutually exclusive for Bulletins 2154G and 21556 SMC Dialog Plus units 4 Adding this option may require additional space for Bulletin 2155H units see page 140 for space factors of units with this option Adding this option may require additional space for Bulletin 2155 units See page 150 for space factors of units with this option 148 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combinati
399. it ammeter and current transducer options are mutually exclusive 3 Elapsed time meter mounts in position normally used for a pilot device limiting the maximum number of pilot devices selected On 0 5 space factor units elapsed time meter uses two positions normally used for a pilot device Not available on dual mounted units Available on units with 120 Volt separate or transformer control only Not available on 380 415V 50Hz applications Mutually exclusive with control relay options 89CB 89CBL 89CF_ and 89P in 1 0 space factor and current transformer options 700TC1 and 700TC4 in 1 0 space factor Requires option 90 Normal open auxiliary contact for Bulletin 2102L 2103L 2112 and 2113 Requires option 202 for Bulletin 2172 and 2173 Not available on Bulletin 2191M units specified with metering options Not available on Bulletin 2191M T 600A in horizontal wireway corner section or 10 wide incoming lug section Not available on non fused 2192M units Mutually exclusive with key interlock mounting provision option 201 1 Horizontal neutral bus and incoming neutral bus is required when 3 phase 4 wire power system is specified oxo 120 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending or
400. its below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 209 Nominal HP NEMA Type land Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 Maximum The horsepower and kW ratings Fee Continuous WL eel abe reference z 5 Delivery Output only PowerFlex 70 drive units pace pace Am R 1 should be sized according tothe Factor Catalog Number Factor Catalog Number Program h application and output ampere rating 1 1 0 5 21620QA 1P1NKB 33 2162QA 1P1NJ B 33 1 6 0 75 2162QA 2P1NKB 34 2162QA 2P1N B 34 A 2 1 1 2162QA 2P1NKB 35 20 2162QA 2P1NJ B 35 3 0 13 1 5 2162QA 3P4NKB 36 21620QA 3P4N B 36 3 4 2 2162QA 3P4NKB 37 2162QA 3P4N B 37 B 5 0 3 2162QA 5PONKB 38 2162QA 5PON B 38 8 0 5 2162QA 8PONKB 39 2 5 21620QA 8PONJ B 39 c 11 1 5 20 2162QA 011NKB 40 2162QA 011NJ B 40 14 10 2162QA 014NKB 41 3 0 2162QA 014NJ B 41 22 15 2162QA 022NKB 42 2162QA 022N B 42 D 27 20 2 5 2162QA 027NKB 43 3 5 21620QA 027N B 43 34 25 2162QA 034NKB 44 3 0 2162QA 034N B 44 40 30 3 0 2162QA 040NKB 45 3 5 2162QA 040NJ B 45 2 a a z i i 52 40 3 0 2162QA 052NKB 46 4 0 2162QA 052N B 46 EM 65 50 3 53 2162QA 065NKB 47 4 98 2162QA 065N B 47 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive outp
401. ive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Transformers have Class 180 C insulation 80 C rise NOTE Unit consists of two 2 compartments a fusible disconnect compartment and a transformer compartment wired and interlocked together T he fusible disconnect compartment has a horizontal operating handle For 71 high sections see restrictions on page 24 114 Fuse Clip Rating Catalog Number Amperes Wiring Type A Class I Ratin Del wall Factor NEMA Type Land Type 1 NEMA Type 1w ith filters Program 380v 400V 415V eet l and Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 and filters SINGLE PHASE 110 115 Volt secondary with one 1 1 pole circuit breaker P 3 1 5 B 30 30 30 2 016 2196Z FK_5 __ 21962 FK_S __ 16A 21962 F _5 __ PE II SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase to phase 110 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 5 30 21962 6KNP __ 21962 GKNP __ 16A 2196Z GJ NP __ 1503775 30 2 0161 2196Z HKNP __ 2196Z HKNP __ 16A 2196Z HJ NP __ PE II 10 5 P 30 2196Z J KNP __ 2196Z KNP __ 16A 21
402. l Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability Available with Type B wiring only Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Section contains horizontal power bus that is mounted 5 deeper than standard A special bus splice kit is provided when a NEMA size 6 starter is selected adjacent to a standard 20 deep vertical section Not available on NEM A Type 3R Type 4 or back to back construction 58 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2173 Closed Transition Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Type Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker RVAT See page 34 for product description Autotransformers lt 200 HP allow w A starting time of go 1 or 25 25 ees at 80 65 or PA TAPS respectively o t of each four minutes ior one hour followed by a rest period of two o G ormers gt 200HP allow a starting time of AN 30 0 50 seconds at 80 65 or 50 TAPS pave y This is fo owed an off time of 30 sont ls for a marim of thre 6 starts fo lowed b a fest p period of one hour If ing times excessive Contact our local Rodz Both interpos Sales Office Duty cycle may be chang fed or components mh ve to be changed or added See NEC Article 430 Bo inte pea relay an CZE Mcompiete starting sequence protection are provided as standard Standard factory settings are under
403. l voltage Not available for common control 8 Options 17 and 89CBL are mutually exclusive 9 For unwired control relays options 89CF and 89P only 10 Not available with option 7FEC 11 Except primary wiring to control transformers On units where the control transformer is inaccessible e g installed under a mounting bracket the transformer secondary x1 will be wired to the transformer secondary f 118 se and the transformer secondary x2 will be grounded and wired to the coil on Bulletin 2102 or 2103 units to the coil on the starter units when option 18 is selected to the normally closed overload relay auxiliary contact on the starter units when option 18 is not selected Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 148 FVC FVR FVNR am oe UW RVAT Option AE 2126E 2126 Delivery Number Description 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K Blown Fuse ABF Option 4BF is valid only when 480V and 600V Power Option Indicator Lights Factor Correction Capacitor is selected 30KV 2 KVAR 31KV 2 5 KVAR 32KV 3
404. lable on this breaker Unit supplied with molded case switch with fixed high magnetic trip Requires upstream current limiting branch protection See molded case switch markings for proper selection of this protection Unfused withstand rating is 35 000A Section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit Section does not have vertical wireway For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker M CB continued CENTERLINE 2100 motor control centers are rated for use with 75 C wire Wire must be sized using the 75 C column in NEC UL cUL The actual temperature rating of the lug is not relevant Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be given to the mounting of the CTS for a metering device Addition of a pull box might be considered e Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table Trip Current 99 Number a caren Number WE 30 15 45 225 31 20 46 250 32 30 48 300 me 34 40 49 350 35 50 50 400 36 60 51 500 37 70 52 600 38 80 53 700 39 90 54 800 40 100 55 1000 41 125 56 1200 42 150 58 1600 43 175 60 2000 44 200 a Standard Mechanical Lugs Supplied H 100 i Trip Cables i 5 Frame Type ad Ci urrent phate A ne Wire T
405. le Phase BD 480 V0 V 120 V 1 Fuse A 0 5 KVA CD 600V 120V 1 Fuse B 0 75 KVA AA 240V 240 120V 2 Fuses C 1 0 kVA BA 480V 240 120 V 2 Fuses Z 1 6 kVA CA 600V 240 120 V 2 Fuses E 2 0 kVA NS 380V 110 115V 1 1 pole CB F 3 0 KVA KNS 400V 110 115 V 1 1 pole CB G 5 0 kVA S 415V 110 115 V 1 1 pole CB H 1 5 KVA NP 380V 110 V 2 1 pole CB J 10 KVA KNP 400V 115 V 2 1 pole CB K 15 kVA IP 415V 220V 2 1 pole CB M 25 kVA IT 415V 240V 2 1 pole CB X 37 5 KVA Three Phase Y 50 kVA Code Primary Secondary Three Phase AH 240V 208 120 V 3 Fuses P 10 kVA BH 480V 208 120 V 3 Fuses Q 15 KVA CH 600V 208 120V 3 Fuses 5 25 KVA T 30 KVA V 37 5 KVA W 45 kVA 92 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Transformer Units Bulletin 2195 Control and Lighting Transformer Unit without Disconnecting M eans XFM R See 91 for product description NOTE Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice NOTE Tap arrangement for 15 50kVA single phase transformers is 2 2
406. le on page 235 B Type B K gasket without external reset button D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button NEMA Type 12 without external reset button Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 57 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2172 Closed Transition Reduced Voltage Autotransformer Type Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch RVAT See page 34 for product description Autotransformers lt 200 HP allow T starting time e of go 15 or 25 25 pees Hans 80 65 oF vA TAPS respectively out of each four HS ior one hour W lowed by a rest period of two hours Autotran slormers gt 20 gt allow a starting time of 20 30 or 50 geg onds Is at 80 65 or 50 TAPS Fespectivaly This is followed by an of f time of 30 seo a ds for a maximum of three st ris AE Yb a rest period of one hour If starting times are excessive contact our loc Automation Sales O ffice D uty cycle may be changed or components may have to b changed or added 5 EC Ale 430 Both interposing relay and icomp ate starting sequence protection are provided as standard Standard factory settings are underlined 65 Fuse Cli 1 Horsepow er See Appendix hor short Catalog Number M NEMA circuitwithstand ratings Space Type B Wiring Class I Delivery Size RE Factor NEMA Type Land Type Program atin 240V 480V 600V Anne ng j Class TE NEM
407. less For 3 phase 3 wire corner grounded Delta systems 3 phase 4 wire center tap grounded high leg Delta systems rated 240V and any other power systems not listed above the M CCs will be processed on the Engineered delivery program to help ensure proper product configuration Note for more information regarding M CC selection criteria related to power system configurations see publication 2100 AT003x EN P Power System Considerations for Selection of CENTERLINE 2100 M otor Control Centers Horizontal Neutral Bus and Neutral Bus Options Neutral bus and options are only available for 3 phase 4 wire WYE connected power systems with the neutral solidly grounded Neutral bus options may not be selected for any ungrounded system or for any system that is impedance grounded If a 4 wire system is selected a determination needs to be made regarding neutral loads No Neutral loads or neutral loads less than 280 Amp Option 88NPC is available for 2191M rated 300A 2192M rated 400A or less and 2193M with 400A frame or smaller For 2191M rated 600A or larger 2192M rated 600A or larger and 2193M with 600A frame or larger horizontal neutral bus and incoming option 88HN or 88FN must be selected NOTE If complete horizontal neutral is not required horizontal neutral bus is allowed to be specified for only the section containing the Bulletin 2191M 2192M or 2193M main unit and up to three additional adjacent sections However the sections with
408. letin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 199 Nominal Horsepow er a animum The horse Poma ane shown are Catalog Number 2 2 ontinuous i fan 4 PL 5 Output CeT tslintngacornteamicatonand Ray NEMATypeland Page CatalogNumber pelve Amperes 1 ampere rating Type 1w gasket 220 230v P 240V 2 3 037 05 2162PA FOSCK_ _ 2162PA FOSCJ 3 0 0 55 0 75 2162PA FOTCK _ 2162PA FOTCJ_ _ 45 0 75 1 1 1 2162PA FLOCK_ _ 2162PA FLOCJ_ _ 6 0 1 5 1 5 2 0 2162PA FL5CK_ _ 2 0 2162PA F15C J_ _ 8 0 2 2162PA F20CK_ _ 2162PA F20CJ _ _ PE 12 2 2 3 2162PA F30CK_ _ 2162PA F30CJ _ _ 18 3 7 5 2162PA F50CK_ _ 2162PA F50C _ _ 27 5 5 7 5 1 5 30 2162PA 007CK_ _ 40 2162PA 007CJ_ _ 34 10 2162PA 010CK_ _ 2162PA 010CJ_ _ 48 11 15 3 0PE 2162PA 015CK_ _ u 2162PA 015CJ_ _ 65 15 18 5 20 2162PA 020CK_ _ WE w 2152PA 0200 _ _ 11 22 25 6 041 2162PA 025CK_ _ 2162PA 025CJ _ _ PE II 80 30 20 2162PA 030CK_ _ m X 2162PA 030C _ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive ou 2 Select the voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2162PA FOSCKA If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower desired e g 2162PA FOSCKA 33 If kW rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal kW desired e g 2162PA FOSCKP 33K 3 Units at these voltages are not UL li
409. lied 2 Maximum of four 4 pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units and maximum of three 3 pilot devices on dual mounted units Legend plates are available in French or Spanish by adding 860F or 860S to catalog string numer 3 Two 2 Bulletin 800F pilot lights will be supplied when two 2 pilot lights are selected in conjunction with push buttons separate or transformer control only Only one 1 800T pilot light can be supplied on 2103L or 2113 dual units when push buttons are also selected 4 Mutuall eN with DeviceNet communication modules DeviceNet starter auxiliary 11DSA2 11DSA3 and E3 solid state overloads 7FEC_ _ and E1 Plus solid state overloa 5 When option 1F is used with 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 an additional N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required 6 Available only on units without pilot devices The control station on the dual 2103L or dual 2113 is a flat mounting plate flush mounted to the door of the unit Holes are for Bulletin 800T devices when unit is 1 0 space factor and larger Holes are for Bulletin 800F pilot devices when unit is 0 5 space factor 1 Not available for 1 0 space factor and larger units Discount Schedule A6 111 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units To select pilot light lens color add letter s to the option number A amber B blue C clear
410. lined 66 Catalog Number U NEMA Horsepower Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery Size Factor Program 240V 480V 600V NEMA LAT Type 1w NEMA Type 12 g 2 10 15 15 25 3 5 2173B CA __ 2173B CD_ __ 3 20 30 30 50 4 5 2173B DA_ __ 2173B DD 4 BI 40 50 60 100 6 00 20 W 2173B EA_ 2173B ED 2 Engineered 5 BI 60 100 125 200 6 0 M25 W 2173B FA_ __ 2173B FD_ __ 6 0 35 BIG 2 i GA GD 6 125 200 250 400 w 20 psl 2173B GA_ __ 2173B GD_ _ 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2173B EABD Select the horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2173B EABD 48 Select the circuit breaker type from table on page 235 e g 2173B EABD 48CA For circuit breaker size based on load horsepower refer to publications 2100 TD001x EN P and 2100 TD002x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the A relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A for the letter K e g 2173B BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2173B BJ _ ___ Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability Available with Type B wiring only Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway For 200HP at 240V or 400HP at 480V suffix letter identifying circuit breaker must be CT or CM only Frame mounted unit section does not
411. listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 2164RA 034AB Select number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired e g 2165RA 034AB 44 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload a To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2165RA 034K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2165RA 034J _ Select the appropriate suffix from the table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker type eg 2165RA 022AC 33CA Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E Ampere ratings are at 2kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2kHz are selected the drive output current ratings may require derating Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 4 Frame mounted unit Section does not have vertical wireway 5 Frame mounted 20 deep section without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 2 B Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 207 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Uni
412. lized package The available IntelliCE NT ER software provides pre configured screens which provide real time data trending component history wiring diagrams user manuals and spare parts IntelliCENTER 33 Delivery Section Features Description Program Includes DeviceNet trunk line drop cable from each unit to DeviceNet port in ies wireway and pun j terminating resistor kit Includes DeviceNet node addressing per factory standards or per customer specifie i IntelliCENTER technology information A single M CC is allowed to be configured to contain up to five independent networks stl IntelliCEN TER software and documentation CD available see description on page 30 Discount Schedule A6 29 TEN OTE All IntelliCENTER software is copyright protected and for installation on one personal computer ady Vertical Sections IntelliCENTER Softw are 34 Delivery Description Program The IntelliCENTER software replicates the M CC lineup on a computer screen complete with nameplates and indicators on each door to show status on off warning fault communication failure Graphical views of individual M CC units display intelli CENTER U device data allowing users to quickly view critical amperes time to trip trip cause ground fault amperes and on off Full Version status Each screen is preconfigured to show the parameters typically of greatest interest and users easily can customize parameters M any screens
413. ll scale accuracy voltage Van Vin Ven Vab Vbo V ca 0 2 full scale accuracy current and voltage imbalance There are four 4 forms of power real reactive apparent and true 0 4 full scale accuracy kWh KVARh kVA Hne true RMS to the 45h harmonic frequency 0 05 and power factor 0 4 The Powermonitor 3000 includes min max event logs trend log up to 45 867 data points and distortion analysis with THD crest factor I V and distortion power factor Every Powermonitor 3000 includes RS 485 communications as standard and has options for RS 232 D eviceNet and Remote I O Also included are two form C relays The 1404 M5 can be flash upgraded to M6 and M8 PM3000 master modules See your local Rockwell Automation representative for details Powermonitor 3000 Bulletin 1404 M6 Same functionality as the Bulletin 1404 M5 except for the addition of harmonic analysis with TIF Crest Factor IEEE 519 and THD and multiple channel and cycle oscillographic recordings In addition the same communication platforms are available Digital Volt Ammeter Bulletin 1405 M 610 The 1405 M610 measures and displays line neutral and line line voltages and the instantaneous 15 minute averaged peak values of the measured phase currents are displayed sequentially The features of the M610 include a 3 line display simultaneously showing all 3 phases peak value storage and display automatic sequencing of displayed parameters The M610 also inc
414. lletin 2164Q and 2165Q use normal duty PowerFlex 70 drives Bulletin 2164R and 2165R use normal duty PowerFlex 700 drives For all NEMA 3R appliranong contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice or Allen Bradley distributor For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 157 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2160P 1336 Plus II Variable Frequency AC Drive Line Load Reactor Units e Supplied in a unit separate from the drive Rating 75HP to 250 HP e Available in NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type 194 2160P A 075 c K B 14RXL 01 Bulletin Number Wiring Type mea e ting Drive Type ba MA Line Voltage Unit Type Identification Code 194D 194A cone Drive Type Code Type Constant Torque as ecu Variable p ERY Variable Torque AW 2160p Drive WFD 194E Supplemental Units 194G for 1336 PLUS II Code TESIT Type Code Unit Type SB LARLX_ _ Line React de a TAAL Toad Reacin oad Reactor Code Wiring Type J NEMA Type 12 A Type A 194H Code Identification Code 01 99 Corresponds to adjustable wd frequency drive unit location Code Rating Code Rating Constant Torque Variable Torque 480V Only 075 75 HP 060 75 HP 100 100 HP 075 100HP 125 125HP 100 125HP 150 150 HP 125 150 HP 200 200 HP 150 200 HP 250 25
415. local Rockwell Automation Sales Office 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Insert T for top mounted or B for bottom mounted e g 2193M T or 2193M B Doi co i 82 Select trip current from table on page 83 e g 2193M T AKC 40CB If optional line lugs will be selected select from Optional Mechanical and Crimp Lugs tables on page 84 Then add option number to the base catalog number e g 2193M B AKC 40CB 80A 4X0 Units having 100 rating are available for these circuit breakers for NEM A Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only See options on page 126 to select Sealed breaker and Digitrip RM S 310 electronic trip with interchangeable trip plugs The ground fault protection system is suited for solidly grounded system Ground fault trip range is adjustable from 0 2 to 1 times the trip current rating of the circuit breaker rating plug The time delay setting can be adjusted from 0 05 to 0 5 seconds Neutral current transformer supplied loose except when option 88HN or 88FN is supplied Circuit breaker is supplied with one 1 N O and one 1 N C internal auxiliary contact except for 800A ratings with circuit breaker designators CTG and CM G Additional internal auxiliaries are not available SC II delivery program in Canada Engineered assembled delivery program in the US Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for availability NOT UL listed Internal auxiliary contacts 98X 99X are not avai
416. log Plus Unit Bulletin 2154G and 2155G with Bulletin 150 soft starter SM C Dialog PLUS e 244 500A ratings NEMA Class I Type B wiring with terminals mounted within the unit 166 2154G B B K B 38 24J 6P 2155G B B K B 38CA 6P i NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower kW Code Control Transformer Bulletin Number Wining dye Current Rating Type Type and Disconnecting Means and Options 166B Code Wiring Type 166D za Horsepower kW Code and B Type B ps hala Enclosure Code Disconnecting Means r s 166C aes Toe Lor voe 1 38 Horsepower kW code Curent th jet th ype 2154G 38 24 24 Fuse Clip Rating and Class Code Type Code Rating K Ah gas et AL a See tables on Page 230 and 231 SMC Dialog Plus Soft B PA PNINIR DUON 38__ Horsepower kW code 2154G Starter SMC with o yo NEMA Type L2without orssG 38_ e TA Circuit Breaker Type Fusible Disconnect D 35A external reset button See tables on page 230 and 236 SMC Dialog Plus Soft i a 2155G Starter SM C with Circuit Breaker K 135A 166E EET M 180A Control P 240A Code Voltage Type a 166G R 360A P 220 230V HI T 50A 240V Control Transformer Mm m Code and Options N 380v See Options section beginning KN 4ooy I on Page 145 fqisy B 480V C 600V Discount Schedule A6 1 Units at these voltages are not UL listed cUL listed or CS
417. ltage Non Reversing Starter Units FVNR 42 These combination full voltage non reversing starter units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 509 starter and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The full voltage non reversing starters are rated for NEMA sizes 1 through 6 Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices Full voltage non reversing starter units are available with a eutectic alloy E1 Plus or E3 electronic overload relay For more details on Bulletin 500 contactors and starters see publication 500 BR010xEN P NEMA Power Components and publication 500 SG004x EN P NEMA Starter Selection Guide For more details on Bulletin 300 starters see publication 300 SG001x EN P Bulletin 300 Starters Selection Guide Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 33 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units FVNR 46 These combination full voltage non reversing starter units offer a space saving alternative while utilizing an Allen Bradley Bulletin 309 starter and either a fused disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA non reversing starter units are rated for NEMA Size 1 applications and the Bulletin 2113 Space Saving NEMA non reversing starter units are rated for NEMA Size 1
418. ludes 35 pre programmed standard current transformer ratios A disconnect and current transformers are included in all 2190 metering units 62 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Metering Units Analog Metering Compartments 68 Line Space wiring We A AE a Delive Meter Type Description i RABS SS BOG o Wiioaskat yP NEMA Type 12 Analog One 1 current transformer and 0 5 2190 AKC __ 85AAXX 2190 AJ C __ 85AAXX Ammeter panel type ammeter Cretanii 1 0 2190 BKC __ 85AAXX 2190 BJ C __ 85AAXX Two 2 current transformers panel shipped loose with 0 5 2190 AKC __ 85BBXX 2190 A C __ 85BBXX kra lear ghee sens pen nin Ammeter only HL oa etering 600 Max 10 2190 BKC __ 85BBXX 2190 BJ C __ 85BBXX with moun ed IN aoor no Ammeter _ Three 3 current transformers disconnect means no unit 0 5 2190 AKC __ 85BCXX 2190 AJ C __ 85BCXX Switch panel type ammeter and ammeter insert switch Use on 3 phase 3 wire 1 0 2190 BKC __ 85BCXX 2190 BJ C __ 85BCXX systems only ka 208 2190 BKH __ 85EBBH 2190 BJ H __ 85EBBH T EE RE 220 230 2190 BKP __ 85EBBP 2190 BJ P __ 85EBBP type ammeter with ammeter switch 240 2190 BKA __ 85EBBA 2190 BJ A __ 85EBBA wo G fused o oklsne 380 10 2190 BKN__ 85EBBN 2190 BJ N __ 85EBBN aC Voltmeter with Voltmeter switch 400 2190 BKKN 8
419. ly Refer to publication 2100 TD026x EN P Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for solid state equipment i e variable frequency drives SMCs and PLCs Bottom Closing For NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket Bottom closing plates are standard on NEMA Type 12 Plates For corner section NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket Bottom closing plates are standard on NEMA Type 12 Drip hood for NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket and Type 12 only Not required for NEMA Type 3R or Type 4 Drip hood is an overhang on SC I Drip Hood top of a section providing protection from limited amounts of liquid or dirt dripping and or running down the front of a section Select one drip hood per section PE II 24 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections Basic Sections and Structure Features M odifications SC II and PE II RENIA Delivery Section Features M odifications continued Program 0 125 x 4 600A i ith ti ing 1 Aluminum with tin plating 0 1887 x4 800A 0 125 x 3 600A 0 125 x 4 800A SC ll ramer aur Rang AE Copper with tin plating 0 250 x 4 1200A Material TAR 0 500 x 4 1600A For 3 phase A y DE 3 wire systems adele 0 125 x 4 800A Copper with silver plating 0 250 x 4 1200A PE II 0 500 x 4 1600A 0 625 x 4 2000A 1 Vertical b
420. mal Magnetic 3 Pole Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic 480Y 277VAC 480Y 277VAC Circuit Breaker 14kA 1 C SYM Circuit Breaker 14kA 1 C SYM Circuit Breaker 14kA I C SYM Poda Catalog String Number Trip Rating 40 C Amperes Catalog String Trip Rating 40 C ae Number Amperes Catalog String Trip Ratin 40 C 5 ae Number Amperes 100 Filler Plate SC All branch breakers are Type GHB Refer to page 243 for catalog number of field installed branch breakers Specify filler plates for all blank spaces in panel The maximum amperes connected to any one connector cannot exceed 200A The 14kA interrupting capacity rating applies to the individual branch breaker When used in the 2193PP the I C rating of the main breaker can be applied to all branch breakers Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 89 Lighting and Power Panel Units 90 Discount Schedule A6 Transformer Units Bulletin 2195 2196 2197 Control and Lighting Transformers XFMR 4444411111 Bulletins 2195 2196 and 2197 are control and ASO nat units The transformer units are available with ratings from 0 5 kVA through 50 kVA for single phase and 10 kVA through 45 kVA for three phase Secondary fuses are provided with each transformer unit Factory installed primary fusing is optional on the 2196 transformer unit For
421. maximum number auxiliary contacts is four 4 in any combination except 3 N C 4 N C or 1 N O amp 3 N C These auxiliary contacts are on the isolation contactor The standard SM C 3 N O auxiliary contact is set for NORM AL and is used to control the isolation contactor e When ON pilot light or DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ is selected in SM C 3 units without an isolation contactor and without any additional auxiliary contacts the standard SM C 3 N O auxiliary contact will be used and set to NORMAL When ON pilot light or DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ is selected in SM C 3 units without an isolation contactor only one additional N O or N C contact may be selected select 2 N O auxiliary contacts o Upa 900 or 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contacts option 901 The auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SM C 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SM C 3 N O auxiliary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not used e When ON pilot light and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ are selected in SM C 3 units select contactor used When ON OFF pilot onts are selected on SM C 3 units select 1 N O auxiliary contact and 1 N C auxiliary contact option 901 Without an isolation contactor option 13IC the auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SM C 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SM C 3 N O auxiliary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not used When ON OFF pilot lights and DeviceNe
422. mentation is required so the products may bear CE marking Included with this pro is the requirement for special instruction literature product labeling quality orate MA design requirements etc Generally the CENTERLINE 2100 MCC product can fulfill these requirements but due to the customization that is required the CE marking of the product is available oy on the Engineered ey rogram In case of variable frequency drives as well as other solid state devices the EU deemed it necessary to add an EMC directive 89 336 EEC This directive requires more stringent RF emission and immunity standards than normal To meet these requirements and carry the CE mark the CENTERLINE 2100 drive packages can be adapted with EMC tested RFI filters and additional shielding hardware These special packages may require larger MCC enclosures Note The C requirement is for the European Union Community and is not a mandate for other parts of the world For more information visit http www ab com certification cemark IEC 60439 The CENTERLINE 2100 structures and many units fulfill IEC 60439 type tested assembly TTA and unit requirements Should custom designs and modifications be required these can be qualified to IEC 60439 as partially pre tested assembly PTTA and unit requirements American Bureau of Shipping ABS CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs have fulfilled the requirements and are SE by the American Bureau of Shipping certificate 99 SB 58
423. must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E The catalog numbers listed are not complete 2 202 Select voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2165QA 1P7AC Select HP rating code from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower rating desired e g 2165QA 1P7AC 34 Select the appropriate suffix from the Circuit Breaker Type table on page 236 to identify circuit eye e g 2165QA 1P7AC 34CA The catalog num ers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog num the letter K e g 2165QA 1P7K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2165QA 1P7J _ _ For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 ers without the external reset button replace the letter A with Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2164R and 2165R PowerFlex 700 Drive with Manual Isolated Drive Bypass Two interlocked components one with bypass circuitry and one with drive drive can be taken offline and replaced as needed with minimal disruption to the application process NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type NEMA Wiring Class I Type A Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PW M adjustable freque
424. n Bolt on Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Branch Breakers for trallers 228 Lighting Panels ccc aaa aaa eee 243 SAMAR MORENA W ARNOARNANKNKGRNIA TNK Bottom Closing Plate 237 Horizonta Power BUS Splice Kit cent oi a bip t S EE 238 foe oe Horizontal Wireway Cover cece eee eee 237 Bus Stabilsolation Kit ii a a aera owa cee 238 Horsepower Ratings 265 zako DOGADA m Horsepower Ratings for All Bulletins 44 44411 230 Control Station M ME Jaaa aa 240 Human Interface M odule HIM on Combination Soft Starter Controller DeviceNet Communication Module with Inputs 244 DUS apaa oi ooo PO AB e DeviceNet Connection Cover Kit 1 244 276 Discount Schedule A6 Human Interface M odule HIM on Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units oo cece cece eee eens 212 I I 0 Control Voltage on Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Dvel aa sam on PROCKA ESE EENES 213 E6 60430 ison o OO dT RY wd 2 Incoming Line Lug Barriers 0 0 aaa aaa aaa aaa eee 239 Incoming Lug Compartments ccc eee eee eens 67 Incoming Neutral Bus on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 121 Incoming Neutral Connection Plate on Contactors and Starters M eter ing M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transform ELUNIS icc ais bate AWF AAAA date weg N 121 IntelliCEN TER Motor Control Center 0 cc ccc eee eee 29
425. n D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button NEMA Type 12 without external reset button 42 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See page 33 for product description Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2112 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Units with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVNR 45 Fuse Clip 1 Horsepow er See Appendix for short Catalog Number NEMA iad ratings Space Wiring Type B Class Delivery 4 Size Rati Factor NEMA Type 1 Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Nang Class and Type 1w NEMA Type 12 Amperes gasket 1 PI 0 125 5 0 125 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 CC J HRCII C 0 5 2112B ZA_ __ 2112B ZD_ __ 30 CCJ R H 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 10 2112B BA_ __ 2112B BD_ __ 60 J R H HRCII C 30 BI J R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 1525 1525 8 iae e fanz ca _ 212 00 100 R H 15 608 j 100 2 0 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 am 2112B DA _ 2112B DD_ 60 BI R H HRCII C ma SC 100 R H HRCII C 25 200 R H HRCII C 10081 J HRCII C 200 J HRCII C 2 5 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 400 J 2112B EA_ __ 2112B ED_ __ 1008 R H 200 RH a 2008 400 3 5 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 600 J 2112B FA_ __ 2112B FD_ __ 200B R H HRCII C 40 400 R H HRCII C 4008 JR H 600 J R HRCII C 2112BB GA_ __ 2112BB GD_ __ L 5 6
426. n 2113 0 5 space factor Size 2 Bulletin 2113 10 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2107 0 5 space factor Size 2 Bulletin 2113 11 1 0 space factor Size 4 Bulletin 2113 NEMA size 1 3 E3 Plus overload elay have ground fault sensor as standard NEM A size 4 6 E3 Plus overload relays need to have the ground fault configured to include a oad relay configuration options table below nits with pilot devices and external reset button for overload relay are increased to 1 0 space factor 7 0 5 space factor Size 2 Bulletin 2113 are increased to 1 0 space factor 8 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2106 and 2107 units are increased to 1 0 space factor 0 5 space factor Size 1 Bulletin 2112 and 2113 units with pilot devices and external reset button for overload relay are increased to 1 0 space factor nits are increased to 1 0 space factor 9 Not available with push button or selector switches except options 3 and 1F Not available with unwired control relay option 89CF_ and 89HA_ nits are increased to 1 0 space factor nits are increased to 1 0 space factor nits are increased to 1 5 space factor Overload Relay Codes for E1 Plus Option 7FEE 160 Overload Relay Codes for E3 and E3 Plus Option 7FEC_ 161 For use with Space Full Load Current Overload Relay Code Add to For use with Space Full Load Current Overload Relay Code Add to Saving NEMA Size Range Ampere
427. n external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors e Bulletin 2162P 200 250 HP roll out drive units include Type 170M square body semi conductor fuses 201 Maximum shone acetate 2 Continuous nominal The limiting factor in the Space Pk ABER Space Catalog Number 2 Delivery ouaa JLEC GH CEC ZZ O RE NEMA Typel2 Program Amperes 480V 1 7 0 7 2162PA FO7VK_ _ 2162PA FO7VJ_ _ 2 3 1 2162PA FLOVK_ _ 2162PA FLOVJ_ _ 3 0 1 5 2 0 2162PA FI5VK_ _ 2 0 2162PA F15V _ _ 4 0 2 2162PA F20VK_ _ 2162PA F20VJ_ _ 6 0 3 2162PA F30VK_ _ 2162PA F30VJ_ _ PE 9 0 5 2162PA F50VK_ _ 2162PA F50VJ _ _ 15 4 7 5 10 2162PA F75VK_ _ 2162PA F75VJ _ _ 22 0 15 2162PA F100VK_ _ 3 0 2162PA F1OOV _ _ 27 0 20 3 0 2162PA F200VK_ _ 2162PA F200V _ _ 34 0 25 2162PA 020VK_ _ 6 0 2162PA 020VJ _ _ 42 0 30 2162PA 025VK_ _ 20 W 3 2162PA 025V _ _ 65 0 40 50 6 0 2162PA 040VK_ _ 2162PA 040V _ _ 77 0 60 20 WB 2162PA 050VK_ _ 2162PA 050V _ _ 96 0 15 2162PA 060VK_ _ 2162PA 060VJ _ _ 120 100 sdi _ 2162PA 075VR_ _ say ZT6ZPA 075V _ _ 150 125 20 p5 2162PA 100VK_ _ 20 DS 2162PA T00V _ _ PE II 180 150 2162PA 125VK_ _ 2162PA 125VJ_ _ 240 200 6 0 2162PA_ 150VK_ _ 25 W Available for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w 2
428. n page 2100H NPC2 106 nsulated from and mounted on bottom horizontal Neutral Connection Plate wireway pan 2100H NPC3 kit PI nsulated from and mounted on top of horizontal wireway 2100H NPS1 pan 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 46 250 nsulated from and mounted to unit support pan for blank kcmi lug 280A Gaci p p anit space Blank door not included Select on page 2100H NPS2 nsulated from and mounted on bottom horizontal wireway pan 2100H NP53 Protective caps for unused plug in stab openings 36 per package 2100H N1 M anual shutters for isolation of plug in stab openings 12 per package Bus Stab Isolation Kit Available for use on vertical sections series G through current series 2100H 5M 1 Automatic shutters for isolation of plug in stab openings 12 per package Available for use on vertical sections series G through current series RAT Unit Isolating Barriers For closing the wire opening between unit and vertical wireway 6 per package Series K and later structures 2100H N2K 1 Cannot be air shipped 2 A neutral connection plate can be used only in sections with a vertical wireway Not for use in sections with full width frame mounted units including all mains Discount Schedule A6 238 Lugs for Field Installation e Hardware not included e One lug per kit Hardware and Kits e For use on e Bulletin 2191 Mains and Feeders Bulletin 2192 400A Disconnect with Optional Lug Pad Assembly e Bulletin
429. na capacity marking does nd appl y e Line side of circuit breaker is connected to horizontal bus for sections with horizontal bus e Customer cables connect to line side of circuit breaker for sections without horizontal bus 19 Desik Working Depth Section NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Delivery Inches Depth Inches Width Inches Catalog Number Catalog Number Program 20 2100 G6KC1_1D _ _ 2100 GJ C1 1D is 25 2100 GKC1_2D _ _ 2100 GJ C1_2D __ __ 30 2100 GKC1_3D _ 2100 6JC1_3D _ D a 35 2100 GKC1_4D _ _ 2100 GJ C1_4D _ _ horizontal bus 20 2100 GKC2_1D __ __ 2100 G C2 1D U M 25 2100 6KC2_2D _ _ 2100 G C2_2D _ _ 30 2100 GKC2_3D __ _ 2100 GJ C2_3D _ _ _ 35 2100 6KC2_4D _ _ 2100 GJ C2_4D _ D 20 2100 GKC2_1A __ _ _ 2100 GJ C2_1A __ __ 11 5 25 j i with j 2100 GKC2_2A __ 2100 GJ C2_2A __ __ horizontal bus 2 30 2100 GKC2_ 3A _ _ 2100 G C2_ 3A _ ji 1 Vertical Section 35 2100 GKC2_4A __ 2100 GJ C2 4A _ _ Hast m n ba 20 2100 GKC2_1B _ 2100 G C2 1B _ space factor door an 14 1 mounting plate with 25 2100 GKC2_2B _ 2100 GJ C2_2B _ _ _ HlUvalsconnert og horizontal bus 2 30 2100 GKC2_3B __ __ 2100 GJ C2_3B __ __ No vertical wireway 35 2100 GKC2_4B __ __ 2100 GJ C2_4B __ __ 1 SC See page 260 for 20 2100 GKC1_1A __ P 2100 GJ C1_1A __ B circuit breaker z ass interrupting capacity i 25 2100 GKC1_2A _ B 2100 GJ C1_2A __ B Adding equipment to 3 3 these sections may 30 2100 GKC1_3A __ 2100 GJ C1_3A __ vo
430. nal Constant Current Ratings button NEMA Type 12 w o external reset button Amperes I 480 Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Ratings Code Ratings 1P1 11 OP9 10 9 2P1 12 1 1P7 17 3P4 13 4 2P7 2 7 5P0 15 0 3P9 13 9 8P0 8 6P1 16 1 011 11 9P0 19 0 014 14 011 111 022 122 017 117 027 127 022 22 1 Bulletins 2164Q and 2165Q use Normal Duty PowerFlex 70 Drives For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 and Options See options section beginning on page 209 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2164Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated Bypass 480V e See page 157 for product description All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty Proper paroni of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life yole of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table r nak consists of two units The bypass unit contains a fusible disconnect bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks D rive
431. nce 52 Fuse Clip 1 corar e anane Torque See Appendix for short 5 IC uc NEMA P circuit withstand ratings Space M E P gt CJEEE Delivery Size Factor NEMA Type 1 Program 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V Real Class and Type lw NEMA Type 12 mperes gasket 30 CC J R H 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 2 0 2122FB BA_ _ 2122FB BD _ 60 JJ R H HRCII C 3021 R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 60 J R H HRCII C 2 0 2122FB CA_ _ _ 2122FB CD_ __ SC 100 J R H HRCII C 6021 R H HRCII C 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 100 J R H HRCII C 4 0 2122FB DA_ __ 2122FB DD_ __ 200 J R H HRCII C 10021 J R H HRCII C 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 200 J R H HRCII C 4 5 2122FB EA_ __ 2122FB ED_ __ PE 400 JJ 200P J R R h HRCII C 4 5 B 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 400 R H HRCII C i W 2122FB FA_ _ 2122FB FD_ __ PE II 600 J 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2122FB BABD Select the e AI table on page 230 e g 2122FB BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2122FB BABD 31 24 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2122FB BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2122FB
432. ncy If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E The catalog number is not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 236 to identify the desired circuit breaker type e g 2163QA 0P9NKC 33CA Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Co See page 156 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept
433. ncy output to vary motor speed 243 2164R A 034 A B 44 14HAO 2165R A 034 A B 44CA 14HAO Bulletin Wiring Type PowerFlex 700 Nominal NEMA Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW Human Interface Number 9 p Output Current Rating Enclosure Type g and Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options 243A T Code Type Nominal Horsepow er kW M anual Drive Bypass Code and Circuit Breaker 2164R with PowerFlex 00 Code Type VFD Drive and Fusible 243E 44 Nominal 7 Disconnect 2164R 44 ominal Horsepower kW Manual Drive Bypass Code Lina f code See table on page 230 2165R with PowerFlex 700 4 BO PWC BEC VFD and Circuit Breaker EG 2165R 44CA fir yee BE Page C 600V __CA Circuit Breaker Type T See table on page 236 243B T Code Wiring Type A Type yp Code NEMA Enclosure Type NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 2436 243C A with gasket w external Human Interface M odule Nominal Constant Current Ratings Amperes reset buton Jsi Code jand Options 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage K ype or type See options section beginning on a with gasket w o external page 209 Code Ratings Code Ratings reset button 1P1 11 1P7 1 7 D NEM A Type 12 w external 2P1 2 1 2P7 2 7 reset button 3P4 3 4 3P9 3 9 NEMA Type 12 w o 5P0 5 0 6P1 6 1 external reset button 8P0 8 9P0 9 011 11 011 11 EE 014 14 017 17 022 22 022 2
434. nd J DC breaker trip 2100H N20 auxiliary contacts 400A HM CP KD HKD and KDC on the unit operating For units with Allen Bradley Q Frame M CP or Cutler Hammer mechanism external to the 600A HM CP LD HLD or LDC Unit Series Qand 54 94 1123 circuit breaker 800A MC HMC MDS MDL HM DL ND HND or NDC later 1200A ND HND or NDC circuit breakers 242 Discount Schedule A6 Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation continued Hardware and Kits 300 1 Pole 120 240V AC 2 Pole 120 240V AC 3 Pole 120 240V AC ae 10kA rms symmetrical 10kA rms symmetrical 10kA rms symmetrical Delivery Description interrupting capacity interrupting capacity interrupting capacity Program Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 15A 2100 1015 2100 B2015 2100 B3015 20A 2100 B1020 2100 B2020 2100 B3020 30A 2100 B1030 2100 B2030 2100 B3030 Tee Mie Rati I5A with ground fault 2100 810156 z Breakers for Lighting 20A with ground fault 2100 B1020G a SC Panels 2193LE U 50A 2100 B2050 2100 B3050 100A 2100 B2100 2100 B3100 AA 2100 FILLER Pole 277V AC 14kA 2 pole 480Y 277VAC 3 Pole 480Y 277V AC AE cal 14kA rms symmetrical 14kA rms symmetrical interrupting capacity interrupting capacity interrupting capacity 15A 2100 GHB1015 2100 GHB2015 2100 GHB3015 20A 2100 GHB1020 2100 GHB2020 2100 GHB3020 25A 2100 GHB1025 2100 GHB2025 2100 GHB3025 30A 2100 GHB10
435. nd Nominal hp or kw U Normal Duty Applications Heavy Duty Applications 380 415V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage 480V Line Voltage 600V Line Voltage Code Ratings kW Code Ratings hp Code Ratings hp Code Ratings hp Code Ratings hp 1P3N 1 3 0 37 IPIN 1 1 0 5 f1P7N 17 1 2PIH 11 0 5 2P7H 17 1 2PIN 15 0 55 2PIN 1 6 0 75 2P7N 12 4 15 2PIH 1 6 0 75 92P7H 42 4 15 2PIN 2 1 0 75 2PIN 2 1 1 2P7N 2 7 2 3P4H 21 1 3P9H 12 7 2 3P5N 12 6 11 3P4N 3 0 15 PON 13 9 3 3P4H 13 0 15 6PIH 3 9 3 3P5N 13 5 15 3P4N 13 4 2 6PIN 6 1 5 5POH 13 4 2 QPOH 6 1 5 5PON 15 0 2 2 5PON 5 0 3 9PON 9 0 15 8POH 5 0 3 011H 9 0 1 5 8P7N 8 7 3 7 8PON 18 0 5 OLIN 11 10 f011H 80 5 017H 11 10 OLIN 115 55 OLIN 11 7 5 O17N 17 15 f014H 11 75 022H 17 15 OI5N 154 7 5 014N 114 10 J022N 22 20 022H 14 10 027H 22 20 022N 22 11 022N 22 15 J027N 27 25 f027H 22 15 032H 27 25 030N 130 15 027N 127 20 032N 32 30 034H 27 20 041H 32 30 037N 37 18 5 J034N 134 25 04N 41 40 040H 134 25 052H 41 40 043N 43 22 040N 140 30 f052N 52 50 7052H 40 30 062H 52 50 O56N 56 30 052N 52 40 062N 62 60 065H 52 40 077H 62 60 072N 72 37 065N 165 50 077N 77 75 07H 65 50 125H 77 75 105N 185 45 077N 77 60 125N 199 100 Q096H 77 60 125H 99 100 105N 105 55 096N 196 75 125N 1125 125 125H 9 6 75 144H 125 125 170N 138 75 125N 125 100 4144N 144 150 156H 125 100 170N 170 90 156N 156 125 180H 156 125 300N 205
436. nd drop lines is routed through the sections and into the individual units allowing the devices to communicate via DeviceNet A amplete DeviceNet system includes cabling power supply scanner module and the necessary DeviceN et components 1 in the MCC u The trunk line is built in 1 to the sections a rout d behind barriers The drop lines are routed from each unit to the Device et mee in the vertical wireway of each vertical section The D eviceN et cable is rated 8 amperes 600 volts for use with a Class power limited circuit Six 6 D evicaN et connectors built into t into the back of the vertical wireway of each standard section provide a Ponvenient method for the MCC units to connect to e Units may communicate over D eviceNet vi components such a as i E3 solid state overload z rela DeviceNet Ry er Auxiliary DSA or DeviceNet communication module suc MM D These ts are gt supplied La D AE le for connecting to a D eviceNet connector in the vertical wirewa y DeviceNet nodes are at dressed pe er o stand rds or per customer specified information Electronic Data Sheets ED S files on CD are shi pee oe e For more information on D eviceNet paler to publication D NET BR002x EN P Eas pil ication DNET UM072x EN P DaicN Media Design and Indallation Manwl and Dr iE MOC TD019x EN P DeieNd Mda Caird The CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center with IntelliCENTER technology can consist of integrated hardware software and communication in one centra
437. nd one 1 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 8 for information on installation into series E sections 3 1 0 space factor required for Size 2 Bulletin 2113 units with pilot devices and external reset button for overload relay 4 These units have horizontal operating handles up to six 6 Bulletin 800F pilot devices 16 AWG control wire and one 1 10 point control terminal block Type B D only in Type B units See page 8 for information on installation into series E sections 5 1 0 space factor for unit with E1 Plus overload relay option 7FEE_ 7FEE_D or 7FEE 1 5 space factor for unit with E3 overload relay option 7FEC1_ or FTFEC2_ Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 129 132 47 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2122E 2123E 2122F and 2123F Combination 2 Speed Starter Units TS2W and TS1W e Allen Bradley Bulletin 520 starter with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker Designed with separate windings or consequent pole windings NEMA Class I Type B wiring with terminals mounted in the unit EZM e Two Speed units available with eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relays e NEMA Sizes 1 5 50 2122E B B A B 41 24J 6P 2123F B B A B 41CA 6P Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size ao Ga
438. nded to be used as feeder circuits 4 See Appendix for interrupting capacity ratings 5 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the voltage code from table on page 107 e g 2100D CKC Select the fuse REA le on page 107 e g 2100D CKC 24 If power fuse will be selected select from page 232 e g 2100D CKC 24 604G 6 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the trip current from table on page 107 e g 2100M CKC 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 107 e g 2100M CKC 30CB 106 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Tables for Configuring Bulletin 2100D and 2100M Unit Catalog Numbers Voltage Code 130 Fuse Clip Voltage Voltage Code 250 A 600 C Fuse Clip Designator 131 Fuse Clip Short Circuit Fuse Clip EA Fuse Clip Class w E Rong Designator 07000 1006 1 24 T 30 R 100kA 24R H 10kA 24 cc 100kA 24C J 100kA 25 60 R 100kA 25R H 10kA 25 J 100kA 26 100 R 100kA 26R H 10kA 26 J 100kA 27 200 E R 100kA 27R H 10kA 27 1 Not available in 1 5 space factors Trip Current 132 Number CM Number EJ 30 15 39 90 31 20 40 100 32 30 41 125 34 40 42 150 35 50 43 175 36 60 44 200 37 70 45 225 38 80 Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Option Miscellaneous Units Rating alg Strada M ZW e mupung Capacity Medium I
439. nding order 273 dj Bulletin 1771 1 0 Bulletin 1756 5 Option Na Description Chassis Bulletin 1746 SLC 500 ControlLogix Chassis Delivery 2180E 2182E 2183E 2180 2182 2183 2180L 2182L 2183L 9 eviceNet 1 Scanner Module 12SDN01 DeviceNet scanner module 1747 SDN v Bulletin 1771 P2 6 5A power supply and F X 7 12p2 PL 1771 CE a sot chassis or 1771 CD 8 or 16 slot e p gy o OW o w chassis power cable 16 slot 12p451 41 Bulletin 1771 P4S 8 0A power supply One 1771 P4S power supply v v v One power supply per chassis is required A maximum of two power supplies per chassis can Two 1771 P4S power 12p452 M fbe selected supplies for one chassis and v w v Note One chassis slot is necessary foreach fone 1771 CT paralleling cable power supply Power 4 Two 1771 P4R Power y Vv Supply 12P4R2_ __ gulletin 1771 P4R 8 0A power supply This is a Supplies for one chassis Refer to table redundant power supply and requires two Three 1771 P4R Power on 271 for 12P4R3 Ml supplies to operate Up to four power supplies Supplies for one chassis v v v PE supplied control per chassis can be selected 16 slot chassis only circuit Note One chassis slot is necessary foreach Four 1771 P4R Power transf
440. next to this unit M ust be located at top or bottom of section M ay not be mounted in section containing other frame mounted units Fusible disconnect switch is a bolted pressure switch No vertical wireway Not available in NEM A Type 3R or Type 4 for 1600A and 2000A 600A through 1200A units have viewing window on door for visual verification of disconnect blades Units having 100 ratings are available for these fusible disconnect switches for NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket only Non fused switches are 100 rated and available in NEMA 1 1 with gasket and 12 See options on page 126 to select For 100 rated 1600A and 2000A units no top or bottom wireway is present above or below the unit and the unit must be located at either end of the motor control center lineup When used with a 3 phase 4 wire power system horizontal neutral bus and incoming neutral bus is required Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard A special bus splice kit is provided when this unit is supplied adjacent to a section with standard depth bus Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 75 Main and Feeder Units Optional Crimp Lugs for Bulletins 2192FT 2192FB 2192M T and 2192M B 90 Switch Size Type of Lug eal Oe hee R Wire Type R RE Cat 200A Mechanical Only 1 6 250 kcmil CU 81
441. ng Ll 0 5 2165RA 1PIA_ _ 2165RA 1P1D_ _ 2 1 0 75 1 30 2165RA 2PIA_ _ 30 2165RA 2P1D_ _ 0 3 4 1 5 2 i 2165RA 3P4A_ _ 2165RA 3P4D_ _ 5 3 2165RA 5P0A_ _ 2165RA 5P0D_ _ 5 2165RA 8P0A_ _ 2165RA 8P0D_ _ 11 1 9 2165RA 011A_ _ 3 5 2165RA 011D_ _ 1 14 10 35 2165RA 014A_ _ 2165RA 014D_ _ 22 15 2165RA 022A_ _ 2165RA 022D_ _ 2 27 20 2165RA 027A_ _ 4 0 2165RA 027D_ _ 34 25 2165RA 034A_ _ 2165RA 034D_ _ 40 30 45 2165RA 040A_ _ 45 2165RA 040D_ _ RBA 3 52 40 5 0 2165RA 052A_ _ 5 5 2165RA 052D_ _ 65 50 5 5 2165RA 065A_ _ 6 0 2165RA 065D_ _ 4 71 60 6 0 35 WBJ 2165RA 077A_ _ 6 0 35 WS 2165RA 077D _ 5 96 75 6 0 2165RA 096A_ _ 6 0 2165RA 096D_ _ 14 125 100 35 W 20 DM 2165RA 125A_ 35 W 20 DMI 2165RA 125D _ 6 0 156 125 l 6 0 p 2165RA 156A_ _ 45 W 20 DIA 2165RA 156D_ _ 180 150 4 W 20D 2165RA 180A_ _ 50 o pil 2165RA 180D_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 e g 2165RA 034AB Select number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the kilowatt rating desired e g 2165RA 034AB 44 Select the appropriate suffix from table on page 236 to identify the circuit breaker
442. ng Contactors FVLC e Allen Bradley Bulletin 500L AC contactor with a fusible disconnect or circuit breaker e Rated 30A 300A NEMA Class I Type B with terminals mounted on the unit 35 2102L B B K B 24J 6P 2103L B B K B 30CB 6P wm NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Fuse Clip Ratings and Class or Trip Bulletin Number Wiring Type Rating Amperes Type Type Current and Circuit Breaker Type Option 35C 35G 35A Code Rating Amperes Code Option trol Vol T Code Type Z 30A 0 5 Space Factor Code Control oe ype See Options section Full Voltage Lighting B 30A g beginning on Page 111 2102L Contactor FVLC with c T604 Fusible Disconnect D 100A 35F Full Voltage Lighting z 2103L Contactor FVLC with e JA Aare Circuit Breaker 300 Code Circuit Breaker Type ugyj Fuse Clip Rating and Class 38 id 2102L 24 See Table on Page 232 Code NEMA Enclosure Type Trip Current and Circuit Code Wiring Type K NEM A Type 1 or Type 1 2103L 30CB Breaker Type A Type A with gasket g See Table on page 233 and B Type B J NEMA Type 12 table on page 234 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 35 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2102L Full Voltage Lighting Contactor Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch FVLC See page 33 for product description e For unit sizing
443. ng Type B 5 0 25 1 1 0 5 1 0 37 2 2 0 5 3 0 75 3 30 2154 B F005LK_ __ 2154 B FOO5L _ __ 25 1 5 5 5 1 5 7 5 3 7 11 5 15 5 20 30 2 0 2154 B F025LK_ __ 2154 B FO25L _ __ 43 7 5 11 10 15 15 22 20 30 25 40 60 2154 B F043LK_ __ 3 0 2154 B F043L _ __ 60 5 20 G0 4 50 100 7154 B F060LK_ 7154 B FO60LJ_ __ e 18 5 22 25 30 37 50 100 2 5 85 5 5 60 75 200 2154 B FO85LK_ __ 35 2154 B F085L _ __ 108 G0 40 65 75 100 200 35 2I54B FIOBLK_ ao AEF 135 G7 50 100 125 200 i 7154 B FI35LK_ __ 7154 B FI35UJ_ __ 201 45 55 60 75 75 90 125 150 150 200 400 Ul a9 2154J B F201LK_ __ 4 apa 2154 B F201L _ __ 251 75 mw omy 20 250 mo 90 20 pigers 80 20 W I54jB FZ51UJ _ 317 90 125 150 160 250 300 400 5 2154 B F317LK_ __ 6 2154 B F317L _ __ SC Il 361 110 50 185 300 350 600 wi 30 p 2154 B F361LK_ __ ste ob p 2159 B F361U _ __ 480 132 200 200 250 350 400 400 500 600 i 2154 B F480LK_ __ i 2154 B F480L _ __ 1 12 E 4 5 Units at these voltages are not UL listed or CSA certified Delivery program is PE Il in the United States and SC II in Canada The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage code from table on page 229 to identify the preferred control voltage e g 2154 B F108LKB If horsepower rated select the number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal hors
444. ng ord ee ichan transformer to provide power to power supply 1 0 2100 0PS8K_ 30_ 2100 DPS8 _ 30_ Manual Redundant DeviceNet Power Without disconnection means plug in stabs or control circuit Supply Unit transformer Requires separate 110 120VAC source oe eee ESO AE 110 120VAC input and 8 0A Includes disconnect fuses and 750VA control circuit AT output wo power transformer to provide power to power supply 1 5 2100 DPS8k_ 767C 2100 DPS8J _ 767CH supp ies providing Dack up tOr Includes circuit breaker fuses and 750VA control circuit DeviceNet system NB transformer to provide power to power supply 15 2100 DPS8K_ 30_ 767C 2100 DPS8 _ 30_ 767C8 W Piatt disconnecting means plug in stabs or control circuit transformer Requires separate 110 120VAC source Viewing f f Bulletin 1788 ControlNet to window in door to provide visual verification of network 0 5 2100 C2DKXW D 2100 C2D XWD DeviceNet linking device used status etc SC to interface a DeviceNet With disconnect fuses and 80VA control circuit transformer network to a ControlNet Viewing window in door to provide visual verification of 10 2100 C2DK_ Pl 2100 C20j_ P eS network without the need for a er stais etc PLC chassis 8 With circuit breaker fuses and 80VA control circuit transformer Viewing window in door to provide visual 1 0 2100 C2DK 30 l 2100 C2D _ 30 l verification of network status etc za 8 Without disconnecting means plug in stabs or control tran
445. nit contains PowerFlex 70 variable frequency drive A Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 e DRIVE ON and BYPASS ON pilot lights options 4 _ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 209 a Unit doors are interlocked 240 NEMA Type Land Type 1 w Nominal HP NEMA 12 Maximum TET i F SEM Continuous e horsepower ratings shown i Frame Output below are H EE Space i Space Ki Bodo 11 PowerFlex 70 drive units should be Catalog Number Catalog Number LEGE sized according to the application Factor 3 Factor i and output ampere rating 0 9 0 5 2164QA 0P9A_ _ 2164QA 0P9D_ _ A 1 7 0 75 1 2 5 2164QA 1P7A_ _ 21640A 1P7D_ _ 2 7 1 5 2 2164QA 2P7A_ _ 3 0 21640A 2P7D_ _ B 3 9 3 30 2164QA 3P9A_ _ 2164QA 3P9D_ _ PE II in U S 6 1 5 2164QA 6PIA_ _ 21640A 6P1D_ _ A 9 75 2164QA 9POA_ _ 35 21640A 9P0D_ _ SC II in Canada 11 10 35 2164QA 011A_ _ 21640A 011D_ _ D 17 15 2164QA 017A_ _ 4 0 2164QA 017D_ _ 22 20 2164QA 022A_ _ 45 21640A 022D_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed
446. nits Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 156 TS1W TSR1W TSRIW Ro R RZEP rozwi anan iara 7 Option i 2126E 2126 Delivery opnan Number ESI 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K u ae TW TEW 90 C copper wire VW 1 16 AWG w F z Z Z Vv rate Control 5021 MpeMTW TEW 90 Ccopperwire VWI Tang awG tinned v vw vw vw fw v e eM 1 14 AWG tinned M TW 90 C copper wire VW 1 rated and tinned Wiring 7508B1 power wire including state wires excluding stater power wire v v v v v v v jumpers 750S 2 Type SIS 90 C copper wire 14 AWG tinned v v v v y v v Sc 42 Control Circuit 750RL Insulated ring lugs for control wires where possible A A v A v v v days Lugs EHIB 750SL Insulated spade lugs for control wires where possible v v v w w v v Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of control wire p Not available in Canada A Y g J x Y sC Control Wire SCH arkers 751HS _ Heat shrink type wire marker Y v v X y days 71515 Sleeve type wire marker v v v v v v v sc NEMA size 1 and 2 v v w v v v Omission a 752 i combination NRY units HM CP frame NEMA si 3 an 7 7 7 7 Circuit Breaker only N A in 0 5 space factor units NEMA size d 7 7 7 SC Shunt Trip 754 For
447. nits with Fusible Disconnect 480VAC NORM AL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty A the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex700 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor AS PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wire maximum Proper pano of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213
448. nly For NEMA size 6 select either top cable entry 2113BT or bottom entry For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 45 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Space Saving NEMA Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starters FVNR e Allen Bradley Bulletin 309 starter with fused disconnect or circuit breaker NEMA Class 1 Type B unit with terminals mounted in unit e Available with E1 Plus or E3 Plus electronic overload relay 4 Space saving alternative to traditional NEMA starter units 41 2112 B 3B A B 38 24J i 2113 B 3B A B 38CA a i NEMA Enclosure Control Voltage Horsepower and Bulletin Number Wiring Type NEMA Size Type Type Disconnecting Means Option ze 41G l FA NEMA Size EMA Size Code Control Voltage Type fete Option Code R oleje A See Table on page 229 beginning on page 129 2112 Non Reversing FVNR 3D B 4TF with Fused Disconnect 3E J Horsepow er Code and ji N naa Kii Code Disconnecting Means on Reversing ETD with Circuit Breaker 41D sA MOr Epower Code See Table on Code NEMA Enclosure Type 2112 38 24 a Fuse Clip Rating and Class See A ete NIS 1 gt ty 1 BI Table on page 231 ve NENA m TYT 7 on 38_ RE er Code See Table iri i i on page 230 code TOW K gasket without external reset 2113 38CA U Gh Circuit Breaker Type See YP button Table
449. nnector 0 cc cece cece eens 152 Unwired Control Relay 0 cece aaa aaa ii 152 Options for Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Analog Interface Board ccc cece cece e eens Analog Output Isolation 0 cece eee eee ee ees Auxiliary Contacts cece eee aaa aaa aaa waj Communication Modules 0 0 e eee eee ee ees Control Circuit Transformer Control Circuit Wiring cc cece cece eee ees Control Logic Interface Board Index Control Wire Markers ccc cece eect ees 217 DeviceNet Communication Modules 211 Door M ounted Speed Potentiometer 217 Export Packing Below Deck 0 ccc eee aaa iii 217 French Legend Plates cece cece aaa aaa aces 217 Grounded Unit Door ccc cee ee eee ees 217 Human Interface Module HIM ccc cece eee 212 I 0 Control Voltage cece cece eee 213 Line or Load Reactors cece eee ee teen 214 PII C LIONS s ono wa a Any etd en aes 209 Push Buttons LL aaa aaaa aaa aaa aaa aaa anna eens 209 Push Buttons and Selector Switch 4444111 209 Selector Switch oo aa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa es 209 Spanish Legend Plates ccc aa aaa etna eens 217 Stainless Steel Nameplate Screws 111 217 TEHA AIE eiie acdsee a acisicemad aarp haa GOA 217 Unit Door Nameplates ccc cece cece eens 217 Unit Ground Stab cece cece eee eens 217 Unit Load Connector cc cee ee eee eee 2
450. nnedlooce B5BBXX 85BBXX _ 85BBXX 85BBXX B5BBXX _ 85BBXX _ 85BBXX _ 85BBXX switch Use on 3 phase Aan oe 3 wire systems only and mountin with Ammeter Switch Includes three 3 current inctructions transformers panel type ammeter and ammeter 85BCXX 85BCXX 85BCXX 85BCXX 85BCXX _ 85BCXX _ 85BCXX 85BCXX switch Use on 3 phase 3 wire systems only Includes one 1 fused potential transformer Analog Voltmeter ae in compartment and panel type 85CXAH 85CXAP B5CXAA _ 85CXAN B5CXAKN 85CXAI 85CXAB _ 85CXAC Voltmeter Includes two 2 fused potential transformers SC II Analog Voltmeter mounted in compartment panel type SE RE SE 5 i F kas WIC Voltmeter Voltmeter and Voltmeter switch For 3 phase 85HXBH _ 85HXBP _ 85HXBA 85HXBN 85HXBKN 85HXBI _ 85HXBB _ 85HXBC 3 wire systems only Two 2 current transformers panel type ammeter with G ren ammeter switch two 2 fused potential transformers transformers _ 85EBBH _ 85EBBP _ 85EBBA _ 85EBBN _ 85EBBKN _ 85EBBI _ 85EBBB _ 85EBBC and panel type Voltmeter ih sete Analog Ammeter and with Voltmeter switch se ROG Voltmeter with Three 3 current instructions 9 Switches transformers panel type Useon ammeter with ammeter 3 phase switch two 2 fused 3 wire systems S5ECBH 85ECBP _ BSECBA 85ECBN 85ECBKN _ 85ECBI _ BSECBB _ BSECBC potential transformers and only
451. ns non ventilated 3kVA and larger transformers to maximize the anetormers life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 13 Vertical Sections Catalog Number Explanation for Vertical Sections SC Maximum SC shipping block is three 3 vertical sections Endd are supplied on each of the shipping blocks containing incoming line or main breaker sections 11 POSITION Catalog Number Description Lae Description Character 9 A 42kA bus bar bracing B 65kA bus bar bracing SECOND c 42kA bus bar bracing with automatic shutters Bus Bar Bracing D 65kA bus bar bracing with automatic shutters E 42kA bus bar bracing with manual shutters F 65kA bus bar bracing with manual shutters AT06 600A aluminum bus with tin plating U BT06 600A aluminum bus with tin plating and NO 0X ID U Pak CTO6 600A copper bus with tin plating fa CT08 800A copper bus with tin plating Make and CT12 1200A copper bus with tin plating Plating DT06 600A copper bus with tin plating and NO OX ID DT08 800A copper bus with tin plating and NO OX ID DT12 1200A copper bus with tin plating and NO OX ID SIXTH A NEMA Type 1 NEMA B NEMA Type 1 with gasket Enclosure Type J NEMA Type 12 SC SEVENTH 1 15 cabinet depth
452. nserts come with unit support pan and door 2 0 2100 NK20 2100 NJ 20 Inserts are NOT UL listed and are NOT CSA 2 5 2100 NK25 2100 NJ 25 certified 3 0 2100 NK30 2100 NJ 30 35 2100 NK35 2100 NJ 35 40 2100 NK40 2100 NJ 40 For field installed equipment 8 625 working 1 5 2100D CK_ __ 2100D CJ _ __ depth Includes fusible disconnect and plug in 2 0 2100D DK_ __ 2100D DJ_ __ SC stabs nea gd 25 2100D EK_ __ 2100D EJ_ __ nserts come with unit support pan and door Adding equipment to this unit insert may require 3 0 2100D FK_ __ ee field evaluation by UL CSA in order to retain 3 5 2100D GK_ __ 2100D GJ_ __ Empty Unit Insert with isting certification 40 2100D HK 2100D HJ _ PEER MEAN lata i Wok 15 2100M CKC 700M C 11 1314 For field installed equipment 8 625 working J C __ depth Includes inverse time thermal magnetic 2 0 2100M DKC __ 2100M DJ C __ circuit breaker an plug in stabs 6 75 7100M EKC 2100M E C Inserts come with unit support pan and door Adding equipment to this unit insert may require 3 0 2100M PKC ORO field evaluation by UL CSA in order to retain 3 5 2100M GKC __ 2100M GJ C __ listing certification 4 0 2100M HKC __ 2100M HJ C __ 1 See Options Modifications and Accessories pages 127 for terminal block options 2 Terminal block options 800 801 802 803 804 are not available on 2100 NK05 or 2100 NJ 05 3 These units do not meet service entrance requirements Not inte
453. nt rating based on 40 C ambient Refer to NEC CEC Mains are suitable for use as service entrance per NEC UL and CEC CSA If application is a four wire system a neutral plate rated for 280A is available refer to page 25 109 121 and 238 If a neutral greater then 280A is required see pale 25 or 121 or ate gc Rockwell Automation Sales Office Mains rated 1000A and above may require ground fault protection Refer to cUL Main Breakers supplied with internal oe fault protection Breaker Code CTG CMG or CXG are supplied with a field mountable neutral CT for use on a 3 Phase 4 Wire Solidly Grounded WYE System Circuit breakers with internal ground fault protection are not designed for use on a Delta System Ungrounded WY E System or Impedance Grounded WY E System Mains units are frame mounted They must be located at the top or bottom of the section 2193MT Top mounted main 150A 2000A are top fed 2193MB Bottom mounted main 150A 400A are top fed 2193MB Bottom mounted main 600A 2000A are reverse fed Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be given to the mounting of the CT s for a metering device Addition of a pull box might be considered
454. nterrupting Capacity High Interrupting Capacity Nipat Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 15 50 CD I3C LFD CB I3 M 16C 60 100 cD I3C LFD CB I3C CM I6C 125 150 CD I3C LFD CB I3C CM I6C 175 225 CT J D3D CM J D6D Refer to publication 2100 TDO03x EN P CENTERLINE M otor Control Centers Power Fuses t Refer to page 258 for circuit breaker interrupting capacity ratings Refer to publication 2100 TD002x EN P CENTERLINE M CCs Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breakers Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 107 Miscellaneous Units Miscellaneous DeviceNet Units 134 Catalog Number i aah Space Wiring Type A Only Class I Delivery Description F actor NEMA Type 1and Type 1 Program w gasket NEMA Type 12 DeviceNet Power Supply Unit W ithout disconnection means plug in Stabs or control circuit 110 120VAC input and 8 0A _ transformer Requires separate 110 120VAC source 0 5 2100 DPS8KXWD 2100 DPS8 XW D 24VDC output 1 Includes disconnect fuses and 350VA control circuit 3 3 This power supply is to be used transformer to provide power to power supply 1 0 2100 DPS8K_ 2100 DPS8 a with 8 0A Class I Cable only Refer to DNET UM 072x EN P DeviceNet Cable System Includes circuit breaker fuses and 350VA control circuit 4 6 6 Planni
455. ntrol Terminal Block 0 aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa ii 154 Control Wire Markers uaaaa aaa aaa aaa aaa ees 154 Converter Module cc aaa aaa aa aaa aaa aaa ii 147 DeviceNet Communication Module 148 DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 0 00 cece 41111 148 Export Packing Below Deck 00ceeeeeeaee 154 French Legend Plates ccc aaa aaa aid i1 154 Ground Fault Current Transformer 44441111 148 Grounded Unit Door aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa ii 152 High Interrupting Capacity Fuses 0 cece aes 148 Human Interface Module HIM 44444111 148 OME WING Ga caede e tei Tune podwoi ee 152 Pilot TIQHES w wa arto owas ten a OE ada wns 146 Preset Slow Speed oo cece eee eect ee eens 151 Protective Modules ccc cc eee ee cece adi ii 147 Pump Control 1 eee aaa aa aa aaa eee eee eeaes 151 Push Buttons 0 cece ccc eee eee eee 145 Selector Switch ccc cece cece e eens 145 SNUDEM P vise pentane rer apeaprcars ieee used 154 Slow Speed with Braking cee eee eens 151 SMB Smart Motor Braking ccc eee e eee 151 SONT STOP sa nod ai RE GO aid PE PA pas 151 Spanish Legend Plates cc cece eee e ees 154 Stainless Steel Nameplate ScreWS 154 Surge SUPPFESSOr aay cs eteadasertaas snc gay hoes 152 Thandie nid ade bear DRO oo aid A bess 154 Unit Door Nameplates cc cece eens 154 Unit Ground Stab cece cece ees 152 Unit Load Co
456. o drive vil vel yl ll acato 14GK5 6107 DeviceNet mounted external to drive For A1 A4 drive w v ee 14GU6 6117 Enhanced DeviceNet mounted external to drive frame sizes U 4 v mutually z i i j Enhanced DeviceNet with 4 input points For all drive frame 6117 l exclusive 14GK61 510 mounted external to drive sizes B 14GM5 DeviceNet mounted on drive ForB and larger drive v w PE 14GM 661 Enhanced DeviceNet mounted on drive frame sizes w v 14GM 55 BI DeviceNet snap in mounted on drive For all drive frame w w 14GM 56 9 Enhanced DeviceNet snap in mounted on drive sizes v v ControlN et WSE 14GC FI ControlNet Communication M odule M ounted Internal to Drive l M v v SC Module 14GR FI Remote 1 0 communication module mounted internal to drive U 4 v w he NSW Z 6117 RS 232 422 485 DF1 and DH 485 protocol vac 8 Communication 14GD2 6M mounted external to drive frame sides e n E zgi E 232 422 485 DF1 and DH rotocol izac IB exclusive 146M2 15 mounted on drive p frame sizes 8 w w PE 14GM s1 P Single point RI 0 mounted on drive v v For all drive frame o RS 232 422 485 DF1 and DH 485 protocol sizes A y 14GM52 mounted on drive v v 1 When DeviceNet communication is required select DeviceNet Communication M odule Option 14GD and DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary Option 11DSA2 or 11DSA3 2 For ayetin 2162T and 2163T when 14GD is specified with Human Operator
457. odifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 220V 240V Constant Torque See page 155 for product description e _ For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 e HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select on page 212 e Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bul
458. ole ace Sa 127 280 Discount Schedule A6 CENTERLINE CenterONE ControlLogix DeviceLogix IntelliCENTER PowerFlex Product Selection Toolbox Rockwell Automation RSView SMC SMC 3 SMC Dialog Plus SMC Flex Powermonitor ArcShield Allen Bradley are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies www rockwellautomation com Power Control and Information Solutions Headquarters Americas Rockwell Automation 1201 South Second Street Milwaukee WI 53204 2496 USA Tel 1 414 382 2000 Fax 1 414 382 4444 Europe Middle East Africa Rockwell Automation Vorstlaan Boulevard du Souverain 36 1170 Brussels Belgium Tel 32 2 663 0600 Fax 32 2 663 0640 Asia Pacific Rockwell Automation Level 14 Core F Cyberport 3 100 Cyberport Road Hong Kong Tel 852 2887 4788 Fax 852 2508 1846 Publication 2100 CA001E EN P August 2007 Copyright 2007 Rockwell Automation Inc All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Supersedes Publication 2100 CA001D EN P August 2006
459. om of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included O ptional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 212 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors 236 NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w Maximum gasket NEMA 12 Frame Continuous The HP ratings shown below are for Delivery Output reference only PowerFlex 40 drive units Space loa Numbertizl Space notre ET ZEE Amperes should be sized according to the Factor Catalog Numbert Factor Catalog Number application and output ampere rating 3 15 20 7163TA 3POK _ 1 58 ZT63TA 3P0J_ _ Nominal HP B 42 3 0 1 0 GT63TA 4P2K 2163TA 4P2 _ _ PE in U S 6 6 5 0 2163TA 6P6K_ _ 2 08 2163TA 6P6 _ _ 99 15 TI63TA 9POK _ sso 2163TA 9P9 PEER c 12 2 10 208 2163TA O12K _ 2163TA 012 _ _ 19 0 15 2163TA 019K_ _ 3 08 2163TA 019 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to Pow erFlex 40 User M anual
460. on SCA Nport e 2 line 16 character backlit LCD display e Options Soft stop Pump control Preset slow speed SMB smart motor braking Accu Stop Slow speed with braking Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B unit with terminals mounted within the controller unit for connection of remote pilot devices input signals etc Bulletins 2154G and 2155G are available in NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 1 with gasket and NEMA Type 12 construction NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 with gasket units include nh and a vented door NEMA Type 2 units are provided with a non vented door bypass contactor application rated and converter module NEMA Type 12 smart motor controller units can be used with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 1 with gasket motor control centers when the a isa requires a bypass contactor that energizes when the smart motor controller reaches up to speed and de energizes when the stop function of the smart motor controller is activated Each unit door includes a window for viewing the display except when a RPS door mounted HIM is specified The energy saving and phase rebalance features of the SMC Dialog Plus are inactive when the bypass contactor is energized However the power monitoring functions remain active When energy save and phase rebalance are both enabled phase rebalance takes precedence in operation Fuse clips are provided for branch circuit protection for Bulletin 2154G units Instantaneous or a variety of in
461. on Serial Number and Series Letter Information e From 1980 to 1996 only numbers 600000 to 999999 were used e Refer to Series Identification for the implementation date of series letters on sections and units e The serial numbers of sections SE on the serial plate on th wireway door for special width sections the nameplate is located on the section door On special width sections the nameplate is located on the section door e The serial numbers of units are on the nameplate on the bottom of the units SC I sections or units will have a series letter after the unit or section catalog number In late 1995 some SC SC II and PE orders were entered on PASSPORT CENTERLINE 2100 Year Factory Order No Serial Numbers Series alas Start End Start End Section Unit 1971 704403 807499 959060 971209 A A None 1972 807500 121409 971210 983266 A A None 1973 121500 346999 983267 996532 A A None 996535 999946 1974 347000 539999 oT EEEE A A None 1975 540000 719199 A483344 B677442 A A None 1976 719200 933199 B677452 C933199 A B A B None 1977 933200 268699 D933200 D268699 B B None 1978 268700 526199 E268700 E526199 B B None 1979 526200 748699 F526200 F748699 B C B C None 1980 748700 898049 6748700 6898049 C c None 1981 898050 661299 H898050 H661299 C D C D E None 1982 661300 804249 J 661300 H J 804249 1 D E D
462. on Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 186 aa SMC Description SMC 3 SMC Flex Option Option a Dialog Plus Delivery P Number F i Program 3A 19A v v vay ve 24A 25A BI BI vw w val ve 30A 37A vel vel v v 43A w v M yl ee 54A 60A BI Bl v w vA ve Aoa Isolation 131C Provides unit with Bulletin 100 isolation contactor 85A y v A ve SC 97A 108A w w WAL vil 135A 180A v y vB ve 201A 251A vl vl 317A 361A vl vl 480A 500A vB vl 24A v v 35A 4 v 54A v v Provides unit with three 3 Form 101 fuses used for SCR 97A v v 1 f protection IT35A A 7 Add SCR Fuses U BR Mote Adding SCR fuses increases 5A through 16A units by 0 5 Haya 7 7 JE space factor aOR 7 y 360A FI vivy 500A FI v This starting mode group provides soft start soft stop current Standard Starting limit full voltage kick start preset slow speed linear speed M ode 516l start and stop and dual ramp Refer to SM C Flex Selection 5A 480A v v oc Guide Publication 150 SG009 xEN P for detailed description of modes of operation This starting mode provides pump start and stop in addition to soft start soft stop current limit full voltage and kick start Pump Control FI 13XB Refer to SM C Flex Selec
463. on operating mechanism operates Vv Vv P z Type B 7 with movement of external handle only SC Wiring 98X FI ormally Open 1 N O mounted internally Circuit breaker units only v v v gg Id ormally Closed 1 N C mounted on operating mechanism operates P w v P w 5 with movement of external handle only 99x BI ormally Closed 1 N C mounted internally Circuit breaker units only v v v 1 Auxiliary contacts are only available when option 13IC add isolation contactor is selected on SMC Dialog Plus units When 13IC is selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is as follows Four 4 in any combination When ON pilot lights is selected on NEM A Type 12 SMC Dialog Plus units select 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 When ON OFF pilot lights are selected on NEMA Type 12 SMC Dialog Plus units select 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact options 90 and 91 2 The following apply to auxiliary contacts for Bulletin 2154H and 2155H SM C 3 units Bulletin 150 SM C 3 controller includes one N O auxiliary contact set to NORM AL unless otherwise specified below When isolation contactor option 131C is not selected the maximum ena contacts is two 2 in the following combinations 2 N O or 1 N O and 1 N C The auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SM C 3 and set to NORM AL The standard SM C 3 N O auxi iary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not used When isolation contactor option 13IC is selected the
464. on page 235 D NEMA Type 12 with external reset button NEMA Type 12 without external reset button 46 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 129 132 Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2112 Space Saving NEMA Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Fused Disconnect Switch FVNR See page 34 for product description Units are cUL US listed unless otherwise indicated 48 Fuse Clip 1 H i reni Catalog Number NEMA sei a bee a pe U ope Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery EE Size 7 Factor Program Ratin NEMA Type 1and Type 1 480V 600V ARGE Class ie Gasket NEMA Type 12 1 0 5 10 0 75 10 30 CC J HRCII C 0 521 2112B 3BA_ __ 2112B 3BD_ __ SC 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2112B 3BABD Select horsepower from table on page 230 e g 2112B 3BABD 38 Select fuse class from above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2112B 3BABD 38 24 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button substitute the letter A with the letter K e g 2112B 3BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2112B 3BJ _ 2 These units have horizontal operating handles Bulletin 194R fused disconnect up to four 4 Bulletin
465. one 12 41 52 Yes filtered and gasketed Yes Yes filtered and gasketed 62 144A Yes filtered and gasketed None Yes filtered and gasketed 1 Door mounted exhaust fan filtered and gasketed added when line or load reactor is added to 40A unit 2 Door mounted exhaust fan filtered and gasketed added when line or load reactor is added to 32A unit Fan s and Ventilation in Bulletins 2162T and 2163T 341 NEMA System Enclosure Current Rating Ventin Internal Door Mounted Voltage Type Amperes 9 Circulating Fan s Exhaust Fan s i 4 es one es 380 415 1 1 4 2 31 None None None 4 0 24 None Yes None Bulletins 1 1G 1 4 24 Yes None Yes 2162T and 480 1 4 2 3 H None None None 2163T 12 4 0 24 None Yes None 1 1G 17 19 Yes None Yes 600 D 17 2 None None None 3 0 19 None Yes None 1 When line or load reactors are specified in 2 3A drive unit an internal circulating fan is added 2 When line or load reactors are specified in 1 7A drive unit an internal circulating fan is added Seismic Applications Actual CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Center MCC samples have been seismically qualified by dynamic triaxial multi frequency testing seismic tests per IEEE 344 Seismic Test Standards The results of demonstrated compliance with the 100 g level of Uniform Building Code 1997 UBC Zone 4 the maximum UBC Zone is MCC seismic testin and 100 g level of the International Building Code 2006 IBC
466. op cable entry 2112BT or bottom cable entry 2112BB 5 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 43 Contactor and Starter Units This page intentionally blank 44 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 See page 33 for product description Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2113 Full Voltage Non Reversing Starter Unit with Circuit Breaker FVNR 46 1 NEMA Size es Space wiring Type B Class I Delivery EMI 208V 240V 380v a15v agovieoov 70 NEMA Type Land NEMATypel2 M Type 1w gasket 1 PI 0 125 5 0 125 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 0 5 2113B ZA_ __ 2113B ZD_ __ 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 1 0 2113B BA_ _ 2113B BD_ __ DUAL1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 15 2113B BA_ I 2113B BD_ MI 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 1 0 2113B CA_ _ 2113B CD_ __ SC DUAL 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 15 2113B CA_ I 2113B cD _ I 3 15 25 20 30 30 50 30 50 15 2113B DA_ __ 2113B DD __ 4 30 40 40 50 60 75 60 100 2 0 2113B EA_ __ 2113B ED_ __ 5 50 75 60 100 100 150 125 200 35 2113B FA_ __ 2113B FD_ __ 6 2113BT GA_ 2113BT GD_ 651 100 150 125 200 200 300 250 400 a W 2113BB GA 2113BB GD PE II 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2113B BA
467. or Bulletin 2191F and 2191M 77 Lug Size ae Dimension A Face MECHANICAL TYPE LUGS 6 350 kcmil 1 2 13 54 mm 1 4 0 600 kcmil I 1 2 31 59 mm 1 350 800 kemil 1 2 25 57 mm 1 6 350 kcmil PI 2 2 13 54 mm 2 4 0 600 kcmil P1 2 2 13 54 mm 2 CRIMP TYPE LUGS Panduit Type LCC 250 kcmil 2 94 75 mm 350 kcmil 1 3 38 86 mm 3 500 kcmil 3 78 96 mm 750 kcmil 4 63 118 mm CRIMP TYPE LUGS Burndy YA A Series Figure 3 250 kcmil 2 91 74 mm 350 kcmil 3 69 94 mm 500 kcmil S 4 44 113 mm Figure 2 750 kcmil 4 94 125 mm 1 Recommended lug for 1600A and 2000A lug compartments Lugs shown are drilled for 2 hole NEMA 1 75 spacing 2 Two 2 lugs per phase only when used on 1200A lug compartment 3 Used in a wireway when more than 2 cables per phase are specified in a 1 0 or 1 5 space factor 600A lug compartment 68 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Main and Feeder Units Lug Compartments continued CENTERLINE 2100 motor control centers are rajed for use with 75 C wire Wire must be sized using the 75 C column in NEC UL cUL The actual temperature rating of the lug is not relevant e Refer to the Appendix for a wire size conversion table Lug Selection 78 Wire Cable Size SRA 1 Wire Range MECHANICAL TYPE LUGS FOR ALUMINUM COPPER WIRE 6 AWG 80_006 4 AWG 80_004 2 AWG 80_002
468. or the overload ce To order te numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2126 B BK_ __ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2126 B BJ _ ___ 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt applications only Bulletin 2126K Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 1 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSRIW See page 34 for product description e Unit includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips NOTE A two speed 2 winding motor TSR2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors A two speed 1 winding motor TSR1W re i a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local 34 Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 59 Fuse p Constant or Variable Torque See Appendix for short Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepower circuit withstand Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery Size ratings Factor Program i Ratin NEMA Type land 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V en Class Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 30 CC J R H 1 0125 75 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 HRCII C 3 0 2126KB BA_ _ _ 2126KB BD __ 60 J R H HRCII C PE 30 R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 60 R H HRCII C 3 0 2126KB CA_ __ 2126KB CD_ __ 100 JJ HRCII C 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control
469. or unit requires an additional section mounted to the right of the section with the drive unit These two sections will create a e The reactor unit is to be mounted in the bottom of the section The remaining space in the additional section may be used for plug in units 197 m Drive Nominal Horsepower Line Space Catalog Number Space Catalog Number I Delivery ve met Heel NEMA Type Land Type 1 Rating na a Voltage Factor kk ype lw Factor NEMA Type 12 Program ER 150 70 TTOORA SOOAKB 14RXL 52 A 200 480 15 2I60RA 300HKB 14RXL 54 Available ir a Type tw AZ Normal Duty 200 780 2160RA 300NKB 14RXL_ 54 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the drive supplementary unit identification cod The supplementary unit identification code must begi identification code that correlates with the same ide 2 Frame mounted unit must be located at the bottom of the section M ust be located in the adjacent section to the right of the corresponding drive location Discount Schedule A6 e 01 99 e g 2160RA 300NKB 14RXL01 54 n with 01 and continue sequentially 02 03 04 etc Each reactor unit is to have a unique supplementary unit tification code on the drive unit For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 161 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162P and 2163P Bulletin 1336 P
470. ormer 12papq 4 power supply Supplies for one chassis v v v 16 slot chassis only Bulletin 1771 P7 16A power supply and 1771 For 1 8 slot or 16 slot v v v 12P7 CP2 power cable For 2 8 slot or for 2 16 slot v v v Note Does not mount in chassis slot Not Pm available for plug in units or 3 16 slot 40 wide only 12PA P One 1 Bulletin 1746 P1 2 0A power supply v v v 12pB B One 1 Bulletin 1746 P2 5 0A power supply v 12PA72 Bulletin 1756 PA72 10 0A power supply for 4 and 7 slot ControlLogix chassis v v v 12LMA_ Bulletin 1756 LM 5512 processor with 750 Kb of memory v v v Controllogix 12LMB_ Bulletin 1756 LM 5513 processor with 1 5 MB of memory v v v Processor 61 12LMC_ Bulletin 1756 LM 5514 processor with 3 5 MB of memory v v v 12LMD_ Bulletin 1756 LM 5516 processor with 7 5 MB total of memory v v v cn 281 Bulletin RB ControlNet communication module with redundant Z P w ControlLogix ORMO 66 12ENB__ _ Bulletin 1756 ENBT Ethernet communication module v v w Modules 120N__ P Bulletin 1756 DNB DeviceNet communication module w v v 12DH__ Bulletin 1756 DHRIO Data Highway Plus and Remote 1 0 communication module v v w ControlLogix Programming 12CP Bulletin 1756 CP3 cable for programming ControlLogix processors v v v Cable Conroe 8 Bulletin 1786 ControlNet T Tap f ith ControlN et Communication M odul wi Tap 12CNT_ ulletin 1 ontrolNet T Tap for use with ControlNet Commun
471. ors A two speed 1 winding motor TSIW requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assistance 58 Fuse Clip Constant or Variable Torque See Appendix for short Catalog Number I NEMA Horsepow er circuit withstand Space Wiring Type B Class I Delivery Size ratings Factor Program i Ratin NEMA Type land 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V ane Class Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 CC R H 1 0 125 7 5 0 125 7 5 0 125 10 0 125 10 30 HRCII C 3 0 2126 B BA_ __ 2126 B BD_ __ 60 1J R H HRCII C PE 302 J R H HRCII C 2 10 10 15 15 25 15 25 60 J R H HRCII C 3 0 2126JB CA_ __ 2126 B CD_ __ 100 HRCII C 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the control voltage type from table on page 229 e g 2126 B BAB D Select the e UE table on page 230 e g 2126 B BABD 31 If power fuse will NOT be selected select fuse clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126 B BABD 31 24 If power fuse WILL be selected first select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2126 B BABD 31__ 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 2126 B BABD 31GT 20 For fuse rating based on load horsepower see publication 2100 TD003x EN P The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button f
472. ors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC Il Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 179 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2163Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Circuit Breaker Disconnect 600V NORMAL DUTY See page 156 for product description Normal Duty pains the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 110 for 60 seconds and 150 for 3 seconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section ee more than one drive unit is placed in a section
473. orsepower and kW ratings Continuous shown below are for reference only Frame Output _ powerFlex700 drive units should be EEC Amperes sized according to the application Space Factor Catalog Number I Space Factor Catalog Number Program and output ampere rating Normal Duty 480V 11 0 5 2163RA 1PINKB 33_ 2163RA 1P1NJ B 33_ 1 6 0 75 2163RA 2P1NKB 34_ 2163RA 2P1NJ B 34_ 2 1 1 2163RA 2PLNKB 35_ 0 2163RA 2P1NJ B 35_ 0 3 0 15 2163RA 3P4N KB 36_ 2163RA 3P4NJ B 36_ 3 4 2 20 2163RA 3P4NKB 37_ 2163RA 3P4N B 37_ 5 0 3 2163RA 5PONKB 38_ 2163RA 5PONJ B 38_ 8 0 5 2163RA 8PONKB 39_ 2163RA 8PONJ B 39_ 11 1 5 2163RA 011NKB 40_ 25 2163RA 011N B 40_ SC 1 14 10 2163RA 014NKB 41_ 2163RA 014N B 41_ 22 15 2163RA 022NKB 42_ 2163RA 022N B 42_ gt 27 20 15 2163RA 027NKB 43_ 3 0 2163RA 027N B 43_ 34 25 2163RA 034NKB 44_ 2163RA 034N B 44_ 40 30 20 2163RA 040NKB 45_ 3 5 2163RA 040N B 45_ 3 52 40 2163RA 052NKB 46_ 40 2163RA 052N B 46_ 65 50 3 5 2163RA 065NKB 47_ 2163RA 065N B 47_ 4 11 60 6 0 20 WB 2163RA 077NKB 48_ 6 0 25 WB 2163RA 077N B 48_ 96 75 2163RA 096NKB 49_ 6 0 2163RA 096N B 49_ 125 100 2163RA 125NKB 50_ 25 20 D 2163RA 125 B 50_ 156 125 2 aol 2163RA 156NKB 51_ Pee 2163RA 156N B 51_ 2 180 150 2163RA 180NKB 52_ s ak 2163RA 180N B 52_ 6 0 2163RAT 300NKB 54 i i a ie 30 W 20 D 4 2163RAB 300NKB 54_ O 1 th gasetan sa 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are sele
474. osition only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts mounted internally 98X or 99X must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired 5 The maximum n myer of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is 2 N O and 2 N C form C Internal auxiliary contacts 98X or 99X are wired to a 3 point floating terminal block Discount Schedule A6 153 Factory Installed Options M odifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 192 SMC i SMC 3 SMC Flex i Option eee Description Dialog Plus Pda 2154G 2155G 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 Control Terminal Block 107 One 1 extra 5 pole control terminal block unw ire T Handle 111 T Handle latch on unit door y v v v y v Type MTW TEW 90 C 16 AWG copper wire VW 1 rated v v v v m Type MTW TEW 90 C 14 AWG tinned copper wire VW1 4 w rated SC Control Circuit Wiring 750 iret TW TEW 90 C 14 AWG tinned copper wire VW 1 yi yi P 1 14 AWG tinned MTW 90 C copper wire VW 1 rated and 750B tinned power wire including stab wires excluding starter v v vil LI 4 v power wire jumpers 750S Type SIS 90 C 14 AWG tinned copper wire vel Bl H Circuit Ring 750R
475. ough current series replaces style 2 Tyre i AGA Type 1 with gasket and 100H UJ 1 Style 3 with interlock bushing for 0 5 space factor units NEMA Enclosure Type 1 2100H USPA1 series E through current series with horizontally toggled NEMA Enclosure Type 1 with gasket and 2100H USPI 1 unit operating handles replaces style 2 Type 12 USP 1 Use the table below for determining the quantity of hinge and hinge pin kits needed 297A Space Factor Quantity of Kits Needed 0 5 1 wW w NJ N N N DO R 240 Discount Schedule A6 Unit Hardware and Kits for Field Installation continued Hardware and Kits 298 Description Catalog Number KE 0 3 Space aioi Plug In Unit Permits installation of half 0 5 space factor and NEM A Space Saving starter plug in units into factor Retrofit Kit existing series E through CENTERLINE 2100 vertical section Includes hinges grounding wire Greater than and extended unit door latch es 0 5space 2100H R2 factor Hea PJ For expanding all 1 0 SF units and Series T and later 1 5 SF units 2100H NXT05B1 Unit Insert twenty 20 pull apart Extension Kit terminals and hardware to increase usable mounting space of plug in units For expanding Series R and earlier 1 5 SF units and all 2 0 SF through 3 5 SF units 2100H NXT05B2 anes kit Unit door is grounded by a hinge mounted ground wire M ounts on bot
476. ould be sized according tothe Factor Catalog Number PI Factor Catalog Number Program application and output ampere rating 1 1 0 5 21630QA 2P1HKB 33_ 2163QA 2PLHJ B 33_ A 1 6 0 75 2163QA 2P1HKB 34_ 2163QA 2P1HJ B 34_ 2 1 1 15 2163QA 3P4HKB 35_ 2 0 2163QA 3P4H J B 35_ 3 0 1 5 i 2163QA 3P4HKB 36_ 2163QA 3P4HJ B 36_ B 3 4 2 2163QA 5POHKB 37_ 2163QA 5POH B 37_ 5 3 2163QA 8POHKB 38_ 2 5 2163QA 8POHJ B 38_ c 8 5 20 2163QA 011HKB 39_ 2163QA 011H B 39_ 11 1 5 2163QA 014HKB 40_ 3 0 2163QA 014H B 40_ SC 14 10 2163QA 022HKB 41_ 2163QA 022H B 41 _ D 22 15 25 2163QA 027HKB 42_ 35 2163QA 027H B 42_ 27 20 2163QA 034HKB 43_ 3 0 2163QA 034H B 43_ 34 25 3 0 2163QA 040HKB 44_ 3 5 2163QA 040H B 44_ E 40 30 3 0P 2163QA 052HKB 45_ 4 0 2163QA 052H B 45_ 52 40 3 541 2163QA 065HKB 46_ 4 01 2163QA 065H B 46_ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate suffix code from the Circuit Breaker Table on page 236 to identify the desired circuit breaker type e g 2163QA 1P1NKB 33CA Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space fact
477. ound fault protection see option 88G F on page 120 Non fused mains are available in 600A through 2000A See Fuse Clip Sizes Types table on page 74 2192MT 40p mounted main 30A 2000A are top ten 2192M B Bottom mounted main 30A 400A are top fed A EEEE main o m a gt i i j i iui Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequate space to route cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be given to the mounting of the CT s fora metering Aaa dion of a pall ber might be considered aos Refer to Appendix for wire size conversion table 89 1 Fuse Cli Line Lugs Provided Catalog Number Switch Rating P i Space Wiring Type A Only Class I Delivery Amperes Ratin Cables Cable Wire Size Wire Factor NEMA Type 1 and Program amperes C aSS Phase Range RI Type Type 1w gasket NEMA Type 12 30 30 1 14 AWG CU 2192M_ BK_ __ 2192M _ BJ_ __ 60 60 1 14 46 AWG CU 155 2192M_ CK_ __ 2192M_ C _ _ 100 100 J R H 1 1 0 AWG CU 2192M_ DK_ __ 2192M _ DJ _ 200 200 1 6 4 0 AWG cU 2 0 8 2192M _ EK_ __ 2192M_ EJ_ __ 400 400 2 1 0 250 kcmil cU 2 5 B 2192M _ FK_ __ 2192M_ F _ _ 600 Sule 600 J RHL 2 2 600 kcmi CU AL 2192M_ GK __ 2192M_ GJ_ SCI 800 BM6 800 3 6 350 kcmi CU AL 3 5 M 2192M_ HKC __ 2192M _ HJ C __ 1200 516 1200 4 6 350 kcmi CU AL 2192M_ KC __ 2192M _ JJC __ 1600 FIGII
478. overed with 0 4375 chipboard with 2 x 4 cross Available on all SC and PE I vertical sections ach for Sections members Two steel bands around outside of container Extended storage may require space heaters and other considerations 1 M zde 908K0 contacts must be group coded by adding the second and third digit of the special feature number to the base digit 9 e g 90 91 98X 99 when group coded reads 2 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two 2 in ny combination Contacts actuate with the movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as a result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts mounted internally 98X or 99X must be selected Internal auxiliary contacts 98X or 99X are wired to a 3 point foating terminal block The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is two 2 N O and two 2 N C form C contacts on F frame J frame and K frame circuit breakers w 4 Not available in 40 wide sections 5 Additional time required for export packing of SC and PE sections Tables for Configuring Vertical Section Catalog Numbers Voltage Code 21 Fuse Clip Voltage Voltage Code 250 A 600 C Fuse Clip Designator 22 Trip Current 23 Disconnect Rating and Short Circuit Fuse Cli Fuse Clip Size Fuse Clip Class Withstand Rating
479. ow Speed with Braking option 13XD for SM C Flex its are Bulletin 800F A minimum of 1 0 space factor is required for SM C 3 units when more than four pilot devices are required Available an on units without pilot devices Holes are for Bulletin 800T pilot devices when unit is 1 0 space factor and larger Holes are for Bulletin 800F pilot devices when unit EB a 13 Selector switch option 3XA functions when SM C Flex is operating in Soft Stop mode Consult factory if SM C Flex will be operating in Preset Slow Speed mode 14 Selector switch option 3XD functions when SM C Flex is operating in Smart M otor Braking mode Consult factory if SM C Flex will be operating in Accu Stop or Slow Speed sh buttons may not be used in conjunction with selector switches When three 3 or less pilot devices are selected Bulletin 8007 pilot r switches are Bulletin 800H devices Generally when more than three 3 pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800F p 00F pilot devices are supplied M aximum four 4 pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units Mutually exclusive with 13GD1 13GD2 13GK5 13GK61 13GU6 13GD 13GR and 13DSA_ be supplied when two 2 pilot lights are selected in conjunction with two 2 push buttons Can only be used with standard starting mode for SM C Flex ilot devices are supplied 145 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SM C Units To select pilot light lens color add letter s to
480. ower Table on page 230 2126E Two Speed Reversing 2 W inding Starter 2126 41 24J 24j Fuse Clip Rating and Class TSR2W with Fusible Disconnect See Fuse Clip Designator table on 2127E Two Speed Reversing 2 W inding Starter page 231 TSR2W with Circuit Breaker 41_ Horsepower Code 2126F Two Speed Reversing 1 W inding Starter See Horsepower Table on page 230 TSR1W with Fusible Disconnect 2127 41CA _CA Circuit Breaker Type 2127F Wo Speed Reversing 1 W inding Starter See Circuit Breaker Type Table on TSR1W with Circuit Breaker page 235 Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only 2126 2 Winding Starter TSR2W with Fusible Disconnect ee Reversing in Low ah Only 55D 2127 2 Winding Starter TSR2W with Circuit l Breaker k r Code NEM A Enclosure Type Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only a NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 2126K 1 Winding Starter TSR1W with Fusible gasket with external reset button Disconnect NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with Two Speed Reversing in Low Speed Only K gasket without external reset 2127K 1 Winding Starter TSR1W with Circuit button Breaker D NEM A Type 12 with external 52 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 reset button NEM A Type 12 without external reset button Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2126E Two Speed Reversing 2 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TSR2W See page 34 for produ
481. p TZT 13XA Provides a ramp down time of 0 60 seconds 24A 500A v v Ne eet motor MAREA at o CE reducing surges 1 f caused by the starting and stopping of centrifugal pumps Starting time is j Pump Control U 13XB adnie from 0 to 30 seconds Stopping time is adjustable from 0 to 120 24A 500A x lt seconds Provides a preset slow speed for positioning or alignment applications m opole 13XC Preset speeds can be selected at either 7 or 15 of rated motor speed 24A 500A w v with adjustable slow speed current from 0 to 450 of full load current 24A w v 35A 4 v 54A v v SMB M icroprocessor based braking system applies three phase braking current OTA 7 7 Smart M otor 13XD that is adjustable from 0 to 450 of full load Requires no additional T354 7 7 Braking 2 contactor or power devices and provides automatic zero shutoff without a raking timer sensor or tachometer 180A x 240A v v 360A v v 500A y v 24A PE a ee 35A v v Provides precise stopping control for positioning or minimizing jogging to 54A 7 7 stop A three phase braking current is applied to the motor adjustable from 150 to 400 of full load current until it reaches a preset slow speed 97A v v Accu Stop 12 13XE either 7 or 15 of motor rated speed The motor is held at this speed T35A v v until a stop command is given Braking torque is then applied until the motor T80A 7 v reaches zero speed Slow speed current is adjustable from 50 to 450 of 740A 7 7 full load c
482. pe BT NEMA Space paving units do not include power terminal blocks NEMA Type BD NEMA IEC Enclosure Comparison The following table is a comparison of Allen Bradley CENTERLINE 2100 MCC NEMA enclosure type numbers to IEC Standard 60529 Classification of Deres of Prdetim Provided ndoares The comparison is based on data from tests conducte on the CENTERLINE 2100 MCC enclosures and the NEMA enclosure type test requirements which meet or exceed the IEC enclosure classification designation test requirements 2 NEMA Type 1 vented with or without gasketed doors IP20 NEMA Type 1 vented with filters with or without gasketed doors IP30 NEMA Type 1 non vented without gasketed doors IP40 l drip hood NEM A Type 2 with or without IP41 NEMA Type 3R IP44 NEMA Type 12 without bottom plates IP53 NEMA Type 12 with bottom plates IP54 NEMA Type 4 IP65 NEMA Enclosure Type Descriptions NEMA Type 1 Type 1 units and sections are intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment in locations where unusual service conditions do not exist The enclosures are designed to meet the rod entry and rust resistance design tests The enclosure is sheet steel treated to resist corrosion NEMA Type 1 with gasketed doors sometimes referred to as 1G Type 1 with gasketed unit doors are RISE gasketed around the perimeter of the unit doors All gasketing is
483. pplied on 2103L or 2113 dual units when push buttons also are selected 4 When option 1F is selected with any ON pilot light an N O auxiliary contact option 90 also must be selected 5 When ed in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC_ a 90 N O auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC_ and a 1F a 900 2 N O auxi selected 6 SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V control voltage 7 Select an N C auxiliary contact for OFF pilot light when selected on 2102L 2103L 2106 2107 2112 2113 2122 2123 2126 or 2127 units or on size 2 through 5 2172 and 2173 units 8 When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with a 11DSA3 DeviceNet starter auxiliary or 7FEE_D a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2102 2103 2112 or 2113 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D and a 1F a 9001 2 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected W hen used in 2106 2107 2122 or 2123 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D a 90 1 N O auxiliary contact must be selected 9 When used in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC_ a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2112 or 2113 with 7FEC and a 1F a 9001 2 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected When used in 2106 or 2107 with 7FEC a 90 N O auxiliary contact must be selected 10 When used in 2106 2107 2122 or 2123 with 11DSA3 or 7FEE_D a 901 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact must be selected 11 When used in 2106 or
484. pting Capacity Ratings 321 Interrupting Capacity Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Breaker TiD TYDE 380V Frame Suffix PLYP A MSV cow 240V 480V 13C 150A CB Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 65 35 18 16C 150A CM Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 65kA 25kA 10C 150A CX Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 100kA 35kA I3C LFD 150A CD Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 100kA 100kA J D3D 250A CT Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 65kA 35kA 18kA J D6D 250A CM Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 65kA 25kA J DOD 250A CX Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 100kA 35kA K3D 400A CT Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 65kA 35kA 25kA K6D 400A CM Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 65kA 35kA KOD 400A CX Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 100kA 100kA 65kA LD LDG 600A CT CTG Inverse Time Thermal M agnetic 65kA 35kA 25kA HLD HLDG 600A CM CMG Inverse Time Electronic 100kA 65kA 35kA LDC LDCG 600A CX CXG Inverse Time Electronic 100kA 100kA 50kA M DL M DLG 800A CT CTG Inverse Time Electronic 65kA 50kA 25kA HM DL HM DLG 800A CM CMG Inverse Time Electronic 100kA 65kA 35kA NDC NDCG 800A CX CXG Inverse Time Electronic 100kA 100kA 65kA ND NDG 1200A CT CTG Inverse Time Electronic 65kA 50kA 25kA HND HNDG 1200A CM CMG In
485. quencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 Ampere ratings are at 2kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 2kHz are selected the drive output current ratings may require derating Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 3 4 186 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Co See page 156 for product description Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 700 drives are CUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Driv
486. quired fan s Produce a three phase pulse width modulated PWM adjustable frequency output and voltage output for exceptional control of motor speed and torque e Are digitally programmable with access to mode pro ming providing precise and repeatedly accurate setup control and operation and adaptability to handle a variety of applications A Human Interface Module HIM and Control Platform Type must be selected Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q use PowerFlex 70 drives Each unit is provided as a NEMA Wiring Class I Type A unit with terminals mounted on the drive chassis for connection of remote pior devices input signals etc For NEMA 3R enclosure construction contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice or Allen Bradley distributor Bulletin 2162R and 2163R with PowerFlex 700 Drive 0 ccc ccc cece aaa aaa aaa ak aes 182 These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a eae performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also e Include isolated logic and power Include fan s and venting where required See page 268 Include internal electronic overload protection Include filters on 380 415VAC Include UL Class J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input protection
487. r Explanation Bulletin 2154 and 2155 Combination Soft Starter SMC Flex Unit Seven standard modes of operation soft stop current limit dual ramp full voltage linear speed acceleration preset slow speed and soft stop wj modes of operation pump control Smart M otor Braking Accu Stop and slow speed with raking e 5 480A rating e Built in bypass contactor and overload relay e NEMA Class I Type B wiring with terminals mounted in unit 176 2154J B F108 L K B 49 bi 2155J B F108 L K B 49CA Bulletin Number Wiring Type Current Rating NEMA Type R 2 Pei SWiA Options gt de IT 176A 176A sz n Soft Control Code Options 2154 Starter SM C with 176A Code Voltage Type See Options section Fusible Disconnect Current L a a P 220 230V 11 beginning on Page 145 cH CF Sat i Code Rating onnecie A T40 tarter wit F005 5A N ev Circuit Breaker Emr DER N peot F025 25A KM govtl 60 6 asm 1768 F085 185A BONO Code Wiring Type 108 108A i B T m gt F135 135A 1 Units at these voltages YP F201 2014 are not 8A or cUL listed F251 251A Horsepower kW Code and 7317 BIJA Lode NEMA Enclosure Type Code Disconnecting Means 361 361A NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 2154 49 49 Horsepower kW code ee e K with gasket w ithout J See table on Page 230 F480 480A external reset button 49__ Horsepower KW code j NEM A Type 12 wit
488. r SM C 3 units Select 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact options 90 and 91 for SM C 3 units with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ 3 When three 3 or less pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800T pilot devices are supplied except selector switches are Bulletin 800H devices Generally when more than three 3 pilot devices are selected Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied For 0 5 space factor units Bulletin 800F pilot devices are supplied M aximum four 4 pilot devices on 0 5 space factor units 4 Select one 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 for NEM A Type 12 SMC Dialog Plus units when isolation contactor option 131C and ON pilot light are selected Select one 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 for SM C 3 units with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ 5 Select 1 C Flex units For Bulletins 2154G and 2155G Only Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order N 0 auxiliary contact Option 90 when ON pilot light is selected for SM C Flex units Select 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact Option 90 and 91 when ON OFF pilot lights are selected for S i 6 Not available with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary Option 13DSA3 183 13 Control Circuit Transformer Ratings VA for SMC Dialog Plus Ratings Ampe
489. r a ol AEG AE 11 Top Horizontal Wireway Pan reise ia a Fo GEO 237 Catalog Number Explanations 12 TOUW UP PEIN cctcategenea wegen estan EEE RAA 238 Vertical Unit Load Ground BUS aoaaa 26 Trip Current for Bulletin 2103L 6 0 cece eee eee 233 Vertical Unit Load Ground Bus Kit uuu LLL 238 BEZPO O nos ra EEG R EEEE A EPT GE 3 Vertical Wireway Tie Bar oauan unice 238 U W UECUCCSA MAKO peiri 0 SEA EPAR 1 Weights of CENTERLINE M otor Control Center Sections 250 Unit Ammeter on Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feed Wire Markers Control cceeeeeeeeueueueues 126 228 ers Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 120 WINING CAGE ada oz dictate fa cud ton adeentor 2 Unit Door Grounding Kit sasas aaa es 241 Wiring Diagram Holder Kit 0 cece adas 238 Unit Door Nameplates sry ROA EO EA 240 Wiring on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 152 Unit Door Nameplates on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units Wiring on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains and Feeders 154 Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 118 Unit Door Nameplates on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor WINK Type z aan W RA A ARCO JEZ 2 Drive UNitS uu aaaaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aka kaka a aa 217 Unit Door Nameplates on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 127 Unit Door Nameplates on Marshalling Panels and
490. r units 5 For Bulletin 2107 add 0 5 space factor 6 For Bulletin 2123F add 0 5 space factor 4 For Bulletin 2113 add 0 5 space factor For Bulletin 2113 size 4 requires a minimum 2 5 space factor when option CT or CM is selected 9 1 1 Circuit Breaker Type for Space Saving NEMA Bulletins 2107 and 2113 1 For special applications where higher than normal inrush exists Substitutes a 400A frame circuit breaker for a 250A frame circuit breaker in Bulletins 2107 2113 2123E and 2123F in size 5 125 150 HP 480V applications only 12 400A frame circuit breaker supplied for 200HP 480V 150 HP 380 415V 100 HP 240V 75 HP 208V 13 For Bulletins 2113 and 2173 for 200HP at 240V or 400HP at 480V suffix letter identifying circuit breaker must be CT or CM only 289 Instantaneous Circuit Breakers For motor applications where transient inrush current exceeds 13 times the full load current contact your local Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers paul Rockwell Automation Sales Office High I C Standard I C High I C Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 1 2 CD I3C I6C 3 CA H MCP CM 4 CT J D3D J D6D P 1 No UL listing for 1 5 3HP 600V 2 Requires Size 4 Bulletin 2113 to be 1 5 space factor Inverse Time Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Options for Bulletin 2197 290 18 e Standard I C Med I C w Current Limiter Medium I C High I C Suffix
491. re The use of bottom closing plates see page 24 is recommended for most efficient operation For further 0 5 not available with att 2100 SD1 2100 SD1 PE information on smoke detector unit see publication T handle latches 7100 INO46x EN P Unit is UL listed butis NOT CSA certified 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper tin plated bus plate with 6 250 i 3 3 i Neutral Connection Plate kcmil lug 280A capacity 0 5 2100 BKNPC 05SF 2100 B NPC 055SF SC Unit H 0 25 x 2 x 12 copper silver plated bus plate with 6 250 kcmil lug 280A capacity 0 5 2100 BKNPS 05SF 2100 BJ NPS 05SF PE 480V L L 277V L G 2 2100 SPKB 1 2100 SPJ B 1 SC WYE power 600V L L 346V L G B 2100 SPKC 1 2100 SPJ C 1 a with i g 208V LL 120V L G 3 2100 SPKH 1 2100 SPJ H 1 solidly grounde Surge Protective Device neutral 380V L L 220V L G B 2100 SPKN 1 2100 SPJ N 1 Unit formerly known as 3 wire 400V LL 230V L G 3 2100 SPKKN 1 2100 5PJ KN 1 The SPD consists of an IslaGuard 415V L L 240V L G B 2100 SPKI 1 2100 5PJ l 1 PE surge suppression system by Control Concepts with circuitry WYE power provided to monitor the status of systems with a 0 5 aaa a a oot SOlidly grounded 480V L L 277V L G 277V L N 2100 SPKB 3 2100 SPJ B 3 surge protective device SPD neutral e e PE protection The unit is provided WYE power 480V 2100 5PKB 2 2100 5P B 2 SC Indicator geeen Onta a i 0
492. re maximum Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential Strong consideration should be given to ntial for P lacing units with dri es at the section based on the output currents listed below are roper operation and life cycle of the drive V e bottom of When more than one drive unit is laced in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip HIM Human Interface Module and Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 221 Nominal HP NEMA Type 1and Type 1 w gasket NEMA Type 12 The horsepow er and kW AAC ratings shown below are for Frame Output 700 ane ae WIE CE Amperes H sized according to the Space Factor Catalog Number Space Factor Catalog Number Program application and output ampere rating Heavy Duty 480V 1 1 0 5 21602RA 2P1HKB 33 21602RA 2P 1H B 33 1 6 0 75 2162RA 2P1HKB 34 2162RA 2P1H B 34 2 1 1 2162RA 3P4HKB 35 2 0 2162RA 3P4H B 35 0 3 0 1 2162RA 3P4HKB 36 2162RA 3P4H B 36 3 4 2 2 0 2162RA 5POHKB 37 2162RA 5POHJ B 37 5 0 3 2162RA 8POHKB 38 2162RA 8P0H B 38 8 0 5 2162RA 011HKB 39 2 5 2162RA 011H B 39 sC 1 11 75 2162RA 014HKB 40 2162RA 014H B 40 14 10 2162RA 02
493. rerated vacuum Bulletin 2112 and 2113 and new J anuary 1993 P 0 5 SF CB WE 2113 External auxiliary on circuit breakers April 1994 Q All sizes and ratings New disconnect external auxiliary contacts and new 600A 1200A circuit breaker operating May 1996 SMC units a for 24A 500A SM C 2 and SM C PLUS units Original design August 1997 R 1200A 2193 Redesign of 1200A 2193F and 2193M units ovember 1997 800A 2193 Changed circuit breakers to M DL Frame ovember 1998 225A 2193F Changed circuit breakers from J Frame to F Frame October 1999 2000A 2193 Changed to Flange M ounted Operating Handle T All sizes Changed the Bulletin 800M R and Bul 800T PS pilot devices to Bulletin 800Es ovember 2000 All 1 5 space factor units Changed unit bottom plate U All except 2100 5D1 Changed to new Bulletin 1497 control circuit transformer J uly 2001 2100 5D1 Changed smoke detector head and base components ovember 2001 21620 2163Q 2164Q 2165Q Redesign of 240 480V Pow erFlex 70 and release of 600V PowerFlex 70 April 2002 2162R 2163R 2164R 2165R Original release of PowerFlex 700 Beginning J uly 2002 2154H 2155H Original release of SM C 3 Beginning November 2002 V 2154 2155 Original release of SM C Flex Beginning April 2004 2112 sizes 3 4 and 5 Redesign to reduced space factor with Class J fuse clip April 2004 2162T 2163T Original release of PowerFlex 40 September 2004 2107 2113 size 3 Reduced space factor April 2005 4 21620 2163Q Reduced space factor changed CCT with
494. res Transformer NAA Type Option escription wiitek and 24A 35A 54A 97A 135A 180A 240A 360A 500A fused secondary 1 50 200 6P Standard capacity with primary fusing 250 250 250 3501 350M 3508 350 350 500 H 500 200 200 SE 250 6XP Ti extra capacity with primary 350 350 350 500 5004 500 500 500 7508 750 1 Transformer rating VA when option 13IC add isolation contactor is selected 146 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SMC Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 184 Opti peme SMC 3 SMC Flex Deli Option ETA Description Dialog Plus Podran 2154G 2155G 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 MSM eaea Ty WRC WEKA KOGSEKKA WEEKS WEGO CCA Converter on SMC Dialog Plus and eliminates need for M odule I 13CM Calibration Procedure For NEM A Type 1 and y 4 Sc na Type 1 with gasket units only Provided as 135A 500A standard for NEMA Type 12 units 24A 54A v v 97A 360A v v 3A 37A v v 480VMAX 43A 85A v w sc 108A 135A v v 5A 85A v v pasz 108A 480A v v 13D Line Side TT 7 7 Protective gt v v E gt module contains 3 ae capacitors and 600V 43A 85A v v PE in
495. roper pee of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip e Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select on page 212 e Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 204 Nominal Horsepow er Nominal Kem The E ratings shown are Space Catalog Number 2 Space Gatloa Number RI Delivery Output e ofthe Buletin 1336 PLUS eve sthe Factor NEMA Type Land Factor NEMA Type 12 Program Amperes 1 output ampere rating Type 1w gasket 380 415V BI 480V 1 1 0 25 0 5 21603PA FOSCK_ _ 21603PA FO5C _ _ 16 0 37 0 55 0 75 2163PA FOTCK _ 2163PA FOTCJ_ _ 2 1 0 75 1 2163PA FLOCK_ _ 2163PA FLOCJ_ _ 2 8 1 1 15 2 0 2163PA FI5CK_ _ 2 0 2163PA F15CJ_ _ 38 15 7 2163PA F20CK_ _ 2163PA FZOCJ_ _ 5 3 2 2 3 2163PA F30CK_ _ 2163PA F30CJ_ _ PE 8 4 B7 5 2163PA F50CK_ _ 2163PA F50CJ_ _ 13 3
496. rs 0 Not available for Bulletin 2173 size 4 288 Instantaneous Circuit Breakers I For motor applications w here transient inrush current exceeds Inverse Time 13 times the full load current contact your local Rockwell Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers Automation Sales Office NEMA z gt blo ces Standard I C with 3 igh I C with Current iG Mee eee igh LC Sendardiies ALA Limiter Sa Current Limiter Bane Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame Suffix Frame 1 05 SF CA cP a CB I3C a c 16C 1 CZ MCP CA CP CC H CB 13C CD 13c LFp C 16C 2 cz MCP CA cP co Aes Be gceo c I6C 3 cz mce CA cp cc Hem CB Bc cp Beon c I6C CP 4 CA M CPE CC tere tno CT Jo3DHI C J D6D CA MCP CT J D3D C 5 caki MCP cH gp cmH BI LO call MCP cq K3D cy 2 6 CA MCP CT LD C HLD 6 31 CT MDL C HM DL 1 Refer to publication 2100 TD001x EN P CENTERLINE M otor Control Centers HM CP Circuit Breakers for more information 2 Refer to publication 2100 TD002x EN P CENTERLINE Motor Control Centers Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breakers for more information 3 For Bulletins 2107 2113 2123E 2123F 2127E 2127F 2127 2127K and 2173 25kA short circuit withstand rating CZ is available at 600V only 4 For Bulletin 2113 circuit breakers with current limiters are not available on dual mounted units or 0 5 space facto
497. rs and Marshalling Panels Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 274 Bulletin 1771 1 0 Bulletin 1756 Marshalling Option ERA Description Chassis Bulletin 1746 SLC 500 controlLogix Chassis Panel pelivery 2180E 2182E 2183E 2180 2182 2183 2180L 2182L 2183L 2181B 9 T Handle 111 jl Handle latches on unit door v v v v v v v Omit yj r Available on 15 and 20 deep x 25 and 35 wide SC 1 Porzana 120 1 or on 20 deep x 40 wide y y Light and Section is supplied with a top mounted light that is Ber Switch 203B activated by a door switch Note Only availableon v 4 4 v PE 40 wide 2180E 2181B 2182E and 2183E Adhesive Brady Datab type markers at each end of 2 751D control wire Not available in Canada Aa id SC Control W ire 7 SCR Markers 751HS Heat shrink type wire marker vlj w w 4 4 w 4 day 7515 Sleeve type wire marker vel v v v v 4 v SC For 1 8 slot chassis 25 wide 100 terminals 4 4 4 For 2 8 slot chassis 25 wide 200 terminals v v 4 For 1 16 slot chassis 35 wide 150 terminals v v vy 306 For 2 16 slot chassis 35 wide 300 terminals M v A For 1 16 slot chassis no disconnecting means 40 y Bulletin wide 180 term
498. rtical Sections With Fusible Disconnect SC Without Vertical Wirew ay Maimu SC shipping block is one 1 vertical section nddadngpatesare supplied Splice kits are not included nelosures without horizontal bus are UL listed to the UL Standard for Safety UL 508 unless otherwise indicated short circuit withstand rating marking do nd apply e Line side of disconnect is connected to horizontal bus for sections with horizontal bus e Customer cables connect to line side of disconnect for sections without horizontal bus Working Section Disconnect NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Description Depth i Rating Delivery Inches he a ae Amperes Catalog Number Catalog Number Program 20 m 2100 FK_2_1A _ _ 8 2100 F 2 1A _ _ 400 30 60 25 o 2100 FK_2 2A B 2100 F _2 2A _ B 115 U OE with 400 horizontal bus 20 30 60 2 100 30 200 2100 FK_2_3A PB 2100 F _2 3A _ 400 30 60 100 3 3 35 00 2100 FK_2_4A _ _ 2100 F _2_4A _ Vertical 400 Section 30 60 l 100 Includes full six 20 200 2100 FK_2_1B _ _B 2100 F _2 18 _ 6 0 space factor A door and mounting plate ve een 14 25 200 2100 FK_228 _ _B 2100 F _2 28 _ _ Pl means with 0 400 No vertical pe 30 60 wireway bus 100 r page A for 30 200 2100 FK_2_3B _ _ _ 2100 F _2_3B _ _ _ P S 10 circul 400 withstand ratings 30 60 Adding equipment 100 to NEW 35 200 2100 FK_2_4B P 2100 F _2_48 _ _ BI may vol an C UL CSA 400 c
499. ry contact mounted on each contactor 1 6 RR y MM viv g 2 Viv viv Viv Viv Viv A viv viv a heat eee r k Viv ne 1 N C auxiliary contact mounted on each contactor 1 6 or starter yiv viv Auxiliary e yy ul Contacts v a NORM ALLY OPEN and NORM ALLY CLOSED 2 5 Auto trans A 202 BI Two 2 N O and two 2 N C auxiliary contacts per former type and Bl Viv starter all vacuum types B NORM ALLY OPEN 5 VIV IV IV Vv IV Iv Iv Iv iv iv lv lvl lv lvl lv lv 98 4 One 1 N O auxiliary contact operates with movement A or B of external handle only 6 v v viv NORMALLY OPEN 98x 6 One 1 N O auxiliary contact mounted internally in 6 A or B w v v circuit breaker M NORM Ally CLOSED mm a en OL ie ee ev ee ee ee le 99 ne auxiliary contact operates with movemen or of external handle Sly 6 v v viv NORMALLY CLOSED 99 6 One 1 N C auxiliary contact mounted internally in 6 A or B w w w w w v v Viv w circuit breaker 1 Multiple auxiliary contacts must be group coded by adding the second and third digit of the special feature number to the base digit 9 e g 90 91 98X 99 when group coded reads 9018X9 2 TypeB auxiliary contacts are wired to terminal blocks If the number of auxiliary contact wiring points required exceeds the number of terminals available in the unit remaining auxiliary contacts will be unwired Refer to wiring diagram 3 Bulletin 2172 and 2173 autotransformer type starters use Bulletin 700CF relay con
500. s Bulletin 2193M 3 Pole Main Circuit Breaker M CB continued Optional Mechanical and Crimp Lugs 101 MECHANICAL LUGS M Rating Trip Current Cables Cable Wire Size 12 Frame Type Amperes Amperes Phase Range Wire Type Option Number 13C 16C IOC 150A 15 100 1 4 4 0 AWG CU AL 80A4X0 J D3D D6D DOD 225A 10 225 1 4 350 kcmil CU AL 80A350 125 225 400 1 250 500 kcmi CU 81A500 125 225 1 43 350 kcmil CU AL 80A350 K3D K6D KOD 400A 125 350 2 43 250 kcmil CU 81B250 125 400 1 250 500 kcm CUJAL 80A500 2 3 0 250 kcm 80B250 LD HLD LDC 8 0 350 kcmi 80B350 n uir 600A 300 600 2 CU AL LDG HLDG LDCG 400 500 kcmi 80B500 28 1 500 kcmil CU AL 80B500 400 600 MDL MDLG 33 48 0 300 kcm cU 81C300 HM DL HM DLG AE f 400 800 I 2 500 750 kcmi CUJA 80B750 400 800 3 3 0 400 kcmi 80C400 DC NDCG 3004 400 700 2 1 500 kcmil CUJAL 80B500 400 800 3 3 0 400 kcm 800400 600 700 28 1 500 kcmil 8085000 600 1000 381 3 0 400 kcmi 8004000 ar 00 cual HNDG 4 4 0 500 kcm 8005005 600 1200 3 500 750 kcmil 80c750P1 D HND NDC DG HNDG NDCG with option 755 100 1200A 600 1200 3 6 350 800 kcmil CU AL 80C800 rated only 4 500 1000 kcmil 5 RD RDG 2000A 1200 1600 a CU AL HPE 6 42 600 kcmil
501. s Option Number e g 7FEED Saving NEMA Size Range Amperes Option Number e g 7FEC2B 1 3 2 16 D 1 3 15 B 5 4 27 E 5 25 C 2 9 45 F 2 9 45 D 3 18 90 G 3 18 90 E 4 30 150 H 4 28 140 F E3 Overload Relay Configuration Option 162 PRE Overload Relay Code Description Add to option number e g 7FECZFYG input points one 120VAC input points available for 110 120VAC control voltage only Y Ground fault Includes Bulletin 825 CBCT ground fault sensor Gl 120VAC input points and ground fault see description above yg Disc 1 Available for Size 4 E3 Plus overload relays only 1 5 space factor Size 4 Bulletin 2113 units with circuit breaker suffix CT or CM are increased to 2 0 space factor ount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 163 Oran FVR FVNR Option Nab r Description 2106 2112 2107 2113 Additional Unit 15 Adds 0 5 space factor to the unit after any required space factor increases due to u Vv Space other options have been added 47 On starter coil one per contactor Selection of this option requires the selection of A Option 17R if an optional relay 89__ is also selected w Sur
502. s Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 ify the control transformer primary voltage ow the disconnecting means panel y below the disconnecting means panel and at the bottom Discount Schedule A6 bus is 5 deeper than standard Available 15 deep without horizontal bus Rear access needed for Programmable Controller Units and M arshalling Panels Units 2180 2182 2183 Bulletin 1746 SLC 500 Programmable Controller PLC See 219 for product description 266 1 1 0 Chassi _ Catalog Number Bulletin PIR Space Wiring Type A Only Class I Delivery Factor brogram Se Chassis Size PAL ME We Lw NEMA Type 12 i 2180 PI Basic I O chassis without 1 7 slot 1 0 2180 BKXWD 2180 BJ XWD disconnecting means or plug in stabs 2182 Basic I O chassis i f with disconnect and l 7 slot 15 2182 BK__ 2182 BJ __ PE transformer 2183 Basit 1 0 chassis With 1 7 slot 15 2183 BK__ 30 2183 BJ 30 circuit breaker and Ben Ones ZE transformer 1 AB numbers listed are not complete for Bulletins 2182 and 2183 Select the appropriate voltage code from table to identify the control transformer primary voltage e g 2182 BKB For Bulletin 2183 also select the suffix letter from table to identify the circuit breaker e e 9 2183 BKB 30CB 2 A power supply must be selected for all 2180 2182 and 2183 units Refer to power supply option
503. s PLC units etc are modd in a centralized location in each MCC containing these products Up to three electronic documentation CD s can be also be provided for each MCC The CD contains the following Equipment list elevation layout specification drawings One line dia s if requested Unit wiring diagrams Spare parts list User and installation manuals for Rockwell Automation products supplied in the specific motor control center e Test reporting For other documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office General Information Post Shipment Support Field Service e Field Complaints e Repair amp Modifications e Technical Issues e Code 10 Authorization e Warranty Issues Domestic and International Renewal Parts Order Services CENTERLINE 2100 MCC Email RAMCCSupport ra rockwell com Fax 1 414 382 4045 Phone 1 440 646 5800 Select O ptions 2 5 4 for Allen Bradley Brand Products Motor Control Centers Hardware Support CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs with IntelliCENTER technology Email RAICTechSupport ra rockwell com Fax 1 414 382 0505 Phone 1 440 646 5800 Select O ptions 2 5 3 for Allen Bradley Brand Products Motor Control Centers IntelliCENTER Support General Terms and Conditions of Sale opy of the general terms and conditions of sale for Ac CENTERLINE 2100 Motor Control Centers can be obtained at wwwirockwellautomation com termsofsale Discount Schedule A6 General Informati
504. s listed are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 2164QA 1PIAB _ Select HP rating code from table on page 230 that corresponds to the nominal horsepower FO desired e g 2164QA 1P1AB 33 The catalog numbers listed include an external reset button for the overload relay To order catalog numbers without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2164QA 1P1K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2164QA 1P1J _ _ Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 199 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2164Q Combination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and M anual Isolated Bypass 600V See page 157 for product description e All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty e ran pom of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e mnan consists of two units The bypass unit contains a fusible disconnect bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks D rive u
505. s not have vertical wireway Roll out drive construction Roll out construction is not seismic rated Frame mounted unit in a 20 deep section without a vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Units 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect 480V Variable Torque See page 155 for product description For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Hoper peremen of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select both on page 212 Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices A
506. s on page 227 Primary Voltage for Transformer 267 Primary Voltage Voltage Code 220 230 P 240 A 380 N 400 KN 415 l 480 600 Circuit Breaker Options for combination short circuit withstand ratings see page 262 j 268 Circuit Breaker 3 Frame Type Suffix 13C CB I6C CM 13C LFD cp LI 1 Available on Bulletin 2183E only Refer to publication 2100 TD002x EN P CENTERLINE M otor Control Centers Thermal M agnetic Circuit Breakers for more information Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 223 Programmable Controller Units and Marshalling Panels Units 2180L 2182L 2183L Bulletin 1756 ControlLogix Programmable Controller PLC e See 220 for product description 269 i Catalog Number 4 Bulletin poe ae Space Wiring Type A Only Class Delivery Chassis ma Factor NEMA Type land Type Lw Program Quantity Chassis Size gasket NEMA Type 12 2180L A I 4 slot 1 0 2180L AKXWD 2180L AJ XWD SC Basic I O chassis without ae Rie 1 7 slot 2 03 2180LB BKXWD 2180LB BJ XWD SC lI viewing window 21821 2 1 4 slot 15 2182L AK_ _ 2182L AJ__ SC Basic I O chassis with AA 1 7 slot 208 2182LB BK__ 2182LB BJ__ SCI viewing window 71831 Al 1 4 slot 15 2183L AK 30_ _ 2182L AJ_ 30__ SC Basic I O chassis with ela 1 7 slot 2 08 2183LB BK_ 30__ 2183LB BJ_ 30__ SCI viewing window 1 Catalog n
507. s on page 24 118 i i j Catalog Number 5 Size of Primary Protection Wiring Type A Class Raung ELAN NEMA Type 1with Delivery r ram es aov sov asv Fr NEMA Type ane filtersandType1w Nema Type 12 ro YPOOWIJOSZE asket and filters 4 SINGLE PHASE 110 115 secondary with one 1 1 pole circuit breaker F 3 1 5 P 15 15 15 2 06 2197Z FK_S __ 2197Z FK_S __ 16A 2197Z F _S __ PE II SINGLE PHASE 110 220 Volt secondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 220 V phase to phase 110 V phase to enter tap neutral 5 612 5 20 2197Z GKNP __ 2197Z GKNP __ 16A 2197Z GJ NP __ 7 5 513 7 20 2 06 2197Z HKNP __ 2197Z HKNP __ 16A 2197Z HJ NP __ PELI 10 5165 30 21972 KNP __ 2197Z KNP __ 16A 2197Z J J NP __ 15 7 5 P 50 2518 21972 KKNP __ 2197Z KKNP __ 16A 2197Z K NP __ SINGLE PHASE 115 230 Volt sec ondary with two 2 1 pole circuit breakers Transformer secondary wired and protected for 230 V phase to phase 115 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 20 2197Z GKKNP __ 2197Z GKKNP __ 16A 2197Z GJKNP __ 75 3 7 20 2 061 2197Z HKKNP __ 2197Z HKKNP __ 16A 2197Z HJKNP __ PE II 10 5 30 2197Z J AKNP __ 2197Z J AKNP __ 16A 21972 KNP __ SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary w ith two 2 1 pole circuit breakers P Transformer
508. s program offers the complete line of assembled motor control equipment custom wired for the customer s needs A dditionally a wide range of special control and bus options are offered making this our most versatile delivery program Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice or Allen Bradley distributor for more information Delivery Time will be based on the equipment with the longest lead time Quicker delivery is possible when equipment is separated and ordered according to the delivery category For example if an order has one engineered plug in unit and the remaining units and sections are SC II order the engineered unit as a separate item The SC II units and sections will ship on the SC II delivery program and only the engineered unit will have a longer delivery time Delivery Program Indications Delivery pro s are indicated in the right column on all pages PE delivery mom is indicated by shaded cells gt 3 Catalog Number Wiring Type B Class 1 pole NEMA Type 1 and Type 1 w gasket g 2112B FA z 2112BB GA_ __ PELI Seismic Applications CENTERLINE 2100 MCCs meet the requirements for Uniform Building Code UBC Zone 4 seismic OR and amply with IBC 2000 amp 2006 seismic criteria See A ppendix page 269 for more information Discount Schedule A6 General Information EEN DeviceNet Products Look for DeviceNet capable devices throughout this publication to find units and options th
509. secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 5 20 2197Z GKIT __ 2197Z GKIT __ 16A 21972 GJ IT __ 1 5 3 7 P 20 2 061 2197Z HKIT __ 2197Z HKIT __ 16A 2197Z HJ IT __ PELI 10 5 FI 30 21972 KIT __ 2197Z KIT __ 16A 2197Z J JIT __ 15 7 5 J 50 2 581 21972 KKIP __ 2197Z KKIP __ 16A 2197Z KJ IP__ 1 InNEMA Bi 12 applications non ventilated 3KVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEM A Type 1 with gasket design vented and filtered doors may be sufficient 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the primary voltage code from table on page 229 e g 2197Z EKNS Select the trip current from table on page 233 e g 2197Z EKN S 30 Select the circuit breaker from table on page 235 e g 2197Z EKNS 30CB For ratings 3KVA and larger vented door is provided For ratings 3kVA and larger vented and filtered door is provided 3kVA and larger are available on NEMA Type 12 structures but unit still will be NEMA Type 1 1G with gasket and filters See page 118 for option 16A Incorporates primary taps for future conversion to new global IEC voltage standards e g 400 V 115 V 230 V Allows conversion without the need to replace transformers
510. select unit rating based on 125 of actual load amperes e Unit includes three 3 power poles and one 1 hold in contact NOTE In order to address the heating effects from loads containing a high degree of harmonic content it may be necessary to oversize the field conductors especially neutrals use k factor lighting transformers and oversize the lighting contactor units increase by 50 for high SE harmonic load applications Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office 36 H Fuse Clip Catalog Number 2 F atalog Number Rating Transformer Primary Switching kVA See Appendix for s Wiring Type B Class I R l 208V 240V 380V 415V 480V 600V withstand ratings Factor AA EEE Program Ratin and Type 1 w ype 19 3 10 3 10 3 10 3 10 32 Anpe Class gasket 30 HI 12 3 6 2 4 43 28 7 1 4 9 85 62 11 30 CC J 0 5 2102LB ZK_ _ 2102LB ZJ_ __ 30 1 2 3 6 24 4 3 28 7 1 49 85 6 2 11 30 GW 1 0 2102LB BK_ _ 2102LB BJ_ __ SC 60 2 1 6 3 41 7 2 68 118 8 3 14 10 18 a 1 0 2102LB CK_ __ 2102LB CJ _ __ 100 41 12 81 14 13 3 23 3 16 28 20 35 iD 2 5 2102LB DK_ __ 2102LB DJ_ __ J R H 200 68 20 14 23 25 39 27 47 34 59 1 3 0 2102LB EK _ 2102LB EJ _ PE 300 14 41 27 47 45 78 3 54 94 68 117 00 4 0 2102LB FK_ _ 2102LB F _ __
511. sformer Requires separate 110 120VAC source Viewing Bulletin 1788 Eth window in door to biosie visual verification of network 0 5 2100 E2DKXWD 2100 E2D XWD ulletin 1788 Ethernet to status etc DeviceNet linking device Used H ___ to connect an Ethernet network W ith fusible disconnect and 80VA control transformer to a DeviceNet network without View ing window in door to provide visual verification of 10 2100 20k PI 2100 E20 B the need for a PLC chassis 7 network status te 5 i With circuit breaker and 80VA control transformer Viewing window in door to provide visual verification of netw ork 1 0 2100 E2DK 30 1 2100 E2D _ 30 status etc a aa External DeviceNet Connector Door mounted external DeviceNet connection and 120VAC Unit with remotely powered receptacle for connection of computer to DeviceNet without 0 5 2100 DCKO5XWD 2100 DCJ 05XWD 120VAC receptacle having to open doors 1 Includes buffer module which provides for minimum 500ms ride through at full load 2 See page 127 for optional external DeviceNet connector with 120VAC receptable option 767A DeviceNet power supply requires a 95 132VAC 50 60 Hz power source that provides sinusoidal waveform Use of non sinusoidal power sources including some UPSs could damage the DeviceNet power supply The catalog numbers listed are not complete Short circuit withstand rating is 100kA Select the voltage code from the Voltage Code Table below e g 2
512. space factor when 750 750B or 750S is selected 2 1 0 space factor when 89CF A 89CF B 89CF_C 89CF_D or 89CF_L specified 3 2 0 space factor for 45kw at 380V 4150 60HP at 480V and 60 75HP af 600V applications 172 Ratings NEMA Type 12 Amps Standard Unit With Option 13DSA_ With Option 13IC With Option 89CF With Option 13IC and 13DSA_ With Option 13IC and 89CF an 05 0 5 10 10 15 15 25 37 1 0 1 0 43 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 60 2 5 2 5 2 5 85 3 5 3 0 3 3 0 3 0 108 135 4 0 1 1 0 space factor when 750 750B or 750S is selected Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 139 Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Units 2155H Combination Soft Starter Motor Controller with Circuit Breaker SM C 3 See page 134 for product description Isolation contactor is optional Select on page 149 This addition or other options may require additional space Control circuit transformer included PAL 150 SMC 3 controller includes 1 N O auxiliary contact set to NORMAL The Bulletin 150 CF64 fan also is included for 3 37A ratings egrated fan is standard for 43 135A ratings Buli 150 SMC 3 controllers are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications See page 261 for short circuit withstand ratings
513. sted cUL listed or CSA certified 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Discount Schedule A6 tput current rating must be derated For complete derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to publication 1336 PLUS 5 3 The catalog numbers listed are not complete For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 163 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162P Combination Bulletin 1336 PLUS II Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect our 480V Constant Torque See page 155 for product description shou Proper ld be given to For specific drive applications refer to Bulletin 1336 Plus II User Manual Branch circuit overload protection provided by the overload internal to drive See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only lacement of drive units in the MCC is essential for prope operation and life lacing units with drives at the bottom o drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Control circuit transformer is required Select on page 210 HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select on page 212 Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective dev
514. sted are not complete Select voltage code from table on page 230 2164RA 034AB Select number from table on page 230 that corresponds to the horsepower rating desired e g 2164RA 034AB 44 The catalog numbers listed include an external resent button for the overload o To order catalog Jai without the external reset button replace the letter A with the letter K e g 2164RA 034K_ _ or replace the letter D with the letter J e g 2164RA 034 _ 3 Frame mounted unit Section does not Rave vertical wireway 4 Frame mounted 20 deep section without vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard 204 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC M otor Drive Units Units 2164R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD with Fusible Disconnect and Manual Isolated Bypass 600VAC See page 157 for product description All PowerFlex ratings are Normal Duty an ahon consists of two units The bypass unit contains a fusible disconnect bypass contactor 6 pole manual bypass switch control circuit transformer and pull apart terminal blocks Drive unit contains PowerF lex 700 variable frequency drive A Human Interface Module HIM and a Control Interface Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AW
515. steel NEM A Type 12 enclosures Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office Discount Schedule A6 Delivery Programs CENTERLINE 2100 MCC products are available on several p delivery programs and limited to equipment escribed in this publication SCandPE Products indicating SC or PE delive Ace SC I and PE I delivery When options are added or specified for a section time of delivery is determined by the longest lead time SC I This pro offers stock supported individual plug in units as well as vertical sections with field installed plug in units This program applies to all plug in units and vertical sections unless they are labeled SC II The SC I program provides the quickest delivery SC II This program offers stock supported vertical sections with factory installed units for a completely assembled MCC This is either SC or SC II Units specifically labeled SC II must be factory installed and are not for plug in installation in the field PE l and PE II Shading indicates equipment that is offered on the PE I or PE II program These programs offer a broad range of pre engineered units and sections and a slightly longer lead time than our SC programs While PE I units are available for plug in installation in the field units specifically labeled PE II must be factory installed Engineered Equipment or modifications not available on the above delivery programs may be available on the Engineered program Thi
516. supplied with lighting panel door hardware and instructions Rated for 100A or 225A with a maximum 42 branch circuits 1 2 or 3 pole bolt on branch circuit breakers are available with ratings from 15 100A Reference page 243 for additional bolt on breakers 102 2193LE A K L 1 18 OOWT 30A18 Maximum Rating NEMA System 1 Pole Branch Main Breaker Trip Byleun Number of Main Bus Enclosure Type Hye ol Main Phases Breakers Positions Rating and Type Rating BranciniBreakers 102E 102G 102A Code System Phases Main Breaker 1 Single Phase Trip Rating and Code Type p hating Lightning Panels 3 Three Phase Code Type Rating 2193LE with Bolt on Branch 102D OOWT Lug Only Breakers LPAN Code Type of Main 40WT 100A 45WT 225A L Main Lug Only 1028 B M ain Circuit Breaker akad Max Rating 1 Pole Branch Code of Main Bus Code Breakers Positions 7 A 100A 15 15 Code Branch Breakers C 225A 16 16 See Factory Installed Bolt On 18 18 Branch Breaker table on Page 87 102C 77 77 Code NEMA Enclosure Type 30 30 K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 with 42 42 gasket J NEMA Type 12 86 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Discount Schedule A6 Lighting and Power Panel Units Bulletin 2193LE Frame M ounted Lighting Panel for Bolt on Branch Circuit Breakers LPAN
517. sys Systems with 600V 2100 5PKC 2 2100 5PJ C 2 ANA 240V 2100 SPKA 2 2100 5PJ A 2 A 3 Phase 3 Wire 380V 2100 5PKN 2 2100 SP N 2 PE Delta Power 400V 2100 SPKKN 2 2100 SP KN 2 Systems 415V 2100 SPKI 2 2100 SP 2 Use this catalog number to select a corner section with Corner Section an MCC lineup See page 24 for corner section 6 0 2100 CS60 2100 CS60 SC II description Available as lug compartment see page 68 1 Neutral Connection Plate 0 5 SF Unit can only be used in sections with vertical wireway Not for use in sections with full width frame mounted units including all mains W hen lected the cable connection from the neutral connection plate to the horizontal neutral plate is NOT provided 4 wire systems use 2100 SP_B 3 horizontal neutral bus is se 2 For systems with neutral bus 3 For systems with neutral bus 4 wire systems contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 109 110 Miscellaneous Units Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 138 TSIW TSR1W
518. t No Requires Requires Requires i i Additional Requires Style 3 Style 3 Unit Alternate Top Door ee fae Plug In Units Style 1 Unit Unit i etrofi roun Parts SupportPan Support SUPportPan Horizontal Gasketing Kit BI Bus kit 41 If Mounted in Required UPP ph w Bushing Wireway Pan Kit l LE L T M 2100H NA4A1 eae dle 2100H UAJ 1 00HLU 1 2100H USPA1 2100H NA4 1 2100 G 10 2100H R1 2100H Gs1 RECE Series e tei Ia Sa 2100H USP 1 2100H NA4A2 See page Coo page See page pag jj Seepage240 2100H NA4J2 237 Al 238 See page 237 NEMA Type 1 s ype 5 _ _ 6 z Series A D l 1 0 or larger F L v z M orlaterU w Bl Z 7 0 5 I N or later w w f NEMA Type 1 A EB y m Series E J BIB 1 0 orlarger F LB w z or later 7 v NEMA Type 1 057 gt 4 z z 7 ype Series Korlater 1 0 or larger At gt m ad z s A or later v 5 E _ a NEMA Type 1 w Ae uli gasket or Type 12 1 0 or larger F L 6 v v 5l v Series A D or later 7 v 6 v v 0 5 2 or later z 7 7 NEMA Type 1 w gasket or Type 12 AEP m m i m m m m s Series E BI 1 0 or larger FL 6 4 _ m or later 4 NEMA Type Li 0 5 or later Y A gasket or Type A L v 4 j 1 0 or Series K or later or larger or later 7
519. t Schedule A6 Vertical Sections Vertical Sections With Fusible Disconnect SC Without Vertical Wirew ay e Maximum SC shipping block is one 1 vertical section Enddodngpletesare supp Enclosures without horizontal bus are UL listed to the UL Standard for Safety UL 508 unless otherwise indicated short circuit withstand rating marking does nd apply Line side of disconnect is connected to horizontal bus for sections with horizontal bus e Customer cables connect to line side of disconnect for sections without horizontal bus 18 Working Section Disconnect NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 Description Depth Depth Width Rating Inches Inches Inches Amperes I 30 60 100 20 200 2100 FK_2_1A P 2100 F _2_1A PI 400 30 60 100 2 2 25 i 2100 FK_2_2A _ 2100 F _2_2A _ 11 5 without 0 400 horizontal bus 30 60 100 30 200 2100 FK_2_3A _ P 2100 F _2_3A PI 400 30 60 100 35 200 2100 FK_2_4A P 2100 F _2_4A PI 400 30 60 20 w 2100 FK_1_1B _ P Includes full six 200 BS ts 6 0 space factor 400 door and 30 60 mounting plate 100 With si 25 200 2100 FK_1_2B P 2100 F _1_28 _ P disconnecting 14_ without gs 400 7 No vertical horizontal bus 30 60 100 wireway 30 20 2100 FK_1_3B _ 2 2100 F _1_3B _ P Adding equipment 400 to these sections 30 60 may void UL and 100 C UL CSA 35 2100 FK_1_4B P 2100 F _1_48 P L CSA 200 certification 400 30 60 100 20 200 2100 FK_2_1C _ PI 2100 F _
520. t Starter Auxiliary option 13DSA_ are selected on SM C 3 units select 2 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact option 9001 Note this number of auxiliary contacts requires the selection of an isolation contactor option 131C 3 The following apply to auxiliary contacts for Bulletin 2154 and 2155 SMC Flex units When isolation contactor Option 13IC is selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four 4 in any combination excep 3 N C 4 N C or 1 N 0 amp 3 CJ TATTY a Option 13IC is not selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four 4 in the following combinations 2 N O 2 N C G N O 1 C 4 N O or 4 i When ON pilot light is selected on SM C Flex units select 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 When ON OFF pilot lights are selected on SMC Flex units select 1 N O and 1 N C auxiliary contact option 90 and 91 2 N O auxiliary contacts option 900 Without an isolation option 13IC the auxiliary contacts are side mounted on the SM C 3 and set to NORMAL The standard SM C 3 N O auxiliary contact is set for AT SPEED and is not When DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 13DSA_ is selected on SM C Flex units select 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 4 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two 2 in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF p
521. t on Left Side of 18 10 Moves overload from right side to left side of circuit v v v v Circuit Omit Wiring 19 Omission of control wiringl 1 w w Control Circuit 21 AA circuit fuse for separate control or line to Vv p PE 22 Two 2 control circuit fuses for common control v v v v v v v PE 1 Options 9 and 9A are mutually exclusive and not available with optional overload relays 7F 2 Not available for dual 2103L or 2113 units Not available for 0 5 space factor 2103L units Not available for 0 5 space factor 2112 or 2113 units with E1 Plus with ground fault jam protection option 7FEE_G or E1 Plus with jam protection option 7FEE_J Not allowed for 0 5 space factor 2113 units with eutectic overload relay M utually exclusive with 89_ relay and 87 timer options Not available with push buttons or selector switches except optione 3 and 1F 3 TRA ak et options 11DSA2 and 11DSA3 are mutually exclusive Not available with 7FEE_D Not available for 2193F single or dual mounted when one or both trip code 00 is sed 4 For 120 240VAC separate control only A 120 240VAC source must be provided 5 AE 2192F p 2192M require option 98 external N O auxiliary contact Bulletins 2193F and 2193M require option 98 N O external auxiliary contact or 98X N O internal auxiliary contact 6 Not available with dual 2192F units 1 Available for 110 240V control voltage SC delivery for 110 120V control voltage PE delivery for 220 240V contro
522. t on page 210 e HIM Human Interface Module is required Control logic board is required Select both on page 212 e Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drives are UL listed and CSA certified as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications The Bulletin 1336 PLUS II drive is not intended for use with single phase motors 205 Nominal Horsepower Continuous nabafwimni Space Catalogumber pace CatalogNumberPI Delivery ae m KAT re Ss zi AA Tel w gaskat Factor NEMA Type 12 Program 1 2 0 5 21603PA FOSVK_ _ 2163PA FOSVJ_ _ 1 7 0 75 2163PA FO7VK_ _ 2163PA FO7V _ _ 2 3 1 2163PA FIOVK_ _ 2163PA FIOV _ _ 3 0 1 5 2 0 2163PA FI5VK_ _ 2 0 2163PA F15VJ_ _ 4 0 2 2163PA F20VK_ _ 2163PA F20V _ _ 6 0 3 2163PA F30VK_ _ 2163PA F30V _ _ m 9 0 5 2163PA F50VK_ _ 2163PA F50V _ _ 15 4 75 10 2163PA F75VK_ _ 2163PA F75VJ _ _ 22 0 15 2163PA F100VK_ _ 3 0 2163PA FLOOVJ_ _ 27 0 20 3 0 2163PA F200VK_ _ 2163PA F200VJ_ _ 34 0 25 2163PA 020VK_ _ p 2163PA 020V _ _ 42 0 30 2163PA 025VK_ _ ae w 2163PA 025VJ_ _ 65 0 40 50 co 2163PA 040VK_ _ 2163PA 040V _ _ 75 0 60 20 W 2163PA 050VK_ _ fe y 2163PA 050VJ _ _ 96 0 15 2163PA 060VK_ _ 2163PA 060VJ _ _ PE II 120 100 Ey 2163PA 075VK__ sy _ 2163PA 075V _ _ 150 125 0 p4 2163PA 100VK_ _ 20 p 2163PA 100V _ _ 180 150 2163PA 125VK_ _ 2163PA 125V _ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive ou
523. tactors and Starters M etering DeviceNet Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Cabling OPTIONS inden ioccr czar tharersereaeeneess 29 WIS op gya ok oska Mel deePeeteaeureeseak 114 130 Hardware and Kits cc cc ceeeeeveeeeeeees 244 Control Circuit Transformer Rating Chart 0 0 0 ee 271 Miscellaneous Units ccccccccccccccecuce 108 Control Circuit Wiring on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units ProductS ou 3 154 DeviceNet Communication M odule on Combination Soft Starter Con Control Circuit W iring on Combination Variable Frequency AC M otor troller Units cccccccccccccececceveeeeenrnns 148 Drive Units ss eee sees e eee eee teers vee 217 DeviceNet Communication M odule with Inputs 244 Control Circuit W iring on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains DeviceN et Communication M odules on Combination Variable Frequen and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units cy AC Motor Drive Units 0cc cece eevee ees 211 126 DeviceNet Connection Cover Kit 244 Control Logic Interface Board on Combination Variable Frequency AC DeviceNet Field Support Kit 00 cece cue eee u eee 244 M tor Drive UNIS ccccsvipeasseteen PE ronisin 213 DeviceNet Scanner M odule on M arshalling Panels and Programmable Control Station Housing o esses aaa aaa aaa aaa anawa 240 Controllers uu 227 Control Station Housing on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units DeviceNet
524. tacts 2 N O and 2 N C 4 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two 2 in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only Contacts are not designed to actuate as the result of a circuit breaker trip For such applications auxiliary contacts mounted internally 98X or 99X must be selected Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired Not available on dual 2192F units or 1600A and 2000A 2193M units 5 For 1600A and 2000A 2192M the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four 4 The following contact arrangements are allowed 98 99 or 989 two contacts 1 N O N C Form C contacts 988 999 four contacts two 1 N O N C Form C contacts The auxiliary contacts are mounted external to the switch and are actuated by the movement of the operating handle Auxiliary contacts are supplied unwired 6 The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is 2 N O and 2 N C With a shunt trip the maximum is 1 N O and 1 N C except for R frame breakers where the maximum is 2 N O and 2 N C Not available on 2193F single or dual mounted when one or both trip codes are 00 Maximum Number of Additional Auxiliary Contacts Per Starter Contactor 154 NEMA i 1 PGL Size 1 2 Size 3 5 Size 6 21021 2103L g 2112 2113 1 6 4 2103L 2113 Dual 2106 2107 2122 2123 i a 2172 2173 4 4 Bl 2
525. tacts on the unit D M 595 N1 DISCONNECT ektemal bo the disconnect MESS MMEEWIEA AAA For units with 600A or 800A fusible disconnects jA Series C 1495 N13 or dual Permits mounting a mounted units maximum of two 2 Bulletin Auxiliaries are 2100H N19 normally open actuated by the or2100H N20 normally For units with 30A 60A 100A 200A or 400A fusible Unit Series Q gt 1904 N27 unit operating elosed auxiliary contacts on disconnects and later handle the unit operating mechanism external to the disconnect External One 1 Normally Open s Unit Series Q 2100H N19 kj One 1 Normally Closed M ust be used with external auxiliary adapter kit or later 2100H N20 FOR BOLTED M ounts one 1 form C auxiliary contact on the operating mechanism external to the bolted 2100H N26A PRESSURE pressure switch SWITCHES ESEE For 2192F and M l Unit Series Q M ounts two 2 form C auxiliary contacts on the operating mechanism external to the bolted fand later 2192M 600A 2100H N 26B 800A and pressure switch 1200A units Delivery Program SC 1 1 5 space facto 2 Plug in units have provision for a maximum of four 4 PoE terminal blocks any combination of 3 pole or 5 pole blocks Not available on 0 5 space factor units 3 Kit permits mounting of two 2 Bulletin 595 A normally open or 595 B normally closed auxiliary contacts only Not compatible with Bullet contact kits Discount Sche r Bulletin 2193F
526. talog Number Catalog Number 30 60 1 20 e 2100 FK_1_1D 2100 FJ_1_1D 200 code eo 400 30 60 25 W 2100 FK_1_2D 2100 FJ_1_2D 200 nate ene ese 400 u 30 60 Vertical 100 Section 30 200 2100 FK_1_3D _ _ 2100 F _1_3D _ _ _ Boles I six 400 6 0 space factor door and ne N PE 35 z 2100 F_1_4D __ 2100 F _1_4D disconnecting 8 5 Nota wit D sc horizontal bus 30 60 wireway 100 See page 79 for 4 J E hort circuit 20 200 2100 FK_2_1D _ _ 2100 F _2_1D _ _ _ withstand ratings Adding equipment 400 to these sections 30 60 may void UL and 100 C UL CSA 25 2100 FK_2_2D 2100 F _ 2 2D certification 200 canis 400 2 30 60 100 30 200 2100 FK_2_3D _ _ _ 2100 F _2_3D _ _ _ 400 30 60 100 35 200 2100 FK_2_4D _ _ 2100 F _2_4D _ _ _ 400 1 Disconnect rating must match fuse clip size Oversizing or undersizing of fuse clips is not permitted 2 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select voltage code from page 23 e g 2100 FKC Select ground bus option B C N or P from table on 14 ray ground bus is supplied e g 2100 FKC1B Select bus bar bracing A or B from table on 14 horizontal bus is provided in vertical section e g 2100 FKC1B1D A Select bus bar material and plating from table on 14 e g 2100 FKC1B1D AAT06 Select fuse clip designator from page 23 e g 2100 FKC1B1D AAT06 24 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 23 19 Vertical Sections Ve
527. ted us ae lt With horizontal bus 2100 GKC_X__ 2100 GJ C_ X With circuit Without horizontal EEA breaker D A 2100 GKC_X_ _ _ 120 2100 GJ C_ X _ _ _ 120 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete For 2100 E catalog numbers g 2100 EKC1 Select unit depth from table below e Select unit width from table below e g 2100 EKC1X1 Select mounting plate depth from table below e g 2100 EKC1X1D or 2100 F catalog numbers Select fuse clip voltage from table b Select unit depth from table below F e Select unit width from table below e i p F w e Q 2100 FKC 2100 FKC1 2100 FKC1X1 0 3 Select mounting plate depth from ta le elow e g 2100 FXC1X1D Select disconnect rating and fuse clip from table on page 104 e g 2100 FKC1X1D 24 or 2100 G catalog numbers Select unit depth from table below e g 2100 GKC1 Select unit width from table below e g 2100 GKC1X1 Select mounting plate depth from table below e g 2100 GKC1X1D Select trip current and circuit breaker option from tables on page 104 e g 2100 GKC1X1D 32CB 2 20 wide sections can be grouped up to 3 sections in a shipping block 25 and wider sections are in separate shipping blocks Sections without horizontal bus must be located on the end of the M CC lineup in a separate shipping block Voltage Code 121 Unit Depth 122 Fuse Clip Unit Depth Voltage Code Inches Code oo 600 C
528. the drive output current ratings may require derating Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 rrent ratings must be derated For derating information contact Discount Schedule A6 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2162T and 2163T Pow erFlex 40 Drive e Bulletins 2162T and 2163T use PowerFlex 40 Drives e Bulletins 2162T and 2163T use Normal Duty PowerFlex 70 Drives NEMA Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 Enclosure Type ULClass CC or time delay drive input fuses provide both branch circuit and drive input protection fuse class dependent on drive rating e Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PW M adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed 229 2162T A 6P0 K B 38 14HBA3 2163T A 6P0 K B 38CA 14HBA3 Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 40 Nominal NEMA Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW Human Interface 9 JP Output Current Rating Enclosure Type g and Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options 22
529. the neutral bus need to be in their own shipping blocks If neutral loads are present then access to the horizontal neutral bus for neutral load cables is required At least one neutral connection plate in the horizontal wireway or one vertical neutral in a 9 vertical wireway is required Neutral Loads greater than 280 Amp For 4 wire system with neutral loads greater than 280A horizontal neutral bus and incoming option 88HN or 88FN must be selected In addition at least one neutral connection plate in the horizontal wireway or one vertical neutral in a 9 vertical wireway is required NOTE If any single neutral load is greater than 280A the M CC needs to be processed on the Engineered delivery program to provide an appropriate neutral connection point for the neutral load cable Any units with fusible disconnect sw itches No restrictions for W ye connected systems or ungrounded Delta systems Any units with circuit breaker disconnects No restrictions for W ye connected systems or ungrounded Delta systems Bulletin 2190 Units and Bulletin 2191 Units with Metering Analog metering units are available for 3 phase 3 wire solidly grounded W ye 3 phase 3 wire ungrounded closed Delta Digital metering units are available for 3 phase 3 wire solidly grounded Wye 3 phase 4 wire solidly grounded Wye Metering for other systems is available on the Engineered delivery program 272 Discount Schedule A6 Index Numerics 100 Rating of
530. the option number A amber B blue C clear G green R red W white e g 4R is a red ON pilot light Clear and white are not available on LED type pilot lights and white is not available on Bulletin 800F type pilot lights Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 182 ae smc 3 SMC Flex Option inti DialogiBlus Delivery Option Number Description j f j i F p Program TE A fm ON E e a zaj E a cat eae Ph wZBL 4 Standard type ON OFF v v v v vb5 5 AT FAULT ve b v v 4L_ ON F v w x v yo z5 5 OFF 2 v v v v 5 5 Pilot Lights Transformer i LED type 0 OFF Y Type for 800T 4TL_ FAUL PI PI v 7 Full voltage for 800F 5 oN F 7 V 74 7 5 5 SC 21B 5 Push To Test 7 7 7 7 7 7E 75 Standard Type ON OFF 5T_ FAULT vib vib x Z 5L_ oN v v v v vi vb SL ve LED ON OFF 7 7 7 7 75 75 5TL_ FAULT GI UJ v v 1 Pilot devices for 0 5 space factor units are Bulletin 800F A minimum of 1 0 space factor is required for SM C 3 units when more than four pilot devices are required 2 Select one 1 N C auxiliary contact option 91 Select one 1 N O and one 1 N C auxiliary contact options 90 and 91 for NEM A Type 12 SMC Dialog Plus units when isolation contactor option 131C is selected Select 1 N C auxiliary contact option 91 fo
531. tical section 2100H NM C4 Channel Kits NOTE Adding an external mounting channel will add 1 5 to height of section For 40 wide vertical section 2100H NM C7 For 15 deep corner section 2100H NM C5 For 20 deep corner section 2100H NM C6 Unit Operating Handle Permits unit operating handle to be located above the NEC 6 7 handle to floor height limitation Complies with NEC 21004 NE1 Extender Article 404 8 A and the UL Standard for Safety UL 845 200 watt 120 volt strip heater with thermostat set at 21 C 70 F 2100H NH1 Space Heater Kit 200 watt 240 volt strip heater with thermostat set at 21 C 70 F 2100H NH2 Gasketing Kit Gasketing to cover the section perimeter of two 2 1 0 space factor doors or one 1 1 5 through 5 0 space factor doors 2100H G 10 For units mounted in series A through D sections 1 Cannot be air shipped Discount Schedule A6 231 Hardware and Kits Bus Kits Splices and Bus Isolation Hardware for Field Installation 294 EE Catalog Delivery Descnpucs Number Program For use on vertical sections series C or later with or without a vertical wireway Includes five 5 vertical wireway tie bars Vertical Wireway Tie Bar Mounts on right hand sidesheet for sections with vertical wireway M ounts on right hand
532. ting Delivery i Space Factor NEMA Type 1 with NEM 240V 480V 600V NEMA Type Land Type filters and Type 1w NEMA Type 1211 Program 3 1w gasket gasket and filters MI SINGLE PHASE 120 Volt secondary with one 1 secondary fuse 3 15 30 30 30 205 2196Z FK D 21962 FK_D _ 16A 2196ZF _D _ m 5 25 30 205 21962GK D 21962GK D 164 2196ZGJ D SINGLE PHASE 120 240 Volt secondary w ith tw o 2 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 240 V phase to phase 120 V phase to center tap neutral 5 2 5 30 30 2196Z GK_A __ 2196Z GK_A __ 16A 21962 GJ_A __ 1 5 3 7 30 30 2 0 Fl 21967 HK_A __ 21967 HK_A __ 16A 2196Z HJ A _ 6 10 5 30 30 21962Z K_A __ 2196Z K_A __ 16A 2196Z _A __ THREE PHASE 120 208 Volt secondary with three 3 secondary fuses Transformer secondary wired and protected for 280 V phase to phase 120 V phase to WYE neutral 10 5 30 30 2 5 0 2196Z PK_H __ 2196Z PK_H __ 16A 2196Z PJ _H __ 6 15 75 30 30 3 2T96Z QK_F _ Z196ZQK_F __ I6R 2I96Z 0J_H _ 1 In NEMA Type 12 applications non ventilated 3KVA and larger transformers to maximize the transformer s life it is recommended that the transformer not be loaded to greater than 50 of its nameplate rating Number in parentheses indicates approximate derated rating However in many applications NEMA Type 1 with gasket design vented
533. ting Fuse Class or Type 3 ime Delay ZWZ 5 5kW 22kW J Time Delay 240V 0 5 HP 5 HP CC Time Delay 7 5 HP 30 HP J Time Delay 0 25kW 3 7kW CC Time Delay 380V 415V 5 5kW 90kW J Time Delay 110kW 160kW 170M Square Body semi conductor 0 5 HP 5 HP CC Time Delay 480V 1 5HP 125HP 150HP VT J Time Delay SCM RP 170M Square Body semi conductor 600V 1 HP 125 HP J Time Delay 150 HP 250 HP 170M Square Body semi conductor Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 155 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Bulletin 2162Q and 2163Q with PowerFlex 70 Drive 00 ccc eee neces 171 These combination variable frequency AC motor drive units are specifically designed for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a ak performance microprocessor controlled variable frequency AC drive and either a fusible disconnect switch or a circuit breaker They also Include isolated logic and power Include fan s and venting where required See page 268 e Include internal electronic overload protection Include filters on 380 415VAC Include UL Class J time delay fuses These fuses provide both branch circuit protection and drive input SERC The drive input fuses are provided in series with the circuit breaker in Bulletin 2163Q units Include control circuit transformer CCT The CCT is sized to provide power for all standard pilot devices and any re
534. tion Guide Publication 5A 480A v y 150 S5G009xEN P for detailed description of modes of operation 5A 85A See page 151 for s A A i 108A Control Options Braking Control This starting mode provides Smart M otor Braking Accu Stop T354 for SM C bialog Z gt PE Smart M otor and Slow Speed Braking in addition to soft start soft stop Plus Braking q3x0 current limit full voltage kick start and Pe slow speed 201A 4 4 Accu Stop and Slow Refer to SM C Flex Selection Guide Publication 251A v v Speed Braking FIE 150 5G009xEN P for detailed description of modes of BIA 7 7 operation 361 7 7 480A v v GO SD UT R WN Discount Schedule A6 1 Adding this option may increase the space factor of the unit For Bulletin 2154G or 21556 see page 150 For Bulletin 2154H see page 139 for Bulletin 2155H see page 140 For Bulletin 2154 see page 142 for Bulletin 2155 see page 143 When isolation contactor Option 13IC is selected the maximum number of auxiliary contacts is four 4 in any combination Auxiliary contacts options 90 and 91 are only available when option 13IC add isolation contactor is selected When option 13SCR add SCR fuses is selected for SMC Dialog Plus units 360A and 500A the SCR fuses provide both branch circuit and SCR protection Soft Start Pump Stop Smart M otor Braking Accu Stop and slow speed with braking are not intended to be used as an emergency stop Push Button option 1XA and
535. tion consists of two 2 separate sections mounted together each with separate bus Front and rear sections must be equal in AR width Six 6 20 wide sections per shipping block is maximum A front to rear horizontal bus link will be provided only when an incoming line lug Section compartment main breaker or main disconnect is selected This splice link will be located at the opposite end of the M CC from the incoming line section 26 Section Features M odifications eee 15 deep Cabinet Depth 207 deep EM A Type 1 SC II EM A Type 1 with gasket gasketed unit door areas EM A Type 12 totally gasketed enclosure with bottom closing plates EM A Type 3R non walk in front mounted only Available for internal sections 30 wide maximum The external dimension of each NEM A Type 3R cabinet is 5 wider than its internal section and 30 deep with 20 deep internal section Not available in back to back construction Refer to Enclosure Type publication 2100 TD025x EN P Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office for solid state equipment i e variable frequency drives SM Cs and PLCS EM A Type 4 non walk in stainless steel front mounted only Available for internal sections 30 wide maximum The external dimension of each EM A Type 4 section is 5 wider than its internal section and 30 deep with 20 deep internal section Not available in back to back construction Available in Canada on
536. tion full voltage reversing starter units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 505 reversing starter and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2106 and 2107 starters are rated for NEMA sizes 1 through 5 and are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection to remote devices Full voltage reversing starter units are available with a eutectic alloy E1 Plus or E3 Plus electronic overload relay Bulletin 2106 and 2107 Space Saving NEMA Combination Full Voltage Reversing Starter Units FVR 40 These combination full voltage reversing starter units offer a space saving alternative while utilizing an Allen Bradley Bulletin 305 reversing starter and either a fused disconnect or a circuit breaker The Bulletin 2106 Space Savin NEMA reversing starters are rated for NEMA Size 1 AW and the Bulletin 2107 Space Saving NEMA reversing starters are rated for NEMA Size 1 3 applications The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked to avoid both contactors being closed simultaneously Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B D unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connections to remote devices These full voltage reversing units are available with E 1 Plus or E3 Plus electronic overload relays Bulletin 2112 and 2113 Combination Full Vo
537. tom hinge of unit door 2100H GD1 M ounts externally to existing For small 0 38 reset button screw head Includes five 5 reset button heads 2100H NRB1 Extended Reset door overload reset button Button Kit Allows reset of overload For large 0 50 reset button screw head Includes five 5 reset button heads 2100H NRB2 relays without use of tools Pull A part Power terminal block aa 3 pole block accepts 44 414 AWG wire Not for use on 0 5 space factor 1492 ED103 Terminal Bocks r 2 Control terminal block 25A 5 pole block accepts 412 420 AWG wire Not for use on 0 5 space factor 1492 EC85 units Transparent E oa wraparound line terminal shield permits visual For 30A 60A 100A fusible disconnect 10 per package 2100H NLT26 For 200A fusible disconnect Series A M 5 per package 2100H NLT27 For 200A fusible disconnect Series N and later 5 per package 2100H NLT28 Line Terminal monitoring of conductors and Shield power terminations ee tie For 400A fusible disconnect Series N and later 5 per package 2100H NLT29 on 0 5 space factor units For units with 30A 60A 100A or 200A fusible disconnects te Series None required Permits mounting a aa External maximum of two 2 Bulletin Unit Series 1495 N16 Auxiliary 1495 N8 normally open or i ContactAdapter 1495 N9 normally closed For units with 400A fusible disconnects Unit Series B A FUSIBLE auxiliary con
538. tons on Contactors and Starters Metering M ains and Feed ers Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 111 R Round DeviceNet Cable with Connectors 11111 244 S SCR Fuses on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 149 Section M odification SC and PE oo e cece teeta eens 23 SC lland PEI cc cece eee eee 24 25 26 27 28 Seismic Applications cece cece eee eens 3 269 Discount Schedule A6 ing M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transform Index Selector Switch on Combination Soft Starter Controller Units 145 Selector Switch on Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive 0 S 209 Selector Switch on Contactors and Starters M etering M ains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels and Transformer Units 111 Serial Number Information 0 0 aaa aa cece ees 5 Series Letter Information 00 ccc eee eee ees 5 Service and Storage Conditions ccc cece aaa ee aes 3 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Circuit Breaker Units 260 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Fusible Disconnect UnIES sesh edt Mitten ek seek hte Sa ooo Geis Reeds 259 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Soft Starter Controller Units SMCS si ice a a aan aoe had aoe 261 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units 0 cece eee eee eens 262 Short Circuit Withstand Ratings for Programmable Controllers
539. tor 3000 units e g 54M 86UCCXB Where applicable select the appropriate letter from System W iring table to identify the system wiring e g 54M 86UCCXB 3 For 3 wire power systems where L1 N L1 G L2 N or L2 G may exceed 347V consult factory Ammeter Scale and Current Transformer Primary Ratio 81 System Wiring 82 Amperes Catalog String Number System Cat String 300A 48M 3 phase 3 wire C 600A 52M 3 phase 4 wire D 800A 54M 1200A 56M 1600A 58M 2000 60M Powermonitor 3000 Communication Options 83 Platform Letter Code RS 485 A RS 232 U B DeviceNet H C Remote 1 0 H D Ethernet H E 1 These communication platforms are in addition to the native RS 485 Discount Schedule A6 70 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 Lug pads shown on page 72 are drilled for 2 hole NEMA 1 75 spacing e Top and bottom mounted mains are designed with adequa evice kdo ot saul Main and Feeder Units Bulletin 2191M Lug Compartments Incoming Line Dimensions cables to lugs Special consideration may need to be given to the mounting of the CT s for a metering d ox might be considered 84 Maximum Dimensions A Dimension B Maximum Number of Lugs Amperes i ables per _ Space Factor 1 n 6 3 Lents Phase Single Double Pullbox Cable Cable In horiz WW in oullbox required 500 1 13 19 335 mm 2 1 1 0 300 2 1128
540. ts 208 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Combination Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units To select pilot light lens color add letter s to the option number A amber B blue C clear G green R red W white e g 4R isared ON pilot light Clear and white are not available for Bulletin 800T LED type pilot lights Clear is not available on Bulletin 800F LED pilot lights White is not available on Bulletin 800F incandescent pilot lights Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 248 Pow erFlex Bulletin 1336 PowerFlex 50 79 and 700 Option PLUS II Drives ENEA Manual Drive Deli Option Numb Description Bypass elivery umber Program 2162Q 2163Q 2164Q 2165Q 2162P 2163P 2162R 2163R 2164R 2165R 2162T 2163T i inii DRIVE START DRIVE STOP w w A UI Push Buttons 15 2 TE JOG w w vil vil ae a I ap HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP vil vil Selector Switch 3 AUTO M ANUAL speed select vi v l vite ial 8 Selector Switch 121 31 3E FORWARD REVERSE vil vill vole Vole 3F HAND OFF AUTO v y vit vit 4 RU v w v v a Standard type RUN AT SPEED v w 5 5 4 BYPASS ON DRIVE O vl vl SC 4L_ RU v w v v z UN v v 5 5 Pilot Li
541. ts or red with white letters SC ll Overload Relay Set of three 3 W type heater elements per overload y v v Heater supplied loose in each unit Available on SC Il or PE II Elements Bulletin assembled motor control centers only v v v 592 See 251 for heater element selection instructions Stainless Steel Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates N lat Availabl Il unit Namep ate 2 per unit vailable on all units Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic AR Rading Packing is not watertight or waterproof Considerations should v v v v v v v ta ys be taken if extended storage is expected 1 When specified on 2100 DPS8KXW D 2100 DPS8K_ or 2100 DPS8K_ 30_ DeviceNet Power Supply Unit the control circuit transformer increases to 500 VA 2 Blank nameplates will be supplied when no engraving is selected Letter height for 3 line nameplates will be 0 22 Letter height for 4 line nameplates will be 0 18 All text will be centered horizontally and vertically Discount Schedule A6 127 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units 128 Factory Installed Options Modifications T select pilot light lens color isated ON and green O Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units e Multiple option numbers are separated by a
542. ui be Space Catalog Number Space catalog Number Program Amperes I sized according to the application Factor actor and output ampere rating 0 9 0 5 2162QA 1P7HKC 33 21620A 1P7HJ C 33 A 1 3 0 75 2162QA 1P7HKC 34 2162QA 1P7H C 34 1 7 il 15 2162QA 2P7HKC 35 2 0 2162QA 2P7H C 35 24 1 5 2162QA 2P7HKC 36 2162QA 2P7H C 36 B 2 1 2 2162QA 3P9HKC 37 2162QA 3P9H C 37 3 9 3 2162QA 6P1HKC 38 2 5 2162QA 6P1HJ C 38 6 1 5 20 21520A 9POFKC 39 2162QA 9POH C 39 PE in U S 9 0 75 2162QA OLIHKC 40 3 0 2162QA 011HJC40 SC in canada 11 10 2162QA 017HKC 41 2162QA 017H C 41 D 17 15 25 2162QA 022HKC 42 3 5 2162QA 022H C 42 22 20 2162QA 027HKC 43 3 0 2162QA 027H C 43 27 25 2162QA 032HKC 44 2162QA 032H C 44 E 32 30 3012 2162QA 041HKC 45 4 0 2162QA 041H C 45 41 40 2162QA 052HKC 46 2162QA 052H C 46 2 176 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6
543. umbers listed are not complete Select appropriate voltage code from the table on page 223 to identify the control transformer primary voltage e g 2182L BKB For Bulletin 2183L also select the suffix letter from the table on page 223 to identify the circuit breaker type e g 2183L BKB 30CB 2 A power supply must be selected for all 2180L 2182L and 2183L units Refer to the Options table on page 227 3 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway next to this unit M ust be mounted at bottom of section Cannot be used in section with 9 vertical wireway M ay not be mounted in a section containing other frame mounted units 224 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 227 228 Discount Schedule A6 Programmable Controller Units and M arshalling Panels Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2181B M arshalling Panels e Type A wiring NEM A Enclosure Type 1 Type 1 with gasket or Type 12 e Wire ducts included 270 2181B M K XW 120 0366CA Bulletin Number Space Factor NEMA Enclosure Type Line Voltage Horizontal Bus Terminal Blocks and Options 270C 270A Code NEMA Enclosure Type i 270F Code _ Type x NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 Oe rona Terminal Blocks 21818 Terminal Block Section with gasket ode sere zz Code and Options M arshalling Panel J NEMA Type 12 120 Omitted See table on page 226 and Options section beginning on 270B 270D page 227
544. unit contains PowerFlex 70 variable frequency drive A Human Interface Module and Control Platform Type are required Select on page 212 and 213 DRIVE ON and BYPASS ON pilot lights options 4 _ and HAND OFF AUTO HAND START HAND STOP option 1F must be specified See page 209 e Unit doors are interlocked 239 NEMA Type Land Type 1 w Nominal HP NEMA 12 Maximum TET Fi 7 gasket Continuous e horsepower ratings shown Delivery Frame Output below are for reference only i Space Space 2 Program tm PowerFlex 70 drive units should be Catalog Number Catalog Number 2 ampeg sized according to the application Factor z ER 2 and output ampere rating 1 1 0 5 2164QA 1PIA_ _ 2164QA 1P1D_ _ A 21 0 75 1 25 2164QA 2PIA_ _ 2164QA 2P1D_ _ 3 4 1 5 2 2164QA 3P4A_ _ 3 0 2164QA 3P4D_ _ B 5 3 30 2164QA 5POA_ _ 2164QA 5POD_ _ 5 2164QA 8POA_ _ 2164QA 8POD_ _ SC ll c 11 15 2164QA 011A_ _ 35 2164QA 011D _ 14 10 35 2164QA 014A_ _ i 2164QA 014D_ _ D 22 15 2164QA 022A_ _ 4 0 2164QA 022D_ _ 27 20 2164QA 027A_ _ 45 2164QA 027D_ _ 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 The catalog number
545. urrent 360A 7 7 500A 4 4 24A w v 35A v v 54A 4 v f Provides forward slow speed for positioning and alignment and braking 97A 7 7 Slow Speed with 13XF control for stop T354 7 7 Braking 2 Note Slow speed running is not intended for continuous operation due to heat produced in the motor and reduced motor cooling 180A a 240A A v 360A y v 500A y v 1 Selector switch options 3 3E are not available when any of the SM C Dialog Plus options 13XA through 13XF is selected All SM C Dialog Plus options 13XA through 13XF are mutually exclusive only one of the options may be selected The only push buttons available for SM C Dialog Plus options 13XA through 13XF are the corresponding 1XA through 1XF options 2 Not intended to be used as an emergency stop Discount Schedule A6 151 Factory Installed Options M odifications Accessories for Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 190 Opti pal SMC 3 SMC Flex Deli Option Number Description Dialog Plus Program 2154G 2155G 2154H 2155H 2154 2155 9 Surge 17R Provides surge suppressor across Col of unwired control re
546. us will Horizontal neutral must be located on the opposite side of the M LUG except 6 space factor the neutral bus actor No restrictions Available in U S Top incoming Adds 5 to w Horizontal ne 0 Can only be 88HN or 88F ite the code used on the Bulletin 2191 unit e g be in top bus pocket ocation is unrestricted 1200A full rated neutral must be 6 space T U n Canada contact pu local Rockwell Automation Sales Office only Horizontal neutral must be located below the main power bus idth and eliminates vertical wireway tral must be located below the main power bus sed in sections with a vertical wireway Can not be used if horizontal neutral bus is selected For applications with horizontal neutral bus select the appropriate option If incoming neutral cable is greater than one 6 AWG to 250 kcmil or if neutral current will exceed 280A do not use option 88NPC or 88NPS Select horizontal neutral bus and appropriate 88HN or 88FN options 11 Wil Ki unit size by 0 5 SF mounted below main unit that is top mounted or mounted above main unit that is bottom mounted M ain unit and neutral unit doors are interlocke 12 May only be selected for 300A main incoming lug compartment For ratings greater than 300A use incoming neutral bus option 88HN_ or 88FN_ 13 May only be selected for 400A and smaller main fusible disconnect switch For ratings greater than 400A use incoming neutral bus option 88HN or 88FN 14
547. us will be supplied as Tin plated copper 28 E Half Rated Full Rated Main Power Delivery Section Features M odifications Neutral Neutral Bus Rating Program 125 x 4 125 x 4 600A Aluminum with tin plating R ae TIE p Th JAN 01257x3 0 1257 x3 600A aia 0 125 x3 0 125 xa 800A A Copper with tin plating 0 125 x4 0 250 x4 1200A For 3 phase 0 188 x 4 0 500 x 4 1600A PE II 4 wire systems 0 250 x 4 0 625 x 4 2000A Neutral b i 0 125 x 3 0 125 x 3 600A eutral bus mounts 7am TEE A 0 125 x 3 0 125 x 4 800A PER Copper with silver plating 0 125 x 4 0 250 x 4 1200A 0 188 x 4 0 500 x 4 1600A 0 250 x 4 0 625 x 4 2000A 1 Vertical bus will be supplied as Tin plated copper 2 When used with main incoming line Bulletin 2191M Main Switch Bulletin 2192M and Main Circuit Breaker Bulletin 2193M requires the selection of incoming neutral option 88HN or 88FN Refer to Appendix page 272 for neutral bus configuration information 29 Section Features M odifications Race j O00A tin plated copper vertical bus 0 75 0 D rod Vertical Bus Rating 300A silver plated vertical bus 0 75 O D 0 625 I D tube 600A silver plated vertical bus 0 75 O D rod Tin plated copper bus M ounted in and insulated from 9 Rated 200A 0 1875 x 0 75 For connection of control Vertical Neutral Bus 2 vertical wireway M ech
548. ut ampere ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to Pow erFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 Requires 3 5 total space factors when door mounted pilot devices are selected and line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is not selected Requires 4 0 total space factors when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Requires 6 0 total space factors 20 wide frame mounted section does not have vertical wireway when line or load reactor 14RLX or 14RXL is selected Delivery program changes to SC ll 3 Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 173 Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162Q Co mbination PowerFlex 70 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480V HEAVY DUTY See page 156 for product description Heavy D uty Ratings the drive overload capabilities based on the output currents listed below are 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 220 for 100 milliseconds For specific drive applications refer to PowerFlex 70 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload PowerFlex 70 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 70 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors Se
549. uts 11DSA2 Not to be selected with E3 Overload Relay 7FEC Available Y 7 y feue DeviceNet Starter for 110V 120V control only al g For use with contactors and starters to provide DeviceNet DSA inputs and outputs 4 24VDC inputs and 2 240VAC max v 11DSA3 30VDC max outputs Not to be selected with E3 Overload v v y v v 5116 Relay 7FEC Available for 110V 120VAC or 220V 240VAC control voltage Adds 0 5 space factor unit space to Bulletin 2112 and 2113 size 1 2 and 3 units Additional Unit 45 Note Bulletin 2112 and 2113 sizes 1 and 2 cannot be Z Space increased from 1 5 to 2 0 space factors by selecting option 15 nor can size 1 increase from 0 5 to 1 0 space factor by using option 15 Filters for Door 164 Filters for door vents on NEM A Type 1 and NEMA Type 1 Available on NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 1 with gasket Bulletins 2195 2196 Vents with gasket Bulletin 2195 2196 and 2197 units and 2197 only On coil one per contactor for starters and contactors not ull 8 available on vacuum type selection of this option requires M v 17 8 h the selection of 17R if an option relay 89__ is also w v Surge selected 7 sc Suppressor I For units with interposing relays 89CB and 89CBL and v v v DI unwired control relays 89CF and 89P may only be used if 7 7 17R option relay 89__ is selected Selection of this option requires selection of option 17 Except when 89CBL or Y Vv Common Control is selected 0 L Contac
550. uxiliary contacts option 9001 are required When used in 2106 or 2107 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 or E3 ii one 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required 8 When used in 2106 or 2107 with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 or E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC__ one 1 N O and one 1 N C auxiliary contact option 901 is E3 solid state overload relays 7FEC_ _ and E1 Plus solid state overload relay 7FEE_D one 1 N O auxiliary contact option 90 is required one 1 N O and one 1 N C auxiliary contact option 9 Not available with DeviceNet Starter Auxiliary 11DSA3 7FEE_D or E3 electronic overload relay 7FEC_ _ 129 130 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Space Saving NEMA Starter Units Multiple option numbers are separated by a dash and added to the base catalog number in ascending order 159 F Option ch FVR FVNR Delivery Option Number DoSEEBOn 2106 2107_ _2112 2113 Program EMA Size 1 80 VA 80 VA 6P Standard capacity with primary fusing EMA Size 2 80 VA 80 VAL Control Circuit Transformer with EMA Size 3 4 250 VA 250 VA grounded and fused secondary EMA Size 1 T30 VA T30 VA 6XP P Extra capacity with primary fusing EMA Size 2 130 VA 130 VA EMA Size 3 4 350 VA 350 VA E1 Plus Electronic Overload Selecta
551. vailable in U S only white p p 11 ii R with black letters or black with white letters 1 125 x 3 625 engraved 3 line or 4 line nameplate Phenolic plate white with black letters black with white letters or red with white v v letters Stainless Steel i Nameplate Screws Stainless steel nameplate screws for unit nameplates 2 per unit v v Export Packing Below _ Container is skid mounted and packaged in clear plastic Packing is not watertight or F v Deck waterproof Considerations should be taken if extended storage is expected 1 aaa contacts must be group coded by adding the second and third digit of the special feature number to the base digit 9 e g 90 91 98X 99 when group coded 2 will be unwired See auxiliary contact options table below for allowable auxiliary contact configurations 3 Contacts are not designed to actuate as the result of a circuit breaker trip mum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied internally is two 2 N O and two 2 N C Auxiliary contacts are wired to terminal blocks If the number of auxiliary contact wiring points exceeds the number of terminals available in the unit remaining auxiliary contacts The maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be supplied is two 2 in any combination Contacts actuate with movement of unit handle to ON or OFF position only For such applications auxiliary contacts mounted internally 98X or WE must be selected
552. vailable in sections with 6 0 space factor frame mounted units Not available in top of section with frame mounted unit mounted at top of section Not available in bottom of section with frame mounted unit mounted at bottom of section Discount Schedule A6 25 Vertical Sections Basic Sections and Structure Features M odifications SC II and PE II 30 Section Features M odifications continued aaa 42kA rms symmetrical 65kA rms symmetrical 100k series coordinated Provides 65kA rms symmetrical bracing in each section M ust be used in coordination with 600A 2000A horizontal bus and one of the following main incoming devices 100 200 400 or 600A 2192M with Type RK1 or fusing Bracing U 600 800 1200 1600 or 2000A 2192M with Type L fusing J DC 250A Frame 2193M 480V or less KDC 400A Frame 2193M 480V or less LDC 600A Frame 2193M 480V or less NDC 800A Frame 2193M 480V or less All starters feeder units etc must have a short circuit withstand rating capable of interrupting the available fault current to the MCC 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus Ground Bus 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus Unplated copper Two 2 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected Two 2 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus Ground Bus 0 25
553. verload protection is provided by the internal drive overload See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can only accept 16 AWG control wire e Proper placement of drive units in the MCC is essential for proper operation and life cycle of the drive Strong consideration should be given to placing units with drives at the bottom of the section When more than one drive unit is placed in a section the drive unit with the highest rating should be located at the bottom of the section Do not mount transformer units below drive units Heat from transformer units may cause drive to trip Internal HIM Human Interface Module is included O ptional door mounted HIMs can be selected on page 212 PowerFlex 40 AC drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protective devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor applications PowerFlex 40 AC drives are not intended for use with single phase motors 230 NominalkW NominalHp NEMA Eee Doe NEMA 12 Maximum gt The horsepower and kw ratings shown Frame Gi pee are for EE uli ak s dE rive units should be sized according to 2 2 Amperes the application and output ampere rating Factor Catalog Number Factor Catalog Number 380 415V 480V 14 0 37 0 5 2162TA 1P4K_ _ 2162TA 1P4J_ _ 2 3 0 55 0 75 0 75 1 0 2162TA 2P3K_ _ jsa 215ZTA 2P3J B 4 0 11 15 2 0 1 041 2162TA 4POK_ _ 5 2162
554. verse Time Electronic 100kA 65kA 35kA NDC NDCG 1200A CX CXG Inverse Time Electronic 100kA 100kA 65kA RD RDG 2000A CM CMG Inverse Time Electronic 100kA 65kA 50kA 3 Pole Inverse Time Circuit Breaker Characteristics for Bulletin 2193F and 2193M Units 322 Rating Ae Thermal Magnetic Trip Units Eecken pe L a ee 2 Amperes Eome i Digitrip RMS 310 igitrip 0 550 Inter changeable Non inter changeable LS LSI LSG LSIG LSI LSIG LSIA 150 I STD 225 JD STD 3 m 400 STD B BI B 5B 3 B BI B 600 41 L B STD B STD 3 B B Bl 800 I MN B B STD B STD B 1200 41 N STD BI STD 3 BI 3 3 2000 FI R STD STD 1 Definitions are as follows LS standard trip unit that includes adjustable short time current pickup settings that encompass an 1 t ramp function LSI optional trip unit that provides additional flat response short time delay adjustments with an instantaneous setting LSG standard LS unit with ground fault protection and adjustable pickup current LSIG optional LSI unit with ground fault protection and adjustable pickup current and time delay LSIA optional LSI unit with ground fault alarm and adjustable pickup current and time delay 2 The Digitrip RMS 310 electronic trip unit provides true RMS sensing permitting increased accuracy True RMS sensing is not susceptible to nuisance tripping when wave forms containing nigh harmonic currents are present
555. verse time thermal magnetic circuit breakers provide branch circuit KE on Bulletin 2155G units SCR fusing can be added on all Bulletin 2154G and 2155G units When SCR fusing is specified on Bulletin 2154G units the SCR fuses are an additional set of fuses except for 360A and 500A units where SCR fuses provide both the short circuit protection and the SCR protection Bull tin 2154G units 360A and 500A are supplied with a bolted pressure switch for the disconnecting means Bulletin 2154G and 2155G units 360A and 500A are supplied with interposing relays for the bypass contactor and the isolation contactor when supplied Bulletin 2154G and 2155G units 97A through 500A are frame mounted in vertical sections with a horizontal bus that is 5 deeper than standard These units require 20 deep vertical sections Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 145 154 133 Combination Soft Starter SM C Units Bulletin 2154H and 2155H Soft Starter SMC Units SMC 3 uaa aaa LALA 138 These combination soft starter units are designed especially for use in CENTERLINE motor control centers Each unit contains a microprocessor controlled motor controller control circuit transformer and either a fusible disconnect switch or circuit breaker Features include Three starting modes soft start kick start and current limit Electronic overload protection with selectable overlo
556. w R 100 HP v v v v Line or Load 2115 See 3 impedance line or load reactor 125 HP 4 is x X 1 space factor Available for 480V and 600V drive units 150 HP w w w Vv Reactors H p adders on page up to 60HP THP 7 7 7 7 7 7 2 HP v v w v v v 3 7 5 HP v w w v v v 10 HP v w w v v v 15 HP v v v v v v 20 25 HP v v w v v w PEinU S 600V 30 HP v w w v v v SCin 40 HP A y 4 v v v Canada 50 60 HP v v w v v v 75 HP w v v v 100 HP w v v A 125 HP w v v v 150 HP w v v v j 3 impedance line or load reactor Une or Load a lus Available for 480V and 600v drive units 480Vand 75 250HP v w Reactors 75HP through 250 HP PEII Load Reactor 3 impedance load reactor for size code 150HPBI Only KIE 14RXL _ _ P 300 Bulletin 21628 and 2163R drive units 480V 200 HP i 1 Line and load reactors are mutually exclusive as space factor adders may be required see page 215 and 216 2 The option numbers listed are not complete Select LX for line reactor or XL for load reactors eg 14RLX For drive units 75HP through 250HP select the drive supplementary unit identification code 01 99 e g 14RLX01 The supplementary unit identification code must vegin with 01 and increase sequentially with multiple drive units 02 03 04 etc Each drive unit is to have a unique supplementary unit identification code that correlates with the same identification code on the supplementary unit See page 159 or 161 for catalog number 3
557. wer s letter K e g 2122 EB BK_ Il load current is Discount Schedule A6 e g 2122EB BABD 31 se clip from table above Then select clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2122EB BABD 31 24 clip designator from table on page 231 e g 2122EB BABD 31__ ee publication 2100 TD003x EN P mbers listed include an external reset button for the overload ce To ordei catalog numbers w ithout the external reset button replace the letter A with the or replace the letter D with the letter BJ _ ___ 2 Available on 480 and 600 Volt a only 3 If low speed f 4 Frame mounted unit section does not have verti e g 2122EB For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 elow 77A a special starter is required Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office cal wireway 20J Then select power fuse from table on page 231 e g 49 Contactor and Starter Units Bulletin 2122F Two Speed 1 Winding Starter Unit with Fusible Disconnect Switch TS1W See page 34 for product description e Unit includes one set of 3 pole fuse clips NOTE A two speed 1 winding motor TS1W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of 3 pole and 5 pole contactors A two speed 2 winding motor T S2W requires a mechanically and electrically interlocked assembly of two 3 pole contactors Consult your local Rockwell Automation Sales O ffice for application assista
558. wire systems three 3 current 1 0 2190 BK__ _ 86U__X 2190 BJ __ __ 86U__X_ E RS 485 Communications transformers are shipped loose with hardware and mounting instructions For 3 phase 4 wire systems four sc Bulletin 1404 M 6 LI eet transformers are shipped loose with hardware i and mounting instructions x F f P row ermonitor ony Fused potential transformers are self contained in the 10 2180 8K__ __ 86__X 213030 __ __ B6T_ A meter s power module For use on 3 phase 3 wire systems only Plug in metering Bulletin 1405 M 610 unit with disconnect and fuses Current transformers Digital Volt Ammeter shipped loose with hardware and mounting instructions 08 AEA KC EIA ON SC Potential transformers are internal to the device 1 The catalog numbers listed are not complete Select the appropriate voltage code from Line Voltage table to identify the line vo 2190 BKB 54M 86UCCXB Select the appropriate catalog string number from Ammeter Scales table to ident For Powermonitor 3000 units select the appropriate letter from 2190 BKB 54M 86UCCXB Select the appropriate letter from System W iring table to identi 2 for 3 wire power systems where L1 N L1 G L2 N or L2 G may exceed 347V consult factory Pow ermonitor 3000 Communication Options Line Voltage 70 Line Voltage Voltage Code 208 H 220 230 P 240 A 380 N 400 KN 415 480 B 600 C Ammeter Scales
559. wo speed reversing 2 winding starter units and are rated for NEMA sizes 1 and 2 The 2126F and 2127F are two speed reversing 1 winding starter units and are rated for NEMA sizes 1 and 2 The 212 2127 ing in ly 2 windi i n e 426 and z 20 are wo speed reversing in low only 2 winding starter units e The 2126K and 2127K are two speed reversing in low only 1 winding starter units rated for NEMA sizes 1 and 2 Two speed reversing starter units are available with a eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relay Bulletin 2172 and 2173 Combination Closed Transition Autotransformers Starter Units RVAT 57 These closed transition autotransformer starter units are supplied with an Allen Bradley Bulletin 570 autotransformer starter and either a fusible disconnect or a circuit breaker Each unit is provided as a NEMA Class I Type B T unit with terminals mounted in the unit for connection of remote devices The Bulletin 2172 and 2173 are rated for NEMA sizes 2 through 6 and are available with a eutectic alloy or E1 Plus overload relay For more details on Bulletin 500 contactors and starters see publication 500 BR010xEN P NEMA Power Components and publication 500 SG004x EN P NEMA Starter Selection Guide For more details on Bulletin 300 starters see publication 300 SG001x EN P Bulletin 300 Starters Selection Guide 34 Discount Schedule A6 Contactor and Starter Units Catalog Number Explanation Bulletin 2102L and 2103L Full Voltage Lighti
560. x 2 horizontal ground bus SC II Tin Plated copper Two 2 0 25 x 1 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected Two 2 0 25 x 2 horizontal ground bus top and bottom cable interconnected 0 188 x 0 75 vertical plug in steel ground bus Steel 0 188 x 0 75 vertical plug in ground bus He clated tonner Vertical Ground Bus 0 188 x 0 75 vertical ground bus for grounding unit load P e 0 188 x 0 75 vertical plug in ground bus A Tin plated 0 188 x 0 75 vertical ground bus for grounding unit load ee Aluminum tin 600A plated bus 800A 600A 800A Copper tin plated 1200A Horizontal Splice bars hardware and installation instructions for 3 phase splicing One a 1600A Power Bus 1 kit required per shipping split on front mounted lineups Two 2 kits Splice Kit required per shipping Split for back to back construction 2000A 600A i i 800A opper silver 8 plated bus 1200A PE Il 1600A 2000A 1 Contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office when specifying 100k series coordinated bracing for Add to existing sections 26 Discount Schedule A6 Vertical Sections Basic Sections and Structure Features M odifications SC II and PE II 31 Section Features M odifications continued Horizontal Neutral Bus Splice Kit Splice bar hardware installation instructions included in pow er bus Splice kit One 1 kit required per shipping split on front mounted lineups Two 2 kits requir
561. y 1 Ampere ratings are at a 4kHz carrier frequency If carrier frequencies above 4kHz are selected the drive output current ratings must be derated For derating information contact your local Rockwell Automation Sales Office and or refer to PowerFlex 70 700 Reference M anual PFLEX RM 001x EN E 2 4 184 Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Frame mounted unit section does not have vertical wireway Horizontal bus is 5 deeper than standard Frame 9 is a PowerFlex 700H drive For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 209 217 Discount Schedule A6 Heavy Duty Ratings the drive overload capabilities Variable Frequency AC Motor Drive Units Units 2162R Combination PowerFlex 700 Variable Frequency AC Drive VFD Units with Fusible Disconnect 480VAC HEAVY DUTY See page 156 for product description 150 for 60 seconds 200 for 3 seconds and 150 for 100 milliseconds e For specific drive applications refer to the PowerFlex 700 User Manual Branch circuit overload protection is provided by the internal drive overload e PowerFlex 700 drives are cUL US UL and cUL listed as motor overload protected devices An external overload relay is not required for single motor epee PowerFlex 700 AC drives are not intended for use with sing e phase motors See page 262 for Combination Unit Short Circuit Withstand Ratings table e Wiring is Type A only Drive can accept 16 AWG control wi
562. y units with circuit breaker or 2193F single or dual mounted when one or both trip codes are 00 5 600A switch must use 601A Class L fuse for 100 rating OT be used Bulletin 800F pilot devices 700CF size 6 auxiliaries and disconnect circuit breaker auxiliaries and where more than one 1 Discount Schedule A6 Factory Installed Options Modifications Accessories for Contactors and Starters Metering Mains and Feeders Lighting and Power Panels Transformer and Miscellaneous Units 157 TSIW TSRIW TSRIW FVC FVR FVNR toow TSR2W TSR2W RVAT p Option E 2126E 2126 Delivery Option Number Peay 2102L 2106 2112 2122 2127E 2127 2172 Program 2103L 2107 2113 2123 2126F 2126K 2173 2127F 2127K A et Door mounted external Denie et connection and ia receptacle for connection of computer to DeviceNet without j ronne ctor with 767AU having to open doors M ounted on door of DeviceNet power Available on 2100 DPS_ units only Receptacle supply unit See page 108 All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate 800 are turned up for field installed terminal blocks All mounting tabs on unit bottom plate 801 are turned up 1 5 pole pull apart Unwired ae Available on 2100 NK and 2100 NJ ty unit inserts and 2100D and nwire 7 vailable on NK an NJ
563. ype 13C 16C IOC 150A 15 100 1 14 1 0 AWG CU AL I3C LFD 125 150 1 4 410 AWG CU J D3D D6D DOD 225A 10 225 1 4 350 kcmil CU 125 225 1 3 350 kcmil CU K3D K6D KOD 400A 250 350 1 250 500 kcmil CU 400 2 3 0 250 kcmil CU LD HLD LDC LDG HLDG LDCG 600A 300 600 2 250 350 kcmil CU LD HI MAG 600 A 600 2 250 350 kcmil CU DL MDLG 800 A 400 600 2 2 0 500 kcmil CU HM DL HM DLG 700 800 3 3 0 300 kcmil CU DLHI M AG 800A 800 3 3 0 300 kcmil CU o tace m po 3 jatki i NDHI MAG 1200A 1200 4 43 0 400 kcmil CU 600 700 2 2 0 500 kcmil CU ND HND NDC NDG HNDG NDCG 1200A 800 1000 3 3 0 500 kcmil CU 1200 4 3 0 400 kcmil CU ND HND NDC NDG HNDG NDCG 100 rated 1200 A 600 1200 4 4 0 600 kcmil CU AL 0 aa ee a ik po oG 10 a ma m tabi GA 1 Lugs are designed for use with breaker frame See page 84 for additional lugs 2 If optional full rated incoming neutral bus see page 121 is specified the quantity and size type of the lug s on neutral lug pad will be the same as the 3 phase lugs When optional half rated incoming neutral bus a 121 is specified and 1 or 2 lugs per phase are specified 1 lug will be provided on the half rated neutral riser When 3 or 4 lugs are specified 2 lugs will be provided When 5 or 6 lugs are specified 3 lugs will be provided on half rated neutral riser Discount Schedule A6 For Options Modifications and Accessories see pages 111 127 83 Main and Feeder Unit
564. ype e Class time delay drive input fuses provide both branch circuit and drive input protection e Isolated logic and power produces a three phase pulse width modulated PW M adjustable frequency output to vary motor speed 218 2162R A 034N K B 44 14HAO 2163R A 034N K B 44CA 14HAO Bulletin Number Wiring Type PowerFlex 700 Nominal NEMA Line Voltage Nominal Horsepower kW Human Interface 9 VP Output Current Rating Enclosure Type g and Circuit Breaker Type Module and Options 218F W 2180 Nominal Horsepow er kW Code Type Code NEMA Enclosure Type Code Code and Circuit Breaker Type PowerFlex 700 Variable K NEMA Type 1 or Type 1 2162R 33 33 N ominal Horsepower kW 2162R ini AC Drive with gasket code See table on page 230 with Fusible Disconnect J NEMA Type 12 33 Nominal Horsepower kW Pow erFlex 700 Variable 2163R 33CA code See table on page 230 2163R Frequency AC Drive _CA Circuit Breaker Type See with Circuit Breaker 218E table on page 236 Code Line Voltage 218G 218B N 380V H Human Interface Module Code Wiring Type KN 400v U Code jand Options _ A Type A i KOTU See options section beginning on page 209 B 480V C 600V 1 Units at these voltages are not UL or cUL listed 218C Drive Size Code Output Current Rating Amperes a

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

LICITACIÓN PÚBLICA No 002/2015  Avaya P333T UG 4.0  ŠKODA Fabia BETRIEBSANLEITUNG - Media Portal  Manual de seguridad para unidades de disco duro externo    Amana W10161756 User's Manual  Guida di installazione - Bosch Security Systems  Istruzioni d` uso 3366XP SPAZZATRICE  Philips Screen cleaner SVC1116F  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file